Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Boiler Book 2005 PDF
Boiler Book 2005 PDF
Boiler Book 2005 PDF
The Boiler Book is protected by copyright and is to be used solely by consulting and
specifying engineers for the purpose of selecting and specifying Cleaver-Brooks
equipment. Any other use of The Boiler Book is strictly prohibited without written
permission from Cleaver-Brooks.
Cleaver-Brooks
P.O. Box 421
Milwaukee, WI 53201
(414) 359-0600
email: Iinfo@Cleaver-Brooks.com
www.cleaver-brooks.com
Printed in the U.S.A.
iii
The Boiler Book is intended for use by qualified engineering
professionals. All information contained herein is subject to
change without notice. Cleaver-Brooks is only responsible for
the accuracy of the information and data presented at time of
publication. Cleaver-Brooks shall not be responsible for the
use of this data or information nor for any systems, designs, or
engineering in which the data or information is utilized.
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Firetube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section A
A1 General
A2 Model CB Boilers
A3 Model CB (LE) Boilers
A4 Model CBW Boilers
A5 Discontinued
A6 Model CB Ohio Special Boilers
A7 Model CBE Boilers
A8 Model CEW Boilers
A9 Model CEW-LN Boilers
A10 Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers
A11 Model CBL Boilers
A12 Model ICB Boilers
A13 Model ICB-LN Boilers
Glossary/Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section J
A1_TEXT.fm Page 1 Tuesday, December 10, 2002 2:35 PM
Section A1
GENERAL
Model CB Boilers A2
A1-1
12-02
General Firetube Boilers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Heavy duty motor with direct drive, maintenance free, case-
less fan.
The following Cleaver-Brooks firetube boiler models (CB,
CB-LE, CBW, CB Ohio Special) include the following fea- Integral forced draft fan eliminates the need for:
tures and benefits. Large diameter breeching.
High chimneys.
Packaged Design with Integral Front Head:
Induced draft fans.
Integral front head provides proper burner/boiler
compatibility for maximum efficiency and ease of Barometric dampers.
maintenance.
Sequencing draft controls.
Packaged boiler is factory assembled, wired, and tested for
guaranteed performance and reliability. Thick Fiberglass Insulation:
Packaged design allows for easy connection of utilities, 2" insulation covered with sturdy sheet metal lagging
minimum start-up requirements, and lower long-term provides maximum efficiency and durable construction.
maintenance requirements.
All units finished with hard enamel paint coating.
Built and tested to ASME standards.
Customer Service and Support:
Single Point Positioning Combustion Control Package:
Boiler start-up, final adjustment, and operator training
Accurate, repeatable combustion control for responsiveness provided with all firetube boilers.
to load swings.
Emergency service response 24 hours a day, 7 days a week,
Single point linkage assembly for air and fuel simplifies from the industrys most advanced worldwide computerized
adjustments and reduces start-up and maintenance costs. parts/service distribution network.
Unique variable contour.cam assembly allows accurate Largest network of factory trained technicians provide:
adjustment and enhances safe operation of the boiler.
System trouble shooting.
Computerized burner control provides accurate sequencing
and continuous monitoring for optimum safety, efficiency, Operator training.
and reliability. Customized factory-backed planned maintenance
programs.
Low Stack Temperatures:
Emergency boiler rental.
Guaranteed efficiency verified by low stack temperatures.
Total after-sale support.
Reduced fuel and operating costs.
Quiet Operation:
Integral front head with vibration free combustion air fan
provides quiet operation.
Ideal for sound critical applications, like hospitals and
schools.
A1-2
12-02
Firetube Boilers General
PRODUCT OFFERING The Model CB Ohio Special Boiler (standard offering) design
is based on operator requirements of the state of Ohio, under
Cleaver-Brooks firetube boilers are available in low pressure the rules and regulations for unattended units.
steam, high pressure steam, and hot water designs. Burners are
available to fire natural gas, light oil, heavy oil, or a combina- 100 hp through 225 hp.
tion of oil and gas. Optional alternate fuel (propane, mixed Four-pass dryback design (100 hp).
gas, digester gas, etc.) burners are also available.
Two-pass dryback design (125-225 hp).
The firetube product offering is available in the following
models. 150, 200 and 250 psig high pressure steam.
The Model CB Boiler (standard offering) is the premium fire- 15 psig low pressure steam.
tube product offering providing maximum boiler efficiency, Natural gas or light oil firing.
the widest range of size and pressures, and premium control
packages. The Model CBE Boiler (standard offering) provides high qual-
ity steam or hot water, utilizing a baseline boiler/burner design.
Four-pass dryback design.
Three-pass dryback design.
15 hp through 800 hp.
60-350 hp.
150-350 psig high pressure steam.
15 psig low pressure steam.
15 psig low pressure steam.
150-300 psig high pressure steam.
30 or 125 psig hot water.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
Natural gas, light oil, or heavy oil firing.
Natural gas or light oil.
The Model CB (LE) Boiler is the premium firetube product
offering with a low emission package. The Model CEW Boiler (standard offering) provides high
quality steam or hot water, utilizing a baseline boiler/burner
Four-pass dryback design. design.
125-800 hp. Three-pass wetback design.
20-60 ppm packages (natural gas). 125-800 hp.
15 psig low pressure steam. 15 psig low pressure steam.
150-300 psig high pressure steam. 150-250 psig high pressure steam.
30 and 125 psig hot water. 30 and 125 psig hot water.
Natural gas or light oil. Natural gas or light oil.
The Model CBW Boiler (standard offering) provides the The Model CEW-LN Boiler is the baseline firetube product
advantages of the Cleaver-Brooks integral front head in a offering with a low emission package.
three-pass wetback design.
Three-pass wetback design.
Three-pass wetback design.
125-800 hp.
100 hp through 800 hp.
30 ppm package (natural gas).
150-250 psig high pressure steam.
15 psig low pressure steam.
15 psig low pressure steam.
150-250 psig high pressure steam.
30 or 125 psig hot water.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
Natural gas, light oil, or heavy oil firing.
Natural gas or light oil.
A1-3
12-02
General Firetube Boilers
The Model CEW Ohio Special Boiler (standard offering) MODEL NUMBER, FUEL SERIES
baseline design is based on operator requirements of the state
of Ohio, under the rules and regulations of unattended units.
NUMBER, HORSEPOWER, AND
DESIGN PRESSURE
Three-pass wetback design.
The model designation for Cleaver-Brooks firetube boilers
100-225 hp. includes the following:
15 psig low pressure steam. Light Oil: Series 100
150-200 psig high pressure steam. Natural Gas: Series 700
Natural gas or light oil. Heavy Oil: Series 600
The Model CBL Boiler (standard offering) line provides high Light Oil and Natural Gas: Series 200
quality steam utilizing a boiler/burner package.
Heavy Oil and Natural Gas: Series 400
Three or four-pass wetback design.
For example, a model CB700-350-150ST would represent a
800-1500 hp. model CB boiler, natural gas fired, 350 hp, 150 psig steam
150-250 psig high pressure steam. design pressure.
Natural gas, light oil, or heavy oil firing. All Cleaver-Brooks firetube boilers are built in accordance
with ASME Codes and, with the exception of the Ohio Special
The Model ICB Boiler is a baseline firetube product, designed Boilers and CBL Boilers, UL/ULC standards.
to provide high quality steam or hot water. Its revolutionary
design incorporates the key features and benefits of both the Insurance requirements (e.g., Industrial Risk Insurance IRI,
wetback and dry back firetube boilers. Factory Mutual FM, etc.) or special local code requirements
may dictate additional controls or equipment to be included.
Three or four-pass Intercooled design. Please contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized represen-
100 800 hp. tative for assistance in completing your specification or for
additional information and optional equipment.
15 psig low pressure steam.
Refer to Table A1-1 for information on the standard product
150 300 psig high pressure steam. offering for each firetube boiler model.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
Natural gas or light oil firing.
The Model ICB-LN Boiler is a baseline firetube product,
designed to provide high quality steam or hot water with a low
emission package. Its revolutionary design incorporates the
key features and benefits of both the wetback and dry back
firetube boilers.
Three or four-pass Intercooled design.
100 800 hp.
30 ppm package (natural gas).
15 psig low pressure steam.
150 300 psig high pressure steam.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
Natural gas or light oil firing.
A1-4
12-02
Table A1-1. Quick Comparison of Standard Features for Cleaver-Brooks FIretube Boilers
CEW OHIO
CB CBLE CBW CB OHIO SPECIAL CBE CEW CEW-LN SPECIAL CBL ICB ICB-LN
15-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-800 HP 100-225 HP 60-350 HP 125-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-225 HP 800-1500 HP 100-800 HP 100-800 HP
MODEL (SECTION A2) (SECTION A3) (SECTION A4) (SECTION A6) (SECTION A7) (SECTION A8) (SECTION A9) (SECTION A10) (SECTION A11) (SECTION A12) (SECTION A13)
Rated Capacity 15-800 hp 125-800 hp 100-800 hp 100-225 hp 60-350 hp 125-800 hp 125-800 hp 100-225 hp 800-1500 hp 100-800 hp 100-800 hp
Design Steam Steam Steam Steam Only Steam Steam Steam Steam Steam Steam Steam
PressureA 15-300 psig 15-300 psig 15-250 psig 15-250 psig 15-300 psig 15-250 psig 15-250 psig 15-250 psig 150-250 psig 15-300 psig 15-300 psig
Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water Hot Water
30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig 30 & 125 psig
Boiler Type 4-Pass Dry Back 4-Pass Dry Back 3-Pass Wet Back Passes VaryC 3-Pass Dry Back 3-Pass Wet Back 3-Pass Wet Back 3 Pass Wet Back 3 or 4-Pass Wet 4-Pass Intercooled 4-Pass Intercooled
Back 3-Pass Option 3-Pass Option
Shell Size 36" 15-40 hp 60" 125-200 hp 60" 100-200 hp 48" 100 hp 48" 60-100 hp 60" 125-200 hp 60" 125-200 hp 60" 100-225 hp 114" or 126"E 55" 100-125 hp 55" 100-125 hp
48" 50-100 hp 78" 250-350 hp 78" 250-400 hp 60"125-225 hp 60" 125-200 hp 78" 250-400 hp 78" 250-400 hp 60" 150-200 hp 60" 150-200 hp
60" 125-200 hp 96" 400-800 hp 96" 500-800 hp 78" 250-350 hp 96" 500-800 hp 96" 500-800 hp 72" 250-300 hp 72" 250-300 hp
78" 250-350 hp 78" 350-400 hp 78" 350-400 hp
96" 400-800 hp 92" 500-600 hp 92" 500-600 hp
106" 700-800 hp 106" 700-800 hp
Fuel 15-800 hp No. 2 Oil, No. 2 Oil, 100-225 hp No. 2 Oil, No. 2 Oil, No. 2 Oil, No. 2 Oil, 800-1300 hp No. 2 Oil, No. 2 Oil,
No. 2 Oil, Gas, Gas, Gas, No. 2 Oil, Gas, Gas, Gas, Gas, No. 2 Oil, Gas, Natural Gas Natural Gas
Combination Combination Combination Gas, Combination Combination Combination Combination Combination Combination Oil/ Combination Oil/
Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Combination Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Gas Gas
Oil/Gas
50-800 hp No. 6 OilB, 100 hp 800-1500 hp
No. 6 OilB, Gas, No. 6 Oil, Gas
Gas, Combination Gas, 800-1000 hp
Combination Oil/Gas Combination No. 6 Oil, Gas,
Oil/Gas Oil/Gas Combination
12-02
Oil/Gas
Firing Method 15-20 hp Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation Full Modulation
On-off
30-40 hp
Low-High-Low-Off
50-800 hp
Full Modulation
Air Damper Type Single Blade Rotary Rotary Rotary Multi-Blade Multi-Blade Rotary Multi-Blade Rotary & Louvers Multiblade Rotary
15-40 hp 125-350 hp, 100-250 hp
Rotary 50-800 hp Rotary 400-800 hp Rotary 300-800 hpF
Paint Color Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue
Approvals UL & ULC UL & ULC UL & ULC N/A UL & cUL UL & cUL Boiler/ UL & cUL N/A 800-1000 hp UL & UL & cUL UL & cUL
Boiler/Burner Boiler/Burner Boiler/Burner Boiler/Burner Burner Boiler/Burner CSA Boiler/Burner Boiler/Burner
(Burner Only)
Steam Trim-Low McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 157 McD&M 193-7 McD&M 157, McD&M 157,
Water Control McD&M 193 McD&M 193
Steam Trim Aux Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2 Warrick 3C-2
Low Water Control
Water Trim-Low McD&M McD&M McD&M N/A McD&M McD&M McD&M N/A N/A McD&M McD&M
Water Control PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120 PS 750-MT-120
A Consult your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for higher design pressures.
B Consult your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for No. 4 & No. 5 oil applications.
C Ohio Special-Model CB 100 hp 4-pass dryback, 125-225 hp 2-pass dryback.
E Shell varies by square foot of pressure vessel and boiler horsepower.
F ICB Three-Pass Boiler utilizes multiblade 100-350 and Rotary 400-800.
Table A1-1. Quick Comparison of Standard Features for Cleaver-Brooks FIretube Boilers (Continued)
CEW OHIO
CB CBLE CBW CB OHIO SPECIAL CBE CEW CEW-LN SPECIAL CBL ICB ICB-LN
15-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-800 HP 100-225 HP 60-350 HP 125-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-225 HP 800-1500 HP 100-800 HP 100-800 HP
MODEL (SECTION A2) (SECTION A3) (SECTION A4) (SECTION A6) (SECTION A7) (SECTION A8) (SECTION A9) (SECTION A10) (SECTION A11) (SECTION A12) (SECTION A13)
Controls Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR), Hi Limit (MR),
Steam & Hot Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper.Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit, Oper. Limit,
Water Controls Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate Firing Rate
30-800 hp
Surface Blowoff HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std HPS-Std
Conn. & Dip LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only LPS-Conn. Only
Tube on top C/L
Air Vent HW-Std. HW-Std. HW-Std. N/A HW-Std. HW-Std. HW-Std. N/A N/A HW-Std HW-Std
Connection
Stack Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes No No
Thermometer
Drain Valve-HW & No No No No No No No No N/A No No
15 psig-Steam
Front Door Hinge 15-200 hp Hinge 125-200 hp Hinge 100-200 hp Hinge Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit
Davit/Hinge Davit /Hinge Davit/Hinge
250-800 hp 250-800 hp 250-800 hp
Rear Door Hinge 15-100 hp Davit Davit Hinge 100 hp Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit Davit
Davit 125-800 hp Davit 125-225 hp
Insulation 2 inch 2 inch 2 inch 2 inch 2 inch 2 Inch 2 Inch 2 Inch 2 Inch 2 inch 2 inch
Standard 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 60-80 hp- 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase 3 Phase
Voltage 1 Phase
Requirements 100-350 hp-
12-02
3 Phase
Fuse Protection Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit & Control Circuit &
All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads All 3 Phase Loads
Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote Except Remote
Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump Oil Pump
Control Circuit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes-3 Phase Only Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Transformer
Flame Safeguard Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks
Control CB780 CB780 CB780 CB780 CB110 CB110 CB110 CB110 CB110 CB110 CB110
Scanner Type Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Ultraviolet
(Gas & No. 2 Oil)
Infrared (No. 6 Oil)
Control Panel Front Head with Front Head with Front Head with Front Head with Burner without Burner without Burner without Burner without Burner without On Burner Remote-Right Side
Location Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock Key Lock without Key Lock without
Key Lock
Indicating Lights 50-800 hp LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF LD, FV, LW, FF
LD, FV, LW, FF
Type of Pilot Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas Interrupted Gas
Pilot-Gas, Pilot-Gas & All Pilot-Gas, Pilot-Gas, No. 6 Oil Pilot-Gas & All Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil, Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil Pilot-Gas, No. 2 Oil
No. 6 Oil & All Combination No. 6 Oil & All & All Combination & All Combination & & No. 6 Oil All Combination All Combination
Combination Combination Combination All Combination All Combination &
15-800 hp All Combination
Direct Spark Spark Ignited Oil Spark Ignited Oil Spark Ignited Oil No. 2 Oil
Ignition-No. 2 Oil Pilot No. 2 Oil Pilot No. 2 Oil Pilot No. 2 Oil Direct Spark
15-40 hp Ignition
Spark Ignited Oil 60-100 hp
Pilot-No. 2 Oil Gas Pilot
50-800 hp 125-350 hp
Table A1-1. Quick Comparison of Standard Features for Cleaver-Brooks FIretube Boilers (Continued)
CEW OHIO
CB CBLE CBW CB OHIO SPECIAL CBE CEW CEW-LN SPECIAL CBL ICB ICB-LN
15-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-800 HP 100-225 HP 60-350 HP 125-800 HP 125-800 HP 100-225 HP 800-1500 HP 100-800 HP 100-800 HP
MODEL (SECTION A2) (SECTION A3) (SECTION A4) (SECTION A6) (SECTION A7) (SECTION A8) (SECTION A9) (SECTION A10) (SECTION A11) (SECTION A12) (SECTION A13)
Gas Burner Type High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant High Radiant
Multi-Port- Multi-Port- Multi-Port- Multi-Port 100 hp Multi-Port Multi-Port Multi-Port Multi-Port Multi-Port Multi-Port Multi-Port
All Except All Except All Except Annular 125-225 hp
125-200 hp- 125-200 hp- 125-200 hp-
Annular Entry Annular Entry Annular Entry
Main Gas Valve Motorized Motorized Motorized Motorized Solenoid, Motorized Solenoid, Motorized Solenoid, Motorized Solenoid, Motorized Motorized Solenoid, Motorized Solenoid, Motorized
Main Gas Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve
Control System
Gas Pressure Required, Not Required, Not Required, Not Required, Not Included Included Included Included Included Included Included
Regulator Included Included Included Included
Gas Pilot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Regulator
High & Low Gas No-15-50 hp Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Pressure Yes-60-800 hp
Switches
Oil Burner Type Air Atomizing Air Atomizing Air Atomizing Air Atomizing Pressure Atomizing Pressure Atomizing Air Atomizing Air Atomizing Air Atomizing Pressure Air Atomizing
60-200 hp 125-200 hp Air Compressor Atomizing
Air Atomizing Air Atomizing 125-300 hp- 100-150 hp
250-350 hp 250-800 hp Mounted Air Atomizing
Air Compressor- Air Compressor - 350-800 hp- 200-800 hp
Shipped Loose Shipped loose Shipped Loose
Main Oil Valves Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Motorized Solenoid Solenoid
Oil Control Metering Valve Metering Valve Metering Valve Metering Valve Metering System Metering System Metering System Metering System Metering System Metering System Metering System
12-02
System
Oil Pump Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included
Location of Oil No. 2 Oil 15-40 hp No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil 60-200 hp No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil
Pump on Front Head; 125-800 hp 100-800 hp Remote 100-225 hp Burner Mounted 125-200 hp 125-800 hp 100-225 hp Remote 100-150 hp 100-800 hp
50-800 hp Remote Remote Remote No. 2 Oil Burner Mounted Remote Remote Burner Mounted Remote
250-350 hp No. 2 Oil No. 2 Oil
No. 6 Oil No. 6 Oil No. 6 Oil Remote 250-800 hp No. 6 Oil Mounted 200-800 hp
50-800 hp, Remote 100-800 hp Remote 100-225 hp Remote on Oil Pump/Oil Remote
Remote Heater Skid
NOx Control No-Use CBLE Induced FGRD No-Use CEW-LN N/A N/A No-Use CEW-LN Induced FGR N/A Optional-Induced No-Use ICB-LN Induced FGR
(LE Option) 30 ppm(Natural FGR 30 ppm 30 ppm
125-800 hp Gas) (Natural Gas) up to (Natural Gas)
20-60 ppm 1300 hp.
(Natural Gas)
Maximum Stack 15-40 hp + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.50" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.50" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C. + or-0.25" W.C.
Pressure + or-0.25" W.C.
Variation 50-800 hp + or-0.25" W.C.
+ or-0.50" W.C. With FGR
Start-Up Included Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Notes
A1-8
12-02
Section A2
MODEL CB BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-21
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-21
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-21
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-24
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-24
Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-27
Gas-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-30
Gas Pressure Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-31
Oil-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-36
No. 6 Oil Piping, Storage Tank Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-36
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-44
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-44
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-44
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-44
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION (MODEL CB BOILER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-47
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A2-1. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-10
Figure A2-2. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
125 to 800 hp) Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-12
Figure A2-3. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig and 125 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-14
Figure A2-4. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig and 125 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-16
Figure A2-5. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB Boilers Equipped with Davits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-18
Figure A2-6. Lifting Lug Location, Model CB Boilers - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-18
Figure A2-7. Model CB Boiler Mounting Piers 20
Figure A2-8. Predicted Stack Temperature Increase for Pressure Greater Than 125 psig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-23
Figure A2-9. Standard Gas Train Connection Size and Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-34
A2-1
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A2-10. Typical Gas Piping Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-35
Figure A2-11. Model CB Gas Train Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-36
Figure A2-12. No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-37
Figure A2-13. No. 6 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes, Model CB Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-37
Figure A2-14. No. 2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-38
Figure A2-15. No.2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation Oil Pump Integral with Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-38
Figure A2-16. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-39
Figure A2-17. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Oil Pump Integral with Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-39
Figure A2-18. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-40
Figure A2-19. No. 6 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-40
Figure A2-20. No. 6 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-41
Figure A2-21. No. 6 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-41
Figure A2-22. No. 2 Oil Transfer Tank Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-42
Figure A2-23. Typical Fuel Storage Tank Arrangement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-42
Figure A2-24. Typical Cross Section of Bundled Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-43
Figure A2-25. Schematic of Standard Alstrom Hot Water Safety-Type Preheating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-43
Figure A2-26. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-45
Figure A2-27. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-45
Figure A2-28. Breeching Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-46
TABLES
Table A2-1. Model CB Steam Boiler Ratings (15 - 100 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-5
Table A2-2. Model CB Steam Boiler Ratings (125 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-5
Table A2-3. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Ratings (15 - 100 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-6
Table A2-4. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Ratings (125 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-6
Table A2-5. Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-7
Table A2-6. Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-8
Table A2-7. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-22
Table A2-8. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-22
Table A2-9. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, No. 6 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-22
Table A2-10. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, No 6 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-22
Table A2-11. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, No. 2 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-23
Table A2-12. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, No. 2 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-23
Table A2-13. Model CB Boiler Emission Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-24
Table A2-14. Heating Surface, Model CB Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-24
Table A2-15. Steam Volume and Disengaging Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-25
Table A2-16. Water Circulation Rate and Temperature Drop for Hot Water Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-25
Table A2-17. Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-26
Table A2-18. Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-26
Table A2-19. Model CB Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-27
Table A2-20. Sound Pressure Level Summary (50 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-27
Table A2-21. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (40 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-27
Table A2-22. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (50 - 125 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-28
Table A2-23. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (125 - 200 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-29
Table A2-24. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (250 - 350 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-29
Table A2-25. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (400 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-30
Table A2-26. Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard and FM Gas Trains
(Downstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-31
Table A2-27. Minimum Gas Pressure at Entrance to Gas Trains Equipped with Industrial Risk Insurers
(IRI) Requirements (Downstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-31
Table A2-28. Under and Oversized Standard and FM Gas Trains, Model CB Boilers (50 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-32
Table A2-29. Under and Oversized IRI Gas Trains, Model CB Boilers (50 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-33
Table A2-30. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-33
Table A2-31. Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH) for Natural Gas and Propane Vapor & Gas Pilot Data. . . . . . . . . . . . A2-34
A2-2
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Air atomizing oil burner available for proper oil atomization,
maximum combustion efficiency, and low maintenance
In addition to the features provided on all Cleaver-Brooks requirements.
Firetube Boilers, the following features apply specifically to
Model CB Firetube Boilers. The CB four-pass dryback boiler Air atomizing compressor provided with the boiler package
is the premium firetube boiler design available. for clean oil burning and ease of maintenance.
Combination gas/oil burners provide quick fuel changeover
Four-Pass Dryback Design: without re-adjustment of the burner.
Four-pass design provides high flue gas velocities and low Fuel oil controller eliminates the need for over 40
stack temperature for guaranteed maximum efficiency. connections, combining gauges, valves, and regulators into a
Dryback design provides full access to boiler tubes, tube single casting.
sheet, and furnace for ease of maintenance. Retractable oil nozzle provides easy access and cleaning and
Dryback design includes single rear tube sheet construction, eliminates coking of oil and nozzle tip when firing gas.
providing reduced tube sheet stresses.
Low NOx Capability Available:
Five Square Feet of Heating Surface per Boiler hp: 20 ppm NOx guarantee available on Model CB (LE) Boilers.
Maximum heat transfer with minimum thermal stresses
provide guaranteed efficiency and long boiler life. PRODUCT OFFERING
Highest guaranteed fuel-to-steam efficiencies. Model CB Firetube Boilers are available in low pressure
steam, high pressure steam, and hot water designs. Burners are
Low Furnace Location available to fire natural gas, light oil, heavy oil, or a combina-
tion of oil and gas. Optional alternate fuel burners are also
Furnace located well below water level with generous
available.
clearance from bottom of boiler, allowing proper circulation.
Model CB Boilers include:
Low furnace provides additional safety margin between
furnace and water level. Four-pass dryback design.
Reduces water carryover, producing drier steam. 15 hp through 800 hp.
150 psig - 350 psig high pressure steam.
Hinged or Davited Front and Rear Doors:
15 psig low pressure steam.
Provides full access to front and rear tube sheet and furnace.
30 psig or 125 psig hot water.
Reduces maintenance costs.
Natural gas, light oil, or heavy oil firing.
High Turndown Burner: The Model CBBoiler is the premium firetube product offering
4:1 turndown (gas and oil) is standard on boilers up to 250 providing maximum boiler efficiency, the widest range of size
hp. and pressures, and premium control packages.
Guaranteed 10:1 turndown (gas fired) 8:1 (No. 2 oil fired) Available options: For option details, contact your Cleaver-
standard on 250 hp through 800 hp. Brooks authorized representative. Options include the
following:
Advanced burner design provides maximum combustion
efficiencies and high turndown. Boiler Options
Reduced boiler cycling and maintenance. Auxiliary low water cut-off (standard on steam boilers).
Boiler stays on line during low load conditions for optimum Drain valves.
efficiency and performance. Additional screwed or flanged tappings.
Gas, No. 2 Oil, No. 6 Oil, and Combination Gas and Oil Special design pressures.
Burners Available: Surge load baffles.
High radiant multi-port gas burner designed for high gas Seismic design.
velocities and complete fuel/air mixing, providing
maximum combustion efficiencies.
A2-3
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A2-4
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Rated Cap. (lbs steam/hr @212F) 518 690 1035 1380 1725 2070 2415 2760 3450
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 502 670 1004 1339 1674 2009 2343 2678 3348
Gas (cfh) 1000 Btu-Nat 625 835 1255 1675 2095 2510 2930 3350 4185
Gas (Therm/hr) 6.3 8.4 12.6 16.8 21.0 25.1 29.3 33.5 41.9
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil Belt-Driven From Blower 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 6 Oil - - - - 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3
NOTES:
1. For altitudes above 3000 ft, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for verification of blower motor hp.
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal.
B. Based on 150,000 Btu/gal.
C. No. 6 Oil not available in 15-40 hp range.
D. 3 hp above 2000 ft.
Table A2-2. Model CB Steam Boiler Ratings (125 - 800 hp)
BOILER HP 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
Rated Cap. (lbs steam/hr @ 212F) 4313 5175 6900 8625 10350 12075 13800 17250 20700 24150 25875 27600
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23432 25106 26779
Light Oil (gph)A 37.5 45.0 60.0 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209.0 224.2 239.3
Heavy Oil (gph)B 35.0 42.0 56.0 69.5 83.5 97.5 111.5 139.5 167.5 195.5 209.2 223.4
Gas (cfh)
MBTU-nat 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33480
Gas
(Therm/hr) 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.8 334.8
Blower Motor hp (except gas) 5 7-1/2 15 7-1/2 10C 15D 10C 15E 20F 30G 40L 50H
Gas Models (only) 5 5 10 7-1/2 7-1/2I 15 10C 15E 20F 30G 40L 50H
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 6 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Oil Heater kW No. 6 Oil 5 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 K 7-1/2K 7-1/2K 7-1/2K 7-1/2K
Air Compressor Motor hp Air Compressor Belt-Driven 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
(Oil firing Only) From Blower Motor
NOTES:
1. For altitudes above 3000 ft, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks autho- F. 30 hp above 2500 ft.
rized representative for verification of blower motor hp. G. 40 hp above 2000 ft.
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal. H. 60 hp above 3000 ft.
B. Based on 150,000 Btu/gal. I. 10 hp above 2500 ft.
C.15 hp above 2500 ft. J. Sea level to 2,500 ft for 300 and 350 Hp sizes.
D. 20 hp above 2500 ft. K. 10 kW on low pressure.
E. 20 hp above 2000 ft. L. 50 hp above 2500 ft.
A2-5
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-3. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Ratings (15 - 100 hp)
BOILER HP 15c 20c 30c 40c 50 60 70 80 100A 100 125A
Rated Cap Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 502 670 1004 1339 1674 2009 2343 2678 3348 3348 4184
Light Oil (gph)A 4.5 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 30.0 30.0 37.5
Heavy Oil (gph)B - - - - 14.0 16.5 19.5 22.5 28.0 28.0 35.0
Gas (cfh)
MBtu- nat 625 835 1255 1675 2095 2510 2930 3350 4185 4185 5230
Gas (Therm/hr) 6.3 8.4 12.6 16.8 21.0 25.1 29.3 33.5 41.9 41.9 52.3
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil Belt-Driven From Blower 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/2
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 6 Oil - - - - 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/2
NOTES:
1. For altitudes above 3000 ft, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for verification of blower motor hp.
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal.
B. Based on 150,000 Btu/gal.
C. No. 6 Oil not available in 15-40 hp range.
D. 3 hp above 2000 ft.
Table A2-4. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Ratings (125 - 800 hp)
BOILER HP 150 175A 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
J
RATINGS - SEA LEVEL TO 3000 FT
Light Oil (gph)A 45.0 52.5 60.0 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209.0 224.2 239.3
Heavy Oil (gph)B 42.0 49.0 56.0 69.5 83.5 97.5 111.5 139.5 167.5 195.5 209.3 223.4
Gas (cfh)
MBtu-Natural Gas 6280 7320 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33480
(Therm/hr) 62.8 73.2 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.8 334.8
Blower Motor hp
(except gas) 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 7-1/2 10C 15D 10C 15E 20F 30G 40K 50H
Gas Models (only) 5 5 10 7-1/2 7-1/2I 15 10C 15E 20F 30G 40K 50H
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 6 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Air Compressor Motor hp (Oil 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
firing Only)
NOTES:
1. For altitudes above 3000 ft, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks au-
thorized representative for verification of blower motor hp. F. 30 hp above 2500 ft.
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal. G. 40 hp above 2000 ft.
B. Based on 150,000 Btu/gal. H. 60 hp above 3000 ft.
C. 15 hp above 2500 ft. I. 10 hp above 2500 ft.
D. 20 hp above 2500 ft. J. Sea level to 2,500 ft for 300 and 350 hp sizes.
E. 20 hp above 2000 ft. K. 50 hp above 2500 ft.
A2-6
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
25 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/4 1 3/4
(1) 1-1/2
200 2 2-1/2 2 2 2 (2) 1-1/2 2 2) 1-1/2 2 2 (2) 1-1/4
(1) 1-1/4
(2) 2-1/2
(3) 3 (3) 2-1/2 (3) 2-1/2
750 5 5 4 3 (1) 2 2 2-1/2 2 2-1/2
(2)2-1/2 (2) 2 (1) 2
A2-7
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
25 1 1-1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1
30 1 1-1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1
40 1 1-1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1
60 1 2 1 1-1/4 1 1 1 1
70 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/4 1 1
80 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/4 1 1-1/4
(1) 1
175A 2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
(1) 2-1/2
(1) 2-1/2
200 2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
(1) 1-1/4
(1) 2
250 2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2
(1) 2-1/2
(1) 1
300 2 2-1/2 2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2
(1) 2-1/2
NOTES:
1.Hot water relief valves are Kunkle #537.
2. BHP followed by A designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in the
upper portion of the vessel.
A2-8
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
NOTES
A2-9
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
LENGTHS
Overall A 96-5/8 96-5/8 114-5/8 140-5/8 129 129 168 168 187
Front Head Extension D 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
Rear Head Extension E 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
Ring Flange to Base G 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 5/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
WIDTHS
Overall I 61 61 61 61 73 73 73 73 73
ID, Boiler J 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48 48
Center to Lagging L 20 20 20 20 27 27 27 27 27
Figure A2-1. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) Sheet 1 of 2
A2-10
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
HEIGHTS
Base to Steam Outlet (15 psig only) PL 50-1/4 50-1/4 50-1/4 50-1/4 64-3/4 64-3/4 64-3/4 64-3/4 64-3/4
Base to Steam Outlet (150 psig only) PH 50-1/4 50-1/4 50-1/4 50-1/4 66-31/2 66-1/2 66-1/2 66-1/2 64-3/4
Height of Base Q 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VENT STACK
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
C DD 44 44 44 44 55 55 55 55 55
Rear Door Swing
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 163 163 199 251 231 231 309 309 347
Front of Boiler RF 153 153 189 241 221 221 299 299 337
Thru Window or Doorway RD 151 151 169 195 202 202 241 241 260
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 1340 1300 1710 2290 3130 2920 4620 4460 5088
Approx. Ship Wgt - 15 psig 3000 3100 3650 4350 6900 7000 8100 8200 9000
Approx. Ship Wgt - 150 psig 3100 3200 3800 4500 7000 7200 8800 9000 9500
Approx. Ship Wgt - 200 psig 3300 3400 4100 4700 7400 7600 9300 9500 10000
NOTES:
1. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 15 thru 40
2. Air compressor module on sizes 50 thru 100 hp.
3. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension
prints.
A. ANSI 150 psig flange.
B. ANSI 300 psig flange.
C. 15 thru 100 hp standard hinged door.
Figure A2-1. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) Sheet 2 of 2
A2-11
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 174-1/2 199-/12 232-1/2 197 227 257 210 244 284 317 319 319
Shell B 125 149 180 144 171 201 152 186 222 255 255 255
Base Frame C 124 148 179 143 170 200 151 185 221 254 254 254
Front Ring Flange to Nozzle - F 62-1/2 74-1/2 90 72 85-1/2 100-1/2 76 93 111 127-1/2 127-1/2 127-1/2
15 psig
Ring Flange to Base G 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
WIDTHS
Overall I 85 85 85 103 103 103 123 123 123 123 123 123
ID, Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51 51
Figure A2-2. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
125 to 800 hp) Sheet 1 of 2
A2-12
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Base to Steam Outlet (15 psig only) PL 77 77 77 96 96 96 116 116 116 116 116 116
Overall OO 88 88 88 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Steam Outlet (150 psig PH 77 77 77 96 96 96 116 116 116 116 116 116
only)
Davit (Front) DF - - - 104 104 104 125 125 125 125 125 125
Davit (Rear) DR 84-3/4 84-3/4 84-3/4 104 104 104 126 126 126 126 126 126
Height of Base Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Feedwater, Right and Left S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
VENT STACK
Front Ring Flange to Vent CL CC 9 9 9 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 32C 32C 32C 43C 43C 43C 53C 53C 53C 53C 53C 53C
Front Door Swing EE 67 67 67 89C 89C 89C 108C 108C 108C 108C 108C 108C
Tube Removal, Rear FF 115 139 170 131 157 187 135 169 205 238 238 238
Tube Removal, Front GG 103 127 158 116 142 172 116 151 187 220 220 220
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 307 355 417 364 417 477 395 463 535 601 601 601
Front of Boiler RF 260 308 370 303 356 416 322 390 462 528 528 528
Thru Window or Doorway RD 224 248 279 275 302 332 313 347 383 416 416 416
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 5750 7250 8625 10670 13000 15465 15340 19300 23425 27790 27790 27790
Approx. Ship Wgt - 15 psig 12200 12900 15200 21800 24000 27300 33500 38400 44000 51400 51400 51400
Approx. Ship Wgt - 150 psig 12800 13800 16300 23400 26000 28500 36500 41400 47000 54100 54100 54100
Approx. Ship Wgt - 200 psig 13400 14500 17100 25200 28000 30000 38300 44000 50500 57700 57700 57700
NOTES:
1. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 125 thru 350 hp.
2. Control Panel relocation on boilers 250 hp and up.
3. Air compressor module on sizes 400 thru 800 hp.
4. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
A. ANSI 150 psig flange.
B. ANSI 300 psig flange.
C. Davit equipped, standard, 125 - 800 hp (rear door).
D. Davit equipped, standard, 250- 800 hp (front door)
Figure A2-2. Model CB Steam Boiler Dimensions and Weights (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure -
125 to 800 hp) Sheet 2 of 2
A2-13
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
LWCO
80/ 100/
BOILER HP DIM 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100A 125A
LENGTHS
Front Head Ext. D 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
Rear Head Ext. E 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
Front Ring Flange to Outlet G 55-1/8 55-1/8 73-1/8 98-1/2 84-5/8 84-5/8 123-5/8 123-5/8 142-5/8
Ring Flange to Base H 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 1
WIDTHS
ID, Boiler J 36 36 36 36 48 48 48 48 48
Center to Lagging L 20 20 20 20 27 27 27 27 27
Figure A2-3. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig and 125 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2
A2-14
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
80/ 100/
BOILER HP DIM 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 100A 125A
HEIGHTS
Davit (Front) DF - - - - - - - - -
Davit (Rear) DR - - - - - - - - -
Height of Base Q 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTION
Waterfill Conn. Right & Left S 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Drain, Front and Rear W 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Auxiliary Connection X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VENT STACK
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
MINIMUM BOLER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 163 163 199 251 231 231 309 309 347
Front of Boiler RF 153 153 189 241 221 221 299 299 337
Thru Window or Doorway RD 151 151 169 195 202 202 241 241 260
WEIGHT IN LBS
Water Capacity Flooded 1500 1460 1915 2585 3665 3500 5420 5250 5960
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 30 psig 3000 3100 3650 4350 6800 7000 8000 8100 8800
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 125 psig 3300 3400 3880 4580 7100 7300 8350 8450 9150
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions and ratings while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction
by certified dimension prints.
2. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 15 thru 40 hp.
3. Air compressor module on sizes 50 thru 100 hp.
4. 15 - 100 hp, hinged door standard.
5. Add 370lbs to the 80 hp ship weight for 100A and 485 lbs to the 100 hp ship weight for the 125A.
A. Dip Tube included.
Figure A2-3. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig Design Pressure -
15 to 100 hp) - Sheet 2 of 2
A2-15
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
LWCO
150/
BOILER HP DIM 125 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
175A
LENGTHS
Overall A 174-1/2 199-1/2 232-1/2 197 227 257 210 244 284 317 319 319
Shell B 125 149 180 144 171 201 152 186 222 255 255 255
Base Frame C 124 148 179 143 170 200 151 185 221 254 254 254
Front Ring Flange to Return F 91 102 131 104-1/2 131-1/2 161-1/2 111-1/2 139 175 207 207 207
Front Ring Flange to Outlet G 114 136 167 131 158 188 146 170 206 239 239 239
Ring Flange to Base H 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
WIDTHS
Overall I 75-1/2 75-1/2 75-1/2 93 93 93 113 113 113 113 113 113
ID, Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51 51
Figure A2-4. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig Design Pressure - 125 - 800 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2
A2-16
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
150/
BOILER HP DIM 125 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
175A
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 88 88 88 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Return and Outlet P 77 77 77 96 96 96 116 116 116 116 116 116
Davit (Front) DF - - - 104 104 104 125 125 125 125 125 125
Davit (Rear) DR 84-3/4 84-3/4 84-3/4 104 104 104 126 126 126 126 126 126
Height of Base Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTION
Waterfill Conn. Right & Left S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Auxiliary Connection X 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
VENT STACK
Front Ring Flange to vent CL CC 9 9 9 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 32B 32B 32B 43B 43B 43B 53B 53B 53B 53B 53B 53B
Front Door Swing EE 67 67 67 89B 89B 89B 108B 108B 108B 108B 108B 108B
Tube Removal, Rear FF 115 139 170 131 157 187 135 169 205 238 238 238
Tube, Removal, Front GG 103 127 158 116 142 172 117 151 187 220 220 220
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 307 355 417 364 417 477 395 463 535 601 601 601
Front of Boiler RF 260 308 370 303 356 416 322 390 462 528 528 528
Thru Window or Doorway RD 224 248 279 275 302 332 313 347 383 416 416 416
WEIGHT IN LBS
Water Capacity Flooded 7670 9295 11130 13880 16840 20090 20630 25925 31510 36600 36600 36600
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 30 psig 12100 12800 15100 21700 23900 27200 33400 38300 43900 51300 51300 51300
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 125 psig 12500 13200 15500 22500 24700 28000 34400 39300 44900 52300 52300 52300
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions and ratings while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction
by certified dimension prints.
2. Control panel relocated on boilers 250 hp and up.
3. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 125 thru 350 hp.
4. Air compressor module on sizes 400 thru 800 hp.
5. Davited front doors are standard on 250 - 800 hp.
6. Add 480 lbs to the 150 hp ship weight for 175A.
A. Dip Tube included.
B. Davited rear doors are standard on 125 - 800 hp units.
Figure A2-4. Model CB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (30 psig Design Pressure - 125 - 800 hp) - Sheet 2 of 2
A2-17
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER HP
A B C D E
250 - 350 42 69 58 86 43
Figure A2-5. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB Boilers Equipped with Davits
A2-18
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
A2-19
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
15-20 6 8 59 17 33 3 22 9-3/4
25-30 6 8 77 17 33 3 22 9-3/4
NOTE:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased inspection
accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A2-20
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
PERFORMANCE DATA 4. Any efficiency verification testing will be based on the stack
loss method.
Efficiency When specifying the efficiencies in the tables, be sure to
include the specific guarantee conditions to maximize the
Tables A2-7, A2-8, A2-9, A2-10, A2-11, and A2-12 show pre- effectiveness of your efficiency specification. If you have any
dicted fuel-to-steam efficiencies (including radiation and con- questions regarding the efficiency specifications, please con-
vection losses) for Cleaver-Brooks Model CB Firetube boilers. tact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. For
For specific efficiencies on firetube boiler offerings not listed efficiencies and stack temperatures at operating pressures not
here, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representa- listed, follow these procedures:
tive.
When the operating steam pressure is between 10 psig and 125
Cleaver-Brooks offers an industry leading fuel-to-steam boiler psig, interpolate the values from the efficiency tables.
efficiency guarantee for Model CB Firetube Boilers. The guar-
antee is based on the fuel-to-steam efficiencies shown in the When the operating steam pressure is above 125 psig, esti-
efficiency tables and the following conditions. The efficiency mated efficiency can be calculated as follows:
percent number is only meaningful if the specific conditions of Example:
the efficiency calculations are clearly stated in the specifica-
tion (see Cleaver-Brooks publication CB-7768 for a detailed Boiler: 350 hp.
description of efficiency calculations). Fuel: natural gas.
The boiler manufacturer shall guarantee that, at the time of Operating steam pressure: 200 psig.
startup, the boiler will achieve fuel-to-steam efficiency (as
shown in the tables listed above) at 100% firing rate (add effi- Find the fuel-to-steam efficiency at 100% firing rate. From
ciency guarantees at 25%, 50%, and 75% of rating, if Table A2-8 for a 350 hp boiler operating at 100% firing rate
required). If the boiler(s) fail to achieve the corresponding and an operating steam pressure of 125 psig, the efficiency is
guaranteed efficiency as published, the boiler manufacturer 82.5%.
will rebate, to the ultimate boiler owner, five thousand dollars Using Figure A2-8, note that the stack temperature increases
($5,000) for every full efficiency point (1.0%) that the actual 36 F at the higher operating pressure. To estimate boiler effi-
efficiency is below the guaranteed level. The specified boiler ciency, use this rule of thumb: For every 40 F increase in stack
efficiency is based on the following conditions. temperature, efficiency decreases by 1%. Since the stack tem-
1. Fuel specification used to determine boiler efficiency: perature rise is 36 F, the decrease in the boiler efficiency at
200 psig operating pressure is calculated as follows: 36/40 =
Natural Gas .9%. Therefore, the boiler efficiency at 200 psig operating
Carbon, % (wt) = 69.98 pressure is 82.5 - .9 = 81.6%.
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 22.31
Sulfur, % (wt) = 0.0 Emissions
Heating value, Btu/lb = 21,830
The emission data included in this section consists of typical
No. 2 Oil uncontrolled emission levels for Cleaver-Brooks Model CB
Carbon, % (wt) = 85.8 Firetube Boilers.
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 12.7 Cleaver-Brooks Firetube boilers are available with the standard
Sulfur, % (wt) = 0.2 burner package for Model CB, or optional internal flue gas
Heating value, Btu/lb = 19,420 recirculation on Model CB (LE) (refer to Section A3).
No. 6 Oil The Cleaver-Brooks IFGR packages are integrated boiler/
Carbon, % (wt) = 86.6 burner/control packages designed specifically for Cleaver-
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 10.9 Brooks boilers. For detailed information on Cleaver-Brooks
Sulfur, % (wt) = 2.09 IFGR packages, refer to Model CB (LE) in Section A3.
Heating value, Btu/lb = 18,830
2. Efficiencies are based on ambient air temperature of 80 F,
NOTICE
relative humidity of 30%, and 15% excess air in the exhaust
flue gas. The data in Table A2-13 represents typical emission
3. Efficiencies are based on manufacturers published radiation levels only. Guaranteed emission levels are available
and convection losses. (For Cleaver-Brooks radiation and con- from your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized represen-
vection losses, see Boiler Efficiency Facts Guide, publication tative.
number CB-7767).
A2-21
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-7. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Table A2-9. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%),
Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, Natural Gas Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, No. 6 Oil
FIRING RATE (%) BOILER FIRING RATE (%)
BOILER
HP HP 25 50 75 100
25 50 75 100
100 84.4 85.0 84.8 84.4 100 88.2 88.5 88.3 88.0
125 83.3 83.6 83.4 83.2 125 87.2 87.4 87.2 87.0
150 84.4 84.6 84.5 84.3 150 88.4 88.5 88.3 88.1
200 85.0 85.3 85.1 84.9 200 88.9 89.2 88.9 88.7
250 85.0 84.7 84.0 83.3 250 88.8 88.5 87.8 87.1
300 85.3 85.3 84.6 83.9 300 89.1 89.2 88.4 87.7
350 85.3 85.7 85.2 84.5 350 89.1 89.5 89.0 88.4
400 84.5 84.7 84.6 84.4 400 88.4 88.5 88.4 88.1
500 85.5 85.7 85.5 85.2 500 89.4 89.5 89.3 89.2
600 85.7 86.0 85.8 85.6 600 89.5 89.9 89.7 88.4
700 85.7 86.2 86.0 85.7 700 89.6 90.0 89.8 89.6
750 85.8 86.1 85.9 85.6 750 89.7 90.0 89.8 89.5
800 85.8 86.1 85.9 85.6 800 89.7 90.0 89.8 89.5
Table A2-8. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Table A2-10. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%),
Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, Natural Gas Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, No 6 Oil
BOILER FIRING RATE (%) FIRING RATE (%)
BOILER
HP 25 50 75 100 HP 25 50 75 100
50 80.2 80.5 80.4 80.1 50 83.9 84.2 84.0 83.8
60 80.1 80.4 80.3 80.1 60 83.8 84.1 83.9 83.8
70 81.7 82.0 81.9 81.7 70 85.5 85.8 85.6 85.4
80 81.8 82.1 82.0 81.8 80 85.6 85.9 85.7 85.6
100 81.5 82.4 82.3 82.2 100 84.6 85.8 85.9 85.8
125 80.4 80.9 81.0 81.0 125 84.1 84.6 84.7 84.8
150 81.5 82.0 82.0 82.1 150 85.3 85.8 85.8 85.8
200 82.2 82.7 82.7 82.7 200 86.0 86.5 86.4 86.5
250 82.0 82.0 81.6 81.3 250 85.8 85.7 85.3 85.0
300 82.6 82.7 82.2 81.9 300 86.3 86.4 86.0 85.6
350 82.6 83.2 82.8 82.5 350 86.4 87.0 86.6 86.2
400 81.8 82.2 82.4 82.2 400 85.5 85.9 86.0 85.9
500 82.8 83.2 83.3 83.1 500 86.5 86.9 87.0 86.9
600 82.9 83.5 83.6 83.5 600 86.7 87.3 87.4 87.2
700 83.0 83.6 83.6 83.6 700 86.8 87.3 87.4 87.4
750 83.1 83.6 83.7 83.5 750 86.9 87.4 87.5 87.3
800 83.1 83.6 83.7 83.5 800 86.9 87.4 87.5 87.3
A2-22
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Table A2-11. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%), Table A2-12. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%),
Model CB Boilers - 10 psig, No. 2 Oil Model CB Boilers - 125 psig, No. 2 Oil
100 87.8 88.4 88.1 87.7 100 84.8 85.7 85.6 85.5
125 86.7 86.9 86.7 86.6 125 83.7 84.2 84.3 84.3
150 87.8 88.0 87.8 87.6 150 84.8 85.3 85.3 85.4
200 88.4 88.7 88.4 88.2 200 85.6 86.0 86.0 86.0
250 88.3 88.1 87.4 86.7 250 85.3 85.3 84.9 84.7
300 88.6 88.7 88.0 87.3 300 85.9 86.0 85.5 85.2
350 88.6 89.0 88.5 87.8 350 85.9 86.6 86.1 85.8
400 87.9 88.1 87.9 87.6 400 85.1 85.5 85.6 85.5
500 88.9 89.0 88.9 88.6 500 86.1 86.5 86.6 86.4
600 89.0 89.4 89.2 89.0 600 86.2 86.8 86.9 86.8
700 89.1 89.5 89.3 89.1 700 86.3 86.9 87.0 86.9
750 89.2 89.5 89.3 89.0 750 86.4 86.9 87.0 86.8
800 89.2 89.5 89.3 89.0 800 86.4 86.9 87.0 86.8
Figure A2-8. Predicted Stack Temperature Increase for Pressure Greater Than 125 psig
A2-23
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
ppmA 200 90 95
CO
Lb/MMBtu 0.15 0.07 0.075
ppmA 100 185 502
NOx
Lb/MMBtu 0.12 0.25 0.67
ppmA 1 278 278
SOx
Lb/MMbtu 0.001 0.52 0.52
ppmA 40 50 70
HC/VOCs
Lb/MMBtu 0.016 0.025 0.035
ppmA - - -
PM
Lb/MMBtu 0.01 0.025 0.160
NOTES:
Refer to Section E for detailed emission information.
A. ppm levels corrected to 3% O2, dry basis.
B. Based on fuel constituent levels of:
Fuel-bound nitrogen content = 0.05% by weight
Sulfur content = 0.5% by weight
Ash content = 0.01% by weight
C. Based on fuel constituent levels of:
Fuel-bound nitrogen content = 0.7% by weight
Sulfur content = 0.5% by weight
Ash content = 0.1% by weight
Conradson carbon residue = 16% by weight
40 200 219
Some local codes require blowdown tanks to be constructed in
accordance with recommendations of the National Board of 50 250 266
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. 60 300 323
The National Boards recommendations base the size of the 70 350 388
blowdown tank on the removal of at least 4 inches of water 80 400 441
from the boiler.
100 500 544
Table A2-19 lists the approximate quantity of water repre- 125 625 679
sented by 4 inches of water at normal operating level for
150 750 820
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB Boilers.
200 1000 1092
A2-24
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Table A2-15. Steam Volume and Disengaging Area
STEAM VOLUME CU-FT STEAM RELIEVING AREA, SQ-IN
BOILER HP
A B
HIGH PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSUREA LOW PRESSUREB
Table A2-16. Water Circulation Rate and Temperature Drop for Hot Water Boiler
BOILER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE DROP - DEGREES F
BOILER OUTPUT
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
HP (1000)
BTU/HR MAXIMUM CIRCULATING RATE - GPM
15 500 100 50 33 25 20 17 14 12 11 10
20 670 134 67 45 33 27 22 19 17 15 13
30 1005 200 100 67 50 40 33 29 25 22 20
40 1340 268 134 89 67 54 45 38 33 30 27
50 1675 335 168 112 84 67 56 48 42 37 33
60 2010 402 201 134 101 80 67 58 50 45 40
70 2345 470 235 157 118 94 78 67 59 52 47
80 2680 536 268 179 134 107 90 77 67 60 54
100 & 100A 3350 670 335 223 168 134 112 96 84 75 67
125 &125A 4185 836 418 279 209 168 140 120 105 93 84
150 5025 1005 503 335 251 201 168 144 126 112 100
175A 5858 1172 586 391 293 234 195 167 147 130 117
200 6695 1340 670 447 335 268 224 192 168 149 134
250 8370 1675 838 558 419 335 280 240 210 186 167
300 10045 2010 1005 670 503 402 335 287 251 223 201
350 11720 2350 1175 784 587 470 392 336 294 261 236
400 13400 2680 1340 895 670 535 447 383 335 298 268
500 16740 3350 1675 1120 838 670 558 479 419 372 335
600 20080 4020 2010 1340 1005 805 670 575 502 448 402
700 23450 4690 2345 1565 1175 940 785 670 585 520 470
750 25106 5025 2510 1675 1255 955 840 720 625 555 500
800 26780 5360 2680 1785 1340 1075 895 765 670 595 535
NOTES: 1. Minimum recommended return water temperature is 150 F. Minimum recommended outlet temperature for Model CB Hot Water
Boilers is 170 F. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for special hot water application information.
2. See Section H2 for over-pressure requirements.
A2-25
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-17. Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity)
BOILER HP
OPERATING
PRESSURE 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PSIG
15 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
40 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
75 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
NOTES:
1. Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
2. Recommended steam nozzle sizes based on 4000 to 5000 fpm steam velocity. Spool pieces (300 lb flanges) are available in the following sizes (in inches): 3x2-
1/2x30, 4x3x30, 6x4x36, 8x6x48, 10x8x48, and 12x8x48.
3. All standard steam nozzle sizes for 150 psig design pressure or greater are the same as 125 psig operating pressure on the above table. To increase or decrease
the standard size, request the change with your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
200 6900 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3
250 8625 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3
300 10350 6 4 4 4 4 4 4 3
350 12025 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 3
400 13800 6 6 4 4 4 4 4 4
500 17210 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 4
600 20700 8 8 6 6 6 4 4 4
700 24150 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6
750 25875 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6
800 27600 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6
A2-26
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
50-60 55 Units
70-80 80 The units for the sound level tables are dBA (decibels, mea-
100 93
sured on the A-weighted scale) in reference to 0.0002
microbars (20 micro-Newtons per square meter). They are
125 97
standardly referenced in specifying and reporting sound pres-
150 118 sure levels on industrial equipment.
200 145 Test Method
250 146
The sound pressure levels in the above tables were obtained
300 176 from tests in accordance with the "ABMA Test Code for the
350 210 Measurement of Sound from Packages Boilers." In accordance
400 183
with this code, the sound pressure levels reported were mea-
sured on the boiler centerline 4-1/2 feet vertically above the
500 230
bottom of the base rails and 3 feet horizontally in front of the
600 280 end of the blower motor or front surface of the electrical cabi-
700-750 325 net.
800 325 Sound Level Meter
NOTE: Quantity of water removed from boiler by lowering normal wa- The sound level meter used complies with ANSI S1.4, Type 1
ter line 4".
(Precision). The readings are taken with the meter set for slow
response.
Table A2-20. Sound Pressure Level Summary (50 - 800 hp)
BOILER
50 60 70 80 100 125A 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HP
HFO, dBA 79 79 79 79 81 82 83 83 83 88 88 89 83 83 83 85 87 88
LFO, dBA 78 78 78 78 79 79 81 82 81 86 86 85 80 82 82 82 83 84
HFG, dBA 77 77 78 78 78 79 81 80 82 84 86 86 82 82 82 85 86 87
LFG, dBA 72 73 74 75 75 75 78 77 78 81 82 83 80 81 81 82 83 84
NOTES: ABBREVIATIONS:
1. Boiler No. followed by an a designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes HF = High Fire
in the upper portion of the vessel. LF = Low Fire
2. Sound Pressure levels measured on boilers operating in various locations and expressed in dBA are as follows: O = Oil
G = Gas
Table A2-21. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (40 hp)
FIRING SOUND OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS IN dB RE .0002 MICROBAR
RATE LEVEL
FUEL dBA 31Hz 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1kHz 2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz
A
40HP
LFG 76 73 75 72 74 76 70 67 68 64 57
LFO 77 73 75 75 76 75 72 67 66 66 58
HFG 79 81 78 74 80 78 71 69 68 64 58
HFO 79 72 77 77 81 78 73 69 66 66 58
NOTE: LF = Low Fire A. The data shown above was taken on the 40 hp. Since the highest Sound Level is below 80
ABBREVIATIONS: O = Oil dBA, no additional 36" diameter Firetubes were tested. If Sound Level predictions are required
HF = High Fire G = Gas for the 15 thru 30 hp, use the values shown for the 40 hp.
A2-27
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-22. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (50 - 125 hp)
FIRING SOUND OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS IN dB RE .0002 MICROBAR
RATE LEVEL
FUEL dBA 31Hz 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1kHz 2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz
50 HP
LFG 72 71 65 71 71 70 68 63 60 53 46
LFO 78 71 76 78 73 72 72 76 61 56 54
HFG 77 72 68 75 76 74 74 66 61 54 47
HFO 79 72 70 75 75 77 77 70 63 56 54
60 HP
LFG 73 70 75 72 72 73 68 61 56 50 45
LFO 78 68 77 74 74 75 74 71 58 53 48
HFG 77 73 75 72 72 75 76 63 55 50 44
HFO 79 75 75 75 75 77 77 72 59 52 45
70 HP
LFG 74 70 70 75 74 73 71 62 56 51 46
LFO 78 70 73 77 74 75 74 70 59 53 57
HFG 78 72 72 77 78 75 76 68 58 52 57
HFO 79 73 73 80 77 77 76 70 60 54 48
80 HP
LFG 75 70 75 75 73 75 76 66 62 62 53
LFO 78 69 77 76 74 76 74 73 63 62 57
HFG 78 72 74 78 75 75 76 57 61 59 52
HFO 79 75 75 75 74 76 75 69 62 59 54
LFG 75 69 69 75 76 73 71 65 63 59 50
LFO 79 68 73 78 78 75 79 76 63 59 54
HFG 78 69 70 77 77 74 74 69 63 59 50
HFO 81 68 70 77 78 78 77 71 64 59 57
125A HP
LFG 75 69 70 76 78 73 71 65 63 59 50
LFO 79 68 73 78 78 75 74 76 63 59 54
HFG 79 70 70 77 79 75 75 69 63 59 50
HFO 82 70 71 78 80 79 78 71 64 59 57
NOTES:
1. ABBREVIATIONS:
HF = High Fire
LF = Low Fire
O = Oil
G = Gas
2. Boiler HP followed by an A designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in the upper portion of
the vessel.
A2-28
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Table A2-23. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (125 - 200 hp)
FIRING SOUND OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS IN dB RE .0002 MICROBAR
RATE LEVEL
FUEL dBA 31Hz 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1kHz 2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz
125 HP
LFG 78 76 70 78 80 80 73 65 58 56 51
LFO 81 80 75 82 82 81 77 74 67 63 60
HFG 81 79 73 87 78 80 76 71 64 57 51
HFO 83 78 78 89 79 82 81 77 64 70 58
LFG 77 75 70 78 76 77 72 67 63 58 55
LFO 82 76 68 80 78 79 75 71 66 60 58
HFG 80 71 72 82 76 80 76 71 64 58 52
HFO 83 70 71 83 79 82 77 73 65 60 55
200 HP
LFG 78 74 74 78 79 79 72 65 58 54 50
LFO 81 76 74 79 77 81 75 71 62 60 55
HFG 82 77 76 82 79 81 78 72 62 55 50
HFO 83 76 76 81 78 82 79 73 66 59 53
NOTES:
1. ABBREVIATIONS:
HF = HighFire
LF = Low Fire
O = Oil
G = Gas
2. Boiler HP followed by an A designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in the upper portion of the vessel.
Table A2-24. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (250 - 350 hp)
250 HP
LFG 81 72 81 85 84 82 75 68 60 56 53
LFO 86 76 87 87 85 84 82 73 70 76 68
HFG 84 78 85 84 84 84 79 72 62 55 50
HFO 88 79 84 84 84 85 86 74 68 67 65
300 HP
LFG 82 75 74 80 83 83 78 71 65 58 53
LFO 86 80 77 80 84 82 81 75 75 77 72
HFG 86 77 78 84 87 85 82 77 67 60 53
HFO 88 82 80 84 85 85 83 79 72 67 69
350 HP
LFG 83 75 78 87 86 83 78 70 58 55
LFO 85 82 79 84 84 84 84 70 66 66
HFG 86 78 79 87 85 84 84 72 65 61
HFO 89 82 82 85 85 86 86 79 68 68
NOTE:
ABREVIATIONS:
HF = High Fire
LF = Low Fire
O = Oil
G = Gas
A2-29
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-25. Model CB Boiler Sound Pressure Level Details (400 - 800 hp)
FIRING SOUND OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS IN dB RE .0002 MICROBAR
RATE LEVEL
FUEL dBA 31Hz 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1kHz 2kHz 4kHz 8kHz 16kHz
400 HP
LFG 80 70 79 85 87 78 70 66 61 55 50
LFO 80 74 83 86 87 78 71 67 63 58 50
HFG 82 73 84 87 89 80 74 70 64 57 50
HFO 83 75 85 87 89 80 75 71 73 58 52
500 HP
LFG 81 78 83 87 87 78 73 66 62 58 54
LFO 82 77 83 87 87 81 75 70 63 59 55
HFG 82 79 87 87 84 79 76 70 63 57 55
HFO 83 77 87 87 84 81 77 71 62 58 55
600 HP
LFG 81 78 83 87 87 79 73 66 62 58 54
LFO 82 77 83 87 87 81 75 70 63 59 55
HFG 82 79 87 87 84 79 76 70 63 57 55
HFO 83 77 87 87 84 81 77 71 62 58 55
700 HP
LFG 82 80 87 91 87 80 75 70 66 62 56
LFO 82 79 88 90 87 81 76 72 67 63 57
HFG 85 80 90 89 89 82 77 76 66 64 57
HFO 85 81 90 91 89 82 80 77 68 65 57
750 HP
LFG 83 82 89 93 87 81 76 71 67 63
LFO 83 80 90 92 87 82 77 73 68 64
HFG 86 81 91 90 89 83 79 89 68 66
HFO 87 82 91 92 89 83 81 80 70 68
800 HP
LFG 84 83 90 94 87 82 77 73 68 64
LFO 84 82 91 93 87 82 78 74 68 65
HFG 87 82 92 91 89 83 81 82 70 68
HFO 88 83 92 92 89 83 82 83 71 70
NOTE:
ABBREVIATIONS:
HF = High Fire
LF = Low Fire
O = Oil
G = Gas
Sound Pressure sound levels. (Since A-scale sound levels are dominated by
mid-frequency sounds, the A-scale sound levels between two
On large size boilers, the need for auxiliary equipment, and the
boilers can be in reasonable agreement even though the low
necessary interconnecting piping, make it impractical (and
and high frequencies of octave band measurement do not
sometimes impossible) to provide a boiler testing environment
closely correspond).
that is suitable for obtaining the data needed to develop Sound
Pressure Power levels.
Gas-Fired Burners
Typical Values
Sound pressure levels (dBA) for identical boilers will vary
between boiler rooms. In addition, variations will occur NOTICE
between different people using different sound meters on the
same boiler. And finally, no two boilers can be expected to A gas pressure regulator must be installed in the gas
give precisely the same sound levels. For these reasons, we can piping to each boiler. Gas pressure regulators for
only predict, but not guarantee, sound levels (dBA). Model CB Firetube Boilers are sized and selected on
a job-by-job basis. Therefore, gas pressure require-
Octave Band ments shown in Tables A2-26, A2-27, A2-28, A2-29,
When predicting sound pressures in octave bands (e.g., dB at and A2-30 list "regulated" gas pressure. Regulated
125 Hz), even greater variations between boilers, between gas pressure is the pressure downstream of the gas
sound meters, and between operators can be expected. These pressure regulator. Total gas pressure required for
larger variations in the low and high frequencies make octave the boiler equals regulated gas pressure plus the
band levels a less reliable method of reporting than A-scale pressure drop of the selected gas pressure regulator.
A2-30
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Table A2-27. Minimum Gas Pressure at Entrance to Gas
Table A2-26. Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance Trains Equipped with Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)
to Standard and FM Gas Trains (Downstream of Gas Requirements (Downstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
Pressure Regulator)
MODEL CB MODEL CB
NET REGD BOILER MIN PRESS
BOILER CONN SIZE HTBB MIN GAS
CONN SIZE PRESS. HTBB MIN GAS HP REQ'D
HP (IN) PRESS. REQD
(IN.) REQ'D PRESS. REQ'D (IN WC)
(IN. WC)
15 1-1/4 4.0 -
15 1-1/4 3.5 -
20 1-1/4 6.5 -
20 1-1/4 6.0 -
25 - - -
25 - - -
30 2 7.0 -
30 2 7.0 -
40 2 8.0 -
40 2 7.5 -
50A 2 7.5 -
50A 2 6.5 -
50 2 5.5 -
50 2 4.5 -
60 2 6.5 -
60 2 5.5 -
70 2 9.0 -
70 2 8.0 -
80 2 10.5 -
80 2 9.5 -
100A 2 11.0 -
100A 2 8.5 -
100 2 11.0 -
100 2 9.5 -
125A 2-1/2 11.5 -
125A 2-1/2 11.5 -
125 2-1/2 7.5 -
125 2-1/2 7.5 -
150 2-1/2 9.5 -
150 2-1/2 8.5 -
175A 2-1/2 12.5 -
175A 2-1/2 11.5 -
200 2-1/2 15.5 -
200 2-1/2 15.5 -
250 3 17.5 22.0
250 3 17.5 22.0
300 3 23.0 31.0
300 3 23.0 31.0
350 3 32.5 42.5
350 3 32.5 42.5
400 4 16.5 21.0
400 4 16.5 21.0
500 4 25.5 35.0
500 4 25.5 35.0
600 4 36.0 41.5
600 4 36.0 41.5
700 4 50.0 57.5
700 4 50.0 57.5
750 4 57.0 66.0
750 4 57.0 66.0
800 4 64.0 75.5
800 4 64.0 75.5
NOTES:
NOTES: 1.These gas pressure requirements effective on all boilers shipped after
1.These gas pressure requirements effective on all boiler shipped after July July 1,1992 for 15 - 350 hp and Sept. 1, 1993 for 400 - 800 hp.
1,1992 for 15 - 350 hp and Sept. 1, 1993 for 400 - 800 hp. 2. BHP followed by A designates hot water boiler furnished in a smaller
2. BHP followed by A designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in the upper portion of the vessel.
vessel size with additional tubes in the upper portion of the vessel. 3. Pressures shown also apply to standard and FM gas trains for Canada.
3. For standard and FM gas pressure requirements for Canada, refer to A. Based on 1000 Btu/cu-ft natural gas and elevation up to 700 feet.
Table A2-27, IRI Trains. B. HTB is for high turndown (10:1) burners.
A. Based on 1000 Btu/cu-ft natural gas and elevations up to 700 feet.
B. HTB is for high turndown (10:1) burners.
Table A2-26 shows regulated gas pressure requirements for Capacity: The capacity can be determined by multiplying the
Model CB Boilers with standard or FM gas trains. maximum burning rate (CFH) by 1.15, see Table A2-31. This
15 percent over-capacity rating of the regulator provides for
Table A2-27 shows regulated gas pressure requirements for
proper regulation.
Model CB Boilers with IRI gas trains.
Spring Adjustment: The spring should be suitable for a range
Table A2-28 and A2-29 show regulated gas pressure with over
of adjustment from 50 percent under the desired regulated
and undersized gas trains.
pressure to 50 percent over.
Table A2-30 shows minimum required gas pressure altitude
Sharp Lock-Up: The regulator should include this feature to
conversion.
prevent the downstream pressure (between the regulator and
the boiler) from climbing when there is no gas flow.
Gas Pressure Regulator
Regulators in Parallel: This type of installation can be used
The following items should be considered when selecting a if the required gas volume is very large and if the pressure
regulator: drop must be kept to a minimum.
Pressure Rating: The regulator must have a pressure rating at Regulators in Series: This type of installation can be used if
least equivalent to that of the gas distribution system. the available gas pressure is over 5, 10, or 20 psig.
A2-31
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-28. Under and Oversized Standard and FM Gas Trains, Model CB Boilers (50 - 800 hp)
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
1-1/2 8.0 1-1/2 11.0 1-1/2 15.0 1-1/2 18.5 1-1/2 22.5 1-1/2 22.5 2 15.0
2-1/2 4.0 2-1/2 5.0 2-1/2 7.5 2-1/2 9.0 2-1/2 8.5 2-1/2 8.5 3 9.5
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
2 11.0 2 14.5 2 20.0 2 26.0 2-1/2 29.5 2-1/2 44.5 2-1/2 62.0
2-1/2 7.5 2-1/2 8.5 2-1/2 11.5 2-1/2 15.5 3 22.0 3 31.0 3 42.5
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
NOTES:
1.Pipe size in inches, and pressure required in inches of WC.
2. Models followed by A designates hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in upper portion of vessel.
3. Pressure requirement is downstream of gas pressure regulator.
A. Low pressure drop Maxon valves (replaces 6" trains).
B. Standard gas train shown by shaded area.
C. Charts for 250 - 800 hp are for high turndown burners.
Depending on the regulator characteristics, one regulator Gas pressure regulator selction for high turndown (10:1)
would reduce the pressure to 2 to 3 psig, and a second burners is critical at minimum flow rates. Contact your local
regulator would reduce the pressure to the burner Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for proper
requirements. selection.
Regulator Location: A straight run of gas line piping should Table A2-31 shows maximum gas consumption for natural gas
be used on both sides of the regulator to ensure proper and propane vapor.
regulator operation. This is particularly important when
pilot-operated regulators are used. The regulator can be Figure A2-9 shows standard gas train sizes and locations for
located close to the gas train connection, but 2 to 3 feet of Model CB Firetube Boilers.
straight run piping should be used on the upstream side of Figure A2-10 shows typical gas train piping layouts for multi-
the regulator. ple boiler applications.
When oxygen trim is used, the regulator selection must be Figure A2-11 shows gas train components.
consistent with details shown in Section D.
A2-32
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Table A2-29. Under and Oversized IRI Gas Trains, Model CB Boilers (50 - 800 hp)
50 60 70 80 100 100A 125A
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
1-1/2 9.0 1-1/2 12.5 1-1/2 17.5 1-1/2 22.0 1-1/2 28.0 1-1/2 28.0 2 15.0
2-1/2 4.5 2-1/2 5.5 2-1/2 8.0 2-1/2 9.5 2-1/2 9.0 2-1/2 9.0 3 9.5
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
2 11.0 2 14.5 2 20.0 2 26.0 2-1/2 29.5 2-1/2 44.5 2-1/2 62.0
2-1/2 7.5 2-1/2 9.5 2-1/2 12.5 2-1/2 15.5 3 22.0 3 31.0 3 42.5
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
NOTES:
1. Pipe size in inches, and pressure required in inches WC.
2. Models followed by A designate hot water boilers furnished in a smaller vessel size with additional tubes in upper portion
of vessel.
3. Pressure requirement is downstream of gas pressure regulator.
A. Low pressure drop Maxon valves (replaces 6" trains).
B. Standard gas train shown by shaded areas.
5000 1.21 - -
A2-33
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A2-31. Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH) for Natural
Gas and Propane Vapor (1 of 2) Table A2-31. Gas Pilot Data (2 of 2)
MODEL CB
BOILER CONNECTION LOCATION
HP SIZE DIMENSION
(IN.) (NPT) "A" (IN.)
15,20 1-1/4 61
25 - -
30 2 63
40,50A 2 63
50 2 44
60, 70, 80 2 51
100A, 100 2 61
125A 2-1/2 61
125 2-1/2 67-1/2
150, 200 2-1/2 67-1/2
250 3 70-1/2
300, 350 3 70-1/2
400, 500, 600, 700, 750, 4 109-1/2
800
A2-34
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
This figure illustrates the basic gas valve arrangement on Cleaver-Brooks Model CB Boiler and shows the contractor's connection point.
The valves and controls between the contractor connection point and the gas main in the street are representative of a typical instal-
lation. Actual requirements may vary depending on local codes or local gas company requirements which should be investigated prior
to preparation of specifications and prior to construction.
The size of the gas line from the meter to the gas pressure regulator at the boiler can be very important if gas pressures are marginal.
The gas line sizing is dependent on:
The local gas utility will advise the pressure that is available at the outlet of their meter.
A2-35
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
No. 6 Oil Piping, Storage Tank Heating The temperature in the oil suction line should not ex-
ceed 130 F as higher temperatures could cause va-
If the oil viscosity exceeds 4,000 SSU at the pumping temper- por binding of the oil pump and decreased oil flow.
ature, tank preheating is required.
See Figures A2-23 and A2-24 for an example of (No. 1 above)
Based on the climate conditions for the job location, the mini- tank heating method.
mum pumping temperature can be predicted, and the viscosity
See Figure A2-25 for examples of preheat-
A2-36
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
MODEL CB
Figure A2-12. No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes
50, 60, 70, 80, 100 1-1/4 27-3/4 3/4 19-3/4 1/2 28 2 1-1/4 1-1/4
250, 300, 350 1-1/4 89-3/4 1-1/4 59-3/4 1/2 56 2-1/2 1-1/2 2
NOTES:
1. All dimensions in inches.
2.For suction lines with a maximum of 10 feet of lift and a total of 100 equivalent feet of suction line.
3. This table is based on a single boiler installation.
Figure A2-13. No. 6 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes, Model CB Boiler
A2-37
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A2-15. No.2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation Oil Pump
Integral with Boiler
A2-38
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
A2-39
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
STRAINER
VACUUM GAUGE GATE VALVE
CHECK
VALVE F.O.S.
GATE
VALVE
F.O.R.
STANDBY ADJUSTABLE
OIL PUMP PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
UNION (75 PSIG)
GATE VALVE
CHECK VALVE
A2-40
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
STRAINER
CHECK VACUUM GAUGE GATE VALVE
VALVE F.O.S.
GATE
VALVE F.O.R.
STANDBY ADJUSTABLE
OIL PUMP PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
TEMPERATURE (75 PSIG)
GAUGE
RELIEF PRESSURE
UNION GAUGE
VALVE
GATE VALVE (100 PSIG)
GATE
VALVES
BOILER
FRONT F.O.S.
F.O.R.
CONTACTOR
Figure A2-21. No. 6 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation CONNECTIONS
AT THIS POINT
A2-41
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A2-42
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
In order to properly preheat No. 6 oil, the minimum recommended boiler water temperature is 200 F. Some No. 6 oils must be preheated up
to 210 F, and higher boiler water temperatures are then desirable.
Although lower boiler water temperatures can be used, this condition means that the electric preheater will be doing more of the work. It is more
economical to use higher temperature boiler water for preheating than to use lower temperature water which increases the electric preheating
load.
To ensure the most trouble-free, dependable preheating system, a boiler water-to-water-to-oil preheating system is furnished as standard equip-
ment and is mounted, piped and wired on the boiler. This safety type system or double heat exchanger eliminates the possibility of an oil leak
fouling the boiler, oil heater, piping, control valves, and circulating pumps. Insurance companies recognize this as the best system for the ap-
plication.
The standard system does not have provisions for a hot water line to a storage tank heater.
Figure A2-25. Schematic of Standard Alstrom Hot Water Safety-Type Preheating System
A2-43
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
Boiler Room Information C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
Figure A2-26 shows typical boiler room length requirements. and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
Figure A2-27 shows typical boiler room width requirements. This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
Figure A2-28 shows typical breeching arrangements. D. Under no condition should the total area of the air supply
openings be less than (1) square foot.
Stack Support Capabilities E. Size the openings by using the formula:
Cleaver-Brooks Firetube Boilers 15 hp through 100 hp can Area (sq-ft) = cfm/fpm
support up to 1,000 lbs without additional support. Firetube
boilers 125 hp through 800 hp can support up to 2,000 lbs 2. Amount of air required (cfm).
without additional support. A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
Firetube sizes 250 hp through 800 hp can be reinforced to sup- B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp
port 3,000 lbs.
C. Total recommended air, 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet
elevation. Add 3 percent more per 1000 feet of added
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria elevation.
The design of the stack and breeching must provide the 3. Acceptable air velocity in boiler room (fpm).
required draft at each boiler flue gas outlet. Proper draft is crit-
ical to burner performance. A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
Although constant pressure at the flue gas outlet of the Model B. Above (7) foot height - 500 fpm.
CB is not required, it is necessary to size the stack/breeching Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
to limit flue gas pressure variation. For boiler sizes 50 800 openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
horsepower, the allowable pressure range is 0.5" W.C. to openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
+0.5" W.C. The maximum pressure variation at any firing rate
for the boiler is 0.5" W.C. For boiler sizes 15 40 horsepower, Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
the allowable pressure range is 0.25" W.C. to +0.25" W.C. Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
For additional information, please review Section I4, General Area Required: Area = cfm = 3000/250 = 12 Sq-ft total.
Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
stack supplier who will design the stack and breeching system
based on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks autho-
rized representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation NOTICE
of the stack/breeching design.
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
Boiler Room Combustion Air quirements.
A2-44
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through
a window or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient
aisle space at the front of the boiler but a "tight" space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler.
Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
3. A slightly longer boiler room (Dwg C) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the rear of the boiler. Allow-
ance for door swing at the front provides sufficient aisle and working space at the front.
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimension
"A" allows for a "clear" 42" aisle between the water column on the boil-
er and the wall. If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension "B" between boilers allows for a "clear" aisle of:
42" - 15-200 hp
48" - 250-350 hp
60" - 400-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A2-45
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A2-46
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
NOTICE
The complete package boiler shall be approved as a unit by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL/
ULC label, except in the case where 50 Hz has been selected.
2.1.1 The boiler shall be completely preassembled and fire tested at the factory. The unit shall be ready for immediate mounting on
floor or simple foundation and ready for attachment of water, steam, fuel, electrical, vent and blowdown connections.
A2-47
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
2.1.2 The boiler shall be built to comply with the following insurance and codes ____________________ (Factory Mutual, Indus-
trial Risk Insurance, ASME CSD-1).
2.2 Boiler Shell (Steam)
2.2.1 The boiler shell must be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code and must receive authorized boiler inspection
prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection report shall be furnished to the purchaser.
2.2.2 Two lifting eyes shall be located on top of the boiler.
2.2.3 Front and rear doors on the boiler shall be hinged or davited. Doors are to be sealed with fiberglass tadpole gaskets and fas-
tened tightly using heavy capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts.
2.2.4 Rear refractory and insulation shall be contained in the formed door, which must swing open for inspection of brick work.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 Front and rear tube sheets and all flues must be fully accessible for inspection and cleaning when the doors are swung open.
The boiler shall be furnished with adequate handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 For boilers 125 horsepower and over, a manhole shall be provided.
2.2.8 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the front of the boiler on the top center line and shall be capable of supporting:
15-100 hp. 1000 lbs and shall contain a stack thermometer
125-800 hp. 2000 lbs and shall contain a stack thermometer
2.2.9 The boiler shell shall contain a chemical feed connection.
2.3 Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.4 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.5 The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard finish enamel coating.
A2-48
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
Safety valves of a type and size to comply with ASME Code requirements shall be shipped loose.
3.5 Steam Pressure Controls
The steam pressure controls to regulate burner operation shall be mounted near the water column. Controls shall be a high limit
(manual reset), operating limit (auto reset), and firing rate control (30-800 hp).
A2-49
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock on butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 15-50 hp. Burners equipped as shown above.
B. 60-100 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
C. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
D. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 15 and 20 hp. Burner shall operate on the on/off principle.
B. 30 and 40 hp. Burner shall operate on the high-low-off principle with a turndown of 3:1 when firing natural gas.
C. 50-200 hp. Turndown range of burner shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
D. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas. (Consult with your local Cleaver-Brooks
authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type
approved for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Oil Pilot - The oil pilot shall be air atomizing type with automatic electric ignition and include oil solenoid valve. An elec-
tronic detector shall monitor the pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until flame has been established.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one of
the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. The oil pump shall be integral with the burner and belt driven from the blower motor.
B. 50 hp through 800 hp. Separate motor driven pump set, shipped loose to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage
tank, shall be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. Select one of the following:
A. 50 hp through 800 hp. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to combine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting
which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner.
B. 70 hp through 800 hp. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge,
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 50 hp through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 125 hp through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge,
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
D. 400 hp through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 15 and 20 hp. Burner shall operate on the on/off principle.
B. 30 and 40 hp. Burner shall operate on the high-low-off principle with a turndown of 3:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
C. 50 hp through 200 hp. Turndown range shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
A2-50
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
D. 250 hp through 800 hp. Turndown range shall be 8:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial
No. 2 Oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one
of the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. The oil pump shall be integral with the burner and belt driven from the blower motor.
B. 50 hp through 800 hp. Separate motor driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil stor-
age tank, shall be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. Select one of the following:
A. 50 hp through 800 hp. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to combine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting
which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner.
B. 70 hp through 800 hp. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure air atomizing. Select one of the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 50 hp through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 125 hp through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
D. 400 hp through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 15-50 hp. Burners equipped as shown above.
B. 60-100 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
C. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
D. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown
Select one of the following:
A. 15 and 20 hp. Burner shall operate on the on/off principle.
A2-51
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
B. 30 and 40 hp. Burner shall operate on the high-low-off principle with a turndown of 3:1
C. 50-200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
D. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.4 Fuel Series 600 - No. 6 Oil Fired
4.4.4.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and low pressure air atomizing type approved for
operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 6 Oil.
4.4.4.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.4.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
A separate motor driven pump set shall be included shipped loose for location favorable to the oil storage tank.
4.4.4.4 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches and necessary
pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler.
The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil piping and nozzle shall be
purged of oil on each shutdown.
For 70 through 800 hp, a low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.4.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 125 through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 400 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.4.6 Oil Preheat
The oil shall be preheated by a steam heater and electric heater, each with thermostatic control. Both heaters shall be installed in a
single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. The thermostatic controls shall be set to cut-out the electric heater
when steam is available. Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
NOTICE
15 psig only - 500 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size 10 kW.
A2-52
07-02
A2-Text Page 53 Friday, December 13, 2002 12:38 PM
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.5.3 Oil Burner
4.4.5.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
4.4.5.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches, and the neces-
sary pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler. The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil
piping and nozzle shall be purged of oil at each shutdown.
For 70 through 800 hp, a low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.5.4 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 125 through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 400 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.5.6 Oil Preheat
The oil shall be preheated by a steam heater and electric heater, each with thermostatic control. Both heaters shall be installed in a
single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. The thermostatic controls shall be set to cut-out the electric heater
when steam is available. Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
NOTICE
15 psig only - 500 through 800 hp Electric preheater size 10 kw.
A2-53
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.5.1.1 Boilers with CB780 Control - Each boiler shall be factory equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology
and functions equal to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB780.
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and alpha-numeric first out fault indications of
flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, locking interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.2 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil and heavy oil fired boilers the panel will contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
The panel shall contain the following lights and switches:
4.5.1.3 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - flame failure.
4.5.1.4 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.5 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.6 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.7 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
4.5.2 CB-HAWK Flame Safeguard
Each boiler shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Management Control System providing technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB-HAWK.
The system shall consist of a computer based boiler controller and solid state sensors totally integrated to provide automatic burner
sequencing, flame supervision, and indications of system status, faults, and self-diagnostics.
The boiler controller shall consist of chassis, program module, keyboard display, and flame signal amplifier. It shall be the non-
recycle type and have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include standby, pre-
purge, pilot, main fuel ignition, and run, and post-purge periods.
The system shall incorporate full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as firing rate control based on system
demand.
The boiler controller shall have a non-volatile memory that retains history files and sequence status after interruptions.
A2-54
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
An 80 character, 2 line liquid crystal (LCD) display and keyboard shall be provided to adjust control settings and display 73 fault
messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tempera-
tures. Boiler firing rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the lockout
occurred. Provisions for a security access code shall be provided.
Separate status indicators will show:
Ready: HAWK operational.
Demand: call for heat.
Main Valve: fuel valve open.
Low Water: low water condition.
Alarm: safety shutdowns.
The boiler controller shall incorporate a five function run/test switch.
The system shall be characterized for each individual model boiler. The system shall also incorporate a tailored pre-purge cycle
that minimizes pre-purge energy losses, while maintaining the maximum required air changes. It shall permit the user to select a
specific rate control program for precise load tracking that reduces on-off cycling due to load swings. The system shall also pro-
vide an integrated thermal stress protection program to prolong boiler life. An assured low fire cutoff feature shall also be pro-
vided.
The system shall monitor inputs from solid state sensor for gas pressure, oil pressure, and temperature. A single solid state sensor
shall be used for both on-off and proportioning control of the burner. The high/low limits and operating set points of all sensors
will be programmable from the keyboard display. The system shall be capable of detecting a jumpered or defective sensor. A
dynamic check of the gas pressure sensor shall be made prior to the main flame establishing period to ensure it is fully operational.
An optional 2 way communications module to allow for remote control of non-safety settings and monitoring of up to 6 boilers
shall also be available. Up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers shall be called in the event of a fault condition. Options such
as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efficiency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without any change to the existing
system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compatible system.
4.5.2.1 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, indicating lights and selector switches.
Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, and terminal blocks. For combination gas-oil
and heavy oil fired boilers the panel will contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
4.5.2.2 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.2.3 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.2.4 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
A2-55
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of
start-up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A2-56
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
A2-57
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A2-58
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
A2-59
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge,
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 50 hp through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 125 hp through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge,
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
D. 400 hp through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown - Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil. Select one of the following:
A. 15 and 20 hp. Burner shall operate on the on/off principle.
B. 30 and 40 hp. Burner shall operate on the high-low-off principle with a turndown of 3:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
C. 50 hp through 200 hp. Turndown range shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
D. 250 hp through 800 hp. Turndown range shall be 8:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial
No. 2 Oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one
of the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. The oil pump shall be integral with the burner and belt driven from the blower motor.
B. 50 hp through 800 hp. Separate motor driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil stor-
age tank, shall be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. Select one of the following:
A. 50 hp through 800 hp. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to combine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting
which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner.
B. 70 hp through 800 hp. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure air atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 15 hp through 40 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 50 hp through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 125 hp through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
D. 400 hp through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
A2-60
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 15-50 hp. Burners equipped as shown above.
B. 60-100 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
C. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
D. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus and addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 15 and 20 hp. Burner shall operate on the on/off principle.
B. 30 and 40 hp. Burner shall operate on the high-low-off principle with a turndown of 3:1
C. 50-200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
D. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult with your
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.4 Fuel Series 600 - No. 6 Oil Fired
4.4.4.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and low pressure air atomizing type approved for
operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 6 Oil.
4.4.4.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.4.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
A separate motor driven pump set shall be included shipped loose for location favorable to the oil storage tank.
4.4.4.4 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches and necessary
pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler.
The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil piping and nozzle shall be
purged of oil on each shutdown.
For 70 through 800 hp, a low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.4.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 125 through 350 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
C. 400 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.4.6 Oil Preheat
The oil shall be preheated by a safety type water-to-water-to-oil preheating system in conjunction with an electric preheater, each
with thermostatic control. Both heaters shall be mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. Select one of the following:
A. 50 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 350 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
C. 400 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 10 kW.
A2-61
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
A2-62
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
4.5.1.1 Boilers with CB780 Control - Each boiler shall be factory equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology
and functions equal to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB780.
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and digital first out fault code indications of
flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.2 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil and heavy oil fired boilers the panel will contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
The panel shall contain the following lights and switches:
4.5.1.3 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - flame failure.
4.5.1.4 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.5 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.6 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.7 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
4.5.2 CB-HAWK Flame Safeguard
Each boiler shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Management Control System providing technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB-HAWK.
The system shall consist of a computer based boiler controller and solid state sensors totally integrated to provide automatic burner
sequencing, flame supervision, and indications of system status, faults, and self-diagnostics.
The boiler controller shall consist of chassis, program module, keyboard display, and flame signal amplifier. It shall be the non-
recycle type and have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include standby, pre-
purge, pilot, main fuel ignition, and run, and post-purge periods.
The system shall incorporate full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as firing rate control based on system
demand.
A2-63
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
The boiler controller shall have a non-volatile memory that retains history files and sequence status after interruptions.
An 80 character, 2 line liquid crystal (LCD) display and keyboard shall be provided to adjust control settings and display 73 fault
messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tempera-
tures. Boiler firing rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the lockout
occurred. Provisions for a security access code shall be provided.
Separate status indicators will show:
Ready: HAWK operational.
Demand: call for heat.
Main Valve: fuel valve open.
Low Water: low water condition.
Alarm: safety shutdowns.
The boiler controller shall incorporate a five function run/test switch.
The system shall be characterized for each individual model boiler. The system shall also incorporate a tailored pre-purge cycle
that minimizes pre-purge energy losses, while maintaining the maximum required air changes. It shall permit the user to select a
specific rate control program for precise load tracking that reduces on-off cycling due to load swings. The system shall also pro-
vide an integrated thermal stress protection program to prolong boiler life. An assured low fire cutoff feature shall also be
provided.
The system shall monitor inputs from solid state sensor for gas pressure, oil pressure, and temperature. A single solid state sensor
shall be used for both on-off and proportioning control of the burner. The high/low limits and operating set points of all sensors
will be programmable from the keyboard display. The system shall be capable of detecting a jumpered or defective sensor. A
dynamic check of the gas pressure sensor shall be made prior to the main flame establishing period to ensure it is fully operational.
An optional 2 way communications module with built-in modem to allow for remote control of non-safety settings and monitoring
of up to 6 boilers shall also be available. Up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers shall be called in the event of a fault condi-
tion. Options such as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efficiency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without any
change to the existing system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compatible
system.
4.5.2.1 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, indicating lights and selector switches.
Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, and terminal blocks. For combination gas-oil
and heavy oil fired boilers the panel will contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
4.5.2.2 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.2.3 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.2.4 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
A2-64
07-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A2-65
07-02
Model CB Boilers Firetube Boilers
NOTES
A2-66
07-02
Section A3
MODEL CB-LE BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-3
Available Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-3
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-23
Specifying Boiler Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-23
Efficiency Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-23
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-23
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-26
Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-26
Gas-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-26
Oil-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-27
General Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-38
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A3-1. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 60 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . A3-8
Figure A3-2. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 78 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . A3-10
Figure A3-3. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 96 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . A3-12
Figure A3-4. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 60 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . A3-14
Figure A3-5. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 78 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . A3-16
Figure A3-6. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 96 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . A3-18
Figure A3-7. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB-LE Boilers Equipped with Davits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-20
A3-1
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A3-8. Model CB-LE Boiler Mounting Piers (60 and 78) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-20
Figure A3-9. Model CB-LE Boiler Mounting Piers (96). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-21
Figure A3-10. Lifting Lug Location, Model CB-LE Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-22
Figure A3-11. Predicted Stack Temperature Increase for Pressure Greater Than 125 psig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-24
Figure A3-12. Standard Gas Train Connection Size and Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-28
Figure A3-13. Typical Gas Piping Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-29
Figure A3-14. Model CB-LE Gas Train Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-30
Figure A3-15. No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location, and Recommended Line Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-30
Figure A3-16. No. 2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-31
Figure A3-17. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-31
Figure A3-18. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-32
Figure A3-19. No. 2 Oil Transfer Tank Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-32
Figure A3-20. Typical Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Figure A3-21. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layouts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-36
Figure A3-22. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-36
Figure A3-23. Breeching Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-37
TABLES
Table A3-1. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-4
Table A3-2. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-4
Table A3-3. Model CB-LE Combustion Air Fan Motor Horsepower Requirements -
Operating Pressures 125 psig and Less, and All Hot Water Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-5
Table A3-4. Model CB-LE Combustion Air Fan Motor Horsepower Requirements -
Operating Pressures Greater Than 125 psig (Steam Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-5
Table A3-5. Model CB-LE Boiler Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-6
Table A3-6. Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-7
Table A3-7. Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-7
Table A3-8. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies - Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-24
Table A3-9. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies - No. 2 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-25
Table A3-10. CB-LE Boilers - Natural Gas, Emission Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-25
Table A3-11. CB-LE Boilers - No. 2 Oil, Emission Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-25
Table A3-12. Model CB-LE Predicted Sound Levels30 ppm NOx Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-26
Table A3-13. Under and Oversized Standard, FM, and IRI Gas Trains, Model CB-LE Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-27
Table A3-14. Minimum Required Regulated Gas Pressure at the Entrance to Standard, FM, and IRI Gas Trains . . . . . . A3-27
Table A3-15. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-28
Table A3-16. Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH) for Natural Gas and Propane Vapor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-28
Table A3-17. Model CB-LE Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-34
Table A3-18. Heating Surface, Model CB-LE Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-34
Table A3-19. Steam Volume and Disengaging Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Table A3-20. Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Table A3-21. Recommended Non-Return Valve Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Available as an option to the Model CB Firetube Dryback Boiler (125 - 800 hp), the Low Emission Option provides NOx control,
top performance, and reliable Cleaver-Brooks efficiency. The Low Emission Option combines the packaging of induced flue gas
recirculation with the Cleaver-Brooks integral front head. The front head routes the flue gases from the fourth pass to the fan and
burner assembly for reliable low NOx performance. The enhanced burner design assures maximum NOx reduction at all firing
rates while maintaining top of the line boiler performance.
Standard Low Emission Options include 60, 30, 25, or 20 ppm packages (all NOx emission levels are given on a dry volume basis
and corrected to 3% O2):
NOx performance for 60 ppm (natural gas corrected to 3% O2) uses a standard size combustion air fan for induced flue gas
recirculation.
NOx performance for 30, 25, or 20 ppm (natural gas corrected to 3% O2) includes a larger combustion air fan/motor assembly
and a larger internal NOx reduction system.
Cleaver-Brooks' commitment to lowering emissions is based on more than 400 low NOx installations - all passing guaranteed
emission performance levels.
A3-2
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
The Cleaver-Brooks Model CB Boiler - the premium firetube Additional NOx reduction packages.
on the market today - includes the four-pass dryback design,
five square feet of heating surface per boiler horsepower, and DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS
maximum boiler efficiency. In addition to the features of the
Model CB Boiler, the Low Emission Option provides the fol- The Model CB-LE dimensions and ratings are provided in
lowing Tables A3-1 through A3-7, and in Figures A3-1 through A3-
10.
Integral Front Head Design
Single-piece front door.
Fan cassette assembly for easy access to fan and motor.
Guaranteed low nitrogen oxide (NOx) performance.
Enhanced burner performance.
Improved flame stability and combustion control.
Intimate mixing of air and fuel assures minimum CO levels
at low NOx levels.
PRODUCT OFFERING
The Low Emission Option currently is available on:
125 - 800 hp Model CB Firetube Dryback Boilers.
High-pressure and low-pressure steam and hot water
designs.
Natural Gas, No. 2 oil, or combination fired.
Retrofit capability.
Standard Equipment
Model CB Firetube Boiler.
New integral front head with internal low NOx system.
Enhanced burner design.
Available Options
For option details, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks autho-
rized representative.
A3-3
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
BOILER HP 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
RATINGS SEA LEVEL TO 700 FT
Rated Steam Cap. (lbs/hr 4313 5175 6900 8625 10350 12075 13800 17250 20700 24150 25875 27600
from and @ 212 F)
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23432 25106 26779
APPROXIMATE FUEL CONSUMPTION AT RATED CAPACITY
Light Oil (gph)A 36.4 43.7 58.3 72.9 87.5 102.1 116.6 145.8 175.0 204.1 218.7 233.3
Natural Gas (cfh) MBtu 5103 6124 8165 10206 12247 14288 16329 20412 24494 28576 30618 32659
Gas (Therm/hr) 51.0 61.2 81.7 102.1 122.5 142.8 163.3 204.2 245.0 285.8 306.2 326.6
POWER REQUIREMENTS - SEA LEVEL TO 700 FT, 60 HZ
Blower Motor hp Refer to Tables A3-3 and A3-4
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Air Compressor Motor hp (Oil 3 3 3 3 3 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
firing Only)
NOTES:
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal.
Light Oil (gph)A 36.4 43.7 58.3 72.9 87.5 102.1 116.6 145.8 175.0 204.1 218.7 233.3
Natural Gas (cfh) MBtu 5103 6124 8165 10206 12247 14288 16329 20415 24494 28576 30618 32659
Gas (Therm/hr) 51.0 61.2 81.7 102.1 122.5 142.9 163.3 204.2 245.0 285.8 306.2 326.6
Oil Pump Motor, hp No. 2 Oil 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Air Compressor Motor hp (Oil firing Only) 3 3 3 3 3 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
NOTES:
A. Based on 140,000 Btu/gal.
A3-4
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
MOTOR HP
BOILER HP
60 PPM 30 PPM 25 PPM 20 PPM
125 5 10 5 10
150 7.5 10 10 10
200 15 15 20 NA
250 7.5 10 15 15
300 10 15 20 25 Table A3-4. Model CB-LE Combustion Air Fan Motor
350 15 25 40 40
Horsepower Requirements - Operating Pressures Greater Than
125 psig (Steam Boilers)
400 10 15 20 20
500 15 20 25 30
MOTOR HP
600 20 30 50 60 BOILER HP
700 30 50 75 75 60 PPM 30 PPM 25 PPM 20 PPM
750 50 60 75 NA 125 5 10 10 10
800 50 75 NA NA 150 10 10 10 15
NOTES: For elevations above 700 - contact your local Cleaver- 200 15 20 20 NA
Brooks authorized representative. 250 7.5 10 15 20
300 10 20 30 40
350 20 30 40 50
400 10 15 20 25
500 20 25 30 40
600 25 40 60 60
700 40 60 75B 75C
750 50 75 NA NA
800 60 75A NA NA
NOTES: For elevation above 700 - contact your local Cleaver-
Brooks authorized representative.
A. Downrate to 770 hp.
B. Downrate to 675 hp.
C. Downrate to 660 hp.
A3-5
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
NOTES:
1. Weights shown are based on standard product offering for current listed boilers. If units are of special design and construction, actual weight
will be determined at time of shipment. Shipment will then be made on shippers weight and count. All weights are in US pounds.
A3-6
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A3-7
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A3-1. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 60 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-8
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
VENT STACK
Diameter (flgd. connection) BB 16 16 16
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing (Davit Equipped) DD 32 32 32
Front Door Swing EE 67 67 67
Tube Removal, Rear FF 115 139 170
Tube Removal, Front GG 103 127 158
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL
FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 307 355 417
Front of Boiler RF 260 308 370
Thru Window or Doorway RD 224 248 279
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 5750 7250 8625
Approx. Ship Wgt - 15 psig 11300 12600 14600
Approx. Ship Wgt - 150 psig 12400 13500 15600
Approx. Ship Wgt - 200 psig 13000 14200 16400
Figure A3-1. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 60 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-9
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A3-2. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 78 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-10
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
VENT STACK
Diameter (flgd. connection) BB 20 20 20
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 43 43 43
Front Door Swing EE 89 89 89
Tube Removal, Rear FF 131 157 187
Tube Removal, Front GG 116 142 172
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL
FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 364 417 477
Front of Boiler RF 303 356 416
Thru Window or Doorway RD 275 302 332
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 10670 13000 15465
Approx. Ship Wgt - 15 psig 21500 23600 26800
Approx. Ship Wgt - 150 psig 22800 25200 27800
Approx. Ship Wgt - 200 psig 24600 27200 29300
Figure A3-2. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 78 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-11
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
LENGTHS
Overall (60 ppm System) A 206 228 262 299 300 300
Shell B 147 168 200 233 233 233
Base Frame C 112 133 165 198 198 198
Front Head Extension (60 ppm System) D 27 28 30 34 35 35
Rear Head Extension E 32 32 32 32 32 32
Shell Ring Flange to Base F 23 23 23 23 23 23
Rear Ring Flange to Base G 12 12 12 12 12 12
Shell Flange to Nozzle 15 lb H 62 77 96 112 112 112
Shell Flange to Nozzle 150 lb H 60 78 96 112 112 112
Over Tubesheets V 130 151 183 216 216 216
Shell Extension P 17 17 17 17 17 17
Figure A3-3. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 96 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-12
02-02
A3 Text Page 13 Monday, December 16, 2002 2:45 PM
WIDTHS
Overall I 123 123 123 123 123 123
I.D. Boiler J 96 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Water Column K 64 64 64 64 64 64
Center to Outside Hinge KK 62 62 62 62 62 62
L 51 51 51 51 51 51
Center to Auxiliary LWCO LL 59 59 59 59 59 59
Base, Outside M 72 72 72 72 72 72
Base, Inside N 56 56 56 56 56 56
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 134 134 134 134 134 134
Base to Vent Outlet O 126 126 126 126 126 126
Height of Base Q 12 12 12 12 12 12
Base to Steam Outlet X 116 116 116 116 116 116
Base to Bottom of Boiler R 19 19 19 19 19 19
BOILER CONNECTIONS
Feedwater, Right and Left S 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Chemical Feed Z 1 1 1 1 1 1
Surface Blowoff, Top CL (150 lb only) T 1 1 1 1 1 1
Blowdown, Front and Rear W 2 2 2 2 2 2
Low Pressure (15 psig Only) U 12A 12A 12A 12A 12A 12A
High Pressure (150 psig Only) Y 6B 8B 8B 8B 8B 8B
VENT STACK
Diameter (Flanged Connection) BB 24 24 24 24 24 24
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 53 53 53 53 53 53
Front Door Swing EE 108 108 108 108 108 108
Tube Removal, Rear FF 131 152 184 217 217 217
Tube Removal, Front GG 114 135 167 200 200 200
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 386 428 492 558 558 558
Front of Boiler RF 314 356 420 486 486 486
Thru Window or Doorway RD 308 329 361 394 394 394
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 14810 15950 19270 23000 23000 23000
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 15 psig 33500 37110 42300 49500 49600 49600
Approx. Ship. Wgt. - 150 psig 36570 39970 45025 52050 52150 52150
Approx. Ship. Wgt. - 200 psig 39680 43580 49400 57315 57415 57415
NOTES: All connections are threaded unless indicated:
A. ANSI 150 psig flange.
B. ANSI 300 psig flange.
Figure A3-3. Model CB-LE Steam Boiler Dimensions, 96 (15 - 150 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-13
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
LWCO
LENGTHS
Shell Extension P 12 12 12
Figure A3-4. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 60 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-14
02-02
A3 Text Page 15 Friday, December 13, 2002 12:54 PM
WIDTHS
I.D. Boiler J 60 60 60
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 86 86 86
Height of Base Q 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTION
Auxiliary Connection Z 1 1 1
VENT STACK
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL
FROM:
WEIGHT IN LBS
Figure A3-4. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 60 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-15
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
LWCO
Figure A3-5. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 78 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-16
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
Figure A3-5. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 78 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-17
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
LWCO
LENGTHS
Overall (60 ppm System) A 206 228 262 299 300 300
Shell B 147 168 200 233 233 233
Base Frame C 112 133 165 198 198 198
Front Head Extension (60 ppm System) D 27 28 30 34 35 35
Rear Head Extension E 32 32 32 32 32 32
Shell Ring Flange to Base F 23 23 23 23 23 23
Rear Ring Flange to Base G 12 12 12 12 12 12
Shell Flange to Outlet HH 139-1/2 156-1/2 182-1/2 216-1/2 216-1/2 216-1/2
Shell Flange to Return H 107 125 151-1/2 185 185 185
Over Tubesheets V 130 151 183 216 216 216
Shell Extension P 17 17 17 17 17 17
Figure A3-6. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 96 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 1 of 2
A3-18
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
WIDTHS
Overall I 113 113 113 113 115 115
I.D. Boiler J 96 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Entrance Box K 62 62 62 62 64 64
Center to Outside Hinge KK 62 62 62 62 62 62
Center to Lagging L 51 51 51 51 51 51
Base, Outside M 72 72 72 72 72 72
Base, Inside N 56 56 56 56 56 56
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 134 134 134 134 134 134
Base to Vent Outlet O 126 126 126 126 126 126
Height of Base Q 12 12 12 12 12 12
Base to Bottom of Boiler R 19 19 19 19 19 19
Base to Return and Outlet X 116 116 116 116 116 116
BOILER CONNECTIONS
Waterfill Connection, Right and Left S 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Auxiliary Connection Z 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Drain, Front and Rear W 2 2 2 2 2 2
Water Return T 10A 10A 12A 12A 12A 12A
Water Outlet (2 Dip Tube Included) U 10A 10A 12A 12A 12A 12A
Air Vent Y 2 2 2 2 2 2
VENT STACK
Diameter (Flanged Connection) BB 24 24 24 24 24 24
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 53 53 53 53 53 53
Front Door Swing EE 108 108 108 108 108 108
Tube Removal, Rear FF 131 152 184 217 217 217
Tube Removal, Front GG 114 135 167 200 200 200
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Rear of Boiler RR 386 428 492 558 558 558
Front of Boiler RF 314 356 420 486 486 486
Thru Window or Doorway RD 308 329 361 394 394 394
WEIGHT IN LBS
Normal Water Capacity 20015 23300 28260 33360 33360 33360
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 30 psig 33300 36900 42150 49650 49750 49750
Approx. Ship. Wgt. 125 psig 37270 40780 46005 53300 53400 53400
NOTES: All connections are threaded unless indicated:
A. ANSI 150 psig flange.
Figure A3-6. Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 96 (30 and 125 psig Design Pressure) - Sheet 2 of 2
A3-19
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
BOILER HP
A B C D E
CB-125 THRU CB-200 33 55 45 68 32
CB-250 THRU CB-350 42 69 58 86 43
CB-400 THRU CB-800 51 88 71 109 53
Figure A3-7. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB-LE Boilers Equipped with Davits
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
250 6 12 143 46 70 6 52 22
300 6 12 170 46 70 6 52 22
350 6 12 200 46 70 6 52 22
NOTE:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased inspection
accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
Figure A3-8. Model CB-LE Boiler Mounting Piers (60 and 78)
A3-20
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E F G
400 6 14 112 50 78 8 56
500 6 14 133 50 78 8 56
600 6 14 165 50 78 8 56
700-750-800 6 14 198 50 78 8 56
NOTE:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides in-
creased inspection accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath
the boiler.
A3-21
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
A3-22
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
Natural Gas
Emissions
Carbon, % (wt) = 69.98
The emission data included in this section consists of typical
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 22.31
emission levels for Model CB boilers equipped with 60, 30, 25,
Sulfur, % (wt) = 0.0
and 20 ppm LE Options when firing natural gas and No. 2 oil.
Heating value, Btu/lb = 21,830
No. 2 Oil
Carbon, % (wt) = 85.8 NOTICE
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 12.7
The data in Tables A3-10 and A3-11 represent typical
Sulfur, % (wt) = 0.2
emission levels only. Guaranteed emission levels are
Heating value, Btu/lb = 19,420
available from your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
No. 6 Oil representative.
Carbon, % (wt) = 86.6
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 10.9
Sulfur, % (wt) = 2.09
Heating value, Btu/lb = 18,830
A3-23
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A3-11. Predicted Stack Temperature Increase for Pressure Greater Than 125 psig
A3-24
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
ppmA 90 90
CO
lb/MMBtu 0.07 0.07
ppmA 185 140
NOx
lb/MMBtu 0.25 0.187
ppmA 278 278
SOx
lb/MMBtu 0.52 0.52
ppmA 50 60
HC/VOCs
lb/MMBtu 0.025 0.030
ppmA - -
PM
lb/MMBtu 0.025 0.025
A. ppm levels are given on a dry volume basis and corrected to 3% oxygen (15% excess air).
BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONSTITUENT LEVELS:
Fuel-bound Nitrogen content = 0.05% by weight.
Sulfur content = 0.5% by weight.
Ash content = 0.01% by weight.
A3-25
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
A3-26
02-02
A3 Text Page 27 Friday, December 13, 2002 12:57 PM
regulator would reduce the pressure to the burner Figure A3-13 shows typical gas train piping layouts for multi-
requirements. ple boiler applications.
Regulator Location: A straight run of gas line piping should Figure A3-14 shows standard gas train components.
be used on both sides of the regulator to ensure proper
regulator operation. This is particularly important when pilot Oil-Fired Burners
operated regulators are used. The regulator can be located
close to the gas train connection, but 2 to 3 feet of straight Fuel oil consumption information is shown on the boiler rating
run piping should be used on the upstream side of the sheets in the Dimensions and Rating Section.
regulator. Figure A3-15 shows the oil connection sizes and locations for
C-B O2 Trim Systems: If a C-B O2 Trim system will be Model CB Boilers firing No. 2 oil.
utilized, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized Figures A3-16 through A3-18 show typical oil systems and
representative to be sure that a compatible regulator is layouts.
selected.
Figures A3-19 and A3-20 show the detail of an oil transfer
Table A3-16 shows maximum gas consumption for natural gas tank (day tank) typically utilized to provide a storage reservoir
and propane vapor. between the oil system supply pump and the boiler oil pump.
Figure A3-12 shows standard gas train sizes and locations for
Model CB Firetube Boilers.
Table A3-13. Under and Oversized Standard, FM, and IRI Gas Trains, Model CB-LE Boilers
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PRESS PIPE PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQ SIZE REQ SIZE REQ SIZE REQ SIZE REQ REQ SIZE SIZE REQ
2-1/2 9.0 2-1/2 11.5 2-1/2 16.5 3 23.0 3 32.5 3 45.0 3 36.5
A3-27
02-02
A3 Text Page 28 Friday, December 13, 2002 3:35 PM
Table A3-15. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Table A3-16. Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH) for Natural
Conversion Gas and Propane Vapor
ALTITUDE CORRECTION ALTITUDE CORRECTION TYPE OF GAS AND HEAT CONTENT
(FT) FACTOR (FT) FACTOR BOILER
HP NATURAL GAS PROPANE GAS
1000 1.04 6000 1.25 1000 (Btu/cu-ft) 2550 (Btu/cu-ft)
2000 1.07 7000 1.30
125 5103 2000
3000 1.11 8000 1.35
150 6124 2402
4000 1.16 9000 1.40
200 8165 3202
5000 1.21 - -
250 10206 4002
To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes
above 700 feet, multiply the pressure by the listed factors: 300 12247 4802
Inches WC x 0.577 = oz/sq-in.
350 14280 5600
Oz/sq-in x 1.732 = Inches WC
Inches WC x 0.0361= psig. 400 16329 6404
Oz/sq-in x 0.0625 = psig.
Psig x 27.71 = Inches WC 500 20415 8006
Psig x 16.0 = Oz/sq-in.
600 24494 9605
MODEL CB
BOILER CONNECTION LOCATION
HP SIZE DIMENSION
(IN.) (NPT) A (IN.)
125 2-1/2 67-1/4
150, 200 2-1/2 67-1/2
250 3 70-1/2
300, 350 3 70-1/2
400, 500, 600, 4 109-1/2
700, 750, 800
A3-28
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
This figure illustrates the basic gas valve arrangement on Cleaver-Brooks Model CB boiler and shows the
contractor's connection point. The valves and controls between the contractor connection point and the gas
main in the street are representative of a typical installation. Actual requirements may vary depending on
local codes or local gas company requirements which should be investigated prior to preparation of specifi-
cations and prior to construction.
The size of the gas line from the meter to the gas pressure regulator at the boiler can be very important if
gas pressures are marginal. The gas line sizing is dependent on:
The local gas utility will advise the pressure that is available at the outlet of their meter.
A3-29
02-02
A3 Text Page 30 Friday, December 13, 2002 12:59 PM
MODEL CB
125
150 3/4 12-1/2 1 1 1
200
250
300 3/4 34 1 1 1
350
400
500 3/4 11-3/4 1 1 1
600
700
750 1 11-3/4 1 1 1
800
NOTE: See No. 2 Oil Line Sizing Instruction for systems with other
conditions.
A. For suction line condition with a maximum of 10 Feet of lift and a
total of 100 feet of suction line.
Figure A3-15. No.2 Oil Connection Size, Location, and Recommended Line Sizes
A3-30
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A3-31
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
STRAINER
VACUUM GAUGE GATE VALVE
CHECK
VALVE F.O.S.
GATE
STANDBY VALVE F.O.R.
OIL PUMP
ADJUSTABLE
PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
UNION (75 PSIG)
PRESSURE
RELIEF GAUGE
VALVE
GATE VALVE (100 PSIG)
GATE
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
BOILER
BOILER BASE FRAME
Figure A3-18. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation FRONT
F.O.S.
CONTACTOR
CONNECTIONS F.O.R.
AT THIS POINT
A3-32
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
General Boiler Information For additional information, please review Section I4, General
Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
Table A3-17 shows blowdown tank sizing information. breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable stack
Table A3-18 provides heating surface information. supplier who will design the stack and breeching system based
on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
Table A3-19 provides steam volume and disengaging area representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation of the
information stack/breeching design.
Table A3-20 provides recommended steam nozzle sizes.
Table A3-21 provides recommended non-return valve sizes. Boiler Room Combustion Air
When determining boiler room air requirements, the size of the
Boiler Room Information room, air flow, and velocity of air must be reviewed as follows:
Figure A3-21 shows typical boiler room length requirements. 1. Size (area) and location of air supply openings in boiler
room.
Figure A3-22 shows typical boiler room width requirements.
A. Two (2) permanent air supply openings in the outer walls
Figure A3-23 shows typical breeching arrangements. of the boiler room are recommended. Locate (1) at each
end of the boiler room, preferably below a height of 7
Stack Support Capabilities feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the boiler.
All standard Cleaver-Brooks Firetube Boilers with an LE B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather
option can support up to 2,000 lbs without additional support. protection, but they should not be covered with fine
LE Boilers 250 hp through 800 hp can be reinforced to support mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air flow
3,000 lbs. qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt.
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
The design of the stack and breeching must provide the This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
required draft at each boiler flue gas outlet. Proper draft is crit-
ical to burner performance. D. Under no condition should the total area of the air supply
openings be less than (1) square foot.
Although constant pressure at the flue gas outlet of the Model
CB-LE is not required, it is necessary to size the stack/breech- E. Size the openings by using the formula:
ing to limit flue gas pressure variation. The allowable pressure Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
range is 0.25" W.C. to +0.25" W.C. 2. Amount of air required (cfm).
A3-33
02-02
A3 Text Page 34 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:00 PM
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp. Table A3-18. Heating Surface, Model CB-LE Boilers
B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp
C. Total recommended air = 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet BOILER HEATING SURFACE (SQ-FT)
HP
elevation. Add 3 percent more per 1000 feet of added FIRESIDE WATERSIDE
elevation. 125 625 679
150 750 820
3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
200 1000 1092
A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm 250 1250 1346
NOTICE
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
quirements.
125 97
150 118
200 145
250 146
300 176
350 210
400 177
500 209
600 250
A3-34
02-02
A3 Text Page 35 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:01 PM
Boiler HP
OPERATING
PRESSURE 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PSIG
15 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
A3-35
02-02
A3 Text Page 36 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:03 PM
DWG A
DWG B
DWG C
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of
boiler) through a window or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This
arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of
the boiler. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
3. A slightly longer boiler room (Dwg C) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the rear of the
boiler. Allowance for door swing at the front provides sufficient aisle and working space at the front.
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimen-
sion A allows for a clear 42" aisle between the water col-
umn on the boiler and the wall. If space permits, this aisle
should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" - 125 -200 hp
48" - 250-350 hp
60" - 400-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A3-36
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A3-37
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver-Brook to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and appli-
cations.
The LE Option specification includes information on the base low emissions package for 60 or 30 ppm NOx (dry volume basis and
corrected to 3% O2) when firing natural gas. For assistance in specifying, or for information on NOx levels below 30 ppm, please
contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler (125-800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-45
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-45
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-46
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-46
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-50
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-50
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-51
NOTICE
The complete package boiler shall be approved as a unit by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL/
ULC label, except in the case where 50 Hz has been selected.
2.1.1 The boiler shall be completely preassembled and fire tested at the factory. The unit shall be ready for immediate mounting on
floor or simple foundation and ready for attachment of water, steam, fuel, electrical, vent and blowdown connections.
2.1.2 The boiler shall be built to comply with the following insurance and codes ____________________ (Factory Mutual, Indus-
trial Risk Insurance, ASME CSD-1).
2.2 Boiler Shell (Steam)
A3-38
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
2.2.1 The boiler shell must be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code and must receive authorized boiler inspection
prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection report shall be furnished to the purchaser.
2.2.2 Two lifting eyes shall be located on top of the boiler.
2.2.3 Front and rear doors on the boiler shall be hinged or davited. Doors are to be sealed with fiberglass tadpole gaskets and fas-
tened tightly using heavy capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts.
2.2.4 Rear refractory and insulation shall be contained in the formed door, which must swing open for inspection of brick work.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 Front and rear tube sheets and all flues must be fully accessible for inspection and cleaning when the doors are swung open.
The boiler shall be furnished with adequate handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 A manhole shall be provided.
2.2.8 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the front of the boiler on the top center line and shall be capable of supporting 2000
lbs and shall contain a stack thermometer.
2.2.9 The boiler shell shall contain a chemical feed connection.
2.3 Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.4 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.5 The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard finish enamel coating.
2.6 Emission Controls
2.6.1 Boiler shall be equipped with a low emission (LE) option for guaranteed NOx performance at ________ ppm, dry volume
basis and corrected to 3% O2 when firing natural gas.
2.6.2 The low emission option shall include an integral front head, burner, and boiler package, providing NOx reduction through an
internal flue gas recirculation system using the combustion air fan, internal recirculation valve, and enhanced boiler design to
achieve the guaranteed NOx levels. The emission control system shall not use an external fan, control valve, and piping. Boiler
fuel-to-steam efficiency and rated boiler capacity shall be guaranteed while the boiler is operating at the low NOx performance
levels.
2.6.3 Burner, boiler, and low NOx system shall be manufactured as a package by a single manufacturer. The Low Emission Option
to the CB Boiler shall included factory testing as a package, and shall bear the UL packaged label. The boiler nameplate shall
include the approved UL low NOx boiler model designation. No field assembly of the burner or low NOx equipment shall be
required.
A3-39
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
A3-40
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A. 125-200 hp. Turndown range of burner shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
B. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas with a 60 or 30 ppm LE option. (Consult
with Cleaver-Brooks Representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure and 25 and 20 ppm
LE options.)
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type
approved for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil and equipped with an LE option.
4.4.2.2 Oil Pilot - The oil pilot shall be air atomizing type with automatic electric ignition and include oil solenoid valve. An elec-
tronic detector shall monitor the pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until flame has been established.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing
Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown.
Select one of the following:
A. 125 hp through 200 hp. Turndown range shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
B. 250 hp through 800 hp Turndown range shall be 8:1 when firing No. 2 oil. (Consult your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
representative regarding No. 2 oil turndown capabilities when utilizing LE Options to achieve NOx levels of 25 or 20 ppm
when firing natural gas.)
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial
No. 2 Oil or natural gas. The burner shall be equipped with an LE option.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure air atomizing - Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure
switch.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
A3-41
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
B. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus and addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 125-200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
B. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure and No. 2 oil
turndown capabilities when utilizing LE Options to achieve NOx levels of 25 or 20 ppm when firing natural gas.)
4.5 Boiler Flame Safeguard Controller and Control Panel
4.5.1 CB780 Flame Safeguard
4.5.1.1 Boilers with CB780 Control - Each boiler shall be factory equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology
and functions equal to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB780.
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and digital first out fault code indications of
flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.2 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet shall have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
The panel shall contain the following lights and switches:
4.5.1.3 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - flame failure.
4.5.1.4 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.5 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.6 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.7 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
A3-42
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A3-43
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.5.2.4 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A3-44
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
Model CB-LE Hot Water Boiler (125-800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A3-45
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
achieve the guaranteed NOx levels. The emission control system shall not use an external fan, control valve, and piping. Boiler
fuel-to-steam efficiency and rated boiler capacity shall be guaranteed while the boiler is operating at the low NOx performance lev-
els.
2.6.3 Burner, boiler, and low NOx system shall be manufactured as a package by a single manufacturer. The Low Emission Option
to the CB Boiler shall included factory testing as a package, and shall bear the UL packaged label. The boiler nameplate shall
include the approved UL low NOx boiler model designation. No field assembly of the burner or low NOx equipment shall be
required.
A3-46
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock on butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
B. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 125-200 hp. Turndown range of burner shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
B. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas when equipped with a 60 or 30 ppm LE
option. (Consult with Cleaver-Brooks Representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure and
25 and 20 ppm LE options.)
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type
approved for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil and equipped with an LE option.
4.4.2.2 Oil Pilot - The oil pilot shall be air atomizing type with automatic electric ignition and include oil solenoid valve. An elec-
tronic detector shall monitor the pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until flame has been established.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure
switch.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 125 hp through 200 hp. Turndown range shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
B. 250 hp through 800 hp. Turndown range shall be 8:1 when firing No. 2 oil. (Consult your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
representative regarding No. 2 oil turndown capabilities when utilizing LE Options to achieve NOx levels of 25 or 20 ppm
when firing natural gas.)
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial
No. 2 Oil or natural gas. The burner shall be equipped with an LE option.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
A3-47
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure air atomizing - Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure
gauge and low atomizing air pressure switch. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air
pressure switch.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
B. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus and addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 125-200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
B. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure and No. 2 oil
turndown capabilities when utilizing LE Options to achieve NOx levels of 25 or 20 ppm when firing natural gas.)
4.5 Boiler Flame Safeguard Controller and Control Panel
4.5.1 CB780 Flame Safeguard
4.5.1.1 Boilers with CB780 Control - Each boiler shall be factory equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology
and functions equal to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB780.
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and digital first out fault code indications of
flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.2 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet shall have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
The panel shall contain the following lights and switches:
4.5.1.3 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
A3-48
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
A3-49
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
tion. Options such as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efficiency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without any
change to the existing system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compatible
system.
4.5.2.1 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet shall have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, indicating lights and selector switches.
Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, and terminal blocks. For combination gas-oil
fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
4.5.2.2 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.2.3 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.2.4 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
A3-50
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CB-LE Boilers
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A3-51
02-02
Model CB-LE Boilers Firetube Boilers
NOTES
A3-52
02-02
Section A4
MODEL CBW BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-14
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-14
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-14
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-15
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-15
Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-17
Burner Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-18
Gas - Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-18
Gas Pressure Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-18
Oil - Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-21
No. 6 Oil Piping, Storage Tank Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-21
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-30
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-30
Stack and Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-30
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-30
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-33
Model CBW Steam Boiler (100-800 hp, Steam 15-250 psig) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-33
Model CBW Hot Water Boiler (100-800 hp, 30 and 125 psig) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-41
A4-1
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-8
Figure A4-2. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-10
Figure A4-3. Model CBW Space Requirements to Open Rear Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-12
Figure A4-4. Model CBW Boiler Mounting Piers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-12
Figure A4-5. Lifting Lug Location, Model CBW Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-13
Figure A4-6. Model CBW Standard Gas Train Connection Size and Location, IRI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-21
Figure A4-7. Typical Gas Piping Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-22
Figure A4-8. Gas Train Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-23
Figure A4-9. No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-24
Figure A4-10. No. 6 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-24
Figure A4-11.No. 2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-25
Figure A4-12. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-25
Figure A4-13. No. 2 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-26
Figure A4-14. No. 6 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-26
Figure A-15. No. 6 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-27
Figure A-16. No. 6 Oil Piping, Multiple Boiler Installation 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-27
Figure A-17. No. 2 Oil Transfer Tank Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-28
Figure A-18. Typical Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-28
Figure A-19. Typical Cross Section of Bundled Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-29
Figure A-20. Schematic of Standard Alstrom Hot Water Safety-Type Preheating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-29
Figure A-21. Boiler Room Length, Typical Layout (CBW Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-31
Figure A-22. Boiler Room Width, Typical Layout (CBW Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-31
Figure A-23. Breeching Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-32
TABLES
Table A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Ratings (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-5
Table A4-2. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-5
Table A4-3.Model CBW Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-6
Table A4-4. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-6
Table A4-5. Model CBW Boiler Emission Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-14
Table A4-6. Heating Surface, Model CBW Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-15
Table A4-7. Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas, Model CBW Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-15
Table A4-8. Water Circulation Rate and Temperature Drop for Hot Water Boilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-16
Table A4-9. Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (to Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-16
Table A4-10. Recommended Non-Return Valve Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-17
Table A4-11. Blowdown Tank Sizing Information, CBW Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-17
Table A4-12. Model CBW Boiler Sound Pressure Level Summary (100 - 800 hp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-18
Table A4-13. Model CBW Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard and FM Gas Trains
(Downstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-19
Table A4-14. Model CBW Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Gas Trains Equipped with
Industrial Risk (IRI) Requirements (Downstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-19
Table A4-15. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion at 700 ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-19
Table A4-16. Under and Oversized Standard, FM, and IRI Gas Trains, Model CBW Boilers, 100 - 800 hp . . . . . . . . . . A4-20
Table A4-17. Model CBW Boiler Maximum Consumption (CFH) for Natural Gas and Propane Vapor . . . . . . . . . . . . . A4-20
The following section contains information on Cleaver- Brooks Model CBW Boilers.
A4-2
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Retractable oil nozzle provides easy access and cleaning and
eliminates coking of oil nozzle tip when ring gas.
The Model CBW 3-Pass Wetback boiler includes the integral
front head package on a wetback boiler vessel. In addition to
the features provided on all Cleaver-Brooks Firetube boilers, PRODUCT OFFERING
the following features apply to Model CBW Firetube Boilers. Model CBW boilers are available in low pressure steam, high
pressure steam, and hot water designs. Burners are available to
Three-Pass Wetback Design: re natural gas, light oil, heavy oil, or a combination of oil and
Three-pass wetback design provides good boiler efciency gas. Optional alternate fuel burners are also available.
with minimum refractory. Model CBW boilers include:
Five square feet of heating surface per boiler horsepower Three-pass wetback design.
(except 800 hp) provides guaranteed efciency performance
and long boiler life. 100 hp through 800 hp.
150 psig - 250 psig high pressure steam.
Hinged Front Door:
15 psig low pressure steam.
Provides full access to front tube sheet and furnace.
30 psig or 125 psig hot water.
Rear furnace access manhole provided.
Natural gas, light oil, or heavy oil ring.
High Turndown Burner: The Model CBW boiler provides the advantages of the
Cleaver-Brooks integral front head in a three-pass wetback
4:1 turndown (gas and oil) is standard on boilers up to 250
design.
hp.
Available options: For option details, contact your Cleaver-
Guaranteed 10:1 turndown (gas red) 8:1 (No. 2 oil red)
Brooks authorized representative. In summary, options include
standard on 250 hp through 800 hp.
the following:
Advanced burner design provides maximum combustion
Boiler Options
efciencies and high turndown.
Auxiliary low water cut-off (standard on steam boilers).
Reduced boiler cycling and maintenance.
Drain valves.
Boiler stays on line during low load conditions for optimum
efciency and performance. Additional screwed or anged tappings.
Special design pressures.
Gas, No. 2 Oil, and No. 6 Oil, and Combination Gas and Oil
Burners Available: Surge load bafes.
High radiant annular gas entry on 100-200 hp and high Seismic design.
radiant multi-port gas burner on 250-800 hp, designed for Internal hot water coils.
high gas velocities and complete fuel/air mixing, provides
maximum combustion efciencies. Blowdown valves.
Air atomizing oil burner available for proper oil atomization, Non-return valves.
maximum combustion efciency, and low maintenance Feedwater valves and regulators.
requirements.
Special doors, davited, hinged, left swing.
Air atomizing compressor provided with the boiler package
for clean oil burning and ease of maintenance. Special base rails.
Combination gas/oil burners provide quick fuel changeover Surface blowdown systems.
without re-adjustment of the burner. Combustion relief door.
Fuel oil controller eliminates the need for over 40 Weather-proong.
connections, combining gauges, valves, and regulators into
a single casting. Blend pump.
A4-3
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Burner/Control Options Table A4-4. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve
Openings.
Special modulation controls.
Figure A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Dimensions (100 -
Optional ame safeguard controller.
800 hp)
Lead/lag system.
FigureA4-2. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (100
High altitude design, up to 12,000 ft. - 800 hp)
Special insurance and code requirements (e.g., IRI, FM, Figure A4-3. Model CBW Boiler Space Requirements to
ASME CSD-1). Open Rear Door
Alarm bell/silence switch. Figure A4-4. Model CBW Boiler Mounting Piers
Special motor requirements (TEFC, high efciency). Figure A4-5. Lifting Lug Location, Model CBW Boilers
Remote contacts.
Special purpose indicator light.
Main disconnect.
Elapsed time meter.
Voltmeter/micro-ammeter.
NEMA enclosures.
Low re hold controls.
Remote emergency shut-off (115V).
Circuit breaker.
Day/night controls.
Special power requirements.
Fuel Options
Special gas pressure regulator.
Oversized/undersized gas trains.
Gas strainer.
Special fuel shut-off valves.
Special pilot.
Alternate fuel ring (digester gas, propane, etc.).
Special oil pumps.
A4-4
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Table A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Ratings (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure)
BOILER HP 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
BOILER OUTPUT
Rated Steam lb/hr (212F) 3450 4313 5175 6900 8625 10350 12075 13800 17250 20700 24150 25875 27600
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 3348 4189 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23432 25106 26780
Approximate Fuel Consumption
Light Oil gph (140000 Btu/gal) 30.0 37.5 45.0 60.0 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209.0 224.0 239.0
Heavy Oil gph (150000 Btu/gal) 28.0 35.0 42.0 56.0 69.5 83.5 97.5 111.5 139.5 167.5 195.5 209.0 223.0
Nat. Gas cfh (1000 Btu/cu-ft) 4185 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Nat. Gas Therms/hr 41.9 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.8 335.0
WEIGHT IN POUNDS
Normal Water Capacity 6385 6600 8050 11000 11394 13466 15861 17936 21353 25531 29835 29835 29835
Approx. Shipping Weight - 150 psig 12300 12950 14000 16850 21750 24300 26500 28750 38800 43950 50950 51200 51200
Approx. Shipping Weight - 15 psig 11250 12150 12950 15600 20300 22450 25250 27650 35800 40950 47850 48250 48250
Approx. Shipping Weight - 200 psig 12950 13560 14710 17700 23450 26200 27900 30250 41250 47250 57250 57450 57450
BOILER HP 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
BOILER OUTPUT
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 3348 4189 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23432 25106 26780
Approx. Fuel consp Light Oil gph 30.0 37.5 45.0 60.0 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209.0 224.0 239.0
(140000 Btu/gal)
Heavy Oil gph (150000 Btu/gal) 28.0 35.0 42.0 56.0 69.5 83.5 97.5 111.5 139.5 167.5 195.5 209.0 223.0
Nat. Gas CFH (1000 Btu/cu-ft) 4185 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Nat. Gas Therms/hr 41.9 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.8 335.0
WEIGHT IN POUNDS
Normal Water Capacity 8650 8625 10310 13960 14170 16770 19640 22140 28200 33690 39215 39215 39215
Approx. Shipping Weight 30 psig 11350 12250 13050 15700 20400 22550 25350 27750 35900 41050 47950 48350 48350
Approx. Shipping Weight 125 psig 12400 13050 14100 16950 21850 24400 26600 28850 38900 44300 51900 52000 52000
A4-5
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A4-4. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings
VALVE 30 PSIG HW 60 PSIG HW 100 PSIG HW 125 PSIG HW 150 PSIG HW
SETTING
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER HP VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
100 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1 1-1/4
125 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/4 1 1-1/4
150 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 1- 1/4
200 2 (1) 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 2
(1) 1-1/4
250 2 (1) 2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
(1) 2-1/2
300 2 (2) 2-1/2 2 (1) 3/4 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2
(1) 2
350 3 (2) 2-1/2 2 2-1/2 1 (1) 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2
(1) 1
400 3 (1) 2 2 (1) 2 2 (1) 1 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2
(2) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2
500 4 (1) 1 2 2-1/2 2 (1) 2-1/2 2 (1) 1 1 2-1/2
(3) 2-1/2 (1) 1-1/4 (1) 2-1/2
600 4 (3) 2-1/2 3 (1) 1-1/4 2 (1) 2 2 (1) 1-1/4 2 (1) 1
(1) 2 (2) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2
700, 750, 800 5 (1) 1 3 (1) 2 2 2-1/2 2 (1) 2-1/2 2 (1) 1-1/4
(4) 2-1/2 (2) 2-1/2 (1) 2 (1) 2-1/2
NOTE: Hot water relief valves are Kunkle #137.
A4-6
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
NOTES
A4-7
10-02
A4-Text Page 8 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:05 PM
BOILER HP DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTH
Overall A 192 192 216 266 201 228 253 281 250 289 324 326 326
Shell B 158 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 220 255 290 290 290
Base Frame C 147 147 170 218 157 181 206 231 206 240 276 276 276
Front Head Extension D 30 30 31 33 29 32 32 35 26 30 30 32 32
Flange To Nozzle (15 psig) E 56 56 72 108 70 90 108 118 101 111 127-1/2 127-1/2 127-1/2
Flange to Nozzle (150 psig) F 56 56 72 108 70 90 108 118 101 111 127-1/2 127-1/2 127-1/2
WIDTHS
Overall I 85 85 85 85 103 103 103 103 123 123 123 123 123
I.D. Boiler J 60 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Water Column K 45 45 45 45 54 54 54 54 64 64 64 64 64
Center to Outside Hinge KK 35 35 35 35 51 51 51 51 62 62 62 62 62
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
Centering to Auxiliary LWCO LL 40 40 40 40 49 49 49 49 59 59 59 59 59
Base-Outside M 51-1/2 51-1/2 51-1/2 51-1/2 64 64 64 64 72 72 72 72 72
Base-Inside N 43-1/2 43-1/2 43-1/2 43-1/2 52 52 52 52 56 56 56 56 56
Figure A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2
A4-8
12-02
10-02
A4-Text Page 9 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:07 PM
BOILER HP DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 88 88 88 88 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Steam Outlet P 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 122 122 122 122 122
Davit - Front DF - - - - 105 105 105 105 126 126 126 126 126
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTION
Chemical Feed H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Feedwater - Right and S 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Left
Auxiliary Connection Z 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Blowdown - Front & Rear W 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(150 psig)
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8 9-1/8 9-1/8 9-1/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MINIMUM CLEARANCE
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 124 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
Minimum Room Length for: RF 318 318 364 460 342 390 440 490 445 515 586 586 586
Front Tube Removal
Minimum Room Length for: RD 261 261 284 332 303 327 352 377 382 417 452 452 452
Tube Removal Thru Door
NOTES:
1. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 100 thru 400 hp.
2. Control Panel relocation on boilers 250 hp and up.
3. Base rail mounted air compressor module on sizes 500 thru 800 hp.
4. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
A. Flanged 150 psig ANSI.
B. Flanged 300 psig ANSI.
Figure A4-1. Model CBW Steam Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 2 of 2
A4-9
10-02
12-02
A4-Text Page 10 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:07 PM
LWCO
BOILER HP DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 192 192 216 266 201 228 253 281 250 289 324 326 326
Shell B 158 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 220 255 290 290 290
Base Frame C 147 147 170 218 157 181 206 231 206 240 276 276 276
Flange to Return E 100 100 123 171 108 132 157 178 134 169 204 204 204
Flange to Outlet F 125 125 148 196 134 158 183 210 170 205 240 240 240
WIDTHS
Overall I 75-1/2 75-1/2 75-1/2 75-1/2 93 93 93 93 113 113 113 113 113
I.D. Boiler J 60 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
Figure A4-2. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 1 of 2
A4-10
12-02
10-02
A4-Text Page 11 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:08 PM
BOILER HP DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Overall OO 88 88 88 88 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Return/Outlet P 82-1/2 82-1/2 82-1/2 82-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 123-1/2 123-1/2 123-1/2 123-1/2 123-1/2
Davit - Front DF - - - - 105 105 105 105 126 126 126 126 126
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
BOILER CONNECTIONS
Waterfill - Right & Left S 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Auxiliary Connection Z 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Water Return U 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Water OutletA Y 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Flange to Center Vent CC 9 9 9 9 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MINIMUM CLEARANCE
Tube Removal - Front GG 124 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
Only
Min. Room Length for: RF 318 318 364 460 342 390 440 490 445 515 586 586 586
Front Tube Removal
Min. Room Length for: RD 261 261 284 332 303 327 352 377 382 417 452 452 452
Tube Removal thru
Door
NOTES:
1. Air compressor belt driven from blower motor on sizes 100thru 400 hp. All compressor module on sizes 500 thru 800 hp.
2. Control Panel relocation on boilers 250 hp and up.
3. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
A. 2 dip tube in outlet.
Figure A4-2. Model CBW Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (100 thru 800 hp) - Sheet 2 of 2
A4-11
10-02
12-02
A4-Text Page 12 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:12 PM
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
BOILER HP
A B C D E
100-200 33 42 54 77 36
250-400 42 53 61 92 46
500-800 51 64 73 109 54
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X Y
100 6 9 147 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 16-5/8
125 6 9 147 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 16-5/8
150 6 9 170 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 16-5/8
200 6 9 218 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 16-5/8
250 6 12 157 46 70 6 52-3/8 22 20-1/2
300 6 12 181 46 70 6 52-3/8 22 20-1/2
350 6 12 206 46 70 6 52-3/8 22 20-1/2
400 6 12 231 46 70 6 52-3/8 22 20-1/2
500 6 14 206 50 78 8 56 24 29
600 6 14 240 50 78 8 56 24 29
700-800 6 14 276 50 78 8 56 24 29
NOTE:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased inspection
accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A4-12
10-02
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A4-13
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Efficiency
Efciency on Model CBW 3-pass wetback boilers will be
approximately 1-2% less than Model CB dryback boilers.
See Section A2 (Model CB Boiler) for efciency information
on four-pass dryback boilers. For specic fuel-to- steam ef-
ciency guarantees for Model CBW Firetube, contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
Emissions
The emission data included in this section (Table A4-5) consist
of uncontrolled levels of nitrogen oxides (NOx) and carbon
monoxide (CO) for Cleaver-Brooks Model CBW Firetube
Boilers. The table includes typical emission levels.
The data in Table A4-5 represents typical emission levels only.
Guaranteed emission levels and emission levels for other pol-
lutants are available from your local Cleaver-Brooks autho-
rized representative.
CO ppmA 200 90 95
Lb/MMBtu 0.15 0.07 0.075
ppmA 100 185 502
NOx
Lb/MMBtu 0.12 0.25 0.67
ppmA 1 278 278
SOx
Lb/MMbtu 0.001 0.52 0.52
ppmA 40 50 70
HC/ VOCs
Lb/MMBtu 0.016 0.025 0.035
ppmA - - -
PM
Lb/MMBtu 0.01 0.025 0.160
A. ppm levels corrected to 3% O2, dry volume basis.
A4-14
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Table A4-7. Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas, Model CBW Boilers
A4-15
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A4-8. Water Circulation Rate and Temperature Drop for Hot Water Boilers
BOILER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE DROP - DEGREES F
BOILER OUTPUT 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
HP (1000)
BTU/HR MAXIMUM CIRCULATING RATE - GPM
100 3350 670 335 223 168 134 112 96 84 75 67
125 4185 836 418 279 209 168 140 120 105 93 84
150 5025 1005 503 335 251 201 168 144 126 112 100
200 6695 1340 670 447 335 268 224 192 168 149 134
250 8370 1675 838 558 419 335 280 240 210 186 167
300 10045 2010 1005 670 503 402 335 287 251 223 201
350 11720 2350 1175 784 587 470 392 336 294 261 236
400 13400 2680 1340 895 670 535 447 383 335 298 268
500 16740 3350 1675 1120 838 670 558 479 419 372 335
600 20080 4020 2010 1340 1005 805 670 575 502 448 402
700 23450 4690 2345 1565 1175 940 785 670 585 520 470
750 25105 5025 2513 1675 1258 1008 840 718 628 558 503
800 26780 5360 2680 1785 1340 1075 895 765 670 595 535
Notes:
1. See Section I2 for over-pressure requirements.
2. Minimum recommended return water temperature Model CBW Hot Water Boilers is 150 F. Minimum recommended outlet
temperature for Model CBW Hot Water Boilers is 170 F. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for
special hot water application information.
Table A4-9. Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (to Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity)
BOILER HP
OPERATING
PRESSURE 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PSIG
15 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
50 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
75 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
100 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10
125 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
150 2.5 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
200 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
250 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
NOTE: Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
A4-16
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Test Method
Table A4-11. Blowdown Tank Sizing Information, CBW Boilers
The sound pressure levels in the following tables were obtained
BOILER HP WATER (GAL) from tests in accordance with the ABMA Test Code for the
Measurement of Sound from Packages Boilers. In accordance
100 115
with this code the sound pressure levels reported were mea-
125 115
sured on the boiler centerline 4-1/2 feet vertically above the
150 137 bottom of the base rails and 3 feet horizontally in front of the
200 180 end of the blower motor or front surface of the electrical cabi-
250 161 net.
300 188
350 215 Sound Level Meter
400 243 The sound level meter used complies with ANSI S1.4, Type 1
500 258 (Precision). The readings are taken with the meter set for slow
600 306
response.
700, 750, 800 354
Sound Pressure
NOTE: Quantity of water removed from boiler (gal.) by lowering
normal water line 4". The large size boilers, the need for auxiliary equipment, and
the necessary interconnecting piping make it impractical (and
Sound Level sometimes impossible) to provide a boiler testing environment
Table A4-12 gives a summary of predicated sound pressure which is suitable for taking the data needed to develop Sound
levels for Model CBW boilers. Pressure Power levels.
A4-17
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A4-12. Model CBW Boiler Sound Pressure Level Summary (100 - 800 hp)
BOILER HP 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HFO, dbA 83 83 83 83 88 88 89 85 83 83 85 87 88
LFO, dbA 81 81 82 81 86 86 85 81 82 82 82 83 84
HFG, dbA 81 81 80 82 84 86 86 84 82 82 85 86 87
LFG, dbA 78 78 77 78 81 82 83 81 81 81 82 83 84
Sound Pressure levels measured on boilers operating in various locations and expressed in dBA are as follows:
ABBREVIATIONS:
HF = High Fire
LF = Low Fire
O = Oil
G = Gas
predict, but not guarantee, sound levels (dBA). Sound levels Table A4-15 shows conversion factors for gas pressure at ele-
can also change due to motor options and altitudes. vations over 700 ft above sea level.
Octave Band Table A4-16 shows regulated gas pressure with over and
undersized gas trains.
When predicting sound pressures in octave band (e.g., db at
125 Hz), even greater variations between boilers, between Gas Pressure Regulators
sound meters, and between operators can be expected. These
larger variations in the low and high frequencies make octave Pressure Rating: The regulator must have a pressure rating at
band levels a less reliable method of reporting than A-scale least equivalent to that of the gas distribution system.
sound levels. (Since A-scale sound levels are dominated by Capacity: The capacity can be determined by multiplying the
mid- frequency sounds, the A-scale sound levels between two maximum burning rate (CFH) by 1.15 (Table A4-17). This
boilers can be in reasonable agreement even through the low 15 percent over-capacity rating of the regulator provides for
and high frequencies of octave band measurement do not proper regulation. Table A4-17 shows maximum gas
closely correspond.) consumption for natural gas and propane vapor.
Spring Adjustment: The spring should be suitable for a range
Burner Information
of adjustment from 50 percent under the desired regulated
pressure to 50 percent over.
Gas - Fired Burners
Sharp Lock-Up: The regulator should include this feature to
prevent the downstream pressure (between the regulator and
the boiler) from climbing when there is no gas ow.
NOTICE
Regulators in Parallel: This type of installation can be used
A gas pressure regulator must be installed in the gas if the required gas volume is very large and if the pressure
piping to each Model CBW boiler. Gas pressure regu- drop must be kept to a minimum.
lators for Model CBW Firetube Boilers are sized and
selected on a job-by-job basis. Therefore, gas pres- Regulators in Series: This type of installation can be used if
sure requirements shown in Tables A4-13 through the available gas pressure is over 5, 10, or 20 psig.
A4-16 list regulated gas pressure. Regulated gas Depending on the regulator characteristics, one regulator
pressure is the pressure downstream of the gas pres- would reduce the pressure to 2 - 3 psig, and a second
sure regulator. Total gas pressure required for the regulator would reduce the pressure to the burner
boiler equals regulated gas pressure plus the pres- requirements.
sure drop of the selected gas pressure regulator. The Regulator Location: A straight run of gas line piping should
following items should be considered when selecting be used on both sides of the regulator to ensure proper
a regulator: regulator operation. This is particularly important when pilot
Table A4-13 shows regulated gas pressure requirements for operated regulators are used. The regulator can be located
Model CBW Boilers with standard or FM Gas Trains. close to the gas train connection, but 2 to 3 feet of straight
run piping should be used on the upstream side of the
Table A4-14 shows regulated gas pressure requirements for regulator.
Model CBW Boilers with IRI Gas Trains.
A4-18
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Table A4-13. Model CBW Minimum Required Gas Pressure at MODEL CBW
Entrance to Standard and FM Gas Trains (Downstream of Gas
BOILER HP MIN PRESS B
Pressure Regulator) CONN SIZE REQ'D
HTB MIN
(IN.) GAS PRESS
(IN WC) REQ'D
MODEL CBW
100 2 6.0 -
BOILER HP B 125 2.5 7.0 -
CONN SIZE MIN PRESS. HTB MIN
(IN.) REQ'D (IN. WC) PRESSURE
REQ'D 150 2.5 9.0 -
A4-19
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A4-16. Under and Oversized Standard, FM, and IRI Gas Trains, Model CBW Boilers, 100 - 800 hp
100 STD FM 100 IRI 125 150 200 250 300
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE (IN.) REQ
(IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.)
1-1/2 17.5 1-1/2 19.0 2 10.5 2 15.0 2 25.5 2-1/2 31.5 2-1/2 42.5
2 4.5 2 6.0 2-1/2 7.0 2-1/2 9.0 2-1/2 15.0 3 21.0 3 30.0
2-1/2 3.5 2-1/2 4.0 3 5.0 3 7.0 3 12.0 4 15.0 4 21.5
3 2.5 3 3.0 4 4.0 4 5.5 4 8.5 4A 12.5 4 A 19.0
350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQ SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
(IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.)
2-1/2 58.5 - - - - - - - - - - - -
3 38.5 3 50.5 3 58.0 3 73.5 3 NA 3 NA 3 NA
4 28.0 4 36.0 4 34.0 4 39.5 4 54.0 4 62.5 4 71.0
4A 24.5 4A 32.0 4A 26.5 4A 28.5 4A 38.0 4A 44.0 4A 51.0
NOTES: Pipe size in inches, and pressure required in inches WC.
1. Pressure requirement is downstream of gas pressure regulator.
A. Low pressure drop Maxon valves (replaces 6" trains).
B. Standard gas train size shown by shaded areas.
A4-20
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Gas pressure regulator selected for high turndown burners is No. 6 Oil Piping, Storage Tank Heating
critical at minimum ow rates. Consult your local Cleaver- If the oil viscosity exceeds 4,000 SSU at the pumping temper-
Brooks authorized representative for proper selection. ature, tank preheating is required.
If O2 trim is used, check for regulator compatibility. Based on the climate conditions for the job location, the mini-
Figure A4-6 shows standard gas train sizes and locations for mum pumping temperature can be predicted, and the viscosity
Model CBW Firetube Boilers. for the particular oil at this pumping temperature can be deter-
mined.
Figure A4-7 shows a typical gas train piping layout for a multi-
ple boiler application. It is recommended to provide for tank and/or line heating on
all No. 6 oil installations to ensure against high viscosities at
Figure A4-8 shows gas train components. decreased pumping temperatures. The following are two com-
mon methods:
Oil - Fired Burners
1. Provide a tank suction heater and bundling the steam or
Fuel oil consumption information is shown on the boiler rating water lines to the heater with the oil lines.
sheets in the Dimension and Rating Section.
2. Provide electric heating equipment on the oil lines and/or
Figure A4-9 shows the oil connection sizes and locations for in the storage tank.
Model CBW boilers ring No. 2 oil.
Figure A4-10 shows the oil connection sizes and locations for
CBW Boilers ring No. 6 oil. ! CAUTION
DANGER
Figures A4-11 through A4-16 show typical oil systems and
The temperature in the oil suction line should not ex-
layouts.
ceed 130 F as higher temperatures could cause va-
Figure A4-17 shows the detail of an oil transfer tank (day tank) por binding of the oil pump and decreased oil flow.
typically utilized to provide a storage reservoir between the oil See Figures A4-18 and A4-19 for an example of (No. 1 above)
system supply pump and the boiler oil pump. tank heating method. See Figure A4-20 for examples of pre-
heating systems.
MODEL CBW
BOILER CONNECTION LOCATION
HP SIZE DIMENSION
(IN.) (NPT) A (IN.)
100 2-1/2 67-1/2
125 2-1/2 67-1/2
150, 200 2-1/2 67-1/2
250, 300, 350 3 70-1/2
400, 500, 600, 700, 750, 800 4 109-1/2
Figure A4-6. Model CBW Standard Gas Train Connection Size and Location, IRI
A4-21
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
This figure illustrates the basic gas valve arrangement on Cleaver-Brooks Model CBW boiler and shows
the contractor's connection point. The valves and controls between the contractor connection point and
the gas main in the street are representative of a typical installation. Actual requirements may vary de-
pending on local codes or local gas company requirements which should be investigated prior to prepara-
tion of specifications and prior to construction.
The size of the gas line from the meter to the gas pressure regulator at the boiler can be very important if
gas pressures are marginal. The gas line sizing is dependent on:
The local gas utility will advise the pressure that is available at the outlet of their meter.
A4-22
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
ITEM DESCRIPTION
125- 300- 125- 300- 125- 125- 300-
BOILER HP 100 100 100 100
250 800 250 800 800 250 800
14 Vent Valve x x x x x x x
15 Butterfly Valve x x x x x x x x x x x
A4-23
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
MODEL CBW
Figure A4-9. No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes
MODEL CBW
GAS PILOT RECOMMENDED OIL LINE
SUPPLY RETURN CONNECTION SIZES
CONNECTION CONNECTION 4-5" WC PRESS. (STANDARD PIPE)
BOILER HP REQD (IN.)
STORAGE
SIZE (IN.) A SIZE (IN.) B SIZE (IN.) C PUMP TO RETURN
TANK TO BOILER LINE TO
(NPT) (IN.) (NPT) (IN.) (NPT) (IN.) PUMP TANK
100 1-1/4 27-3/4 3/4 19-3/4 1/2 28 2 1-1/4 1-1/4
125, 150 1-1/4 49-1/2 1-1/4 39-1/2 1/2 38 2-1/2 1-1/2 2
200 1-1/4 65-1/2 1-1/4 39-1/2 1/2 38 2-1/2 1-1/2 2
250,300, 350 1-1/4 89-3/4 1-1/4 59-3/4 1/2 56 2-1/2 1-1/2 2
400, 500, 600,700, 800 1-1/4 63 1-1/4 48 1/2 54 3 2 2
NOTES:
1. All dimensions in inches.
2.For suction lines with a maximum of 10 feet of lift and a total of 100 feet of suction line.
Figure A4-10. No. 6 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Size
A4-24
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A4-25
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
A4-26
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A4-27
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
ITE
SIZE DESCRIPTION
M
A4-28
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
In order to properly preheat No. 6 oil, the minimum recommended boiler water temperature is 200 F. Some No. 6 oils must be preheated
up to 210 F, and higher boiler water temperatures are then desirable.
Although lower boiler water temperatures can be used, this condition means that the electric preheater will be doing more of the work. It is
more economical to use higher temperature boiler water for preheating than to use lower temperature water which increases the electric
preheating load.
To ensure the most trouble-free, dependable preheating system, a boiler water-to-water-to-oil preheating system is furnished as standard
equipment and is mounted, piped and wired on the boiler. This safety type system or double heat exchanger eliminates the possibility of
an oil leak fouling the boiler, oil heater, piping, control valves, and circulating pumps. Insurance companies recognize this as the best system
for the application.
The standard system does not have provisions for a hot water line to a storage tank heater.
Figure A4-20. Schematic of Standard Alstrom Hot Water Safety-Type Preheating System
A4-29
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Boiler Room Information and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
Figure A4-21 shows typical boiler room length requirements.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air supply
Figure A4-22 shows typical boiler room width requirements. openings be less than (1) square foot.
Figure A4-23 shows typical breeching arrangements. E. Size the openings by using the formula:
NOTICE
Boiler Room Combustion Air
When determining boiler room air requirements, the size of Consult local codes which may supersede these re-
the room, air ow, and velocity of air must be reviewed, as fol- quirements.
lows:
1. Size (area) and location of air supply openings in boiler
room
A. Two (2) permanent air supply openings in the outer
walls of the boiler room are recommended. Locate (1)
at each end of the boiler room, preferably below a height
of 7 feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the
boiler.
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather
protection, but they should not be covered with ne
mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air ow
qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt.
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
A4-30
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from front of boiler through
a window or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides
sufficient aisle space at the front of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the
boiler. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
A4-31
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
A4-32
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specic needs and
application.
The detailed burner and control specications, and detailed control specications for CB780 Flame Safeguard control and the CB-
HAWK Flame Safeguard control, are provided. See Section D, Controls, for additional information on control options.
The sample specications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specication. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specication.
Model CBW Hot Water Boiler (100-800 hp, 30 and 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-41
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-41
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-41
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-42
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-48
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-48
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A4-48
NOTICE
The complete package boiler shall be approved as a unit by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL/
ULC label, except in the case where 50 Hz has been selected.
2.1.1 The boiler shall be completely preassembled and re tested at the factory. The unit shall be ready for immediate mounting on
oor or simple foundation and ready for attachment of water, fuel, electrical, vent, and blowdown connections.
A4-33
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
2.1.2 The boiler shall be built to comply with the following insurance and codes ______________ (Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk
Insurance, ASME CSD-1).
2.2 Boiler Shell (Steam)
2.1.1 The boiler shell must be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code and must receive authorized boiler inspection
prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection report shall be furnished to the purchaser.
2.2.2 The boiler shall be furnished with a manhole and handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning. Two lifting lugs must
be located on top of the boiler.
2.2.3 The front door shall be hinged or davited, the rear door shall be davited. Doors are to be sealed with berglass tadpole gaskets
and fastened tightly using heavy capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts.
2.2.4 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers, or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.5 The rear door shall be insulated with a blanket material with a steel covering to give the surface a hard durable nish.
2.2.6 The exhaust gas vent shall be located at the rear of the boiler and be capable of supporting 2000 lbs. The boiler vent shall con-
tain a stack thermometer.
2.2.7 Observation ports for the inspection ame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.8 The boiler insulation shall consist of 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. The insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.9 The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment, using a hard-nish enamel coat-
ing.
A4-34
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A4-35
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
A4-36
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A. 100 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B. 125-250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
C. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus and addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when ring natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult your
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.4 Fuel Series 600 - No. 6 Oil Fired
4.4.4.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and low pressure air atomizing type approved for
operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 6 Oil.
4.4.4.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.4.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
A separate motor driven pump set shall be included shipped loose for location favorable to the oil storage tank.
4.4.4.4 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches and necessary
pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler.
The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil piping and nozzle shall be
purged of oil on each shutdown. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.4.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 400 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air lter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 500 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.4.6 Oil Preheat
The oil shall be preheated by a steam heater and electric heater, each with thermostatic control. Both heaters shall be installed in a
single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. The thermostatic controls shall be set to cut-out the electric heater
when steam is available. Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
NOTICE
15 psig only - 500 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size 10 kW.
A4-37
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
atomizing type for oil and high radiant annular gas entry on 100-200 hp and multi-port type gas entry on 250-800 hp. The burner
shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 6 oil or natural gas.
4.4.5.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.5.3 Oil Burner
4.4.5.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
4.4.5.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches, and the neces-
sary pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler. The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil
piping and nozzle shall be purged of oil at each shutdown. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.5.4 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 400 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air lter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 500 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.5.5 Oil Preheat - The oil shall be preheated by a steam heater and electric heater, each with thermostatic control. Both heaters
shall be installed in a single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. The thermostatic controls shall be sent to cut-
out the electric heater when steam is available. Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
NOTICE
15 psig only - 500 through 800 hp Electric preheater size 10 kW.
A4-38
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
and functions equal to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB780.
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and ame-on lights and alpha-numeric rst out fault indications of
ame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a xed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main ame failure, high and low re proving switch faults, locking interlocks open, false ame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to ring rate motor, damper linkages and pilot ame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.2 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet shall have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler ame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the ame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil and heavy oil red boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
The panel shall contain the following lights and switches:
4.5.1.3 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - ame failure.
4.5.1.4 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.5 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identied with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.6 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.6 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
4.5.2 CB-HAWK Flame Safeguard
Each boiler shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Management Control System providing technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB-HAWK.
The system shall consist of a computer based boiler controller and solid state sensors totally integrated to provide automatic burner
sequencing, ame supervision, and indications of system status, faults, and self-diagnostics.
The boiler controller shall consist of chassis, program module, keyboard display, and ame signal amplier. It shall be the non-
recycle type and have a xed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include standby, pre-
purge, pilot, main fuel ignition, and run, and post-purge periods.
The system shall incorporate full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as ring rate control based on system
demand.
The boiler controller shall have a non-volatile memory that retains history les and sequence status after interruptions.
An 80 character, 2 line liquid crystal (LCD) display and keyboard shall be provided to adjust control settings and display 73 fault
messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tempera-
tures. Boiler ring rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the lockout
A4-39
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
A4-40
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
Model CBW Hot Water Boiler (100-800 hp, 30 and 125 psig)
A4-41
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
Pressure and temperature gauges shall be mounted on the boiler with the temperature sensing element located adjacent to the hot
water outlet.
3.3 Relief Valves
Water relief valves of a type and size to comply with ASME Code requirements shall be shipped loose.
3.4 Temperature Controls
Temperature controls to regulate burner operation shall be mounted on the unit with temperature sensing elements located adjacent
to the hot water outlet. Controls shall be high limit (manual reset), operating limit (auto reset), and ring rate control.
A4-42
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
C. 300-800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 100-200 hp. Turndown range of burner shall be 4:1 when ring natural gas.
B. 250-800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when ring natural gas. (Consult with Cleaver-Brooks Representa-
tive regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type
approved for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Oil Pilot - The oil pilot shall be air atomizing type with automatic electric ignition and include oil solenoid valve. An elec-
tronic detector shall monitor the pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until ame has been established.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. The motor
driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping
4.4.2.4.1 Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves,
pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.4.2 A fuel oil controller shall be provided to combine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the
front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure
switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 400 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air lter, air pressure gauge,
and low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 500 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Turndown range shall be 4:1 when ring No. 2 oil.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Turndown range shall be 8:1 when ring No. 2 oil.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant annular gas entry on 100-200 hp and multi-port type gas entry on 250-800 hp. The burner shall be
approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 Oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. The motor
driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure air atomizing. Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 400 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air lter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
A4-43
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
B. 500 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valve(s) shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, ame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or buttery shutoff valve shall be
provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or buttery valve shall be fur-
nished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B. 125 through 250 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus
an additional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
C. 300 through 800 hp. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus
and additional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff
valves.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when ring natural gas and 8:1 on No. 2 oil. (Consult your
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.4 Fuel Series 600 - No. 6 Oil Fired
4.4.4.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and low pressure air atomizing type approved for
operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 6 Oil.
4.4.4.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.4.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump set with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included.
The motor driven pump set shall be included shipped loose for location favorable to the oil storage tank.
4.4.4.4 Oil Burner Piping - A fuel oil controller combining all of the fuel oil controls into a single casing shall be provided. Oil
pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid shutoff valves, high and low oil temperature switches and necessary
pressure and temperature gauges shall be included in this packaged assembly mounted on the front door of the boiler. A fuel
strainer shall also be provided, mounted to the boiler. A single tip retractable nozzle shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing
burner. Flexible hoses shall be provided to allow easy removal of the nozzle for inspection when it is placed in the vice jaws located
on the front door of the boiler.
The metering valve shall permit circulation of hot oil to the burner at all times. The burner drawer oil piping and nozzle shall be
purged of oil on each shutdown. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.4.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 through 400 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating oil tank, oil level indicator, inlet air lter, air pressure gauge and
low atomizing air pressure switch.
B. 500 through 800 hp. Separate air compressor modules mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch.
4.4.4.6 Oil Preheat
The oil shall be preheated by a safety type water-to-water-to-oil preheating system in conjunction with an electric heater, each with
thermostatic control. Both heaters shall be installed in a single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired on the boiler. Select one of
the following:
A. 100 through 200 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 5 kW.
B. 250 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 7-1/2 kW.
C. 400 through 800 hp. Electric preheater size shall be 10 kW.
A4-44
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
A4-45
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
A4-46
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBW Boilers
messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tempera-
tures. Boiler ring rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the lockout
occurred. Provisions for a security access code shall be provided.
Separate status indicators shall show:
Ready: HAWK operational.
Demand: call for heat.
Main Valve: fuel valve open.
Low Water: low water condition.
Alarm: safety shutdowns
The boiler controller shall incorporate a ve function run/test switch.
The system shall be characterized for each individual model boiler. The system shall also incorporate a tailored pre-purge cycle
that minimizes pre-purge energy losses, while maintaining the maximum required air changes. It shall permit the user to select a
specic rate control program for precise load tracking that reduces on-off cycling due to load swings. The system shall also pro-
vide an integrated thermal stress protection program to prolong boiler life. An assured low re cutoff feature shall also be pro-
vided.
The system shall monitor inputs from solid state sensor for gas pressure, oil pressure, and temperature. A single solid state sensor
shall be used for both on-off and proportioning control of the burner. The high/low limits and operating set points of all sensors
shall be programmable from the keyboard display. The system shall be capable of detecting a jumpered or defective sensor. A
dynamic check of the gas pressure sensor shall be made prior to the main ame establishing period to ensure it is fully operational.
An optional 2 way communications module with built-in modem to allow for remote control of non-safety settings and monitoring
of up to 6 boilers shall also be available. Up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers shall be called in the event of a fault condi-
tion. Options such as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efciency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without any
change to the existing system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compatible
system.
4.5.2.1 Control Panel: The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet shall have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler ame safeguard controller, indicating lights and selector switches.
Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the ame safeguard controller, and terminal blocks. For combination gas-oil
and heavy oil red boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector and/or oil heater selector switch.
4.5.2.2 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identied with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.2.3 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.2.4 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
A4-47
10-02
Model CBW Boilers Firetube Boilers
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A4-48
10-02
Section A5
Model CBH Boilers
A5-1
02-02
Model CBH Boilers Firetube Boilers
Notes
A5-2
02-02
Section A6
MODEL CB OHIO SPECIAL BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-4
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-11
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-11
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-11
Burner Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-13
Gas-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-13
Gas Pressure Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-16
Oil-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-17
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-23
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-23
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-23
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-23
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-25
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A6-1. Model CB Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-6
Figure A6-2. Model CBW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-8
Figure A6-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Equipped with Davits A6-10
Figure A6-4. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-10
A6-1
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
TABLES
Table A6-1. Model CB Ohio Special Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-5
Table A6-2. Model CBW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-5
Table A6-3. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Heating Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-11
Table A6-4. Model CB Ohio Special Boilers Steam Volume and Disengaging Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-12
Table A6-5. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-12
Table A6-6. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers Recommended Steam Nozzle Size
(To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-12
Table A6-7. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-13
Table A6-8. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-13
Table A6-9. CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to
Standard and FM Gas Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-15
Table A6-10. CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Minimum Gas Pressure at Entrance to Gas Trains
Equipped with Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI) Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-16
Table A6-11. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Under and Oversized Standard and FM Gas Trains . . . . . . . . A6-16
Table A6-12. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Under and Oversized IRI Gas Trains, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-17
Table A6-13. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A6-17
A6-2
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
A6-3
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Special pilot.
Alternate fuel firing.
Special oil pumps.
PERFORMANCE DATA
For efficiency and emission data for Ohio Special Boilers,
contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
A6-4
02-02
A6-Text.fm Page 5 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 10:47 AM
A6-5
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
RR/RF/RD
EE B
I FF
F
LL K
GG DD
L Y
D T E
Z
O
P J
OO
H
S
ELECTRICAL SERVICE
CONNECTIONS SIGHT PORT
KK (CONTROL CIRCUIT
Q 120/1/60) R
N NOTE: ALLOW 3 FEET 0.5
FOR DOOR SWING W W
M C
PER NEC
LENGTH
A6-6
02-02
A6-Text.fm Page 7 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 10:54 AM
Steam Nozzle (15 psig)A Y 8 FLG 8 FLG 8 FLG 8 FLG 10 FLG 10 FLG
Steam Nozzle (150 psig)B Y 4 FLG 4 FLG 4 FLG 4 FLG 4 FLG 4 FLG
A6-7
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A6-2. Model CBW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1of 2
A6-8
02-02
A6-Text.fm Page 9 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 10:55 AM
Figure A6-2. Model CBW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 2 of 2
A6-9
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER HP
A B C D E
CB 100S 27 48 38 60 26
Figure A6-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Equipped with Davits
Figure A6-4. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Lifting Lug Location
A6-10
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
CB 100S 6 8 130 26 42 4 29-5/8 8-1/4
CB 125S, 150S 6 9 112 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 10-1/4
CB 175S, 200S, 225S 6 9 148 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 10-1/4
CBW 125S, 150S 6 9 151 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 Front
26-3/4 Rear
CBW 175S, 200S 6 9 175 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-3/4 Front
26-3/4 Rear
NOTES:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased inspec-
tion accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
Table A6-5 lists quantity and outlet size for safety valves sup-
ENGINEERING DATA plied on Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers.
The following engineering information is provided for the
Table A6-6 gives recommended steam nozzle sizes based on
Ohio Special Boilers. Ohio Special boilers are designated by
4000-5000 fpm steam velocity. Model CB and CBW Ohio
an S following the horsepower number. Additional detail is
Special Firetube Boilers.
available from your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized represen-
tative. Table A6-7 shows recommended non-return valve sizes for
Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers.
Boiler Information
Table A6-3 shows heating surfaces for Model CB and CBW
Blowdown Water Requirements
Ohio Special Boilers. Some local codes require blowdown tanks to be constructed in
accordance with recommendations of the National Board of
Table A6-4 shows steam volume and disengaging area for
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
Model CB Ohio Special Boilers.
The National Boards recommendations base the size of the
Table A6-3. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Heating blowdown tank on the removal of at least 4 inches of water
Surface from the boiler.
BOILER HEATING SURFACE (SQ-FT) Table A6-8 lists the approximate quantity of water represented
HP FIRESIDE WATERSIDE by 4 inches of water at normal operating level for Model CB
and CBW Ohio Special Boilers.
100S 350 388
125S-150S 358 386
175S, 200S, 225S 358 384
A6-11
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A6-4. Model CB Ohio Special Boilers Steam Volume and Disengaging Area
STEAM VOLUME CU-FT STEAM RELIEVING AREA SQ-IN
BOILER HP
HIGH PRESSURE
A B A B
LOW PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE
100S 14.3 23.7 4367 4975
125S, 150S 28.4 38.9 5086 5473
175S, 200S, 225S 38.5 52.7 6899 7423
NOTES: Based on normal water level.
A. Based on 150 psig design pressure.
B. Based on 15 psig design pressure.
Table A6-5. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings
VALVE 15 PSIG STEAM 100 PSIG STEAM 125 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
SETTING
BOILER NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
HP VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
100S 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/4
125S 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 2 (1) 2 1 2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2
(1) 1-1/2
150S 1 3 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2
175S 1 3 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/2
200S 1 3 2 2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
225S 2 2-1/2 2 2 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
NOTE:
Valve manufacturers are Kunkle, Consolidated or Conbraco, depending on availability.
A6-12
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
Table A6-7. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers Recommended Non-Return Valve Size
BOILER CA- OPERATING PRESSURES (PSIG)
BOILER PACITY
HP 50 75 100 125 150 175 200
(LB/HR)
100S 3450 3 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
125S 4313 4 3 3 3 3 2-1/2 2-1/2
150S 5175 4 4 3 3 3 3 2-1/2
175S 6900 4 4 3 3 3 3 2-1/2
200S 8625 4 4 4 3 3 3 3
225S 10350 4 4 4 3 3 3 3
Note: Valve sizes (300 psig flanges) given in inches.
Burner Information
The Ohio Special Firetube Boiler encompasses an integral
front head that includes the burner, combustion air fan, and
controls as part of the boiler package design.
The integral front head provides for burner/boiler design as a
single unit maximizing the compatibility between the boiler
and burner.
Figure A6-6 shows secondary air flow in the Ohio Special
Firetube Boiler. The rotary air damper design provides stan-
dard turn down of 4:1.
Figure A6-7 shows a typical linkage assembly. The single
point linkage layout allows for easy adjustment and maximum
repeatability of air/fuel ratios. Included on all Ohio Special
Boilers is an adjustable CAM assembly shown in Figure A6-8.
Gas-Fired Burners
A6-13
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
A6-14
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
Table A6-9. CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers and FM Gas Trains
Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard
BOILER HP CONN SIZE NET REGD BOILER HP CONN SIZE MIN PRESS
(IN.) PRESS. REQD (IN.) REQ'D
(IN. WC) (IN. WC)
100S 2 11.0 100S 2 12.0
125S 2-1/2 8.5 125S 2-1/2 8.5
150S 2-1/2 13.0 150S 2-1/2 13.0
175S 2-1/2 16.0 175S 2-1/2 16.0
200S 2-1/2 21.0 200S 2-1/2 21.0
225S 2-1/2 27.0 225S 2-1/2 27.0
NOTES: NOTES:
1. For standard and FM gas pressure require- 1. Pressures shown also apply to standard and
ments for Canada, refer to Table A6-10, IRI FM gas trains for Canada.
Trains. 2. Based on 1000 Btu/cu-ft natural gas and eleva-
2. Based on 1000 Btu/cu-ft natural gas and eleva- tion up to 700 feet.
tions up to 700 feet.
A6-15
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Table A6-10. CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Minimum Gas Pressure at Entrance to Gas Trains Equipped with Industrial Risk
Insurers (IRI) Requirements
Table A6-11. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Under and Oversized Standard and FM Gas Trains
100S 125S 150S 175S 200S 225S
PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS PIPE PRESS
SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD SIZE REQD
1-1/2 29.5 2 14.5 2 19.0 2 23.5 2 31.0 2 39
2 12.0 2-1/2 8.5 2-1/2 13.0 2-1/2 16.0 2-1/2 21.0 2-1/2 27
2-1/2 10.5 3 7.5 3 11.0 3 12.5 3 15.5 3 20
3 9.0 4 6.5 4 9.0 4 10.0 4 12.5 4 16
NOTES:
1. Pipe size in inches, and pressure required in inches WC.
2. Standard gas train shown by shaded areas.
3. Pressure required is downstream of the gas pressure regulator.
Table A6-12. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers Under Gas Pressure Regulator
and Oversized IRI Gas Trains,
The following items should be considered when selecting a
ALTITUDE CORRECTION ALTITUDE CORRECTION regulator:
(FT) FACTOR (FT) FACTOR
1000 1.04 6000 1.25 Pressure Rating: The regulator must have a pressure rating at
2000 1.07 7000 1.30 least equivalent to that of the gas distribution system.
3000 1.11 8000 1.35 Capacity: The capacity can be determined by multiplying the
4000 1.16 9000 1.40 maximum burning rate (CFH) by 1.15, see Table A6-14. This
5000 1.21 - - 15 percent over-capacity rating of the regulator provides for
proper regulation.
To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700
feet, multiply the pressure by the listed factors:
Inches WC x 0.577 = oz/sq-in. Spring Adjustment: The spring should be suitable for a range
Oz/sq-in x 1.732 = Inches WC. of adjustment from 50 percent under the desired regulated
Inches WC x 0.0361= psig.
Oz/sq-in x 0.0625 = psig. pressure to 50 percent over.
Psig x 27.71 = Inches WC.
Psig x 16.0 = Oz/sq-in. Sharp Lock-Up: The regulator should include this feature to
prevent the downstream pressure (between the regulator and
the boiler) from climbing when there is no gas flow.
A6-16
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
A6-17
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
ITEM DESCRIPTION 125S 150S 125S 150S 125S 150S 125S 150S
BOILER HP 100S 175S 200S 100S 175S 200S 100S 175S 200S 100S 175S 200S
225S 225S 225S 225S
1 Pilot Shut Off Cock X X X X X X X X
2 Pilot Shut Off Cock X X X X
3 Shut Off Cock X X X X X X X X
4 Shut Off Cock X X X X X X X X
5 Pilot Pressure Regulator X X X X X X X X
6 Pilot Pressure Gauge X X X X X X X X
7 Gas Pilot Valve X X X X X X X X
8 High Gas Pressure Switch X X X X X X X X
9 Low Gas Pressure Switch X X X X X X X X
10 Main Gas Valve with POC X X X X X X
11 Main Gas Valve without POC X X X X X X
12 Main Gas Valve without POC X X
13 Vent Valve X X X X
14 Butterfly Valve X X X X X X X X
Figure A6-9. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Gas Train Components
A6-18
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
This figure illustrates the basic gas valve arrangement on Cleaver-Brooks boilers and shows the contractor's
connection point. The valves and controls between the contractor connection point and the gas main in the
street are representative of a typical installation. Actual requirements may vary depending on local codes
or local gas company requirements which should be investigated prior to preparation of specifications and
prior to construction.
The size of the gas line from the meter to the gas pressure regulator at the boiler can be very important if
gas pressures are marginal. The gas line sizing is dependent on:
The local gas utility will advise the pressure that is available at the outlet of their meter.
A6-19
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Figure A6-11. Model CB and CBW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers Standard Gas Train Connection Size and Location
Figure A6-12. CB and CBW Ohio Special Boilers, No. 2 Oil Connection Size, Location and Recommended Line Sizes
A6-20
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
A6-21
02-02
A6-Text.fm Page 22 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 10:58 AM
A6-22
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
Boiler Room Information Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
openings for (1) 200 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
Figure A6-17 shows typical boiler room length requirements.
openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
Figure A6-18 shows typical boiler room width requirements.
Air required: 200 x 10 = 2000 cfm (from 2B above).
Stack Support Capabilities Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
100 hp Ohio Special Boilers can support up to 1,000 lbs with- Area Required: Area = cfm = 2000/250 = 8 Sq-ft total.
out additional support. Area/Opening: 8/2 = 4 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
125-225 hp Ohio Special Boilers can support up to 2,000 lbs
without additional support.
NOTICE
Boiler Room Combustion Air Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
When determining boiler room air requirements, the size of quirements.
the room, air flow, and velocity of air must be reviewed as fol-
lows: Stack/Breeching Size Criteria
1. Size (area) and location of air supply openings in boiler The design of the stack and breeching must provide the
room. required draft at each boiler flue gas outlet. Proper draft is crit-
A. Two (2) permanent air supply openings in the outer ical to burner performance.
walls of the boiler room are recommended. Locate (1) Although constant pressure at the flue gas outlet of the Ohio
at each end of the boiler room, preferably below a height Special is not required, it is necessary to size the stack/breech-
of 7 feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the ing to limit flue gas pressure variation. The allowable pressure
boiler. range is 0.25" W.C. to +0.25" W.C.
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather For additional information, please review Section I4, General
protection, but they should not be covered with fine Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air flow breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable stack
qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt. supplier who will design the stack and breeching system based
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation of the
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air. stack/breeching design.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
supply openings be less than (1) square foot.
E. Size the openings by using the formula:
Area (sq-ft) = cfm/fpm
2. Amount of air required (cfm).
A. Combustion air - rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
B. Ventilation air - rated bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total of 10
cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent more
per 1000 feet of added elevation.
3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
B. Above (7) foot height - 500 fpm.
C. Duct from air supply to boiler - 1000 fpm.
A6-23
02-02
A6-Text.fm Page 24 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 12:19 PM
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement through a window or doorway.
Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front
of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear. If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for
additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler.
Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at the rear. If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the
rear for additional aisle and working space.
3. A slightly longer boiler room for Model CB (Dwg C) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the rear of the
boiler. Allowance for door swing at the front provides sufficient aisle and working space at the front.
Figure A6-17. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layouts), Model CB Ohio Special Shown
Figure A6-18. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout), Model CB Ohio Special Shown
A6-24
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customer's specific needs and
application.
A separate specification for Ohio Special steam boilers Model CB and Model CBW is provided. When completing the specifica-
tion, begin with the boiler specification (CB or CBW). The boiler specification includes a place for burner and for controls. Fol-
lowing the boiler specification are the various detailed burner specifications organized by fuel type. Select the Burner specification
for the fuel utilized and insert it into the boiler specification.
Following the burner specifications are detailed control specifications for CB780 Flame Safeguard control and the CB-HAWK
Flame Safeguard control. Insert the appropriate detailed control specification into the boiler specification based on the project
requirements. See section 8, Boiler Controls, for additional information on control options.
The Sample Specifications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
Model CB Ohio Special Steam Boiler (100-225 hp, Steam 15, 150, 200, or 250 psig)
NOTICE
The complete package boiler shall be approved as a unit by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL/
ULC label, except in the case where 50 Hz has been selected.
A6-25
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
2.1.1 The boiler shall be completely preassembled and fire tested at the factory. The unit shall be ready for immediate mounting on
floor or simple foundation and ready for attachment of water, steam, fuel, electrical, vent, steam, and blowdown connections.
2.2 Boiler Shell (Steam)
2.2.1 The boiler shell must be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code and must receive authorized boiler inspection
prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection report shall be furnished the purchaser.
2.2.2 Two lifting eyes shall be located on top of the boiler.
2.2.3 Front and rear doors on the boiler shall be hinged or davited. Doors are to be sealed with fiberglass tadpole gaskets and fas-
tened tightly using heavy capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts.
2.2.4 Rear refractory and insulation shall be contained in the formed door which must swing open for inspection of brick work.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include swirlers, turbulators, or other add-on devices.
2.2.6 Front and rear tube sheets and all tubes must be fully accessible for inspection and cleaning when the doors are swung open.
The boiler shall be furnished with adequate handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 For boilers 125 horsepower and over, a manhole shall be provided.
2.2.8 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the front of the boiler on the top center line and shall be capable of supporting:
A. 100 hp 1000 lbs. and shall contain a stack thermometer.
B. 125-225 hp 2000 lbs. and shall contain a stack thermometer.
2.2.9 Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.10 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch fiberglass blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insu-
lation must be readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.11 The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard-finish enamel coat-
ing.
A6-26
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
The steam pressure control to regulate burner operation shall be mounted near the water column.
4.0 Burner
4.1 Mode of Operation
Burner operation shall be full modulation principle. The burner shall always return to low fire position for ignition.
4.2 Forced Draft Blower
4.2.1 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front boiler door, above the burner, to elimi-
nate vibration and reduce noise level.
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed ____ dBA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.2.3 The impeller shall be cast aluminum, radial blade, carefully balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and cam operated fuel metering valves shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates
the fire according to load demand. Single point positioning controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control
motor.
4.4 Fuel Specification and Piping
Refer to the following fuel series specifications:
Fuel series 700 - gas fired (para 4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - light oil fired (para 4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - light oil or gas fired (para 4.4.3).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and of high radiantannular gas entry on 125-225
hp. and multi-port type gas entry on 100 hp. The burner shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The valve is spring return to start or stop the gas burner and to close automat-
ically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly
shutoff valve shall be provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly
shutoff valve shall be furnished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B. 125-225 hp High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown - Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type
approved for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Oil Pilot - The oil pilot shall be air atomizing type with automatic electric ignition and include oil solenoid valve. An elec-
tronic detector shall monitor the pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until flame has been established.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. A separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
A6-27
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch shall be pro-
vided.
B. 125 hp-225 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge, and low
atomizing air pressure switch shall be provided.
4.4.2.6 Burner Turndown - Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1 when firing No. 2 oil.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, integral with the front head of the boiler, shall be a combination of the low pressure air atomizing
type for oil and high radiant annular gas entry on 125-225 hp and multi-port type for gas entry om 100 hp. The burner shall be
approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 Oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-off
valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. A separate
motor driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, solenoid
shutoff valves, pressure gauges and fuel strainer, all integrally mounted on the unit. A fuel oil controller shall be provided to com-
bine all of the fuel oil controls into a single casting which is mounted on the front door of the unit. A single tip retractable nozzle
shall be used for the low pressure air atomizing burner. A low oil pressure switch shall be included in the oil piping.
4.4.3.3.3 Low pressure Air Atomizing - Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp. Separate air compressor module mounted on boiler base rail with low atomizing air pressure switch shall be pro-
vided.
B. 125-225 hp. Belt driven air compressor, lubricating air tank, oil level indicator, inlet air filter, air pressure gauge and low
atomizing air pressure switch shall be provided.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner
4.4.3.4.1 Gas Burner Piping - gas burner piping on all units shall include primary gas shutoff valve, motor operated with proof of
closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The valve is spring return to start or stop the gas burner and to close automat-
ically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock or butterfly
shutoff valve shall be provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional plug cock or butterfly
shutoff valve shall be furnished at entrance to gas train. Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B. 125-225 hp High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an addi-
tional plugged leakage test connection shall be provided.
4.4.3.5 Burner Turndown - Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1.
4.5 Boiler Flame Safeguard Controller and Control Panel
See paragraphs 4.5.1 through 4.5.2 for boiler flame safeguard specification as indicated below.
4.5.1 CB780 Flame Safeguard Controller
Each boiler shall be factory equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology and functions equal to the Cleaver-
Brooks Model CB780.
A6-28
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and digital first out fault code indications of
flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence
incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge
cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial
and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.1 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil fired boilers, the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
4.5.1.2 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - flame failure.
4.5.1.3 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.4 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.5 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.6 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
4.5.2 CB-HAWK Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.2.1 Each boiler shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Management Control System providing technology and functions equal
to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB-HAWK.
4.5.2.2 The system shall consist of a computer based boiler controller and solid state sensors totally integrated to provide automatic
burner sequencing, flame supervision, and indications of system status, faults, and self-diagnostics.
4.5.2.4 The boiler controller shall consist of chassis, program module, keyboard display, and flame signal amplifier. It shall be the
non-recycle type and have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include standby,
pre-purge, pilot, main fuel ignition, and run, and post-purge periods.
4.5.2.5 The system shall incorporate full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as firing rate control based on sys-
tem demand.
4.5.2.6 The boiler controller shall have a non-volatile memory that retains history files and sequence status after interruptions.
4.5.2.7 An 80 character, 2 line liquid crystal (LCD) display and keyboard shall be provided to adjust control settings and display 73
fault messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tem-
peratures. Boiler firing rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the
lockout occurred. Provisions for a security access code shall be provided.
4.5.2.8 Separate status indicators will show:
Ready: HAWK operational.
A6-29
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
Demand: call for heat.
Main Valve: fuel valve open.
Low Water: low water condition.
Alarm: safety shutdowns.
4.5.2.9 The boiler controller shall incorporate a five function run/test switch.
4.5.2.10 The system shall be characterized for each individual model boiler. The system shall also incorporate a tailored pre-purge
cycle that minimizes pre-purge energy losses, while maintaining the maximum required air changes. It shall permit the user to
select a specific rate control program for precise load tracking that reduces on-off cycling due to load swings. The system shall also
provide an integrated thermal stress protection program to prolong boiler life. An assured low fire cutoff feature shall also be pro-
vided.
4.5.2.11 The system shall monitor inputs from solid state sensor for gas pressure, oil pressure, and temperature. A single solid state
sensor shall be used for both on-off and proportioning control of the burner. The high/low limits and operating set points of all sen-
sors will be programmable from the keyboard display. The system shall be capable of detecting a jumpered or defective sensor. A
dynamic check of the gas pressure sensor shall be made prior to the main flame establishing period to ensure it is fully operational.
4.5.2.12 An optional 2 way communications module with built-in modem to allow for remote control of non-safety settings and
monitoring of up to 6 boilers shall also be available. Up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers shall be called in the event of a
fault condition. Options such as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efficiency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without
any change to the existing system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compat-
ible system.
4.5.3 Control Panel
4.5.3.1 The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator. The hinged metal
cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
4.5.3.2 The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
4.5.3.3 Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal
blocks. For combination gas-oil fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
4.5.3.4 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.3.4 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.3.5 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be wit-
nessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and timing the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A6-30
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
Model CBW Ohio Special Steam Boiler (125-200 hp, Steam 15, 150, 200, or 250 psig)
A6-31
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.0 Burner
4.1 Mode of Operation
Burner operation shall be full modulation principle. The burner shall always return to low fire position for ignition.
4.2 Forced Draft Blower
4.2.1 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front boiler door, above the burner, to elimi-
nate vibration and reduce noise level.
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed ____ dBA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.2.3 The impeller shall be cast aluminum, radial blade, carefully balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and cam operated fuel metering valves shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates
the fire according to load demand. Single point positioning controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control
motor.
4.4 Fuel Specification and Piping
Refer to the following fuel series specifications:
Fuel series 700 - gas fired (para 4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - light oil fired (para 4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - light oil or gas fired (para 4.4.3).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and of high radiant annular gas entry type for
gas. The burner shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include two manual shut-
off valves, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge.
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) motorized gas shutoff valves, one (1) valve proof-
of-closure type, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The main gas valves will be
wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water, or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating
plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shut off valve. An additional
plug cock or butterfly shutoff valve shall be furnished at entrance to gas train.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown - Turndown range of the burner shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
A6-32
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
A6-33
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
4.5.1.2 Controller shall be computerized solid state having sequence and flame-on lights and digital first out fault code indica-
tions of flame safeguard trip functions. It shall include dynamic self-check logic. The controller shall have a fixed operating
sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and
post-purge cycles.
4.5.1.3 Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that shall shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the
following trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame
signal and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
4.5.1.4 The controller shall have a run/test switch. It shall allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition
trial and run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for minimum turndown tests.
4.5.1.5 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
The panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal blocks.
For combination gas-oil fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
4.5.1.6 Lights
White - load demanded.
White - fuel valve open.
Red - low water.
Red - flame failure.
4.5.1.7 Control Switches
Burner On-Off.
Manual-Automatic.
Manual Firing Rate Control.
4.5.1.8 Oil, heat and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wiring
diagram.
4.5.1.9 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.1.10 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
4.5.2 CB-HAWK Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.2.1 Each boiler shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Management Control System providing technology and functions equal
to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CB-HAWK.
4.5.2.2 The system shall consist of a computer based boiler controller and solid state sensors totally integrated to provide automatic
burner sequencing, flame supervision, and indications of system status, faults, and self-diagnostics.
4.5.2.3 The boiler controller shall consist of chassis, program module, keyboard display, and flame signal amplifier. It shall be the
non-recycle type and have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence shall include standby,
pre-purge, pilot, main fuel ignition, and run, and post-purge periods.
4.5.2.4 The system shall incorporate full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as firing rate control based on sys-
tem demand.
4.5.2.5 The boiler controller shall have a non-volatile memory that retains history files and sequence status after interruptions.
4.5.2.6 An 80 character, 2 line liquid crystal (LCD) display and keyboard shall be provided to adjust control settings and display 73
fault messages, 12 diagnostic messages, 38 historical messages as well as system status messages and operating pressures and tem-
A6-34
02-02
Firetube Boilers Ohio Special Boilers
peratures. Boiler firing rate shall also be displayed in addition to the last 6 lockouts and boiler operating information when the
lockout occurred. Provisions for a security access code shall be provided.
4.5.2.7 Separate status indicators will show:
Ready: HAWK operational.
Demand: call for heat.
Main Valve: fuel valve open.
Low Water: low water condition.
Alarm: safety shutdowns
4.5.2.8 The boiler controller shall incorporate a five function run/test switch.
4.5.2.9 The system shall be characterized for each individual model boiler. The system shall also incorporate a tailored pre-purge
cycle that minimizes pre-purge energy losses, while maintaining the maximum required air changes. It shall permit the user to
select a specific rate control program for precise load tracking that reduces on-off cycling due to load swings. The system shall also
provide an integrated thermal stress protection program to prolong boiler life. An assured low fire cutoff feature shall also be pro-
vided.
4.5.2.10 The system shall monitor inputs from solid state sensor for gas pressure, oil pressure, and temperature. A single solid state
sensor shall be used for both on-off and proportioning control of the burner. The high/low limits and operating set points of all sen-
sors will be programmable from the keyboard display. The system shall be capable of detecting a jumpered or defective sensor. A
dynamic check of the gas pressure sensor shall be made prior to the main flame establishing period to ensure it is fully operational.
4.5.2.11 An optional 2 way communications module with built-in modem to allow for remote control of non-safety settings and
monitoring of up to 6 boilers shall also be available. Up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers shall be called in the event of a
fault condition. Options such as Lead/Lag, Boiler Efficiency, and Heating Boiler packages can be interfaced to this module without
any change to the existing system structure. The communications module shall be able to interface with an IBMTM PC or compat-
ible system.
4.5.2.12 Control Panel - The control panel shall be mounted on the front door of the boiler in a location convenient to the operator.
The hinged metal cabinet will have NEMA 1A rating that includes a neoprene dust seal and a Yale cabinet key type lock.
4.5.2.13 The panel shall contain the boiler flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, indicating lights and selector switches.
4.5.2.14 Panel shall have a removable sub-base for mounting the flame safeguard controller, blower motor starter, and terminal
blocks. For combination gas-oil fired boilers the panel shall contain the fuel selector switch.
4.5.2.15 Oil, heat, and moisture resistant wire shall be used and identified with circuit numbers corresponding to the electrical wir-
ing diagram.
4.5.2.16 All electrical equipment and wiring shall be in conformance with Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
4.5.2.17 Boiler to be supplied with a control circuit transformer and fuse protection for the control circuit.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
A6-35
02-02
Ohio Special Boilers Firetube Boilers
A6-36
02-02
Section A7
Model CBE Boilers
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-12
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-12
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-12
Boiler Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-12
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Burner Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Gas Fired - Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Fuel Connections - Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Fuel Connections - Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-14
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-19
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-19
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-19
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-19
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-21
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A7-1. Model CBE Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-6
Figure A7-2. Model CBE Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-8
Figure A7-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CBE Boilers Equipped with Davits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-10
A7-1
04-02
A7-text Page 2 Wednesday, December 11, 2002 9:45 AM
TABLES
Table A7-1. Model CBE Hot Water Boiler Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-5
Table A7-2. Model CBE Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7- 5
Table A7-3. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-12
Table A7-4. Heating Surface, Model CBE Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-13
Table A7-5.Model CBE Steam Volume and Disengaging Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-13
Table A7-6.Model CBE Steam Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-13
Table A7-7. Model CBE Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-15
Table A7-8.Model CBE Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm Nozzle Velocity) . . . . . . .A7-15
Table A7-9.Model CBE Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-16
Table A7-10. Model CBE Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-16
Table A7-11.Sound Pressure Levels in DbA (Profire F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-16
Table A7-12. Model CBE Burner Selections (Profire Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-17
Table A7-13. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-17
Table A7-14.Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH) for Natural Gas - Model CBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-17
Table A7-15.Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard, FM and IRI Gas Trains -
Model CBE (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7-18
A7-2
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
Five Square Feet of Heating Surface per Boiler Horsepower: Blend pump.
Low furnace provides additional safety margin between High altitude design (up to 10,000 ft).
furnace and water level. Special insurance and code requirements (e.g., IRI, FM,
Reduces water carryover, producing drier steam. CSD1).
Alarm bell/silence switch.
Front and Rear Doors:
Special motor requirements (TEFC, high efficiency).
Davit, front and rear doors, all sizes.
Special purpose indicator lights.
Provides access to front and rear tube sheet and furnace.
Main disconnect.
Reduced maintenance costs.
Elapsed time meter.
Natural Gas, No. 2 Oil, or Combination Burners Available: Voltmeter/micro-ammeter.
Natural gas or No. 2 oil compatibility. NEMA enclosures.
Fuel changeover without burner adjustment. Low-fire hold control.
Remote emergency shut-off (115V).
PRODUCT OFFERING
Circuit breaker.
Cleaver-Brooks Firetube Boilers are available in low pressure
steam, high pressure steam, and hot water designs. Burners are Day/night controls.
available to fire natural gas, No. 2 oil, or a combination of oil Special power requirements.
and gas. The CBE boiler is a baseline alternative to the Model
CB or CBW in the 60 - 350 hp range. Standard product offer- Stack thermometer.
ing is: Special indicating lights.
60 - 350 hp.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
A7-3
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
Fuel Options
Air atomizing oil burner, 125 200 hp.
Gas strainer.
Gas pressure gauge.
Future gas conversion.
A7-4
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 2009 2343 2678 3348 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716
Gas CFH (1000 Btu) 2510 2930 3350 4185 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650
Gas (Therm/hr) 25.1 29.3 33.5 41.9 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 300 350 400 500 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 2009 2343 2678 3348 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716
Gas CFH (1000 Btu) 2510 2930 3350 4185 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650
Gas (Therm/hr) 25.1 29.3 33.5 41.9 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 300 350 400 500 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
A7-5
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
LWCO
LENGTHS
Overall Length A 163-1/8 186-1/16 201-1/16 235-1/16 199-3/16 224-3/16 273-3/16 217-7/8 243-7/8 269-7/8
Shell Length B 123-5/8 141-5/8 157-5/8 191-5/8 151-5/8 176-5/8 225-5/8 161-5/8 187-5/8 213-5/8
Rear Frame Length C 133-3/8 152-3/8 173-9/16 207-9/16 162-9/16 187-9/16 236-9/16 177-3/16 203-3/16 229-3/16
Rear Head Extension E 7-7/8 7-7/8 7-7/8 7-7/8 8-3/8 8-3/8 8-3/8 9-3/8 9-3/8 9-3/8
Front Flange To Water Return F 70-1/4 88-1/4 104-1/4 129-1/4 72-1/4 97-1/4 146-1/4 78-1/4 104-1/4 130-1/4
Base Frame To Rear Head H 22-1/4 22-1/4 22-1/4 22-1/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4
Water Supply To Vent Outlet R 20-1/2 20-1/2 20-1/2 29-1/2 34 34 34 35-1/2 35-1/2 35-1/2
WIDTHS
Overall Width I 53 53 53 53 66 66 66 84 84 84
A7-6
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
HEIGHTS
Boiler ID J 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 78 78 78
Base To Vent Outlet O 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 10 10
Base To Rear Davit T 72-5/8 72-5/8 72-5/8 72-5/8 88-3/8 88-3/8 88-3/8 107 107 107
Base To Lifting Lug AA 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 81 81 81 102-9/16 102-9/16 102-9/16
CONNECTIONS
Waterfill (Both Sides) S 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2
Air Vent V 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Vent Outlet ID Y 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 20 20 20
Boiler Drain X
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal Rear FF 82 100 109 143 93 118 167 105 131 157
Tube Removal Front GG 90 108 124 158 110 135 184 116 142 168
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) - 4340 5195 5920 7455 8310 10050 13475 13495 16320 19130
Shipping Weight (30 psig) - 6505 7270 7755 9055 10810 12225 14690 17655 19765 23400
Shipping Weight (125 psig - 6705 7740 8420 9820 11735 13630 16400 20365 22870 26830
NOTES:
1. All connections are threaded, except as noted.
2. Manway included on 125 - 350 hp.
A. 150 psig flange.
B. 300 psig flange.
C. Includes 4 foot clearance in front of boiler.
A7-7
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
LENGTHS
Overall Length A 163-1/8 186-1/16 201-1/16 235-1/16 199-3/16 224-3/16 273-3/16 217-7/8 243-7/8 269-7/8
Shell Length B 123-5/8 141-5/8 157-5/8 191-5/8 151-5/8 176-5/8 225-5/8 161-5/8 187-5/8 213-5/8
Base Frame Length C 133-3/8 152-3/8 173-9/16 207-9/16 162-9/16 187-9/16 236-9/16 177-3/16 203-3/16 229-3/16
Rear Head Extension E 7-7/8 7-7/8 7-7/8 7-7/8 8-3/8 8-3/8 8-3/8 9-3/8 9-3/8 9-3/8
Front Flange To Steam Outlet F 49-1/4 60-1/4 70-1/4 91-1/4 57-1/4 73-1/4 97-1/4 66-1/4 88-1/4 89-1/4
Steam Outlet To Vent Outlet G 65-1/2 72-1/2 78-1/2 91-1/2 85 94 119 83-1/2 87-1/2 112-1/2
Base Frame To Rear Head H 22-1/4 22-1/4 22-1/4 22-1/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4
WIDTHS
A7-8
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
HEIGHTS
Boiler ID J 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 78 78 78
Base To Vent Outlet O 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2
Base To Steam Outlet (15 psig) P 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 70-1/4 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2
Base To Steam Outlet (150 psig) P 67-7/8 67-7/8 67-7/8 70-1/4 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 10 10
Base To Rear Davit T 72-5/8 72-5/8 72-5/8 72-5/8 88-3/8 88-3/8 88-3/8 107 107 107
Base To Lifting Lug AA 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 81 81 81 102-9/16 102-9/16 102-9/16
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Feedwater Inlet (Both Sides) S 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2
Vent Outlet ID Y 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 20 20 20
Boiler Blowdown (15 psig) W 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2
Boiler Blowdown (150 psig) W 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal Rear FF 82 100 109 143 93 118 167 105 131 157
Tube Removal Front GG 90 108 124 158 110 135 184 116 142 168
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight - 3940 4720 5375 6770 7135 8625 11565 11530 13940 16350
Shipping Weight (15 psig) - 6455 7220 7715 9005 10735 12150 14615 17555 19665 23300
Shipping Weight (150 psig) - 6875 7690 8370 9590 11660 13345 16325 20000 22770 26730
Shipping Weight (200 psig) - 7415 8070 8800 10150 12334 14135 17600 21660 24700 28950
NOTES:
1. All connections are threaded, except as noted.
2. Manway included on 125 - 350 hp.
A. 150 psig Flange.
B. 300 psig Flange.
C. Includes 4-foot clearance in front of boiler.
A7-9
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER
HP
A B C D E
60 thru 100 27 45 38 61 30
Figure A7-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CBE Boilers Equipped with Davits
B C
A7-10
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
A F F
G
X
B D B
C
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
250 6 10 181 50 70 4 56 9
300 6 10 207 50 70 4 56 9
350 6 10 233 50 70 4 56 9
NOTE:
1. All numbers in table are in inches.
2. 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased
inspection accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A7-11
04-02
A7-text Page 12 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:07 AM
Natural Gas Table A7-7 lists quantity and outlet size for relief valves sup-
plied on Model CBE hot water boilers.
Carbon, % (wt) = 69.98
Hydrogen, % (wt) = 22.31 Tables A7-8 gives recommended steam nozzle sizes based on
Sulfur, % (wt) = 0.0 4000-5000 fpm steam velocity on Model CBE Boilers.
Heating value, Btu/lb = 21,830 Table A7-9 shows recommended non-return valve sizes for
No. 2 Oil Model CBE Firetube Boilers.
A7-12
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
Table A7-4. Heating Surface, Model CBE Boilers Table A7-5. Model CBE Steam Volume and Disengaging Area
HEATING SURFACE (SQ-FT) BOILER STEAM VOLUME (CU-FT) STEAM RELIEVING AREA (SQ-IN)
BOILER
HP HIGH PRESSURE A LOW PRESSURE B HIGH PRESSURE A LOW PRESSURE B
HP FIRESIDE WATERSIDE
60 6.39 12.92 2936 3588
60 300 322
70 7.58 15.35 3486 4261
70 350 376
80 8.65 17.50 3974 4859
80 400 429
100 10.91 22.08 5014 6129
100 500 537
125 19.04 29.67 5121 5796
125 625 672
150 23.00 35.93 6202 7018
150 750 807 200 30.78 48.19 8319 9415
200 1000 1077 250 31.96 50.18 6872 7805
250 1250 1346 300 38.56 60.68 8309 9438
300 1500 1615 350 45.15 71.18 9747 11071
350 1750 1885 NOTE:
1. Based on normal water level.
2. Values are based on standard controls. Optional controls may result in different values.
A. Based on 150 psig design pressure.
B. Based on 15 psig design pressure.
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
NOTE:
1.Valve manufacturers are Kunkle, Consolidated or Conbraco, depending on availability.
A7-13
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
The National Boards recommendations base the size of the Fuel Connections - Gas
blowdown tank on the removal of at least 4 inches of water
The local gas company should be consulted for requirements
from the boiler.
and authorization for installation and inspection of gas supply
Table A7-10 lists the approximate quantity of water repre- piping. Installation of gas supply piping and venting must be in
sented by 4 inches of water at normal operating level for accordance with all applicable engineering guidelines and reg-
Cleaver-Brooks Power Boilers. ulatory codes. All connections made to the boiler should be
arranged so that all components remain accessible for inspec-
Sound Level tion, cleaning and maintenance.
Table A7-11 summarizes predicted sound pressure levels for A drip leg should be installed in the supply piping before the
Model CBE Boilers. These values are based on standard connection to the gas pressure regulator. The drip leg should be
motors. Optional motor types and altitude conditions can at least as large as the inlet fitting supplied with the boiler.
increase sound levels. Consideration must be given to both volume and pressure
requirements when choosing gas supply piping size. Refer to
Units the boiler dimension diagram provided by Cleaver-Brooks for
The units for the sound level tables are dBA (decibels, mea- the particular installation. Connections to the burner gas train
sured on the A-weighted scale) in reference to 0.0002 should be made with a union, so that gas train components or
microbars (20 micro-Newtons per square meter). They are the burner may be easily disconnected for inspection or ser-
standardly referenced in specifying and reporting sound pres- vice. Upon completion of the gas piping installation, the sys-
sure levels on industrial equipment. tem should be checked for gas leakage and tight shutoff of all
valves.
Test Method
The sound pressure levels in the above table were obtained Fuel Connections - Oil
from tests in accordance with the "ABMA Test Code for the Oil-fired burners are equipped with an oil pump, which draws
Measurement of Sound from Packages Boilers." In accordance fuel from a storage tank and supplies pressurized oil to the
with this code, the sound pressure levels reported were mea- burner nozzle(s). The burner supply oil pump has a greater
sured on the boiler centerline 4-1/2 feet vertically above the capacity than the burner requires for the maximum firing rate.
bottom of the base rails and 3 feet horizontally in front of the Fuel not delivered to the nozzle is returned to the storage tank.
end of the blower motor or front surface of the electrical cabi- A two-pipe (supply and return) oil system is recommended for
net. all installations. Figure A7-6 shows a typical fuel oil supply
Sound Level Meter arrangement. Oil lines must be sized for the burner and burner
supply oil pump capacities.
The sound level meter used complies with ANSI S1.4, Type 1
(Precision). The readings are taken with the meter set for slow The burner supply oil pump suction should not exceed 10" Hg.
response. If a transfer pump is used, it must have a pumping capacity at
least equal to that of the burner pump(s). Supply pressure to the
burner pump should not exceed 3 psig.
Burner/Control Information
A strainer must be installed in the supply piping upstream of
Burner Characteristics the burner supply pump in order to prevent entry of foreign
material into the pump, fuel control valves, or burner nozzle(s).
Burner information is shown in Table A7-12. Note that the The strainer must be sized for the burner supply pump capacity.
model selection may vary for actual application factors (alti- A strainer mesh of 150 microns (0.005") is recommended.
tude, gas pressure, etc.).
Install a check valve in the line to prevent draining of the oil
Gas Fired - Burners suction line when the burner is not in operation. Location of
the check valve varies with the system, but usually it is located
Table A7-13 shows conversion factors for gas pressure at ele- as close as possible to the storage tank.
vations over 700 ft above sea level.
Installation of a vacuum gauge in the burner supply line
Table A7-14 shows maximum gas consumption (CFH) for between the burner oil pump and the strainer is recommended.
Natural Gas. Regular observation and recording of the gauge indication will
Table A7-15 shows minimum and maximum gas pressure assist in determining when the strainer needs servicing.
requirements for Standard, FM and IRI CBE Boiler gas trains. Upon completion of the oil piping installation, the system
For oversized or undersized gas trains or altitude above 1,000 should be checked for oil or air leakage and tight shutoff of all
feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representa- valves.
tive.
A7-14
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
Table A7-7. Model CBE Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Openings
Table A7-8. Model CBE Recommended Steam Nozzle Size (To Maintain 4000 to 5000 fpm
Nozzle Velocity)
BOILER HP
15 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
30 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10
40 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
50 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8
75 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8
100 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6
125 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6
NOTES:
1. Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
2. Recommended steam nozzle sizes based on 4000 to 5000 fpm steam velocity. Spool pieces (300 psig flanges)
are available in the following sizes (in inches): 3x2-1/2x30, 4x3x30, 6x4x36, 8x6x48, 10x8x48, and 12x8x48.
A7-15
04-02
A7-text Page 16 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:12 AM
GAS
HIGH FIRE 77.0 75.0 76.5 75.5 76.5 77.5 84.5 82.0 83.5 88.0
LOW FIRE 78.0 74.0 76.5 74.5 68.5 73.5 87.0 74.5 78.5 84.0
NO. 2 OIL
HIGH FIRE 77.0 74.0 76.5 76.0 79.0 80.0 83.0 83.0 84.5 89.0
LOW FIRE 75.5 72.0 76.0 75.0 76.0 76.0 85.0 78.0 80.5 84.0
A7-16
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
MAX ALTITIUDE
BOILER HP BURNER SIZE
(FT)
60 2000 1
70 3500 2
80 1500 2
100 1500 2
125 3500 3
150 2500 3
200 1500 3
250 2000 4
300 2500 4
350 1000 4
Table A7-13. Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Table A7-14. Maximum Gas Consumption (CFH)
Conversion for Natural Gas - Model CBE
A7-17
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
Table A7-15. Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard, FM and IRI Gas Trains - Model CBE
(Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
MAX 1 PSIG INLET, MIN SUPPLY MAX 10 PSIG INLET**, MIN SUPPLY
STD PIPE
BOILER PRESSURE (WC) PRESSURE (WC)
SIZE
HP
(Inches) UL FM IRI UL FM IRI
A7-18
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
Figure A7-7 shows typical boiler room length requirements. Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
Figure A7-8 shows typical boiler room width requirements. Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Area Required: Area = cfm = 3000/250 = 12 Sq-ft total.
Stack Support Capabilities Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
60-100 hp Model CBE Boilers can support up to 1000 lbs with-
out additional support.
125-350 hp Model CBE Boilers can support up to 2000 lbs NOTICE
without additional support.
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
quirements.
Boiler Room Combustion Air
When determining boiler room air requirements, the size of the Stack/Breeching Size Criteria
room, air flow, and velocity of air must be reviewed as follows:
The design of the stack and breeching must provide the
1. Size (area) and location of air supply openings in boiler required draft at each boiler flue gas outlet. Proper draft is crit-
room. ical to burner performance.
A. Two (2) permanent air supply openings in the outer walls Although constant pressure at the flue gas outlet of the Model
of the boiler room are recommended. Locate (1) at each CBE is not required, it is necessary to size the stack/breeching
end of the boiler room, preferably below a height of 7 to limit flue gas pressure variation. The allowable pressure
feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the boiler. range is 0.25" W.C. to +0.25" W.C.
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather For additional information, please review Section I4, General
protection, but they should not be covered with fine mesh Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
wire, as this type of covering has poor air flow qualities breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable stack
and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt. supplier who will design the stack and breeching system based
on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation of the
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
stack/breeching design.
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air supply
openings be less than (1) square foot.
E. Size the openings by using the formula:
Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
2. Amount of air required (cfm).
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp
C. Total recommended air = 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet
elevation. Add 3 percent more per 1000 feet of added
elevation.
3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
B. Above (7) foot height - 500 fpm.
Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
A7-19
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through
a window or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient
aisle space at the front of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler.
Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
3. A slightly longer boiler room (Dwg C) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the rear of the boiler. Allow-
ance for door swing at the front provides sufficient aisle and working space at the front.
Dimension A (inches) 78 82 93
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimension A allows for a clear 42" aisle be-
tween the water column on the boiler and the wall. If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" - 60-200 hp
48" - 250-350 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A7-20
04-02
A7-text Page 21 Wednesday, December 11, 2002 9:45 AM
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specification are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
The Sample Specifications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
Model CBE Hot Water Boiler (60-350 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-26
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-26
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-26
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-27
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-29
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-29
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A7-30
A7-21
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
2.2.4 Refractory and insulation shall be contained in the rear smoke box and door; door shall swing open for inspection.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 Front and rear tube sheets and all flues must be accessible for inspection and cleaning when the doors are swung open. The
boiler shall be furnished with adequate handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 For boilers over 100 horsepower, a manhole shall be provided.
2.2.8 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the rear of the boiler on the top center line and shall be capable of supporting:
60-100 hp. 1000 lbs
125-350 hp. 2000 lbs
2.2.9 Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.10 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must
be readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.11 The entire boiler based frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard finished enamel
coating.
A7-22
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed _____ dbA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and fuel control valve shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates the flame according
to load demand. Potentiometer type position controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control motor.
4.4 Fuel Specification and Piping
Select one of the following fuel types:
Fuel series 700 - Gas fired (para 4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - Light oil (No. 2) fired (para 4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - Light oil or gas fired (para 4.4.3).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler and be of high radiant multi-port type for gas. The
burner shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 60-100 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low gas pressure
switches. The gas valve shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water, or any
abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 125-250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1) sole-
noid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low
gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
C. 300 and 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, flame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Ignition System - Select one of the following:
A. 60-100 hp. The burner shall employ a direct spark ignition system. A high voltage spark generated by a transformer shall be
used to ignite the main burner.
B. 125-350 hp. The burner shall employ a gas pilot ignition system. A separate pilot gas cock, gas pressure regulator, pilot and
safety shutoff gas valve.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one of
the following:
A. 60-200 hp. Pump shall be an integral part of the burner and mechanically driven.
B. 250-350 hp. Pump shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor
starter shall also be provided.
A7-23
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
A7-24
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
C. 300 and 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, flame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.5 Control Panel and Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.1 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler-burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.2 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the flame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, control circuit fuse,
selector switches, indicating light and terminal strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, flame failure, low water, and fuel valve
open.
4.5.3 80-350 hp. The panel shall contain a control circuit transformer and fuse protection.
4.5.4 The flame safeguard controller shall be a CB110 flame monitor with EPD170 program module. Flame detector shall be ultra-
violet type.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A7-25
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
Model CBE Hot Water Boiler (60-350 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A7-26
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
4.0 Burner
4.1 Mode of Operation
Burner operation shall be the full modulation principle. The burner shall always return to low fire position for ignition.
4.2 Blower
4.2.1 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted on the burner, to eliminate vibration and reduce
noise level.
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed _____ dbA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.2.3 The impeller shall be cast aluminum, radial blade, carefully balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and fuel control valve shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates the flame according
to load demand. Potentiometer type position controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control motor.
4.4 Fuel Specification and Piping
Select one of the following fuel types:
Fuel series 700 - Gas fired (4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - Light oil (No. 2) fired (4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - Light oil or gas fired (4.4.3).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler and of high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner
shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 60-100 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low gas pressure
A7-27
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
switches. The gas valve shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water, or any
abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 125-250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low gas pressure
switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water, or any
abnormal shutdown condition.
C. 300 and 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, flame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Ignition System - Select one of the following:
A. 60-100 hp. The burner shall employ a direct spark ignition system. A high voltage spark generated by a transformer shall be
used to ignite the main burner.
B. 125-350 hp. The burner shall employ a gas pilot ignition system. A separate pilot gas cock, gas pressure regulator, and pilot
safety shutoff gas valve.
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one of
the following:
A. 60-200 hp. Pump shall be an integral part of the burner and mechanically driven.
B. 250-350 hp. Pump shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor
starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 60-200 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid oil
shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 250-350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, low oil pressure switch, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 60-200 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 250-350 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - Select one of the following:
A. 60-200 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination pressure atomizing type for oil and high
radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil or natu-
ral gas.
B. 250-350 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for oil
and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, and pressure regulator.
A7-28
04-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBE
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of
A7-29
04-02
Model CBE Firetube Boilers
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A7-30
04-02
Section A8
Model CEW Boilers
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-11
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-11
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-11
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-12
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-12
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-12
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-12
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-12
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-13
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-21
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A8-1. Model CEW Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8- 6
Figure A8-2. Model CEW Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-8
Figure A8-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-10
Figure A8-4. Model CEW Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-10
Figure A8-5. Model CEW Boiler Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-11
Figure A8-6. Typical Fuel Oil Supply Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-18
Figure A8-7. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layouts) - Model CEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-19
Figure A8-8. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout) - Model CEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-19
A8-1
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
TABLES
Table A8-1. Model CEW Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-5
Table A8-2. Model CEW Hot Water Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-5
Table A8-3. Model CEW Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-14
Table A8-4. Model CEW Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-14
Table A8-5. Model CEW Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-15
Table A8-6. Model CEW Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-15
Table A8-7. Model CEW Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-16
Table A8-8. Model CEW Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-16
Table A8-9. Model CEW Standard Burner Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-17
Table A8-10. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-17
Table A8-11. Model CEW Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM and IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A8-18
A8-2
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
Natural Gas, No. 2 Oil, or Combination Burners Available: Remote emergency shut-off (115V).
A8-3
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
A8-4
10-02
A8-TEXT Page 5 Friday, December 13, 2002 2:42 PM
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23433 25106 26780
Light Oil gph (140,000 Btu/gal) 37.5 45 60 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209 224 239
Gas CFH (1000 Btu) 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Gas (Therm/hr) 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.9 335.0
Oil Pump Motor hp (oil firing only) * * * 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Air Comp. Motor (oil firing only) ** ** ** 3 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
Oil Meter. Pump Mtr (oil firing only) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000 3500 3500 3500
BOILER HP 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23433 25106 26780
Light Oil gph (140,000 Btu/gal) 37.5 45 60 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209 224 239
Gas CFH (1000 Btu) 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Gas (Therm/hr) 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251 293 313.8 335
Oil Pump Motor hp (oil firing only) * * * 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
Air Comp. Motor (oil firing only) ** ** ** 3 3 3 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2
Oil Meter. Pump Mtr (oil firing only) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000 3500 3500 3500
A8-5
10-02
A8-TEXT Page 6 Friday, December 13, 2002 2:42 PM
RF/RD
I DD
LL GG B 4"
L K BB
E Y T CC
J
O OA
P
G
(NEARSIDE)
S
(BOTH SIDES)
D
Q R
N W W
M C H
A
FRONT VIEW RIGHT SIDE VIEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 201-3/4 224-3/4 272-3/4 216-7/16 240-7/16 265-7/16 300 282-1/2 319 354 356-7/8 359
Shell B 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 219-3/4 254-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4
Base Frame C 166-3/4 189-3/4 237-3/4 179-1/2 203-1/2 228-1/2 225-7/8 203-3/4 238-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4
Flange to Steam Nozzle E 56 72 108 70 90 108 118 100-3/4 110-3/4 127-1/4 127-1/4 127-1/4
WIDTHS
OverallC I 85 85 85 103 103 103 103 121 121 121 121 121
I. D. Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
Base Outside M 52-1/2 52-1/2 52-1/2 64 64 64 64 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8
Base Inside N 44-1/2 44-1/2 44-1/2 56 56 56 56 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8
A8-6
10-02
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Base To Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 86-1/2 86-1/2 86-1/2 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base To Steam Outlet P 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 122 122 122 122 122
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Feedwater Inlet (Both Sides) S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
B
Steam Nozzle (150 psig) Y 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
Surface Blowoff T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8 9-1/8 9-1/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight 6600 8050 11000 11394 13466 15861 17936 21353 25531 29835 29835 29835
Shipping Weight (15 psig) 12150 12950 15600 20300 22450 25250 27650 35800 40950 47850 48250 48250
Shipping Weight (150 psig) 12950 14000 16850 21750 24300 26500 28750 38800 43950 50950 51200 51200
Shipping Weight (200 psig) 13600 14900 18200 23600 26400 28860 31380 43550 49400 57150 57150 57150
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufciently accurate for layout purposes, must be conrmed for actual option requirements.
A. 150 psig Flange.
B. 300 psig Flange.
C. Overall width may increase with the addition of electrical options due to control panel mounting.
Figure A8-1. Model CEW Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 2 of 2)
A8-7
10-02
12-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
RF/RD
I GG B DD
F 4"
E
L K BB
LWCO T U Y CC
LWCO
J
O OA P
S
(BOTH SIDES)
D
Q R
N W W
M C H
A
FRONT VIEW RIGHT SIDE VIEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 201-3/4 224-3/4 272-3/4 216-7/16 240-7/16 265-7/16 300 282-1/2 319 354 356-7/8 359
Shell B 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 219-3/4 254-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4
Base Frame C 166-3/4 189-3/4 237-3/4 179-1/2 203-1/2 228-1/2 225-7/8 203-3/4 238-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4
Flange To Return E 100 123 171 108 132 157 182 133-3/4 156-3/4 203-3/4 203-3/4 203-3/4
Flange to Outlet F 125 148 196 134 158 183 208 169-3/4 192-3/4 239-3/4 239-3/4 239-3/4
WIDTHS
I. D. Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
A8-8
10-02
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Base To Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 86-1/2 86-1/2 86-1/2 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Return/Outlet P 82-1/2 82-1/2 82-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 122 122 122 122 122
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Waterll (Both Sides) S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Water Return U 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Water OutletA Y 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Flange to Center Vent CC 9 9 9 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) 8625 10310 13960 14170 16770 19640 22140 28200 33690 39215 39215 39215
Shipping Weight (30 psig) 12250 13050 15700 20400 22550 25350 27750 35900 41050 47950 48350 48350
Shipping Weight (125 psig 13050 14100 16950 21850 24400 26600 28850 38900 44300 51900 52000 52000
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufciently accurate for layout purposes, must be conrmed for actual option requirements.
A. 2 dip tube in outlet.
B. Overall width may increase with the addition of electrical options, due to control panel mounting.
A8-9
10-02
12-02
A8-TEXT Page 10 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:16 PM
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER
HP
A B C D E
125-200 33 42 54 77 36
250-400 42 53 61 92 46
500-800 51 64 73 109 54
Figure A8-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
125 6 9 170 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-1/2
NOTE:
All numbers in table are in inches.
6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased
inspection accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
Cleaver-Brooks CEW boilers are available with the standard Table A8-4 lists quantity and outlet size for safety valves
burner package, or optional induced ue gas recirculation. supplied on Model CEW steam boilers.
Refer to the Model CEW-LN in Section A9. Table A8-5 lists quantity and outlet size for relief valves sup-
plied on Model CEW hot water boilers.
ENGINEERING DATA Table A8-6 gives recommended steam nozzle sizes on Model
The following engineering information is provided for CEW Boilers.
Model CEW Boilers. Additional detail is available from your Table A8-7 shows recommended non-return valve sizes for
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. Model CEW Boilers.
A8-11
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
A8-12
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
each end of the boiler room, preferably below a height For additional information, please review Section I4, General
of 7 feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
boiler. breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable stack
supplier who will design the stack and breeching system based
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather
on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
protection, but they should not be covered with ne
representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation of the
mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air ow
stack/breeching design.
qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt.
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
supply openings be less than one (1) square foot.
E. Size the openings by using the formula:
Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
2. Amount of air required (cfm).
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total
of 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent
more per 1000 feet of added elevation.
3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
A. From oor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
B. Above (7) foot height - 500 fpm.
Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
openings are to be 5 feet above oor level.
Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Area Required: Area = cfm/fpm = 3000/250 = 12 Sq-ft total.
Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
NOTICE
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
quirements.
A8-13
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
Table A8-4. Model CEW Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE
15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
SETTING
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
(1) 1-1/2 (1) 1-1/4
125 1 3 2 2 2 1
(1) 1-1/4 (1) 1
(1) 1-1/2 (1) 1
150 1 3 2 2 1-1/4 2
(1) 1-1/4 (1) 1-1/4
(1) 1-1/2
200 2 2-1/2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/4
(1) 1-1/4
(1) 2-1/2 (1) 2 (1) 1-1/2
250 2 2 2 1-1/2 2
(1) 3 (1)1-1/2 (1) 1-1/4
(1) 2
300 2 3 2 2 2 2 1-1/2
(1) 1-1/2
(1) 2 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 1-1/2
350 3 2 2 2 2
(2) 3 (1) 2 (1)2
(2) 3 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 1-1/2
400 3 2 2 2 2
(1) 2-1/2 (1) 2 (1) 2
(1) 2-1/2
500 3 3 2 2-1/2 2 2 2
(1) 2
(3) 3 (2) 2-1/2 (1) 2
600 4 3 2 2-1/2 2
(1) 2-1/2 (1) 2 (1) 2-1/2
700,750, (3) 3 (2) 2-1/2
5 3 2 2-1/2 2 2-1/2
800 (2) 2-1/2 (1) 2
NOTE:
Valve manufacturers are Kunkle, Consolidated or Conbraco, depending on availability.
Valve requirements can vary with special pressure settings.
A8-14
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
Table A8-5. Model CEW Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size
VALVE SETTING 30 PSIG HW 125 PSIG HW 150 PSIG HW
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
125 1 2-1/2 1 1-1/4 1 1-1/4
150 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 1-1/4
(1) 2-1/2
200 2 1 2 1 2
(1) 1-1/4
(1) 2
250 2 1 2 1 2
(1) 2-1/2
300 2 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2
(2) 2-1/2
350 3 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2
(1) 1
(1) 2
400 3 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2
(2) 2-1/2
(1) 1 (1) 1
500 4 2 1 2-1/2
(3) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2
(3) 2-1/2 (1) 1-1/4 (1) 1
600 4 2 2
(1) 2 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 2-1/2
(1) 1 (1) 2-1/2 (1) 1-1/4
700,750,800 5 2 2
(4) 2-1/2 (1) 2 (1) 2-1/2
NOTES:
Hot water relief valves are Kunkle #537.
BOILER HP
OPERATING PRESSURE 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PSIG
15 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
50 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
75 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
100 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10
125 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
150 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
200 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
NOTES:
Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
Spool pieces (300 psig flanges) are available in the following sizes (in inches): 3x2-1/2x30, 4x3x30, 6x4x36, 8x6x48, 10x8x48, and
12x8x48.
All standard steam nozzle sizes for the 150 psig design pressure or greater are the same as 125 psig operating pressure on the
above table. To increase or decrease the standard size, request the change with your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized represen-
tative.
A8-15
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
A8-16
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
MAX ALTITIUDE
BOILER HP
(FT)
125 3500
150 2500
200 1500
250 2000
300 2500
350 1000
400 2000
500 2000
600 2000
700 2000
750 2000
800 2000
5000 1.21 - -
To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700 feet, mul-
tiply the pressure by the listed factors:
inches WC x 0.577 = oz/sq-in.
oz/sq-in x 1.732 = inches WC.
i inches WC x 0.0361= psig.
oz/sq-in x 0.0625 = psig.
psig x 27.71 = Inches WC.
psig x 16.0 = oz/sq-in.
A8-17
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
Table A8-11. Model CEW Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard, FM and
IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
PRESSURE REQUIRED
BOILER PIPE SIZE ( WC)
HP (Inches)
Minimum Maximum
125 2 12.5 27.7
150 2 18.0 27.7
200 2-1/2 19.5 27.7
250 2-1/2 23.5 27.7
300 2-1/2 37.5 277.0
350 3 41.5 277.0
400 3 91.0 140.0
500 3 75.0 210.0
600 3 115.0 160.0
700 3 135.0 175.0
750 3 145.0 225.0
800 3 185.0 277.0
Note: For undersized or oversized gas trains or altitudes above
1,000 feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks representative.
A8-18
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through a window
or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front
of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is
only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimension A allows for a
clear 42" aisle between the water column on the boiler and the wall. If space
permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" - 125-200 hp
48" - 250-400 hp
60 - 500-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A8-19
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
Notes
A8-20
10-02
A8-TEXT Page 21 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 9:57 AM
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
The Sample Specifications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
Model CEW Hot Water Boiler (125 - 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-26
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-26
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-26
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-27
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-29
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-29
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8-30
A8-21
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
2.2.4 The rear door shall be insulated with a blanket material and a steel covering to give the surface a hard durable nish.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 The boiler shall be furnished with a manhole and handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the rear of the boiler on the top center line and shall be capable of supporting 2000lbs.
2.2.8 Observation ports for the inspection of ame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.9 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.10 The entire boiler based frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard nish enamel coat-
ing.
A8-22
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
A8-23
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
C. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination pressure atomizing type for oil and high
radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil or natu-
ral gas.
B. 250 - 800 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for oil
and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one
of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Pump shall be an integral part of the burner and mechanically driven.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Pump shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor
starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 250 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
C. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
A8-24
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
C. 400 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.5 Control Panel and Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.1 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler/burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.2 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the ame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, air compressor motor
starter, oil metering pump motor starter, control circuit transformer and fuses, selector switches, indicating lights and terminal
strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, ame failure, low water, and fuel valve open.
4.5.3 The panel shall contain fuse protection for the burner motor, air compressor motor, and oil metering pump.
4.5.4 The ame safeguard controller shall be a CB110 ame monitor with EPD170 program module. Flame detector shall be ultra-
violet type.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A8-25
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
Model CEW Hot Water Boiler (125 - 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A8-26
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
A8-27
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
B. 300 - 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
C. 400 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one of
the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Pump shall be an integral part of the burner and mechanically driven.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Pump shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor
starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 250 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the
unit.
C. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination pressure atomizing type for oil and high
radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil or natu-
ral gas.
B. 250 - 800 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for oil
and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Select one
A8-28
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW
of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Pump shall be an integral part of the burner and mechanically driven.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Pump shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor
starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 250 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2) solenoid
oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
C. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 200 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 250 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 350 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test con-
nections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power
failure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
C. 400 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.5 Control Panel and Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.1 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler/burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.2 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the ame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, air compressor
starter, oil metering pump motor starter, control circuit transformer and fuses, selector switches, indicating lights and terminal
strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, ame failure, low water, and fuel valve open.
4.5.3 The panel shall contain fuse protection for the burner motor, air compressor motor, and the oil metering pump.
4.5.4 The ame safeguard controller shall be a CB110 ame monitor with EPD170 program module. Flame detector shall be ultra-
violet type.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of
A8-29
10-02
Model CEW Firetube Boilers
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A8-30
10-02
Section A9
Model CEW-LN Boilers
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-3
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-11
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-11
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-11
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-11
Sound Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
BURNER CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
GAS FIRED - BURNERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
FUEL CONNECTIONS - GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
FUEL CONNECTIONS - OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-12
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-13
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-13
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-13
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-21
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A9-1. Model CEW-LN Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-6
Figure A9-2. Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-8
Figure A9-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW-LN Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-10
Figure A9-4. Model CEW-LN Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-10
A9-1
10-02
12-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
TABLES
Table A9-2. Model CEW-LN Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-5
Table A9-1. Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-5
Table A9-3. Model CEW-LN Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-14
Table A9-4. Model CEW-LN Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-14
Table A9-5 .Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-15
Table A9-6. Model CEW-LN Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-15
Table A9-7. Model CEW-LN Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-16
Table A9-8. Model CEW-LN Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-16
Table A9-9. Sound Pressure Levels in dBA at 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-16
Table A9-10. Model CEW-LN Standard Burner Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9-17
Table A9-11. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-17
Table A9-12. Model CEW LN Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM and IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-18
Available as an option to the model CEW firetube wetback boiler (125-800 hp), the low NOx option provides maximum NOx
reduction at all firing rates while maintaining top of the line boiler performance.
A9-2
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
PRODUCT OFFERING
The Low NOx option currently is available on:
125 - 800 hp.
30 and 125 psig hot water.
15 - 250 psig steam.
Natural gas, No. 2 oil, and combination red.
For available option details contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
authorized representative.
A9-3
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
Notes
A9-4
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
BOILER HP 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23433 25106 26780
Light Oil GPH (140,000 Btu/gal) 37.5 45 60 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209 224 239
Gas CFH (1000 Btu/cu-ft) 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Gas (Therm/hr) 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251.0 293.0 313.9 335.0
Oil Pump Motor hp (oil firing only) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
A
Blower Motor 5 7-1/2 10 15 15 20 25 30 40 60 60 60
Oil Meter. Pump Mtr (oil firing only) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000 3500 3500 3500
NOTE:All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil meter pump motor(3-phase); integral hp motors will be 3-phase voltage.
A. For altitudes over 2000 ft. contact your local Cleaver-Brooks representative for verification of motor hp.
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 4184 5021 6695 8369 10043 11716 13390 16738 20085 23433 25106 26780
Light Oil gph (140,000 Btu/gal) 37.5 45 60 74.5 89.5 104.5 119.5 149.5 179.5 209 224 239
Gas CFH (1000 Btu/cu-ft.) 5230 6280 8370 10460 12555 14650 16750 20925 25100 29300 31385 33500
Gas (Therm/hr) 52.3 62.8 83.7 104.6 125.5 146.5 167.5 209.3 251 293 313.8 335
Oil Pump Motor hp (oil firing only) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1
A
Blower Motor 5 7-1/2 10 15 15 20 25 30 40 60 60 60
Oil Meter. Pump Mtr (oil firing only) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 625 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000 3500 3500 3500
NOTE:All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil meter pump motor(3-phase); integral hp motors will be 3-phase voltage.
A. For altitudes over 2000 ft. contact your local Cleaver-Brooks representative for verification of motor hp.
A9-5
12-02
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
I
RF/RD KK
DD LL K
4" B GG L
BB
CC T Y E
J OO
P O OA
G
(FAR SIDE)
S
(BOTH SIDES)
D
V Q
W R
W N
H C M
A
LEFT SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 206 229-1/2 272-1/2 223 247 275 305 284 319 356-7/8 359 364-1/2
Shell B 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 219-3/4 254-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4
Base Frame C 144-3/4 167-3/4 215-3/4 151-7/8 175-7/8 200-7/8 225-7/8 203-3/4 238-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4
Flange to Nozzle E 56 72 108 70 90 108 118 100-3/4 110-3/4 127-1/4 127-1/4 127-1/4
WIDTHS
C
Overall I 92 92 92 110-1/2 111-1/2 111-1/2 111-1/2 132-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2
I. D. Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Outside FGR Pipe KK 45 45 45 54-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 67-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
Base Outside M 52-1/2 52-1/2 52-1/2 64 64 64 64 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8 71-7/8
Base Inside N 44-1/2 44-1/2 44-1/2 56 56 56 56 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8 58-7/8
A9-6
10-02 12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Base To Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to rear Door Davit OA 86-1/2 86-1/2 86-1/2 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Extension OO 99 99 99 123 123 123 123 146 146 146 146 146
Base To Steam Outlet P 82-3/8 82-3/8 82-3/8 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 122 122 122 122 122
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Feedwater Inlet (Both Sides) S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8 9-1/8 9-1/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 10-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight 6600 8050 11000 11394 13466 15861 17936 21353 25531 29835 29835 29835
Shipping Weight (15 psig) 12150 12950 15600 20300 22450 25250 27650 35800 40950 47850 48250 48250
Shipping Weight (150 psig) 12950 14000 16850 21750 24300 26500 28750 38800 43950 50950 51200 51200
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A. 150 psig Flange.
B. 300 psig Flange.
C. Overall width may increase with the addition of electrical options, due to control panel mounting.
A9-7
12-02
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
RF/RD I
DD
4" B KK K
GG L
F
BB E
CC T LWCO
Y U
J OO
P O OA
(BOTH SIDES)
S
D
R V Q
W
W N
H C M
A
LEFT SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
LENGTHS
Overall A 206 229-1/2 272-1/2 223 247 275 305 284 319 356-7/8 359 364-1/2
Shell B 158 181 229 168 192 217 242 219-3/4 254-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4 289-3/4
Base Frame C 144-3/4 167-3/4 215-3/4 151-7/8 175-7/8 200-7/8 225-7/8 203-3/4 238-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4 273-3/4
Flange To Return E 100 123 171 108 132 157 182 133-3/4 156-3/4 203-3/4 203-3/4 203-3/4
Flange to Outlet F 125 148 196 134 158 183 208 169-3/4 192-3/4 239-3/4 239-3/4 239-3/4
WIDTHS
Overall WidthB I 92 92 92 110-1/2 111-1/2 111-1/2 111-1/2 132-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2 133-1/2
I. D. Boiler J 60 60 60 78 78 78 78 96 96 96 96 96
Center to Outside FGR Pipe KK 45 45 45 54-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 67-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2 68-1/2
Center to Lagging L 33 33 33 42 42 42 42 51 51 51 51 51
A9-8
10-02 12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
BOILER HP DIM 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
HEIGHTS
Base To Vent Outlet O 85 85 85 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 86-1/2 86-1/2 86-1/2 106 106 106 106 126 126 126 126 126
Base to Vent Extension OO 99 99 99 123 123 123 123 146 146 146 146 146
Base to Return/Outlet P 82-1/2 82-1/2 82-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 101-1/2 122 122 122 122 122
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Waterfill (Both Sides) S 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Water Return U 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Water OutletA Y 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12
Flange to Center Vent CC 9 9 9 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 124 147 195 128 152 177 202 171 206 242 242 242
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) 8625 10310 13960 14170 16770 19640 22140 28200 33690 39215 39215 39215
Shipping Weight (30 psig) 12250 13050 15700 20400 22550 25350 27750 35900 41050 47950 48350 48350
Shipping Weight (125 psig 13050 14100 16950 21850 24400 26600 28850 38900 44300 51900 52000 52000
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A. 2 dip tube in outlet.
B. Overall width may increase with the addition of electrical options, due to control panel mounting.
A9-9
12-02
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER
HP
A B C D E
125-200 33 42 54 77 36
250-400 42 53 61 92 46
500-800 51 64 73 109 54
Figure A9-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW-LN Boilers
A9-10
10-02 12-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
125 6 9 148 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-1/2
NOTE:
All numbers in table are in inches.
6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased
inspection accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
PERFORMANCE DATA Table A9-5 lists quantity and outlet size for relief valves sup-
plied on Model CEW-LN hot water boilers.
Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative
for efciencies or additional information. Table A9-6 gives recommended steam nozzle sizes based on
4000-5000 fpm steam velocity on Model CEW-LN Boilers.
ENGINEERING DATA Table A9-7 shows recommended non-return valve sizes for
Model CEW-LN Boilers.
The following engineering information is provided for
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers. Additional detail is avail-
able from your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representa- Blowdown Water Requirements
tive. Some local codes require blowdown tanks to be constructed
in accordance with recommendations of the National Board
Boiler Information of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
Table A9-3 shows steam volume and disengaging area for The National Boards recommendations base the size of the
model CEW-LN boilers. blowdown tank on the removal of at least 4 inches of water
from the boiler.
Table A9-4 lists quantity and outlet size for safety valves
supplied on Model CEW-LN steam boilers. Table A9-8 lists the approximate quantity of water repre-
sented by 4 inches of water at normal operating level for
Cleaver-Brooks Model CEW-LN Boilers.
A9-11
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
A9-12
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
A9-13
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
NOTE:
Based on normal water level.
Values are based on standard controls. Optional controls may result in different values.
A. Based on 150 psig design pressure.
B. Based on 15 psig design pressure.
Table A9-4. Model CEW-LN Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE
15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
SETTING
NOTE:
Valve manufacturers are Kunkle, Consolidated or Conbraco, depending on availability.
Valve requirements can vary with special pressure settings.
A9-14
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
Table A9-5. Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size
BOILER HP
OPERATING PRESSURE 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
PSIG
15 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
50 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
75 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
100 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10
125 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
150 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
200 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
NOTE:
Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
Spool pieces (300 psig flanges) are available in the following sizes (in inches): 3x2-1/2x30, 4x3x30, 6x4x36, 8x6x48, 10x8x48, and
12x8x48.
A9-15
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
BOILER HP 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 750 800
GAS
HIGH FIRE 87 88 88 89 89 90 90 91 91 93 93 93
LOW FIRE 80 81 82 81 81 81 81 81 82 83 83 85
NO. 2 OIL
HIGH FIRE 87 89 89 90 90 91 91 92 92 93 93 95
LOW FIRE 81 81 80 81 81 82 82 82 83 83 84 86
A9-16
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
MAX ALTITIUDE
BOILER HP
(FT)
125 2000
150 2000
200 2000
250 2000
300 2000
350 2000
400 2000
500 2000
600 2000
700 2000
750 2000
800 2000
5000 1.21 - -
To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700 feet, mul-
tiply the pressure by the listed factors:
inches WC x 0.577 = oz/sq-in.
oz/sq-in x 1.732 = inches WC.
i inches WC x 0.0361= psig.
oz/sq-in x 0.0625 = psig.
psig x 27.71 = Inches WC.
psig x 16.0 = oz/sq-in.
A9-17
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
Table A9-12. Model CEW LN Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard, FM
and IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
PRESSURE REQUIRED
BOILER PIPE SIZE (WC)
HP (Inches)
Minimum Maximum
A9-18
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through a window
or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front
of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is
only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimension A allows for
a clear 42" aisle between the water column on the boiler and the wall. If space
permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" - 125-200 hp
48" - 250-400 hp
60 - 500-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
Notes
A9-20
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specication is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specic needs and
application.
The Sample Specication is typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specication. The LN option includes
information on the Low NOx package for 30 ppm NOx (dry volume basis and corrected to 3% O2) when ring natural gas. Contact
your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements,
optional equipment, or general assistance in completing the specication.
Model CEW-LN Steam Boiler (125 - 800 hp, 15 - 250 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Steam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-21
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-21
3.0 Steam Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-22
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-22
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-25
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-25
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-25
Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler (125 - 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-26
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-26
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-27
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-27
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-29
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-29
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9-29
A9-21
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 The boiler shall be furnished with a manhole and handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the rear of the boiler on the top centerline and shall be capable of supporting 2000
lbs.
2.2.8 Observation ports for the inspection of ame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.9 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.10 The entire boiler based frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard nish enamel
coating.
2.3 Emission Controls
2.3.1 Boiler shall be equipped with a low emission (LN) option for guaranteed NOx performance at 30 ppm, dry volume basis and
corrected to 3% O2 when ring natural gas.
2.3.2 The low emission (LN) option shall include a burner and boiler package to provide NOx reduction through an induced ue
gas recirculation system using the burner blower assembly, a control valve, a shutoff valve, electrical interlocks, and ue gas recir-
culation piping. Boiler fuel-to-steam efciency and rated boiler capacity shall be guaranteed while the boiler is operating at the low
NOx performance levels.
2.3.3 Burner, boiler and low NOx system shall be manufactured as a package by a single manufacturer. The Low Nox option to the
Cleaver-Brooks boiler shall include factory testing as a package, and the burner shall bear the UL or CSA label.
A9-22
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
Burner operation shall be the full modulation principle. The burner shall always return to low re position for ignition.
4.2 Blower
4.2.1 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted on the burner, to eliminate vibration and reduce
noise level.
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed _____ dBA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.2.3 The impeller shall be fabricated aluminum with radial blade, carefully balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor
shaft.
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and fuel control valve shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates the ame according
to load demand. Potentiometer type position controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control motor.
4.4 Fuel Specication and Piping
Select one of the following fuel types:
Fuel series 700 - Gas red (para 4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - Light oil (No. 2) red (para 4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - Light oil or gas red (para 4.4.3).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler and be of high radiant multi-port type for gas. The
burner shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid vale, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall be
motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, two (2) solenoid oil shut-off valves, pressure
relief valve, and atomizing air proving switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
A9-23
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
B. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 300 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a burner mounted integral air compressor.
B. 350 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for
oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall
be motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, two (2) solenoid oil shut-off valves, pressure
relief valve, and atomizing air proving switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 300 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a burner mounted integral air compressor.
B. 350 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.5 Control Panel and Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.1 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler/burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.2 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the ame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, air compressor motor
starter, oil metering pump motor starter, control circuit transformer and fuses, selector switches, indicating lights and terminal
strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, ame failure, low water, and fuel valve open.
4.5.3 The panel shall contain fuse protection for blower motor, air compressor, and oil metering pump.
4.5.4 The ame safeguard controller shall be a CB110 ame monitor with EPD170 program module. Flame detector shall be ultra-
violet type.
A9-24
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A9-25
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
Model CEW-LN Hot Water Boiler (125 - 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A9-26
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
2.3.3 Burner, boiler and low NOx system shall be manufactured as a package by a single manufacturer. The Low NOx option to the
Cleaver-Brooks boiler shall include factory testing as a package, and the burner shall bear the UL or CSA label.
A9-27
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler and of high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner
shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall be
motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, two (2) solenoid oil shut-off valves, pressure
relief valve, and atomizing air proving switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 300 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a burner mounted integral air compressor.
B. 350 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 Fuel Series 200 - Light Oil or Gas Fired
4.4.3.1 Burner Type - The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for
oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until ame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall
be motor driven and shipped loose to be eld installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, two (2) solenoid oil shut-off valves, pressure
A9-28
10-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW-LN
relief valve, and atomizing air proving switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. 400 - 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1) oil
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 300 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a burner mounted integral air compressor.
B. 350 - 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner Piping - Select one of the following:
A. 125 - 250 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and
low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, ame failure, low
water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
B. 300 - 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test connec-
tions, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power fail-
ure, ame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.5 Control Panel and Flame Safeguard Controller
4.5.1 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler/burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.2 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the ame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, air compressor motor
starter, oil metering pump motor starter, control circuit transformer and fuses, selector switches, indicating lights and terminal
strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, ame failure, low water, and fuel valve open.
4.5.3 The panel shall contain fuse protection for blower motor, air compressor motor, and oil metering pump.
4.5.4 The ame safeguard controller shall be a CB110 ame monitor with EPD170 program module. Flame detector shall be ultra-
violet type.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of
start-up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A9-29
10-02
Model CEW-LN Firetube Boilers
Notes
A9-30
10-02
Section A10
Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-9
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-9
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-9
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
BURNER CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
GAS - FIRED BURNERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
FUEL CONNECTIONS - GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
FUEL CONNECTIONS - OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-10
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-11
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-17
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A10-1. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-6
Figure A10-2. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-8
Figure A10-3. Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-8
Figure A10-4. Model CEW Ohio Special Boiler Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-9
A10-1
02-02
A10-CEW_OS.FM Page 2 Wednesday, December 11, 2002 10:09 AM
TABLES
Table A10-1. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-5
Table A10-2. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-12
Table A10-3. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-12
Table A10-4. Model CEW Ohio Special Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-13
Table A10-5. Model CEW Ohio Special Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-13
Table A10-6. Model CEW Ohio Special Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-14
Table A10-7. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-14
Table A10-8. Model CEW Ohio Special Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM and IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-15
The following information applies to the Cleaver-Brooks Model CEW Ohio Special Boiler.
A10-2
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
Cleaver-Brooks Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers are avail- Gas pressure gauge.
able in low pressure steam and high pressure steam designs. Future gas conversion.
Burners are available to re natural gas, No. 2 oil, or a combi-
nation of oil and gas. Standard product offering is: Oversized/undersized gas trains.
A10-3
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
A10-4
02-02
A10-CEW_OS.FM Page 5 Friday, December 13, 2002 2:52 PM
Rated Capacity (lbs-steam/hr from and at 212 F) 3450 4312 5175 6037 6900 7762
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 3348 4184 5021 5858 6695 7532
Light Oil gph (140,000 Btu/gal) 29.9 37.4 44.8 52.3 59.8 67.2
3
Gas CFH (1000 Btu/ft ) 4184 5230 6277 7323 8369 9415
Oil Pump Motor hp (oil firing only) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
WEIGHTS IN POUNDS
Approx. Wt. -15 psig 10311 10311 10311 11150 11150 11150
Approx. Wt. -150 psig 12558 12558 12558 13515 13515 13515
Approx. Wt. -200 psig 13632 13632 13632 14465 14465 14465
Approx. Wt. -250 psig 15079 15079 15079 16029 16029 N/A
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft (Fireside) 354 354 354 358 358 358
NOTE: All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage, integral hp motors will be 3-phase voltage.
A10-5
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
RF/RD
I DD
LL GG B 4"
L K BB
E Y T CC
J
O OA
P
G
(NEARSIDE)
S
(BOTH SIDES)
D
R
Q
N W W
M C H
A
FRONT VIEW RIGHT SIDE VIEW
100S- 175S-
DIM
150S 225S
BOILER HP
(inches)
LENGTHS
WIDTHS
C I 85 85
Overall
I. D. Boiler J 60 60
Center to Lagging L 33 33
Figure A10-1. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2)
A10-6
12-02
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
100S- 175S-
DIM
150S 225S
BOILER HP
(inches)
HEIGHTS
Base Frame Q 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 1 1
B
Steam Nozzle (150 psig) Y 4 4
MISCELLANEOUS
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufciently accurate for layout
purposes, must be conrmed for actual option requirements.
A. 150 psig Flange.
B. 300 psig Flange.
C. Overall width may increase with the addition of electrical
options due to control panel mounting.
Figure A10-1. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Dimensions (Page 2 of 2)
A10-7
02-02
12-02
A10-CEW_OS.FM Page 8 Friday, December 13, 2002 1:22 PM
DIMENSION (INCHES)
BOILER
HP
A B C D E
100S-225S 33 42 54 77 36
Figure A10-2. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers
Figure A10-3. Model CEW Ohio Special Boilers Lifting Lug Location
A10-8
12-02
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
100S-150S 6 9 175 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 9-1/2
NOTE:
All dimensions are in inches.
6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers provides increased
inspection accessibility to the piping beneath the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A10-9
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
A10-10
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
each end of the boiler room, preferably below a height Stack/Breeching Size Criteria
of 7 feet. This allows air to sweep the length of the
boiler. The design of the stack and breeching must provide the
required draft at each boiler ue gas outlet. Proper draft is crit-
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather ical to burner performance.
protection, but they should not be covered with ne
mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air ow Although constant pressure at the ue gas outlet of the Model
qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt. CEW Ohio Special is not required, it is necessary to size the
stack/breeching to limit ue gas pressure variation. The allow-
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it able pressure range is 0.25 W.C. to +0.25 W.C. and up to
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions +0.5 at high re, when an economizer is used.
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance. The maximum pressure variation at any ring rate for the
boiler is 0.25" W.C.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
supply openings be less than one (1) square foot. For additional information, please review Section I4, General
Engineering Data (Stacks) and Section F, Stacks. Stack and
E. Size the openings by using the formula: breeching sizes should always be provided by a reputable stack
Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM supplier who will design the stack and breeching system based
on the above criteria. Your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
2. Amount of air required (cfm). representative is capable of assisting in your evaluation of the
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp. stack/breeching design.
NOTICE
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
quirements.
A10-11
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
Table A10-2. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas
NOTE:
Based on normal water level.
Values are based on standard controls. Optional controls may result in different values.
A. Based on 150 psig design pressure.
B. Based on 15 psig design pressure.
Table A10-3. Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE
15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
SETTING
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.) REQ'D (IN.)
100S 1 2-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/4
125S 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2
150S 1 3 1 2 1 1-1/2 1 1-1/2
175S 1 3 1 2 1 2 1 1-1/2
200S 1 2-1/2 1 2-1/2 1 2 1 2
2-1/2
225S 2 2-1/2 1 1 2 N/A N/A
NOTE:
Valve manufacturers are Kunkle, Consolidated or Conbraco, depending on availability.
Valve requirements can vary with special pressure settings.
A10-12
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
Table A10-4. Model CEW Ohio Special Recommended Steam Nozzle Size
BOILER HP
15 8 8 8 8 10 10
30 6 6 6 6 8 8
40 6 6 6 6 6 8
50 4 6 6 6 6 6
75 4 4 4 6 6 6
100 4 4 4 4 6 6
125 4 4 4 4 4 4
150 2.5 3 3 4 4 4
NOTES:
Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
Spool pieces (300 psig flanges) are available in the following sizes (in inches):
3x2-1/2x30, 4x3x30, 6x4x36, 8x6x48, 10x8x48, and 12x8x48.
All standard steam nozzle sizes for the 150 psig design pressure or greater are
the same as 125 psig operating pressure on the above table. To increase or de-
crease the standard size, request the change with your local Cleaver-Brooks au-
thorized representative.
Table A10-5. Model CEW Ohio Special Recommended Non-Return Valve Size
A10-13
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
Table A10-6. Model CEW Ohio Special Blowdown Tank Sizing Information
5000 1.21 - -
To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700 feet, mul-
tiply the pressure by the listed factors:
inches WC x 0.577 = oz/sq-in.
oz/sq-in x 1.732 = inches WC.
i inches WC x 0.0361= psig.
oz/sq-in x 0.0625 = psig.
psig x 27.71 = Inches WC.
psig x 16.0 = oz/sq-in.
A10-14
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
Table A10-8. Model CEW Ohio Special Minimum and Maximum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to
Standard, FM and IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
UL FM IRI UL FM IRI
100S 2 14 14 15.5 19.5 19.5 21
125S 2 23.5 23.5 23.5 32.5 32.5 32.5
150S 2 22 22 22 27 27 27
175S 2-1/2 20.5 20.5 20.5 22.5 22.5 22.5
200S 2-1/2 25.5 25.5 25.5 28.5 28.5 28.5
225S 2-1/2 N/A N/A N/A 36 36 36
Note: For undersized or oversized gas trains or altitudes above 1,000 feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks representative.
A10-15
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through a window
or doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front
of the boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is
only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
BOILER HP 100S-225S
Dimension A (inches) 82
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall. Dimension A allows for a clear
42" aisle between the water column on the boiler and the wall. If space permits, this
aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of 42.
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specication is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specic needs and
application.
The Sample Specications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specication. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specication.
Model CEW Ohio Special Steam Boiler (100 - 225 hp, 15 - 250 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Steam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-17
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-17
3.0 Steam Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-18
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-18
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-20
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-20
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10-20
A10-17
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
A10-18
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CEW Ohio Special
A10-19
02-02
Model CEW Ohio Special Firetube Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes rst.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a eld representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A10-20
02-02
Section A11
Model CBL
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-9
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-9
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Burner Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Gas-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Fuel Connections - Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Fuel Connections - Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-10
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-11
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-11
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-11
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-11
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-19
Model CBL Steam Boiler (800-1500 hp, Steam 15-250 psig) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-19
A11-1
02-02
A11_CBL Page 2 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 12:40 PM
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A11-1. Model CBL Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4 Pass (Page 1 of 2) (4 pass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-6
Figure A11-2. Space Required to Open Rear Doors on Model CBL Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-8
Figure A11-3. Model CBL Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-8
Figure A11-4. Model CBL Boiler Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-9
Figure A11-5. No. 2 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Oil Pump Integral With Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-17
Figure A11-6. No. 6 Oil Piping, Single Boiler Installation, Remote Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-17
Figure A11-7. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-18
Figure A11-8. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layouts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-18
TABLES
Table A11-1. Model CBL Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-5
Table A11-2. Heating Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-5
Table A11-3. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
Natural Gas, 5sq. ft./BHP, 4 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-13
Table A11-4. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
No. 2 Oil, 5sq. ft./BHP, 4 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-13
Table A11-5. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
No. 6 Oil, 5sq. ft./BHP, 4 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-13
Table A11-6. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
Natural Gas, 4 sq. ft./BHP, 3 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-14
Table A11-7. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
No. 2 Oil, 4 sq. ft./BHP, 3 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-14
Table A11-8. Predicted Fuel-to-Steam Efficiencies (%) Model CBL Boilers- 125 psig,
No. 6 Oil, 4 sq. ft./BHP, 3 Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-14
Table A11-9. Model CBL Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-15
Table A11-10. Model CBL Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-15
Table A11-11. Model CBL Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-16
Table A11-12. Model CBL Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-16
Table A11-13. Model CBL Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-16
Table A11-14. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A11-16
A11-2
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
A11-3
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
A11-4
02-02
A11_CBL Page 5 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:15 AM
Rated Capacity (lbs-steam/hr from and at 212 F) 27600 31050 34500 37950 41400 44850 48300 51750
Btu Output (1000 Btu/hr) 26780 30125 33475 36820 40170 43515 46865 50210
NOTE:
A. 1400 and 1500 hp blower motor is for natural gas only.
B. Ratings based on nominal 80% efficiency.
C. Ratings based on 60 hertz, please verify 50 hertz ratings with factory.
Note:
A. Natural gas based on heating value of 1000 BTU/cu.ft
B. No. 2 oil based on heating value of 140,000 BTU/gal.
C. No. 6 oil based on heating value of 150,000 BTU/gal.
D. Ratings based on nominal 80% efficiency.
A11-5
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
I BB
RF/RD
J GG B
L
K E Y T
CC
P S
F
G
O
N R W
M C H
W
Boiler Horsepower@ 5 ft2/bhp 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
LENGTHS
Base Frame * C 285 317 282 304 327 296 315 334
Flange to Steam Nozzle E 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148
WIDTHS
Overall With Trim I 144 144 156 156 156 168 168 168
Center to Lagging L 59-1/2 59-1/2 65-3/4 65-3/4 65-3/4 71 3/4 71 3/4 71 3/4
Base Outside M 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96
Base Inside N 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Figure A11-1. Model CBL Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4 Pass (Page 1 of 2) (4 pass)
A11-6
02-02
A11_CBL Page 7 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 12:39 PM
Boiler Horsepower@ 5 ft2/bhp 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
HEIGHTS
Base to piping
F 146 146 158 158 158 171 171 171
connections
Base to Boiler Centerline D 77-1/2 77-1/2 83-3/4 83-3/4 83-3/4 89 3/4 89 3/4 89 3/4
Base to Vent Outlet O 141 141 153-1/2 153-1/2 153-1/2 165 1/2 165 1/2 165 1/2
Base to Steam Outlet P 141 141 153-1/2 153-1/2 153-1/2 165 1/2 165 1/2 165 1/2
Base Frame Q 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Surface Blowoff T 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MISCELLANEOUS
c AA - - - - - - - -
Rear Door Swing
Tube Removal - Front Only GG 246 276 217 241 264 233 252 271
Normal Water Weight (Lbs) 43800 49400 49300 54000 60000 61000 66000 71000
Flooded Water Weight (Lbs) 54500 61300 65300 71900 78300 83000 89000 96000
Approx. Wt. 15/30 psig (Lbs.) 58000 63000 73100 77200 82200 87000 91700 96600
Approx. Wt. 150 psig (Lbs.) 65000 71000 79600 85300 90900 97300 102600 108200
Approx. Wt. 200 psig (Lbs.) 73500 80200 88600 95200 101500 107800 N/A N/A
Approx. Wt. 250 psig (Lbs.) 81300 89000 97200 104500 N/A N/A N/A N/A
NOTES:
Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A. 300 psig Flange. See recommended steam nozzle size chart for operating pressure greater than 125 psig.
B. Add 11 1/2 inches to dimension B for a three pass boiler.
C. Reference Figure A11-2.
D. 6500, 7000 & 7500 square foot boiler are for a 30ppm option on natural gas.
Figure A11-1. Model CBL Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4 Pass (Page 2 of 2) (4 pass)
A11-7
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
114" 60 72 39 82 22 "E"
REAR DOOR "C"
126" 66 78 52 93 33
138" 72 84 66 105 45
MAXIMUM REAR MINIMUM REAR
MINIMUM SIDE MAXIUM SIDE
Figure A11-2. Space Required to Open Rear Doors on Model CBL Boilers
A11-8
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
H
E
A11-9
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
Hydrogen,% (wt) = 22.31 Burner/Control Information
Sulfur,% (wt) = 0.0
Heating value, Btu/lb = 21,830 Burner Characteristics
No. 2 Oil Note that altitude correction and burner changes are required
Carbon,% (wt) = 85.8 for higher altitudes which may alter dimensions, motor hp and
Hydrogen,% (wt) = 12.7 gas pressures. Also 50 Hz applications and low NOx options
Sulfur,% (wt) = 0.2 should be reviewed by the Cleaver-Brooks authorized repre-
Heating value, Btu/lb = 19,420 sentative.
No. 6 Oil
Gas-Fired Burners
Carbon,% (wt) = 86.6 Table A11-13 shows correction factors for gas pressure at ele-
Hydrogen,% (wt) = 10.9 vations over 700 ft. above sea level.
Sulfur,% (wt) = 2.09
Heating value, Btu/lb = 18,830 For oversized or undersized gas trains or altitude above 1,000
feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representa-
2. Efficiencies are based on ambient air temperature of 80 F, tive.
relative humidity of 30%, and 15% excess air in the exhaust
flue gas.
Fuel Connections - Gas
3. Efficiencies are based on the following radiation and con-
The local gas company should be consulted for requirements
vection losses. Firing rate of 25% - 1.2%, 50% - 0.6%, 75% -
and authorization for installation and inspection of gas supply
0.4%, and 100% - 0.3%.
piping. Installation of gas supply piping and venting must be in
accordance with all applicable engineering guidelines and reg-
ENGINEERING DATA ulatory codes. All connections made to the boiler should be
arranged so that all components remain accessible for inspec-
The following engineering information is provided for Model
tion, cleaning and maintenance.
CBL Boilers. Additional detail is available from your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. A drip leg should be installed in the supply piping before the
connection to the gas pressure regulator. The drip leg should be
Boiler Information at least as large as the inlet fitting supplied with the boiler.
Consideration must be given to both volume and pressure
Table A11-11 shows steam volume and disengaging area for requirements when choosing gas supply piping size. Refer to
Model CBL boilers. the boiler dimension diagram provided by Cleaver-Brooks for
Table A11-9 lists quantity and outlet size for safety valves sup- the particular installation. Connections to the burner gas train
plied on Model CBL boilers. should be made with a union, so that gas train components or
the burner may be easily disconnected for inspection or ser-
Table A11-10 gives recommended steam nozzle sizes on vice. Upon completion of the gas piping installation, the sys-
Model CBL Boilers. tem should be checked for gas leakage and tight shutoff of all
Table A11-12 shows recommended non-return valve sizes for valves.
Model CBL Boilers.
Fuel Connections - Oil
Blowdown Water Requirements Oil-fired burners are equipped with an oil pump, which draws
Some local codes require blowdown tanks to be constructed in fuel from a storage tank and supplies pressurized oil to the
accordance with recommendations of the National Board of burner nozzle(s). The burner supply oil pump has a greater
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. capacity than the burner requires for the maximum firing rate.
Fuel not delivered to the nozzle is returned to the storage tank.
The National Boards recommendations base the size of the A two-pipe (supply and return) oil system is recommended for
blowdown tank on the removal of at least 4 inches of water all installations. Figure A11-6 shows a typical fuel oil supply
from the boiler. arrangement. Oil lines must be sized for the burner and burner
Table A11-13 lists the approximate quantity of water repre- supply oil pump capacities.
sented by 4 inches of water at normal operating level for The burner supply oil pump suction should not exceed 10" Hg.
Cleaver-Brooks Model CBL Boilers. If a transfer pump is used, it must have a pumping capacity at
least equal to that of the burner pump(s). Supply pressure to the
burner pump should not exceed 3 psig.
A11-10
02-02
A11_CBL Page 11 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:16 AM
A strainer must be installed in the supply piping upstream of C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it
the burner supply pump in order to prevent entry of foreign could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
material into the pump, fuel control valves, or burner noz- and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
zle(s). The strainer must be sized for the burner supply pump This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance.
capacity. A strainer mesh of 150 microns (0.005") is recom-
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air supply
mended.
openings be less than one (1) square foot.
Install a check valve in the line to prevent draining of the oil
E. Size the openings by using the formula:
suction line when the burner is not in operation. Location of
the check valve varies with the system, but usually it is located Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
as close as possible to the storage tank.
2. Amount of air required (cfm).
Installation of a vacuum gauge in the burner supply line
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
between the burner oil pump and the strainer is recommended.
Regular observation and recording of the gauge indication will B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total
assist in determining when the strainer needs servicing. of 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent
more per 1000 feet of added elevation.
Upon completion of the oil piping installation, the system
should be checked for oil or air leakage and tight shutoff of all 3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
valves.
A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
Figure A11-7 shows typical boiler room length requirements. Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
openings for (1) 1000 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
Figure A11-8 shows typical boiler room width requirements. openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
Air required: 1000 x 10 = 10000 cfm (from 2B above).
Stack Support Capabilities
Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Model CBL Boilers can support up to 2000 lbs. without addi-
tional support. Area Required: Area = cfm/fpm = 10000/250 = 40 Sq-ft total.
Model CBL Boilers can be reinforced to support up to 3000 Area/Opening: 40/2 = 20 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
lbs.
A11-11
02-02
A11_CBL Page 12 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:16 AM
A11-12
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
A11-13
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
A11-14
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
Table A11-9. Model CBL Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE
15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
SETTING
NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET NO. OF OUTLET
BOILER VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE VALVES SIZE
HP REQ'D (FPT) REQ'D (FPT) REQ'D (FPT) REQ'D (FPT)
1-3 1 - 2 1/2
800 - - 2 2 2 2 1/2
1-4 1-3
1-3 1 - 2 1/2
900 - - 2 2 3 2
1-4 1-3
1 - 2 1/2
1000 7 4 2 4 2 3 2 1-3
1-3
1100 8 4 2 4 2 2 3
1-4
1-3
1200 8 4 2 4 2 2 3
1-4
2-3 1 - 2 1/2
1300 - - 3 3 - -
1-4 2-3
1-3
1400 - - 3 3 3 - -
2-4
1-3
1500 - - 3 3 3 - -
2-4
NOTES:
Table A11-8 only applies to 5 Sq Ft/BHP units.
Valve manufacture is Kunkle.
Valve requirements can vary with special pressure settings.
BOILER HP
OPERATING PRESSURE 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
PSIG
12 18 18 20 20 24 24 24 24
30 14 16 16 16 18 18 18 20
50 12 12 12 14 16 16 16 16
75 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 14
100 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12
125 8 10 10 10 10 10 12 12
150 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10
200 8 8 8 8 8 NA NA NA
225 6 8 8 8 8 NA NA NA
NOTES:
Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
All standard steam nozzle sizes for the 150 psig design pressure or greater are the same as 125
psig operating pressure on the above table. To increase or decrease the standard size, request
the change with your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
A11-15
02-02
A11_CBL Page 16 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:22 AM
NOTE:
Based on normal water level.
Values are based on standard controls. Optional controls may result in different values.
A. Based on 150 psig design pressure.
Table A11-13. Model CBL Blowdown Tank Sizing Information Table A11-14. Altitude Correction for Gas
A11-16
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
A11-17
02-02
A11_CBL Page 18 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 11:33 AM
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from front of boiler through a window or doorway.
Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front of the boiler
but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is
only made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
A11-18
02-02
A11_CBL Page 19 Tuesday, December 17, 2002 9:56 AM
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
The detailed burner and control specifications, and detailed control specifications for CB100E Flame Safeguard control are pro-
vided. See Section D, Controls, for additional information on control options.
The Sample Specifications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
A11-19
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
2.2.3 The front door shall be davited and the rear door shall be davited. Doors are to be sealed with fiberglass tadpole gaskets and fas-
tened tightly using heavy capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts.
2.2.4 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers, or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.5 The rear door shall be insulated with a blanket material with a steel covering to give the surface a hard durable finish.
2.2.6 The exhaust gas vent shall be located at the front or rear of the boiler and be capable of supporting 2000 lbs. The boiler vent
shall contain a stack thermometer.
2.2.7 Observation ports for the inspection flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.8 The boiler insulation shall consist of 2 inch blanket under a sectional pre-formed sheet metal lagging. The insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.9 The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory-painted before shipment, using a hard-finish enamel coating.
A11-20
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
4.2.2 Maximum sound level of the boiler/burner package shall not exceed _____ dbA (when measured in accordance with ABMA
Sound Test Standards).
4.2.3 The impeller shall be cast aluminum with radial blade, carefully balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
4.3 Combustion Air Control
Combustion air damper and cam-operated fuel metering valve shall be operated by a single damper control motor that regulates the
flame according to load demand. Potentiometer type position controls shall be provided to regulate operation of the damper control
motor.
4.4 Fuel Specification and Piping
Select one of the following fuel types:
Fuel series 700 - Gas-fired (para 4.4.1).
Fuel series 100 - Light oil (No. 2) fired (para 4.4.2).
Fuel series 200 - Light oil or gas-fired (para 4.4.3).
Fuel series 600 - No. 6 oil-fired (para 4.4.4).
Fuel series 400 - No. 6 oil or gas-fired (para 4.4.5).
4.4.1 Fuel Series 700 - Gas-Fired
4.4.1.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler and of high radiant multi-port type gas entry. The
burner shall be approved for operation on natural gas fuel.
4.4.1.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one manual shut-
off valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.1.3 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include a gas pressure regulator, a primary gas shutoff valve, motor
operated with proof of closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valves shall be wired to close automati-
cally in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock shall be pro-
vided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff valve. An additional plug cock shall be furnished at entrance to gas
train. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an additional plugged
leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.1.4 Burner Turndown: Turndown range of the burner shall be 10:1 when firing natural gas. (Consult with Cleaver-Brooks Rep-
resentative regarding high turndown capability based on available gas pressure.)
4.4.2 Fuel Series 100 - Light Oil-Fired
4.4.2.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be a low pressure air atomizing type approved
for operation with CS12-48, Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one manual shut-
off valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. The motor-
driven pump set, shipped loose, to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank, shall be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping
4.4.2.4.1 Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, low oil pressure switch, two
(2) motorized oil valves and pressure gauges, all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Low Pressure Air Atomizing: Separate air compressor module, shipped loose with burner mounted low atomizing air
pressure switch.
A11-21
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
A11-22
02-02
Firetube Boilers Model CBL
4.4.5.1 Burner Type - The burner shall be mounted at the front the boiler and shall be a combination of the low pressure atomizing
type for oil and multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 6 oil or
natural gas.
4.4.5.2 Gas Pilot - The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary oil valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one manual shut-
off valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator and pressure gauge, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection. (Canada only.)
4.4.5.3 Oil Burner
4.4.5.3.1 Oil Pump - An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. The motor
driven pump set, shipped loose, shall be provided to be installed in a location favorable to the oil storage tank.
4.4.5.3.2 Oil Burner Piping - Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating devices, oil metering controls, low oil
pressure switch, two (2) motorized oil valves, and pressure gauges all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.5.4 Low Pressure Air-Atomizing: Separate air compressor module shipped loose with burner mounted low atomizing air
pressure switch.
4.4.5.5 Oil Preheat - The oil shall be preheated by a steam heater and electric heater, each with thermostatic control. Both heaters
shall be installed in a single compact shell mounted, piped, and wired. The thermostatic controls shall be sent to cut-out the electric
heater when steam is available.
4.4.5.6 Burner Turndown - Turndown range will be 4:1 when firing No. 6 oil.
4.4.5.7 Gas Burner
4.4.5.7.1 Gas Burner Piping - Gas burner piping on all units shall include a gas pressure regulator, and a primary gas shutoff valve,
motor-operated with proof-of-closure switch and plugged leakage test connection. The main gas valves shall be wired to close
automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water or any safety shutdown condition. A lubricating plug cock shall
be provided as means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff valve. An additional plug cock shall be furnished at entrance to
gas train. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided. A second motorized safety shutoff valve, plus an additional
plugged leakage test connection shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the safety shutoff valves.
4.4.5.7.2 Burner Turndown - Turndown range shall be 4:1 when firing natural gas.
4.5 Boiler Flame Safeguard Controller and Control Panel
4.5.1 CB100E Flame Safeguard
4.5.1.1 Each boiler shall be factory-equipped with flame safeguard controller providing technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB100E.
Flame safeguard shall be a Cleaver-Brooks Model CB 100E microprocessor-based control to monitor all critical boiler and burner
interlocks, control and supervise burner light-off sequence, and initiate an orderly safety procedure in the event of interlock or
flame failure. The system shall provide status, fault history, and diagnostic information by means of a BACKLIT LCD display. The
system shall be approved by UL, FM, and CSA, and shall be acceptable by IRI.
4.5.2 Control Panel
A factory prewired control panel shall be supplied with the boiler/burner package. Panel may be mounted on the burner or boiler.
4.5.3 The panel will have a NEMA 1A rating and contain the flame safeguard controller, burner motor starter, air compressor motor
starter, oil-metering pump motor starter, control circuit transformer and fuses, selector switches, indicating lights and terminal
strips. Lights shall indicate load demand, flame failure, low water, and fuel valve open.
A11-23
02-02
Model CBL Firetube Boilers
4.5.3 The panel shall contain fuse protection for the burner motor, air compressor motor, and oil metering pump.
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up, or 18 months from date of shipment; whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory-approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A11-24
02-02
Section A12
Model ICB
CONTENTS
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-3
Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-3
Dimensions and Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-4
Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-13
Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-13
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-13
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-13
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-13
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-14
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-14
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-14
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-14
Sample Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-20
A12-1
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A12-1. Model ICB Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-7
Figure A12-2. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-9
Figure A12-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model ICB Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-11
Figure A12-4. Model ICB Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-11
Figure A12-5. Model ICB Boiler Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-12
Figure A12-6. Typical Fuel Oil Supply Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-18
Figure A12-7. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layouts) Model ICB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-19
Figure A12-8. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout) Model ICB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-19
TABLES
Table A12-1. Model ICB Steam Boiler Ratings, 4-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-5
Table A12-2. Model ICB Steam Boiler Ratings, 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-5
Table A12-3. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Ratings, 4-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-6
Table A12-4. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Ratings, 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-6
Table A12-5. Model ICB Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-8
Table A12-6. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-10
Table A12-7. Model ICB Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-15
Table A12-8. Model ICB Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-15
Table A12-9. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-16
Table A12-10. Model ICB Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-16
Table A12-11. Model ICB Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-17
Table A12-12. Model ICB Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-17
Table A12-13. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-17
Table A12-14. Sound Levels in dBA for 4-Pass ICB Boilers at High Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-17
Table A12-15. Model ICB, Standard, Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM & IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-18
A12-2
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Available options include the following (contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative for option details).
The Cleaver-Brooks Model ICB Boiler line provides a quality
product utilizing a baseline boiler/burner design. Additionally, Boiler Options:
the boiler/burner package has the UL/cUL label. The following Three-pass design.
features apply:
Drain valves.
Additional screwed or flanged tappings.
Four-Pass Intercooled Design:
Blowdown valves.
Four-pass design provides high flue gas velocities and low
stack temperatures to maximize efficiency. Non-return valves.
Feedwater valves and regulators.
Three-Pass Intercooled Design (optional): Surface blowdown systems.
Versatile design offered with choice of three or four-pass Blend pump.
construction to meet application needs. Surge load baffles.
Seismic design.
Intercooled Rear Turnaround:
Burner/Control Options:
Rear furnace turnaround area is fluid cooled and has a
davited access opening for full accessibility to 2nd pass Flame safeguard controllers.
tubes and furnace. It eliminates confined space issues and Lead/lag system.
provides for ease of maintenance. All tubes can be removed
High altitude design.
from either the front or rear of the boiler.
Special insurance and code requirements (e.g., IRI, FM,
CSD-1).
Front and Rear Doors:
Alarm bell/silence switch.
Davit, front and rear doors, all sizes.
Special motor requirements (TEFC, high efficiency).
Provides access to front and rear tube sheet.
Special indicating lights.
Rear door completely covers and insulates rear tube sheet. Main disconnect.
Elapsed time meter.
Natural Gas, No. 2 Oil, or Combination Burners Available:
Voltmeter/micro-ammeter.
Combination gas/oil burners provide quick fuel changeover NEMA enclosures.
without burner adjustment.
Low-fire hold control.
Remote emergency shut-off (115V).
PRODUCT OFFERING
Circuit breakers.
Cleaver-Brooks Model ICB Boilers are available in low Day/night controls.
pressure steam, high pressure steam, and hot water designs.
Burners are available to fire natural gas, No. 2 oil, or a Special power requirements.
combination of oil and gas. Standard product offering is: Stack thermometer.
100 800 hp. Fuel Options
30 and 125 psig hot water. Air atomizing oil burner, 200 800 hp.
15 300 psig steam. Pressure atomizing oil burner, 100 150 hp.
Full modulation, all sizes. Gas strainer.
Gas pressure gauge.
Future gas conversion.
Oversized/undersized gas trains.
A12-3
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
A12-4
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. (Fireside) 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. (Fireside) 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
A12-5
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. (Fireside) 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. (Fireside) 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
A12-6
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
Figure A12-1. Model ICB Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional)
A12-7
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
Table A12-5. Model ICB Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass
BOILER H.P. DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
LENGTHS
Overall (3-Pass) A 171" 197" 195" 243-1/2" 208-1/2" 234-1/2" 237-1/2" 263" 255" 290-1/2" 281-1/2" 306-1/2"
Overall (4-Pass) A 171" 197" 195" 243-1/2" 208-1/2" 241" 247" 268" 257-1/2" 290-1/2" 284-1/2" 312"
Shell B 127-7/8" 153-7/8" 151-7/8" 192-7/8" 160-7/8" 186-7/8" 189-7/8" 205-7/8" 195-3/4" 228-3/4" 219-7/8" 241-7/8"
Base Frame C 124-3/8" 150-3/8" 148-3/8" 189-3/8" 157-3/8" 183-3/8" 184-3/8" 200-3/8" 187-1/4" 220-1/4" 211-3/8" 233-3/8"
Base Frame to Rear Flange D 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2"
Flange to Steam Nozzle E 55-7/8" 61-7/8" 65-7/8" 77-7/8" 68-7/8" 80-7/8" 78-7/8" 94-7/8" 82-3/4" 106-3/4" 98-7/8" 111-7/8"
WIDTHS
Overall I 80" 80" 85" 85" 97" 97" 103" 103" 117" 117" 131" 131"
I.D. Boiler J 55" 55" 60" 60" 72" 72" 78" 78" 92" 92" 106" 106"
Center to Water Column K 42-1/2" 42-1/2" 45" 45" 51" 51" 54" 54" 61" 61" 68" 68"
Center to Lagging L 30-1/2" 30-1/2" 33" 33" 39" 39" 42" 42" 49" 49" 56" 56"
Center to Auxiliary LWCO LL 37-1/2" 37-1/2" 40" 40" 46" 46" 49" 49" 56" 56" 63" 63"
Base Outside M 47-1/2" 47-1/2" 52-1/2" 52-1/2" 58-1/2" 58-1/2" 64" 64" 68" 68" 74-3/4" 74-3/4"
Base Inside N 39-1/2" 39-1/2" 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 50-1/2" 50-1/2" 56" 56" 55" 55" 61-3/4" 61-3/4"
HEIGHTS
Base to Boiler Centerline F 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 46" 46" 54" 54" 56" 56" 65-1/2" 65-1/2" 71" 71"
Base to Vent Outlet O 80-3/4" 80-3/4" 85" 85" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 82-1/4" 82-1/4" 86-1/2" 86-1/2" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Steam Outlet P 78-3/8" 78-3/8" 82-3/8" 82-3/8" 96-1/4" 96-1/4" 101-1/2" 101-1/2" 118" 118" 130-5/8" 130-5/8"
Base Frame Q 12" 12" 12" 12" 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Base to Bottom Boiler R 16" 16" 16" 16" 17" 17" 17" 17" 19" 19" 17-1/2" 17-1/2"
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Feedwater Inlet (Both Sides) S 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
Steam Nozzle (15 psig) 150 LB. FLG. Y 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Steam Nozzle (150 psig) 300 LB. FLG. Y 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8"
Drain Front & Rear (15 psig) W 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Blowdown-Front & Rear(150 psig) W 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Surface Blowoff (150 psig only) T 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Vent Stack Diameter (Flanged) BB 16" 16" 16" 16" 20" 20" 20" 20" 24" 24" 24" 24"
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8"
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 34" 34" 36" 36" 43" 43" 46" 46" 53" 53" 60" 60"
Tube Removal Front GG 95" 121" 119" 160" 122" 148" 149" 165" 146" 179" 170" 192"
Tube Removal Rear HH 96-1/2" 122-1/2" 120-1/2" 161-1/2" 126-1/2" 152-1/2" 150-1/2" 166-1/2" 148-1/2" 181-1/2" 172-1/2" 194-1/2"
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Front of Boiler RF 257" 309" 307" 389" 326" 378" 385" 417" 395" 461" 450" 494"
Rear of Boiler (3-Pass) RR 303-1/2" 355-1/2" 351-1/2" 441" 371" 423" 427" 468-1/2" 441-1/2" 510" 492" 539"
Rear of Boiler (4-Pass) RR 303-1/2" 355-1/2" 351-1/2" 441" 371" 429-1/2" 436-1/2" 473-1/2" 444" 510" 495" 544-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (3-Pass) RD 237" 263" 263" 311-1/2" 283-1/2" 309-1/2" 315-1/2" 341" 340" 375-1/2" 373-1/2" 398-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (4-Pass) RD 237" 263" 263" 311-1/2" 283-1/2" 316" 325" 346" 342-1/2" 375-1/2" 376-1/2" 404"
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) 5,140 6,515 7,184 9,612 10,175 12,278 13,192 14,593 17,870 21,780 26,638 30,026
Shipping Weight (15psig) (lbs) 10,123 11,303 11,931 14,106 16,958 19,051 22,344 23,918 28,934 33,189 41,179 45,226
Shipping Weight (150psig) (lbs) 10,877 12,220 13,112 15,637 17,613 20,404 25,344 27,175 31,990 36,780 45,724 50,244
NOTE: Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A12-8
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
Figure A12-2. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional)
A12-9
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
Table A12-6. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass
BOILER H.P. DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
LENGTHS
Overall (3-Pass) A 171" 197" 195" 243-1/2" 208-1/2" 234-1/2" 237-1/2" 263" 255" 290-1/2" 281-1/2" 306-1/2"
Overall (4-Pass) A 171" 197" 195" 243-1/2" 208-1/2" 241" 247" 268" 257-1/2" 290-1/2" 284-1/2" 312"
Shell B 127-7/8" 153-7/8" 151-7/8" 192-7/8" 160-7/8" 186-7/8" 189-7/8" 205-7/8" 195-3/4" 228-3/4" 219-7/8" 241-7/8"
Base Frame C 124-3/8" 150-3/8" 148-3/8" 189-3/8" 157-3/8" 183-3/8" 184-3/8" 200-3/8" 187-1/4" 220-1/4" 211-3/8" 233-3/8"
Base Frame to Rear Flange D 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2"
Flange to Return E 82" 98" 95-5/8" 136-5/8" 101-5/8" 115-5/8" 117-5/8" 132-5/8" 125-1/2" 143-1/2" 139-1/2" 161-1/2"
Flange to Outlet F 97-1/2" 123" 120-5/8" 161-5/8" 127-5/8" 141-5/8" 143-5/8" 158-5/8" 152-1/2" 175" 171" 193"
WIDTHS
Overall I 65" 65" 70" 70" 82" 82" 88" 88" 102" 102" 116" 116"
I.D. Boiler J 55" 55" 60" 60" 72" 72" 78" 78" 92" 92" 106" 106"
Center to LWCO Controller K 34-1/2" 34-1/2" 37 37" 43" 43" 46" 46" 53" 53" 60" 60"
Base Outside M 47-1/2" 47-1/2" 52-1/2" 52-1/2" 58-1/2" 58-1/2" 64" 64" 68" 68" 74-3/4" 74-3/4"
Base Inside N 39-1/2" 39-1/2" 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 50-1/2" 50-1/2" 56" 56" 55" 55" 61-3/4" 61-3/4"
HEIGHTS
Base to Boiler Centerline H 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 46" 46" 54" 54" 56" 56" 65-1/2" 65-1/2" 71" 71"
Base to Vent Outlet O 80-3/4" 80-3/4" 85" 85" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 82-1/4" 82-1/4" 86-1/2" 86-1/2" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Return/Outlet P 78-3/8" 78-3/8" 82-3/8" 82-3/8" 96-1/4" 96-1/4" 101-1/2" 101-1/2" 118" 118" 130-5/8" 130-5/8"
Base Frame Q 12" 12" 12" 12" 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Base to Bottom Boiler R 16" 16" 16" 16" 17" 17" 17" 17" 19" 19" 17-1/2" 17-1/2"
CONNECTIONS
Waterfill (Both Sides) S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
Water Return U 4" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12"
Water Outlet Y 4" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12"
Drain Front & Rear W 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Air Vent T 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Vent Stack Diameter (Flanged) BB 16" 16" 16" 16" 20" 20" 20" 20" 24" 24" 24" 24"
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8"
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 34" 34" 36" 36" 43" 43" 46" 46" 53" 53" 60" 60"
Tube Removal Front GG 95" 121" 119" 160" 122" 148" 149" 165" 146" 179" 170" 192"
Tube Removal Rear HH 96-1/2" 122-1/2" 120-1/2" 161-1/2" 126-1/2" 152-1/2" 150-1/2" 166-1/2" 148-1/2" 181-1/2" 172-1/2" 194-1/2"
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Front of Boiler RF 257" 309" 307" 389" 326" 378" 385" 417" 395" 461" 450" 494"
Rear of Boiler (3-Pass) RR 303-1/2" 355-1/2" 351-1/2" 441" 371" 423" 427" 468-1/2" 441-1/2" 510" 492" 539"
Rear of Boiler (4-Pass) RR 303-1/2" 355-1/2" 351-1/2" 441" 371" 429-1/2" 436-1/2" 473-1/2" 444" 510" 495" 544-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (3-Pass) RD 237" 263" 263" 311-1/2" 283-1/2" 309-1/2" 315-1/2" 341" 340" 375-1/2" 373-1/2" 398-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (4-Pass) RD 237" 263" 263" 311-1/2" 283-1/2" 316" 325" 346" 342-1/2" 375-1/2" 376-1/2" 404"
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) 5,848 7,397 8,378 11,180 11,940 14,380 16,190 17,884 22,572 27,431 32,991 37,120
Shipping Weight (30psig) (lbs) 10,123 11,303 11,931 14,106 16,958 19,051 22,344 23,918 28,934 33,189 41,179 45,226
Shipping Weight (125psig) (lbs) 10,238 11,418 13,153 15,679 18,609 21,270 24,522 26,631 32,175 36,972 47,122 51,782
NOTE: Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A12-10
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
BOILER HP A B C D E
100 125 31 45 47 70 34
150 200 33 47 52 80 36
250 300 39 53 58 86 43
350 400 42 56 61 92 46
500 600 49 65 69 106 53
700 800 56 74 80 121 60
Figure A12-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model ICB Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E
100 75-1/4 21-3/8 81-1/4 10 3
125 75-1/4 21-3/8 107-1/4 10 3
150 79-1/2 25-3/8 96-1/2 10 3
200 79-1/2 25-3/8 137-1/2 10 3
250 94 32 96-1/4 10 3
300 94 32 122-1/4 10 3
350 99 32 123-1/4 10 3
400 99 32 139-1/4 10 3
500 115-1/2 34 125-3/4 11 3
600 115-1/2 34 158-3/4 11 3
700 128-1/4 34 151 11 3
800 128-1/4 34 173 11 3
NOTE: A, B, and C dimensions may vary by 1 inch.
A12-11
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
" E"
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
100 6 9 127-1/2 34-1/2 52-1/2 4 39-1/2 17-1/2
125 6 9 153-1/2 34-1/2 52-1/2 4 39-1/2 17-1/2
150 6 9 151-1/2 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 17-1/2
200 6 9 192-1/2 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 17-1/2
250 6 9 160-1/2 45-1/2 63-1/2 4 50-1/2 17-1/2
300 6 9 186-1/2 45-1/2 63-1/2 4 50-1/2 17-1/2
350 6 9 187-1/2 51 69 4 56 17-1/2
400 6 9 203-1/2 51 69 4 56 17-1/2
500 6 12 190-1/2 49-1/2 73-1/2 6-1/2 55 20-1/2
600 6 12 223-1/2 49-1/2 73-1/2 6-1/2 55 20-1/2
700 6 12 214-1/2 56-1/4 80-1/4 6-1/2 61-3/4 20-1/2
800 6 12 236-1/2 56-1/4 80-1/4 6-1/2 61-3/4 20-1/2
NOTE: 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers pro-
vides increased inspection accessibility to the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A12-12
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
A12-13
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
A strainer must be installed in the supply piping upstream of D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
the burner supply pump in order to prevent entry of foreign supply openings be less than one (1) square foot.
material into the pump, fuel control valves, or burner E. Size the openings by using the formula:
nozzle(s). The strainer must be sized for the burner supply
Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
pump capacity. A strainer mesh of 150 microns (0.005") is
recommended. 2. Amount of air required (cfm).
Install a check valve in the line to prevent draining of the oil A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
suction line when the burner is not in operation. Location of B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total
the check valve varies with the system, but usually it is located of 10 cfm/bhp up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent
as close as possible to the storage tank. more per 1000 feet of added elevation.
Installation of a vacuum gauge in the burner supply line 3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
between the burner oil pump and the strainer is recommended. A. From floor to (7) foot height 250 fpm.
Regular observation and recording of the gauge indication will B. Above (7) foot height 500 fpm.
assist in determining when the strainer needs servicing.
Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
Upon completion of the oil piping installation, the system openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
should be checked for oil or air leakage and tight shutoff of all openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
valves.
Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
Boiler Room Information Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Figure A12-7 shows typical boiler room length requirements. Area Required: Area = cfm/fpm = 3000/250 = 12 sq-ft total.
Figure A12-8 shows typical boiler room width requirements. Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
A12-14
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
Table A12-8. Model ICB Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE SETTING 15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
A12-15
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
Table A12-9. Model ICB Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size
VALVE SETTING 30 PSIG HW 125 PSIG HW 150 PSIG HW
NOTE: Relief valve is Kunkle #537 for 30# & 125#(Section IV) boiler and is Kunkle #927 for 150# HTHW (Section I) boiler.
PSIG 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
15 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
50 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 12
75 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10
100 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10
125 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
150 2.5 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8
200 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
250 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6
NOTES:
1. Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
2. Recommended steam nozzle sizes based on 4000 to 5000 fpm steam velocity.
A12-16
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
Table A12-12. Model ICB Blowdown Tank Sizing Information Table A12-14. Sound Levels in dBA for
4-Pass ICB Boilers at High Fire
BOILER HP WATER (GAL)
100 75 Sound Level dBA
125 94 BHP ICB
150 102 100 80.0
200 135 125 84.5
250 125 150 84.5
300 150 200 84.5
350 174 250 84.5
400 191 300 91.0
500 206 350 94.0
600 248 400 91.5
700 266 500 93.5
800 297 600 93.5
NOTE: Quantity of water removed from boiler by lowering normal water line 4". 700 93.7
800 93.7
Table A12-13. Altitude Correction for Gas
ALTITUDE CORRECTION ALTITUDE CORRECTION
(FT) FACTOR (FT) FACTOR
1000 1.04 6000 1.25
2000 1.07 7000 1.3
3000 1.11 8000 1.35
4000 1.16 9000 1.4
5000 1.21
NOTE: To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700 feet,
multiply the pressure by the listed factors:
A12-17
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
Table A12-15. Model ICB, Standard, Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM & IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
STD PIPE PRESSURE REQUIRED, PRESSURE REQUIRED,
SIZE 3-PASS ("WC) 4-PASS ("WC)
BOILER
HP (Inches) Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
100 2 8.5 27.7 10.5 27.7
125 2 13.5 27.7 16 27.7
150 2 17 27.7 21 27.7
200 2-1/2 20 27.7 26 138.5
250 2-1/2 32.5 138.5 33 138.5
300 2-1/2 45 138.5 45.5 138.5
350 3 46 138.5 46.5 138.5
400 3 38 138.5 43.5 138.5
500 3 56 138.5 56 138.5
600 3 120 277 120 277
700 3 138.5 277 138.5 277
800 3 86 277 86 277
NOTE: For undersized or oversized gas trains or altitudes above 700 feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
Authorized Representative.
A12-18
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through a window or
doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front of the
boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is only
made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
BOILER HP 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
DIM. A 84-1/2 87 93 96 103 110
DIM. B 115-1/2 120 138 144 170 184
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall.
Dimension "A allows for a clear 42" aisle between the water column on the boiler and
the wall. If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" 100-200 hp
48" 250-400 hp
60 500-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A12-19
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
The Sample Specifications are typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code requirements, optional
equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
Model ICB Hot Water Boiler (100 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-26
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-26
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-27
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-27
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-30
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-30
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12-30
A12-20
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
A12-21
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
A12-22
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
D. 400 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test
connections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 FUEL SERIES 100 LIGHT OIL FIRED
4.4.2.1 Burner Type The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall
be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping
A. Four-Pass Select one of the following:
a. 100 150 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
b. 200 250 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch, and pressure gauge all integrally
mounted on the unit.
c. 300 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. Three-Pass Select one of the following:
a. 100 150 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
b. 200 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch, and pressure gauge all integrally
mounted on the unit.
c. 400 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type Select one of the following:
A. 100 150 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 200 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 FUEL SERIES 200 LIGHT OIL OR GAS FIRED
4.4.3.1 Burner Type Select one of the following:
A. 100 150 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination pressure atomizing type for oil and high
radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil or
natural gas.
B. 200 800 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for
oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No.
2 oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-
off valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
A12-23
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
A12-24
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-Up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A12-25
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
Model ICB Hot Water Boiler (100 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A12-26
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
A12-27
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
A12-28
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB
c. 400 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type Select one of the following:
A. 100 150 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 200 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
4.4.3 FUEL SERIES 200 LIGHT OIL OR GAS FIRED
4.4.3.1 Burner Type Select one of the following:
A. 100 150 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination pressure atomizing type for oil and high
radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil or
natural gas.
B. 200 800 hp. The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for
oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No.
2 oil or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the pilot
so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall
be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping
A. Four-Pass Select one of the following:
a. 100 150 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
b. 200 250 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch and pressure gauge all integrally
mounted on the unit.
c. 300 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
B. Three-Pass Select one of the following:
a. 100 150 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, and pressure gauge all integrally mounted on the unit.
b. 200 350 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil pressure regulating device, oil metering controls, two (2)
solenoid oil shut-off valves, atomizing air proving switch, low oil pressure switch and pressure gauge all integrally
mounted on the unit.
c. 400 800 hp. Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one (1)
motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure
switch all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type Select one of the following:
A. 100 150 hp. Burner shall include a complete mechanical oil atomizing system and be of the pressure atomizing type.
B. 200 800 hp. Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor assembly.
A12-29
12-02
Model ICB Firetube Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of
start-up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-Up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A12-30
12-02
Section A13
Model ICB-LN
CONTENTS
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-3
Dimensions and Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-4
Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-13
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-13
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-13
Blowdown Water Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-13
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-13
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-14
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-14
Boiler Room Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-14
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-14
Sample Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-20
A13-1
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure A13-1. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-7
Figure A13-2. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-9
Figure A13-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model ICB-LN Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-11
Figure A13-4. Model ICB-LN Boilers Lifting Lug Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-11
Figure A13-5. Model ICB-LN Boiler Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-12
Figure A13-6. Typical Fuel Oil Supply Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-18
Figure A13-7. Boiler Room Length (Typical Layouts) Model ICB-LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-19
Figure A13-8. Boiler Room Width (Typical Layout) Model ICB-LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-19
TABLES
Table A13-1. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Ratings, 4-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-5
Table A13-2. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Ratings, 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-5
Table A13-3. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Ratings, 4-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-6
Table A13-4. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Ratings, 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-6
Table A13-5. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-8
Table A13-6. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-10
Table A13-7. Model ICB-LN Steam Volume and Disengaging Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-15
Table A13-8. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-15
Table A13-9. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-16
Table A13-10. Model ICB-LN Recommended Steam Nozzle Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-16
Table A13-11. Model ICB-LN Recommended Non-Return Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-17
Table A13-12. Model ICB-LN Blowdown Tank Sizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-17
Table A13-13. Altitude Correction for Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-17
Table A13-14. Sound Pressure Levels in dBA for ICB Boilers at High Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-17
Table A13-15. Model ICB-LN, Standard, Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM & IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-18
A13-2
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Available options include the following (contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative for option details).
The Cleaver-Brooks Model ICB Boiler line provides a quality
product utilizing a baseline boiler/burner design. Additionally, Boiler Options:
the boiler/burner package has the UL/cUL label. The following Three-pass design.
features apply:
Drain valves.
Additional screwed or flanged tappings.
Four-Pass Intercooled Design:
Blowdown valves.
Four-pass design provides high flue gas velocities and low
stack temperatures to maximize efficiency. Non-return valves.
Feedwater valves and regulators.
Three-Pass Intercooled Design (optional): Surface blowdown systems.
Versatile design offered with choice of three or four-pass Blend pump.
construction to meet application needs. Surge load baffles.
Seismic design.
Intercooled Rear Turnaround:
Burner/Control Options:
Rear furnace turnaround area is fluid cooled and has a
davited access opening for full accessibility to 2nd pass Flame safeguard controllers.
tubes and furnace. It eliminates confined space issues and Lead/lag system.
provides for ease of maintenance. All tubes can be removed
High altitude design.
from either the front or rear of the boiler.
Special insurance and code requirements (e.g., IRI, FM,
CSD-1).
Front and Rear Doors:
Alarm bell/silence switch.
Davit, front and rear doors, all sizes.
Special motor requirements (TEFC, high efficiency).
Provides access to front and rear tube sheet.
Special indicating lights.
Rear door completely covers and insulates rear tube sheet. Main disconnect.
Elapsed time meter.
Natural Gas, No. 2 Oil, or Combination Burners Available:
Voltmeter/micro-ammeter.
Combination gas/oil burners provide quick fuel changeover NEMA enclosures.
without burner adjustment.
Low-fire hold control.
Remote emergency shut-off (115V).
PRODUCT OFFERING
Circuit breakers.
Cleaver-Brooks Model ICB Boilers are available in low Day/night controls.
pressure steam, high pressure steam, and hot water designs.
Burners are available to fire natural gas, No. 2 oil, or a Special power requirements.
combination of oil and gas. Standard product offering is: Stack thermometer.
100 800 hp. Fuel Options
30 and 125 psig hot water. Air atomizing oil burner, 100 800 hp.
15 300 psig steam. Gas strainer.
Full modulation, all sizes. Gas pressure gauge.
Future gas conversion.
Oversized/undersized gas trains.
A13-3
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
A13-4
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
(Fireside)
NOTE: All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil metering pump motor (3-phase); integral motors will be 3-phase voltage.
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
(Fireside)
NOTE: All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil metering pump motor (3-phase); integral motors will be 3-phase voltage.
A13-5
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
(Fireside)
NOTE: All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil metering pump motor (3-phase); integral motors will be 3-phase voltage.
BOILER DATA
Heating Surface sq-ft. 353 438 555 729 885 1055 1384 1522 1734 2094 3244 3641
(Fireside)
NOTE: All fractional hp motors will be single phase voltage except oil metering pump motor (3-phase); integral motors will be 3-phase voltage.
A13-6
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
Figure A13-1. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional)
A13-7
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
Table A13-5. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass
BOILER H.P. DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
LENGTHS
Overall (3-Pass) A 173" 199" 199" 240" 215" 241" 247" 268" 257-1/2" 290-1/2" 285-1/2" 312"
Overall (4-Pass) A 173" 201" 199" 240" 215" 244" 252" 270-1/2" 257-1/2" 293-1/2" 290" 312"
Shell B 127-7/8" 153-7/8" 151-7/8" 192-7/8" 160-7/8" 186-7/8" 189-7/8" 205-7/8" 195-3/4" 228-3/4" 219-7/8" 241-7/8"
Base Frame C 124-3/8" 150-3/8" 148-3/8" 189-3/8" 157-3/8" 183-3/8" 184-3/8" 200-3/8" 187-1/4" 220-1/4" 211-3/8" 233-3/8"
Base Frame to Rear Flange D 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2"
Flange to Steam Nozzle E 55-7/8" 61-7/8" 65-7/8" 77-7/8" 68-7/8" 80-7/8" 78-7/8" 94-7/8" 82-3/4" 106-3/4" 98-7/8" 111-7/8"
WIDTHS
Overall (3-Pass) I 87" 87" 92" 92" 104" 106" 112" 112" 126" 128" 142" 142"
Overall (4-Pass) I 82" 82" 87" 87" 100" 100" 109" 109" 122" 122" 133" 133"
I.D. Boiler J 55" 55" 60" 60" 72" 72" 78" 78" 92" 92" 106" 106"
Center to Water Column K 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 47" 47" 53" 53" 56" 56" 63" 63" 70" 70"
Center to Outside FGR Pipe (3-Pass) KK 42-1/2" 42-1/2" 45" 45" 51" 53" 56" 56" 63" 65" 72" 72"
Center to Outside FGR Pipe (4-Pass) KK 37" 37" 37" 37" 47" 47" 53" 53" 59" 59" 59" 59"
FGR Duct Size (3-Pass) V 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10"
FGR Duct Size (4-Pass) V 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10"
Center to Lagging L 30-1/2" 30-1/2" 33" 33" 39" 39" 42" 42" 49" 49" 56" 56"
Center to Auxiliary LWCO LL 37-1/2" 37-1/2" 40" 40" 46" 46" 49" 49" 56" 56" 63" 63"
Base Outside M 47-1/2" 47-1/2" 52-1/2" 52-1/2" 58-1/2" 58-1/2" 64" 64" 68" 68" 74-3/4" 74-3/4"
Base Inside N 39-1/2" 39-1/2" 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 50-1/2" 50-1/2" 56" 56" 55" 55" 61-3/4" 61-3/4"
HEIGHTS
Base to Boiler Centerline F 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 46" 46" 54" 54" 56" 56" 65-1/2" 65-1/2" 71" 71"
Base to Vent Outlet O 80-3/4" 80-3/4" 85" 85" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 82-1/4" 82-1/4" 86-1/2" 86-1/2" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to FGR Stack Extension FF 94-3/4" 94-3/4" 99" 99" 118" 118" 123" 123" 142-1/2" 142-1/2" 155-5/8" 155-5/8"
(3-Pass Only)
Base to Steam Outlet P 78-3/8" 78-3/8" 82-3/8" 82-3/8" 96-1/4" 96-1/4" 101-1/2" 101-1/2" 118" 118" 130-5/8" 130-5/8"
Base Frame Q 12" 12" 12" 12" 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Base to Bottom Boiler R 16" 16" 16" 16" 17" 17" 17" 17" 19" 19" 17-1/2" 17-1/2"
CONNECTIONS
Chemical Feed G 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Feedwater Inlet (Both Sides) S 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
Steam Nozzle (15 psig) 150 LB. FLG. Y 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Steam Nozzle (150 psig) 300 LB. FLG. Y 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8"
Drain Front & Rear (15 psig) W 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Blowdown-Front & Rear(150 psig) W 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Surface Blowoff (150 psig only) T 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1"
Vent Stack Diameter (Flanged) BB 16" 16" 16" 16" 20" 20" 20" 20" 24" 24" 24" 24"
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8"
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 34" 34" 36" 36" 43" 43" 46" 46" 53" 53" 60" 60"
Tube Removal Front GG 95" 121" 119" 160" 122" 148" 149" 165" 146" 179" 170" 192"
Tube Removal Rear HH 96-1/2" 122-1/2" 120-1/2" 161-1/2" 126-1/2" 152-1/2" 150-1/2" 166-1/2" 148-1/2" 181-1/2" 172-1/2" 194-1/2"
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Front of Boiler RF 257" 309" 307" 389" 326" 378" 385" 417" 395" 461" 450" 494"
Rear of Boiler (3-Pass) RR 305-1/2" 357-1/2" 355-1/2" 437-1/2" 377-1/2" 429-1/2" 436-1/2" 473-1/2" 444" 510" 496" 544-1/2"
Rear of Boiler (4-Pass) RR 305-1/2" 359-1/2" 355-1/2" 437-1/2" 377-1/2" 432-1/2" 441-1/2" 476" 444" 513" 500-1/2" 544-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (3-Pass) RD 239" 265" 267" 308" 290" 316" 325" 346" 342-1/2" 375-1/2" 376-1/2" 404"
Thru Window or Door (4-Pass) RD 239" 267" 267" 308" 290" 319" 330" 348-1/2" 342-1/2" 378-1/2" 382" 404"
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight 5,140 6,515 7,184 9,612 10,175 12,278 13,192 14,593 17,870 21,780 26,638 30,026
Shipping Weight (15psig) 10,123 11,303 11,931 14,106 16,958 19,051 22,344 23,918 28,934 33,189 41,179 45,226
Shipping Weight (150psig) 10,877 12,220 13,112 15,637 17,613 20,404 25,344 27,175 31,990 36,780 45,724 50,244
NOTE: Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A13-8
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
Figure A13-2. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass (Optional)
A13-9
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
Table A13-6. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Dimensions, 4-Pass and 3-Pass
BOILER H.P. DIM 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
LENGTHS
Overall (3-Pass) A 173" 199" 199" 240" 215" 241" 247" 268" 257-1/2" 290-1/2" 285-1/2" 312"
Overall (4-Pass) A 173" 201" 199" 240" 215" 244" 252" 270-1/2" 257-1/2" 293-1/2" 290" 312"
Shell B 127-7/8" 153-7/8" 151-7/8" 192-7/8" 160-7/8" 186-7/8" 189-7/8" 205-7/8" 195-3/4" 228-3/4" 219-7/8" 241-7/8"
Base Frame C 124-3/8" 150-3/8" 148-3/8" 189-3/8" 157-3/8" 183-3/8" 184-3/8" 200-3/8" 187-1/4" 220-1/4" 211-3/8" 233-3/8"
Base Frame to Rear Flange D 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 9-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 14-1/2"
Flange to Return E 82" 98" 95-5/8" 136-5/8" 101-5/8" 115-5/8" 117-5/8" 132-5/8" 125-1/2" 143-1/2" 139-1/2" 161-1/2"
Flange to Outlet F 97-1/2" 123" 120-5/8" 161-5/8" 127-5/8" 141-5/8" 143-5/8" 158-5/8" 152-1/2" 175" 171" 193"
WIDTHS
Overall (3-Pass) I 87" 87" 92" 92" 104" 106" 112" 112" 126" 128" 142" 142"
Overall (4-Pass) I 81-1/2" 81-1/2" 84" 84" 100" 100" 109" 109" 122" 122" 129" 129"
I.D. Boiler J 55" 55" 60" 60" 72" 72" 78" 78" 92" 92" 106" 106"
Center to Control Panel K 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 47" 47" 53" 53" 56" 56" 63" 63" 70" 70"
Center to Outside FGR Pipe (3-Pass) KK 42-1/2" 42-1/2" 45" 45" 51" 53" 56" 56" 63" 65" 72" 72"
Center to Outside FGR Pipe (4-Pass) KK 37" 37" 37" 37" 47" 47" 53" 53" 59" 59" 59" 59"
FGR Duct Size (3-Pass) V 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10"
FGR Duct Size (4-Pass) V 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 10" 10"
Center to Lagging L 30-1/2" 30-1/2" 33" 33" 39" 39" 42" 42" 49" 49" 56" 56"
Base Outside M 47-1/2" 47-1/2" 52-1/2" 52-1/2" 58-1/2" 58-1/2" 64" 64" 68" 68" 74-3/4" 74-3/4"
Base Inside N 39-1/2" 39-1/2" 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 50-1/2" 50-1/2" 56" 56" 55" 55" 61-3/4" 61-3/4"
HEIGHTS
Base to Boiler Centerline H 44-1/2" 44-1/2" 46" 46" 54" 54" 56" 56" 65-1/2" 65-1/2" 71" 71"
Base to Vent Outlet O 80-3/4" 80-3/4" 85" 85" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to Rear Door Davit OA 82-1/4" 82-1/4" 86-1/2" 86-1/2" 101" 101" 106" 106" 122-1/2" 122-1/2" 135-5/8" 135-5/8"
Base to FGR Stack Extension FF 94-3/4" 94-3/4" 99" 99" 118" 118" 123" 123" 142-1/2" 142-1/2" 155-5/8" 155-5/8"
(3-Pass Only)
Base to Return/Outlet P 78-3/8" 78-3/8" 82-3/8" 82-3/8" 96-1/4" 96-1/4" 101-1/2" 101-1/2" 118" 118" 130-5/8" 130-5/8"
Base Frame Q 12" 12" 12" 12" 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12"
Base to Bottom Boiler R 16" 16" 16" 16" 17" 17" 17" 17" 19" 19" 17-1/2" 17-1/2"
CONNECTIONS
Waterfill (Both Sides) S 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
Water Return U 4" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12"
Water Outlet Y 4" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12"
Drain Front & Rear W 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Air Vent T 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Vent Stack Diameter (Flanged) BB 16" 16" 16" 16" 20" 20" 20" 20" 24" 24" 24" 24"
Flange to Center Vent CC 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 9-1/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 10-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8" 12-5/8"
MINIMUM CLEARANCES
Rear Door Swing DD 34" 34" 36" 36" 43" 43" 46" 46" 53" 53" 60" 60"
Tube Removal Front GG 95" 121" 119" 160" 122" 148" 149" 165" 146" 179" 170" 192"
Tube Removal Rear HH 96-1/2" 122-1/2" 120-1/2" 161-1/2" 126-1/2" 152-1/2" 150-1/2" 166-1/2" 148-1/2" 181-1/2" 172-1/2" 194-1/2"
MINIMUM BOILER ROOM LENGTH ALLOWING FOR DOOR SWING AND TUBE REMOVAL FROM:
Front of Boiler RF 257" 309" 307" 389" 326" 378" 385" 417" 395" 461" 450" 494"
Rear of Boiler (3-Pass) RR 305-1/2" 357-1/2" 355-1/2" 437-1/2" 377-1/2" 429-1/2" 436-1/2" 473-1/2" 444" 510" 496" 544-1/2"
Rear of Boiler (4-Pass) RR 305-1/2" 359-1/2" 355-1/2" 437-1/2" 377-1/2" 432-1/2" 441-1/2" 476" 444" 513" 500-1/2" 544-1/2"
Thru Window or Door (3-Pass) RD 239" 265" 267" 308" 290" 316" 325" 346" 342-1/2" 375-1/2" 376-1/2" 404"
Thru Window or Door (4-Pass) RD 239" 267" 267" 308" 290" 319" 330" 348-1/2" 342-1/2" 378-1/2" 382" 404"
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) 5,848 7,397 8,378 11,180 11,940 14,380 16,190 17,884 22,572 27,431 32,991 37,120
Shipping Weight (30psig) (lbs) 10,123 11,303 11,931 14,106 16,958 19,051 22,344 23,918 28,934 33,189 41,179 45,226
Shipping Weight (125psig) (lbs) 10,238 11,418 13,153 15,679 18,609 21,270 24,522 26,631 32,175 36,972 47,122 51,782
NOTE: Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for actual option requirements.
A13-10
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
BOILER HP A B C D E
100 125 31 45 47 70 34
150 200 33 47 52 80 36
250 300 39 53 58 86 43
350 400 42 56 61 92 46
500 600 49 65 69 106 53
700 800 56 74 80 121 60
Figure A13-3. Space Required to Open Rear Head on Model ICB-LN Boilers
BOILER HP A B C D E
100 75-1/4 21-3/8 81-1/4 10 3
125 75-1/4 21-3/8 107-1/4 10 3
150 79-1/2 25-3/8 96-1/2 10 3
200 79-1/2 25-3/8 137-1/2 10 3
250 94 32 96-1/4 10 3
300 94 32 122-1/4 10 3
350 99 32 123-1/4 10 3
400 99 32 139-1/4 10 3
500 115-1/2 34 125-3/4 11 3
600 115-1/2 34 158-3/4 11 3
700 128-1/4 34 151 11 3
800 128-1/4 34 173 11 3
NOTE: A, B, and C dimensions may vary by 1 inch.
A13-11
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
" E"
BOILER HP A B C D E F G X
100 6 9 127-1/2 34-1/2 52-1/2 4 39-1/2 17-1/2
125 6 9 153-1/2 34-1/2 52-1/2 4 39-1/2 17-1/2
150 6 9 151-1/2 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 17-1/2
200 6 9 192-1/2 39-1/2 57-1/2 4 44-1/2 17-1/2
250 6 9 160-1/2 45-1/2 63-1/2 4 50-1/2 17-1/2
300 6 9 186-1/2 45-1/2 63-1/2 4 50-1/2 17-1/2
350 6 9 187-1/2 51 69 4 56 17-1/2
400 6 9 203-1/2 51 69 4 56 17-1/2
500 6 12 190-1/2 49-1/2 73-1/2 6-1/2 55 20-1/2
600 6 12 223-1/2 49-1/2 73-1/2 6-1/2 55 20-1/2
700 6 12 214-1/2 56-1/4 80-1/4 6-1/2 61-3/4 20-1/2
800 6 12 236-1/2 56-1/4 80-1/4 6-1/2 61-3/4 20-1/2
NOTE: 6-inch high mounting piers recommended for use beneath the boiler base frame. The use of these piers pro-
vides increased inspection accessibility to the boiler and added height for washing down the area beneath the boiler.
A13-12
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
A13-13
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
A strainer must be installed in the supply piping upstream of D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
the burner supply pump in order to prevent entry of foreign supply openings be less than one (1) square foot.
material into the pump, fuel control valves, or burner E. Size the openings by using the formula:
nozzle(s). The strainer must be sized for the burner supply
Area (sq-ft) = CFM/FPM
pump capacity. A strainer mesh of 150 microns (0.005") is
recommended. 2. Amount of air required (cfm).
Install a check valve in the line to prevent draining of the oil A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
suction line when the burner is not in operation. Location of B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total
the check valve varies with the system, but usually it is located of 10 cfm/bhp up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent
as close as possible to the storage tank. more per 1000 feet of added elevation.
Installation of a vacuum gauge in the burner supply line 3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
between the burner oil pump and the strainer is recommended. A. From floor to (7) foot height 250 fpm.
Regular observation and recording of the gauge indication will B. Above (7) foot height 500 fpm.
assist in determining when the strainer needs servicing.
Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
Upon completion of the oil piping installation, the system openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
should be checked for oil or air leakage and tight shutoff of all openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
valves.
Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
Boiler Room Information Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Figure A13-7 shows typical boiler room length requirements. Area Required: Area = cfm/fpm = 3000/250 = 12 sq-ft total.
Figure A13-8 shows typical boiler room width requirements. Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
A13-14
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
Table A13-8. Model ICB-LN Steam Boiler Safety Valve Outlet Size
VALVE SETTING 15 PSIG STEAM 150 PSIG STEAM 200 PSIG STEAM 250 PSIG STEAM
A13-15
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
Table A13-9. Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler Relief Valve Outlet Size
VALVE SETTING 30 PSIG HW 125 PSIG HW 150 PSIG HW
NOTE: Relief valve is Kunkle #537 for 30# & 125#(Section IV) boiler and is Kunkle #927 for 150# HTHW (Section I) boiler.
PSIG 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
15 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
30 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12
40 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
50 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 12
75 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10
100 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10
125 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
150 2.5 3 3 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8
200 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
250 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6
NOTES:
1. Steam nozzle sizes given in inches.
2. Recommended steam nozzle sizes based on 4000 to 5000 fpm steam velocity.
A13-16
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
Table A13-12. Model ICB-LN Blowdown Tank Sizing Table A13-14. Sound Pressure Levels in dBA for
Information ICB Boilers at High Fire
BOILER HP WATER (GAL) Sound Level dBA
100 75 BHP ICB-LN
125 94 100 83.1
150 102 125 89.5
200 135 150 88.6
250 125 200 90.0
300 150 250 91.0
350 174 300 94.0
400 191 350 91.5
500 206 400 93.5
600 248 500 93.5
700 266 600 93.7
800 297 700 93.7
NOTE: Quantity of water removed from boiler by lowering normal water line 4". 800 93.5
NOTE: To obtain minimum required gas pressure at altitudes above 700 feet,
multiply the pressure by the listed factors:
A13-17
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
Table A13-15. Model ICB-LN, Standard, Minimum Required Gas Pressure at Entrance to Standard,
FM & IRI Gas Trains (Upstream of Gas Pressure Regulator)
STD PIPE PRESSURE REQUIRED, PRESSURE REQUIRED,
SIZE 3-PASS ("WC) 4-PASS ("WC)
BOILER
HP (Inches) Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
100 2 13 27.7 15 27.7
125 2 19.5 27.7 17.5 27.7
150 2 20 27.7 21.5 27.7
200 2-1/2 27 27.7 32.5 138.5
250 2-1/2 30 138.5 35.5 138.5
300 2-1/2 43 138.5 47.5 138.5
350 3 45 138.5 49.5 138.5
400 3 40.5 138.5 42.5 138.5
500 3 53.5 138.5 58.5 138.5
600 3 120 277 120 277
700 3 138.5 277 138.5 277
800 3 86 277 86 277
NOTE: For undersized or oversized gas trains or altitudes above 700 feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
Authorized Representative.
A13-18
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
1. Shortest boiler room length (Dwg A) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement (from front or rear of boiler) through a window or
doorway. Allowance is only made for minimum door swing at each end of the boiler. This arrangement provides sufficient aisle space at the front of the
boiler but a tight space condition at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
2. Next shortest boiler room length (Dwg B) is obtained by allowing for possible future tube replacement from the front of the boiler. Allowance is only
made for minimum door swing at the rear.
If space permits, approximately 1.5 additional feet should be allowed at the rear for additional aisle and working space.
BOILER HP 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800
DIM. A 84-1/2 87 93 96 103 110
DIM. B 115-1/2 120 138 144 170 184
NOTES:
1. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boiler and Wall.
Dimension "A allows for a clear 42" aisle between the water column on the boiler and
the wall. If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
2. Recommended Minimum Distance Between Boilers.
Dimension B between boilers allows for a clear aisle of:
42" 100-200 hp
48" 250-400 hp
60 500-800 hp
If space permits, this aisle should be widened.
A13-19
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
The Sample Specification is typically utilized as the base template for the complete boiler specification. The LN option includes
information on the Low NOx package for 30 ppm NOx (dry volume basis and corrected to 3% O2) when firing natural gas. Contact
your local Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative for information on special insurance requirements, special code
requirements, optional equipment, or general assistance in completing the specification.
Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler (100 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
1.0 Boiler Characteristics (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-25
2.0 General Boiler Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-25
3.0 Hot Water Boiler Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-26
4.0 Burner and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-26
5.0 Efficiency Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-28
6.0 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-28
7.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A13-28
A13-20
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
2.2.1 The boiler shell must be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code and must receive authorized boiler inspection
prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection report shall be furnished to the purchaser.
2.2.2 Two lifting eyes shall be located on top of the boiler.
2.2.3 Front and rear doors on the boiler shall be davited.
2.2.4 The rear door shall be insulated with a blanket material and a steel covering to give the surface a hard durable finish.
2.2.5 The boiler tubes shall not include turbulators, swirlers or other add-on appurtenances.
2.2.6 The boiler shall be furnished with a manhole and handholes to facilitate boiler inspection and cleaning.
2.2.7 Exhaust Vent Select one of the following:
A. (Four-Pass) The exhaust gas vent shall be located near the front of the boiler on the top centerline and shall be capable of
supporting 2000 lbs.
B. (Three-Pass) The exhaust gas vent shall be located at the rear of the boiler on the top centerline and shall be capable of
supporting 2000 lbs.
2.2.8 Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler.
2.2.9 The boiler insulation shall consist of a 2 inch blanket under a sectional preformed sheet metal lagging. This insulation must be
readily removable and capable of being reinstalled, if required.
2.2.10 The entire boiler based frame and other components shall be factory painted before shipment using a hard finish enamel
coating.
2.2.11 An inner rear turnaround access opening shall swing on a davit, to allow full accessibility to the 2nd pass tubes and furnace.
2.2.12 Tubes shall be removable from either the front or rear of the boiler.
2.3 Emission Controls
2.3.1 Boiler shall be equipped with a low emission (LN) option for guaranteed NOx performance at 30 ppm, dry volume basis and
corrected to 3% O2 when firing natural gas.
2.3.2 The low emission (LN) option shall include a burner and boiler package to provide NOx reduction through an induced flue
gas recirculation system using the burner blower assembly, a control valve, a shut-off valve, electrical interlocks, and flue gas recir-
culation piping. Boiler fuel-to-steam efficiency and rated boiler capacity shall be guaranteed while the boiler is operating at the low
NOx performance levels.
2.3.3 Burner, boiler and low NOx system shall be manufactured as a package by a single manufacturer. The Low NOx option to the
Cleaver-Brooks boiler shall include factory testing as a package, and the burner shall bear the UL, cUL label.
A13-21
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
A13-22
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
C. 300 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test
connections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
4.4.2 FUEL SERIES 100 LIGHT OIL FIRED
4.4.2.1 Burner Type The burner shall be mounted at the front of the boiler, and shall be approved for operation with CS12-48,
Commercial No. 2 oil.
4.4.2.2 Gas Pilot The gas pilot shall be a premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary gas valve cannot open until pilot flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) shut-off
valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.2.3 Oil Pump An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump shall
be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.2.4 Oil Burner Piping Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one
(1) motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure switch
all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.2.5 Oil Atomization Type Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor
assembly.
4.4.3 FUEL SERIES 200 LIGHT OIL OR GAS FIRED
4.4.3.1 Burner Type The burner, mounted at the front of the boiler, shall be a combination of low pressure air atomizing type for
oil and high radiant multi-port type for gas. The burner shall be approved for operation with either CS12-48 Commercial No. 2 oil
or natural gas.
4.4.3.2 Gas Pilot The gas pilot shall be premix type with automatic electric ignition. An electronic detector shall monitor the
pilot so that the primary fuel valve cannot open until flame has been established. The pilot train shall include one (1) manual shut-
off valve, solenoid valve, pressure regulator, and one (1) plugged leakage test connection (Canada only).
4.4.3.3 Oil Burner
4.4.3.3.1 Oil Pump An oil pump with a capacity of approximately twice the maximum burning rate shall be included. Pump
shall be motor driven and shipped loose to be field installed near the oil storage tank. Oil pump motor starter shall also be provided.
4.4.3.3.2 Oil Burner Piping Fuel oil piping on the unit shall include oil metering system, one (1) solenoid oil shut-off valve, one
(1) motorized oil valve with proof of closure switch, pressure relief valve, atomizing air proving switch, and low oil pressure switch
all integrally mounted on the unit.
4.4.3.3.3 Oil Atomization Type Burner shall be a low pressure air atomizing type, including a shipped loose air compressor
assembly.
4.4.3.4 Gas Burner Piping Select one of the following:
A. 100 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1) motorized
gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high and low gas pressure switches.
The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, low water, or any abnormal
shutdown condition.
B. 125 150 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, one (1)
solenoid and one (1) motorized gas valve with proof of closure switch, two (2) plugged leakage test connections, and high
and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure,
low water, or any abnormal shutdown condition.
C. 300 800 hp. Gas burner piping on all units shall include two (2) manual shut-off valves, gas pressure regulator, two (2)
motorized gas valves and one (1) valve with proof of closure switch, main gas vent valve, two (2) plugged leakage test
connections, and high and low gas pressure switches. The gas valves shall be wired to close automatically in the event of
power failure, flame failure, low water or any abnormal shutdown condition.
A13-23
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
6.0 Warranty
6.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first.
7.0 Execution
7.1 Shop Tests
7.1.1 The packaged boiler must receive factory tests to check the construction, controls, and operation of the unit. All tests may be
witnessed by the purchaser, if desired.
7.2 Start-Up Service
7.2.1 After boiler installation is completed, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a field representative for starting the unit
and training the operator at no additional costs.
7.2.1.1 A factory approved and authorized start-up report shall be submitted to the customer/user at the time of start-up.
A13-24
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
Model ICB-LN Hot Water Boiler (100 800 hp, 30 psig, 125 psig)
A13-25
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
A13-26
12-02
Firetube Boilers Model ICB-LN
A13-27
12-02
Model ICB-LN Firetube Boilers
A13-28
12-02
Section B
COMMERCIAL BOILERS
Model 4 Boilers B2
Model 5 Boilers B3
Electric Boilers B4
Truefire Boilers B5
Clearfire Boilers B6
B-a
02-02
General Commercial Boilers
B-b
Section B1
FLEXIBLE WATERTUBE BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-5
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Burner/Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B1-13
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B1-18
Steam Boiler Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-18
Hot Water Boiler Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-22
B1-1
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure B1-1. Model FLX Hot Water Boiler Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-7
Figure B1-2. Model FLX Steam Boiler Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9
Figure B1-3. Model FLX Tube Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-13
Figure B1-4. Model FLX Oil Burner Supply Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-15
Figure B1-5. Model FLX Clearance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-16
Figure B1-6.Model FLX Breeching Arrangement - Single or Multiple Boiler Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-17
TABLES
Table B1-1. Model FLX Watertube Boiler Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4
Table B1-2. Model FLX Hot Water Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-6
Table B1-3.Model FLX Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-6
Table B1-4. Expected Emissions (ppm, corrected to 3% O2), Natural Gas Fired Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Table B1-5. Model FLX Hot Water Boiler Flow Rates and Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Table B1-6. Model FLX Circulating Rates, Hot Water Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-12
Table B1-7. Model FLX Minimum Over Pressure Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-12
Table B1-8. Model FLX Boiler Heat Release Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-12
Table B1-9. Model FLX Burner Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-14
Table B1-10. Model FLX Minimum Required Gas Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-14
Table B1-11. Model FLX Sound Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-16
Table B1-12. Model FLX Combustion Air Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-17
This section contains information on the Flexible Watertube boiler. The product model name is FLX
for factory-assembled boilers, and FLE for field-erectable boilers. It is available in sizes ranging from
1.5 to 12 MMBtu/hr input.
Cleaver-Brooks offers the Model FLX bent-tube boiler to meet todays demanding commercial users
needs. The flexible watertube design has distinct advantages, including resistance to thermal shock and
easy boiler maintenance. In addition Model FLX boilers offer high operating efficiency. These combined
factors equate to a real increase on the return from your boiler room investment.
B1-2
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
Creates high water-flow-rates at all loads, and increases heat Ensures high quality design and manufacturing standards.
transfer throughout the boiler. Ensures safety and reliability.
Large Downcomer, Located Outside the Fire Zone: Cleaver-Brooks Forced Draft Burner:
Guarantees positive natural internal circulation, minimizing Provides high pressure drop for low CO and maximum
the impact of exterior pumping conditions. combustion performance.
Reduces stack draft requirements.
True Tangent-Wall Design:
No fins or strips to substitute for tubes. Optimum fuel and air mixing.
Ensures maximum cooling and uniform heat transfer Long-life reverse curve impeller.
throughout the boiler. Ensures maximum combustion efficiency, as low as 10%
excess air.
Five-Pass Boiler Design:
Burner/Boiler by single manufacturer.
Creates high flue gas velocities to rapidly and efficiently
transfer heat to the water. Removable Side Panels
Higher efficiencies compared to other tangent-tube designs. Provides easy access for inspection.
Reduces maintenance costs.
1.5-Inch Diameter Tube Design:
Ensures containment of furnace gases.
Eliminates possible damage from thermal shock stresses.
Rugged construction for durability.
Reduces maintenance costs.
Prolongs equipment life. 20-Year Pressure Vessel Warranty:
Guaranteed to last.
Swedge-Fitted Tube Attachment:
Backed by Cleaver-Brooks.
Eliminates the need for rolling or welding tubes.
Lessens repair or replacement requirements. Field Erectable (Optional):
Ease of tube replacement reduces downtime. Complete package for ease of assembly.
Pieces fit through standard doorway.
Burner Supported by the Front Door:
No crane/hoist is required to remove burner and components
for inspection.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Information in this section applies to steam and hot water
Provides easy inspection access.
boiler sizes ranging from 1.5 to 12 MMBtu/hr input, as shown
Reduces maintenance costs. in Table B1-1.
The Flexible Watertube Boiler is a five-pass steel boiler with
Insulated Construction: flexible tubes formed and arranged to direct the flow of com-
Reduces thermal losses. bustion gases through the boiler. The pressure vessel conforms
to Section I or Section IV of the ASME Code, and consists of
Increases efficiency. the formed tubes and the external downcomer connected to the
top and bottom drums. The heated area of the pressure vessel is
Low NOx Capability: contained within a gas-tight, insulated casing that is composed
of removable, formed-steel panels. The boiler/burner package
B1-3
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B1-1. Model FLX Watertube Boiler Sizes C. Pressure gauge for steam boilers.
CAPACITY D. Operating and limit controls:
HEAT OUTPUT EQUIV
MODEL INPUT
BTU/HR HP 1). High limit control - manual reset.
BTU/HR
D. External access to flame scanner for ease of Auxiliary low water cut-off (hot water).
maintenance. Stack thermometer.
3. Water/Steam Controls: Insulated downcomer(s).
A. ASME safety relief valve(s). Drain valves.
B. Pressure and temperature gauges for hot water boilers. Additional screwed tappings.
B1-4
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
B1-5
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
MODEL NO. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Fuel Consumption .......Gas (cfh)A 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000
Oil (gph)B 10.7 14.3 17.9 21.4 25.0 28.6 32.1 35.7 39.3 42.9 50.0 57.2 64.3 71.4 78.6 85.7
Output (MBH) ..............Gas Firing 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4400 4800 5600 6400 7200 8000 8800 9600
Oil Firing 1245 1660 2075 2490 2905 3320 3735 4150 4565 4980 5810 6640 7470 8300 9130 9960
Approximate bhp 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 119 131 143 167 191 215 239 263 287
Natural Gas Input: CFH (1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000
Btu)
Shipping Weight (lbs) 3900 3900 3900 5000 5000 6100 6100 6100 6100 6100 8500 8500 8500 10000 10000 10000
Operating Weight (lbs) 4700 4700 4700 5900 5900 7600 7600 7600 7600 7600 10500 10500 10500 12300 12300 12300
Water Content (US gal) 91 91 91 106 106 174 174 174 174 174 228 228 228 270 270 270
Blower Motor hp 1/3A 1/2 3/4 1/2A 3/4A 1-1/2 1-1/2A 2 3 3 5 5 5A 5A 7 1/2 10
1/2B 3/4B 1B 2B 7-1/2B 7-1/2B
MODEL NO. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Fuel Consumption ...Gas(h)A 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000
Oil (gph)B 10.7 14.3 17.9 21.4 25.0 28.6 32.2 35.7 39.3 42.9 50.0 57.2 64.3 71.4 78.6 85.7
Rated Capacity: lbs steam/hr 1237 1649 2062 2479 2887 3299 3711 4124 4536 4949 5773 6598 7422 8248 9072 9897
Output (MBH) .......Gas Firing 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4400 4800 5600 6400 7200 8000 8800 9600
Oil Firing 1245 1660 2075 2490 2905 3320 3735 4150 4565 4980 5810 6640 7470 8300 9130 9960
Approximate bhp 36 48 60 72 84 96 107 119 131 143 167 191 215 239 263 287
Shipping Weight (lbs) 5700 5700 5700 6200 6200 7900 7900 7900 7900 7900 10200 10200 10200 11700 11700 11700
Operating Weight (lbs) 6600 6600 6600 7200 7200 9200 9200 9200 9200 9200 12500 12500 12500 14100 14100 14100
Operating Water Content 85 85 85 95 95 140 140 140 140 140 210 210 210 252 252 252
(US gal)
Blower Motor hp 1/3A 1/2 3/4 1/2A 3/4A 1-1/2 1-1/2A 2 3 3 5 5 5A 5A 7 1/2 10
1/2B 3/4B 1B 2B 7-1/2B 7-1/2B
B1-6
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
MODEL NO. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
A - Length Of Base 71-13/16 71-13/16 71-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16
B1 - Height of Lifting Lug 77-3/8 77-3/8 77-3/8 81-3/8 81-3/8 87-3/8 87-3/8 87-3/8 87-3/8 87-3/8
B2 - Height of Flue Gas Outlet 77-1/2 77-1/2 77-1/2 81-1/2 81-1/2 87-1/2 87-1/2 87-1/2 87-1/2 87-1/2
C - Boiler Width 41-1/2 41-1/2 41-1/2 45-1/2 45-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2
D - Center Lower Drum - Center Upper Drum 56-1/2 56-1/2 56-1/2 60-1/2 60-1/2 63-1/2 63-1/2 63-1/2 63-1/2 63-1/2
E - Center Of Lower Drum To Bottom 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16 9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8
F - Center Of Burner Opening To Bottom 25-7/8 25-7/8 25-7/8 31-3/4 31-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4
G - Center Of F.G. Outlet To Rear Of Jacket 16-1/4 16-1/4 16-1/4 16-1/4 16-1/4 18-1/4 18-1/4 18-1/4 18-1/4 18-1/4
H - Drum Clearance Past Base, Front 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4 8-3/4
L - Upper/lower Drum OD 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4
M - Flue Gas Outlet ID 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 16 16 16
O - Diameter Of Bolt Circle 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 14-1/2 14-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
R - Drum Clearance Past Base - Rear 17-15/16 17-15/16 17-15/16 17-7/8 17-7/8 18-3/4 18-3/4 18-3/4 18-3/4 18-3/4
S - Burner Clearance (See Note 4) 22-9/16 22-9/16 22-9/16 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 33-5/16 33-5/16 33-5/168
V - Relief Valve Outlet (160 lb) 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
W - Total Length (See Note 4) 121-1/16 121-1/16 121-1/16 130-15/16130-15/16152-15/16152-15/16 159-3/4 159-3/4 159-3/4
NOTES: 4. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding total
1. Measurements in inches. length for altitude-compensated boilers.
2. Rear drain connection on Model 600 and larger specification subject to chang
without notice. 5. Inlet and outlet flanges: Model 150 thru 900 - studded flange.
3. Models 150 thru 350 supplied with one front drain only. Models 1000 thru 1200 - nozzle flange.
B1-7
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
B2 - Height of Flue Gas Outlet 95-1/2 95-1/2 95-1/2 95-1/2 95-1/2 95-1/2
D - Center Lower Drum - Center Upper Drum 69-1/2 69-1/2 69-1/2 69-1/2 69-1/2 69-1/2
E - Center Of Lower Drum To Bottom 11-7/8 11-7/8 11-7/8 11-7/8 11-7/8 11-7/8
F - Center Of Burner Opening To Bottom 37-3/4 37-3/4 37-3/4 37-3/4 37-3/4 37-3/4
G - Center Of F.G. Outlet To Rear Of Jacket 20-1/4 20-1/4 20-1/4 20-1/4 20-1/4 20-1/4
H - Drum Clearance Past Base, Front 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8
S - Burner Clearance (See Note 4) 34-5/16 34-5/16 34-5/16 41-1/16 41-1/16 41-1/16
T - Drain Connection 2 2 2 2 2 2
V - Relief Valve Outlet (160 lb) 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
W - Total Length (See Note 4) 181-7/16 181-7/16 181-7/16 213-7/8 213-7/8 213-7/8
NOTES:
1. Measurements in inches.
2. Rear drain connection on Model 600 and larger specification subject to change without notice.
3. Models 150 thru 350 supplied with one front drain only.
4. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding total length for altitude-compensated boilers.
5. Inlet and outlet flanges: Models 150 thru 900 - studded flange
Models 1000 thru 1200 - nozzle flange
MODEL NO. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
A. Length of Base 71-13/16 71-13/16 71-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16 98-15/16
B. Boiler Height (Top of casing) 85-3/4 85-3/4 85-3/4 90 90 93-7/8 93-7/8 93-7/8 93-7/8 93-7/8
B1 - Top of Lifting Lug 86-13/16 86-13/16 86-13/16 90-13/16 90-13/16 94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8
C. Boiler Width 41-1/2 41-1/2 41-1/2 45-1/2 45-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2 47-1/2
D. Center of Lower Drum - Center Upper 60 60 60 64 64 67 67 67 67 67
Drum
E. Center of Lower Drum to Bottom 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16 8-13/16
9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8 9-7/8
F. Center of Burner Opening to Bottom 25-7/8 25-7/8 25-7/8 31-3/4 31-3/4
35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4
G. Center of FG Outlet to Rear of Jacket 14-11/16 14-11/16 14-11/16 14-5/8 14-5/8
17-1/8 17-1/8 17-1/8 17-1/8 17-1/8
H. Drum Clearance Past Base - Front 15-1/8 15-1/8 15-1/8 15-1/8 15-1/8
15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2 15-1/2
J. Tube Removal Clearance 28 28 28 32 32
34 34 34 34 34
K. Steam Nozzle 15psig * 4 flg. 4 flg. 4 flg. 5 flg. 5 flg.
6 flg. 6 flg. 6 flg. 6 flg. 6 flg.
K. Steam Nozzle 150psig * 2 mpt 2 mpt 2 mpt 2 mpt 2-1/2 mpt
3 flg. 3 flg. 3 flg. 3 flg. 3 flg.
L. Lower Drum OD 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8
10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4
M. Flue Gas Outlet ID 10 10 10 12 12
16 16 16 16 16
N. No. of Holes in Flue Gas Outlet Flange 4 4 4 4 64 6 6 6 6
O. Diameter of Bolt Circle (FG Outlet) 12-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 14-1/2 14-1/2
18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2 18-1/2
P. Flue Gas Outlet Flange OD 15 15 15 17 17
21 21 21 21 21
Q. Upper Drum OD 20 20 20 20 20
20 20 20 20 20
R. Drum Clearance Past Base - Rear 11-1/8 11-1/8 11-1/8 11-1/8 11-1/8
11-9/16 11-9/16 11-9/16 11-9/16 11-9/16
S. Burner Clearance (See Note 4) 16-3/16 16-3/16 16-3/16 20-1/8 20-1/8
19-3/4 19-3/4 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16
T. Drain Connection (15 psig) 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
2 2 2 2 2
T. Drain Connection (150 psig) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
U. Downcomer (NPS) Size 4 4 4 4 54 5 5 5 5
W. Height of Steam Nozzle 86-13/16 86-13/16 86-13/16 90-13/16 90-13/16
94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8 94-7/8
X. Height of Stack Flange 87-1/4 87-1/4 87-1/4 91-1/2 91-1/2
95-3/8 95-3/8 95-3/8 95-3/8 95-3/8
Y. Relief Valve Outlet Size (Qty) (15 psig) 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2
3 3 3 3 3
Y. Relief Valve Outlet Size (Qty) (150 psig) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2
(2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Z. Feed Water Connection Size 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1
ZA. Feed Water Location 38-13/16 38-13/16 38-13/16 42-13/16 42-13/16 46-7/8 46-7/8 46-7/8 46-7/8 46-7/8
ZZ.Steam Nozzle Location 36-3/8 36-3/8 36-3/8 39-3/8 39-3/8 50-3/8 50-3/8 50-3/8 50-3/8 50-3/8
AA. Total Length (See Note) 114-1/4 114-1/4 114-1/4 124-3/16 124-3/16 145-3/4 145-3/4 152-9/16 152-9/16 152-9/16
Inspection Handhole Size (Lower) 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5 4x5
Note: Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative regarding total length for altitude-compensated boilers.
* flg = Class 150# F.F.
B1-9
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
B1-10
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
Table B1-5. Model FLX Hot Water Boiler Flow Rates and Pressure Drops
FLX-150 1.14 122.0 0.30 61.1 0.13 41.1 0.08 30.8 0.05 24.4
FLX-200 1.14 162.3 0.30 81.1 0.13 54.1 0.08 40.6 0.05 32.5
FLX-250 1.77 202.8 0.46 101.4 0.21 67.6 0.12 50.7 0.08 40.6
FLX-300 1.85 243.4 0.48 121.7 0.22 81.1 0.12 60.9 0.08 48.7
FLX-350 2.49 284.0 0.65 142.0 0.29 94.7 0.17 71.0 0.11 56.8
FLX-400 1.35 324.5 0.35 162.3 0.16 108.2 0.09 81.1 0.06 64.9
FLX-450 1.71 365.1 0.44 182.6 0.20 121.7 0.11 91.2 0.08 73.0
FLX-500 2.03 405.7 0.54 202.8 0.25 135.2 0.14 101.4 0.09 81.1
FLX-550 2.50 446.3 0.67 223.1 0.31 148.7 0.17 111.5 0.11 89.2
FLX-600 2.99 486.8 0.77 243.4 0.35 162.3 0.20 121.7 0.13 97.4
FLX-700 1.75 567.9 0.45 284.0 0.21 189.3 0.12 142.0 0.08 113.6
FLX-800 2.27 649.1 0.59 324.5 0.27 216.4 0.15 162.3 0.10 129.8
FLX-900 2.85 730.2 0.74 365.1 0.33 243.4 0.19 182.6 0.12 146.0
FLX-1000 4.08 811.4 1.02 405.6 0.42 270.4 0.25 202.8 0.15 163.6
FLX-1100 4.42 892.6 1.15 446.2 0.48 297.4 0.28 223.0 0.18 178.4
FLX-1200 6.20 973.6 1.60 486.8 0.59 324.6 0.31 243.4 0.22 194.8
B1-11
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
FURNACE FURNACE
FURNACE FURNACE
MODEL HEAT HEAT
PROJECTED VOLUME
NO. RELEASE RELEASE BTU/
AREA (FT2) (FT3)
BTU/HR (FT3) HR (FT2)
B1-12
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
Minimum return water temperature is 120 F; minimum sup- Fuel Connections - Gas
ply (boiler outlet) water temperature is 150 F in order to pre- The local gas company should be consulted for requirements
vent fireside corrosion. and authorization for installation and inspection of gas supply
piping. Installation of gas supply piping and venting must be in
System Operating Parameters (Steam Boilers) accordance with all applicable engineering guidelines and reg-
The following operating limitations must be observed for opti- ulatory codes. All connections made to the boiler should be
mum operation of the boiler: arranged so that all components remain accessible for inspec-
tion, cleaning and maintenance.
1. Minimum make-up temperature 60 F.
A drip leg should be installed in the supply piping before the
2. Maximum make-up rate (for on/off make-up control) 2.0 connection to the gas pressure regulator. The drip leg should be
times the evaporation rate. at least as large as the inlet fitting supplied with the boiler. Con-
3. Minimum operating pressure 6 psig. on low pressure steam sideration must be given to both volume and pressure require-
and 40 psig. on high pressure steam. ments when choosing gas supply piping size. Refer to the
boiler dimension diagram provided by Cleaver-Brooks for the
4. Maximum operating pressure 12 psig. on low pressure particular installation. Connections to the burner gas train
steam. should be made with a union, so that gas train components or
5. Maximum load tracking rate 0 - 100% load or 100% - 0 the burner may be easily disconnected for inspection or service.
load, 30 seconds on low pressure steam and 20% per Upon completion of the gas piping installation, the system
minute on high pressure steam. should be checked for gas leakage and tight shutoff of all
valves.
Maximum boiler water chemistry parameters: Silica: 150
ppm; specific conductance: 3500 mho/cm un-neutralized;
Fuel Connections - Oil
total alkalinity: 300 ppm as CaCO3; hardness: 0; oxygen: 7
ppb; pH: 7 - 10; total iron: 0.05 ppm; oil matter: 1 ppm. Oil-fired burners are equipped with an oil pump, which draws
fuel from a storage tank and supplies pressurized oil to the
Boiler Heat Release Information burner nozzle(s). The burner supply oil pump has a greater
capacity than the burner requires for the maximum firing rate.
Boiler heat release information is shown in Table B1-8. Fuel not delivered to the nozzle is returned to the storage tank.
A two-pipe (supply and return) oil system is recommended for
Tube Attachment all installations. Figure B1-4 shows a typical fuel oil supply
Construction of the Flexible Watertube Boiler includes a spe- arrangement. Oil lines must be sized for the burner and burner
cial tube-to-drum attachment that requires no welding or roll- supply oil pump capacities.
ing (see Figure B1-3). The tube is fitted with a tapered ferrule, The burner supply oil pump suction should not exceed 10" Hg.
which is press-fit into the tube hole in the drum. The ferrule is If a transfer pump is used, it must have a pumping capacity at
welded to the tube at the factory for both new and replacement least equal to that of the burner pump(s). Supply pressure to the
tubes, so no field welding is required. The tube is held in place burner pump should not exceed 3 psig.
with a keeper plate.
A strainer must be installed in the supply piping upstream of
This tube attachment design reduces repair and maintenance the burner supply pump in order to prevent entry of foreign
costs, and also reduces the cost of field erection of new units.
Burner/Control Information
Burner Characteristics
Burner information is shown in Table B1-9. Note that the
model selection may vary for actual application factors (alti-
tude, gas pressure, etc.).
B1-13
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B1-9. Model FLX Burner Characteristics Table B1-10. Model FLX Minimum Required Gas Pressure
material into the pump, fuel control valves, or burner noz- trols which reset the boiler water outlet temperature below 150
zle(s). The strainer must be sized for the burner supply pump F, or the utilization of the boiler as a system thermostat.
capacity. A strainer mesh of 150 microns (0.005") is recom-
mended. Boiler Room Information
Install a check valve in the line to prevent draining of the oil The boiler must be installed on a non-combustible floor. If the
suction line when the burner is not in operation. Location of floor is not level, piers, or a raised pad, slightly larger in length
the check valve varies with the system, but usually it is located and width than the boiler base dimensions, will make boiler
as close as possible to the storage tank. installations and leveling easier. Installation on a raised pad or
piers will make boiler drain connections more accessible. The
Installation of a vacuum gauge in the burner supply line
floor, pad, or piers must be of sufficient load bearing strength to
between the burner oil pump and the strainer is recommended.
safely support the operating weight of the boiler and any addi-
Regular observation and recording of the gauge indication will
tional equipment installed with it. Approximate operating
assist in determining when the strainer needs servicing.
weights for Model FLX series steam and hot water boilers are
Upon completion of the oil piping installation, the system shown in Dimensions and Ratings.
should be checked for oil or air leakage and tight shutoff of all
After the boiler is in place it must be leveled. Both side-to-side
valves.
and front-to-back level can be verified using the vertical con-
nection between the upper and lower drums at the back of the
Sound Levels (dBA) boiler. If shims are required to level the boiler, the weight of
Refer to Table B1-11 for sound level information. the boiler must be evenly distributed at all points of support.
The boiler must be installed so that all components remain
Outdoor Reset Control accessible for inspection, cleaning, or maintenance. Field-
Cleaver-Brooks does not recommend the use of outdoor con-
B1-14
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
B1-15
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
MODEL NO.
SOUND LEVEL
FIRING RATE
150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Measurement: Three feet from front center of boiler, and 3-1/2 feet above boiler base. Measurements are decibel ratings
on the A-weighted scale, registered without addition of sound attenuators, mufflers, or silencers. Sound pressure data
taken on combination fuel burners firing oil. Sound pressure levels firing natural gas will be 0.5 dBA lower.
FLX-150 - 250 28 18 48 24
FLX-300 - 350 32 18 48 24
FLX-400 - 600 34 18 48 24
FLX-700 - 1200 40 18 48 24
B1-16
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
MODEL NO. 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Gas (scfh) 15480 20640 25800 30960 36120 41280 46440 51600 56760 61920 72240 82560 92280 103200 113520 123840
Comb (lb/hr) 1207 1609 2012 2414 2817 3219 3621 4024 4426 4828 5633 6438 7243 8048 8853 9657
Air
(Dry) Oil (scfh) 17050 22733 28414 34098 39782 45463 51146 56831 62514 68196 79562 90928 102294 113662 125028 136394
(lb/hr) 1269 1692 2115 2538 2961 3384 3807 4231 4654 5077 5923 6769 7640 8462 9308 10154
Gas (scfh) 17520 23360 29200 35040 40880 46720 52560 58400 64240 70080 81760 93440 105120 116800 128480 140160
Flue (lb/hr) 1278 1704 2130 2556 2983 3409 3835 4261 4687 5113 5965 6817 7669 8521 9373 10225
Gas
(Dry) Oil (scfh) 17915 23886 29855 35827 41799 47769 53740 59713 65684 71655 83598 95541 107484 119427 131370 143312
(lb/hr) 1357 1809 2261 2714 3166 3618 4070 4523 4975 5427 6330 7237 8142 9047 9951 10856
NOTES:
1. Natural gas @ 1000 Btu/cu-ft.
2. No. 2 oil @ 140,000 Btu/gal.
Figure B1-6. Model FLX Breeching Arrangement - Single or Multiple Boiler Installation
B1-17
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application. A separate specification is provided for hot water boiler and steam boiler packages.
B1-18
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
B1-19
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
4.1.6 A permanent observation port shall be provided in the burner to allow observation of both the pilot and main flame. Both the
pilot and the flame scanner shall be easily accessible without opening or disassembling the burner.
4.1.7 Supply voltage available shall be ______ Volts, ______ phase, 60 Hz. All motors shall be suitable for use on this voltage. All
burner controls are to be for use on 120 volts, 1 phase, 60 hz.
4.1.8 The burner shall be factory fire-tested to ensure proper operation before shipment.
4.2 Pilot Gas Train for Each Burner (Mounted, Piped, and Wired)
A separate pilot gas cock, gas pressure regulator, and pilot safety shutoff gas valve shall be provided for the ignition gas supply.
4.3 Oil Burner
4.3.1 The oil burner shall be of the mechanical pressure atomizing type.
4.3.2 A two-stage oil pump shall be provided for each burner as an integral part of the burner.
4.3.3Two approved automatically operated safety shutoff valve(s) shall be provided in the oil supply line to the burner valves to be
piped in series but wired parallel.
4.3.4 Supply an oil pressure gauge to indicate the discharge oil pump pressure.
4.3.5 Install a manual valve, fuel oil filter, or strainer and vacuum gauge on the suction side of the oil pump (optional).
4.3.6 Install a fusible-link-actuated oil safety shutoff valve in the oil supply line between the oil tank and the manual gate valve at
the oil pump (optional).
4.3.7 Oil pressure monitoring shall be provided by an approved pressure switch interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of low oil pressure (optional).
4.4 Gas Valve Train for Each Burner
4.4.1 Provide a pressure gauge to indicate the gas burner manifold pressure (optional).
4.4.2 Furnish and install one manually operated, ________ inch, ball valve upstream of all valves.
4.4.3 Provide one _______ inch, main gas pressure regulator (of tight shutoff type) with vent to outside atmosphere, in accordance
with local codes.
NOTICE
Specify a tight shutoff type gas pressure regulator when the inlet gas pressure exceeds 1-1/2 psig.
4.4.4 Provide one ________ inch, automatically operated motorized safety gas valve.
One safety shutoff valve shall be proven closed during pre- ignition by proof of valve closure interlock switch on valve.
4.4.5 Provide a second _______ inch, automatically operated gas safety shutoff valve to operate simultaneously with the above gas
valve.
4.4.6 A manually operated gas valve shall be located downstream of both automatic gas valves to permit leakage testing of the
valves.
4.4.7 Gas pressure monitoring shall be provided by approved pressure switches interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of either high or low gas pressure (optional on sizes 150-250).
4.5 Burner Controls
4.5.1 The full modulation of the burner shall be controlled by steam pressure by means of a pressure control.
4.5.2 An additional high limit safety pressure control of the manual reset type shall be provided to control the burner.
4.5.3 Pre-purge and post-purge operation of the burner fan shall be provided per current UL/cUL requirements.
4.5.4 The burner shall utilize a Fireye E110 type flame safeguard programmer incorporating 7 LED indicator lights to annunciate
the current operating status of the burner.
4.5.5 A manual restart of the burner shall be necessary in the event of shutdown due to flame failure.
B1-20
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
4.5.6 All three-phase motors shall be controlled and protected by an automatic starter with thermal overload protection. The starter
shall be inter-locked to prevent burner operation when over-load relays are tripped out.
4.5.7 Supply a burner-mounted diaphragm air flow switch to prevent the energization of the main fuel valves in the event of insuffi-
cient combustion air, or to provide safety shutdown in the event of combustion air interruption.
4.5.8 A factory-wired control cabinet shall be supplied and mounted on the burner. The control cabinet shall house the flame safe-
guard control, programming timer, burner motor starter, fuses, control circuit transformer, control switches, indicating lamps and
relays as required.
4.5.9 Provide four individual lights with nameplates on the control cabinet to indicate call for heat, main fuel valve on, low
water, and main flame failure.
4.5.10 Option (specify A or B)
A. The changing from one fuel to the other shall be manual by means of a fuel selector switch. No burner adjustments shall be
required to switch from one fuel to the other.
B. Changing from one fuel to the other shall be automatically controlled by the outdoor temperature switch, or other external
device. No burner adjustment shall be required to switch from one fuel to the other.
4.5.11 The burner shall be equipped with suitable fuel and air controls to assure smooth main flame ignition. The burner shall uti-
lize a proportional air flow damper design, including independent low-fire and high-fire air flow shutter assemblies for ease of
adjustment and consistent excess air performance throughout the firing range.
4.5.12 Fuel-air control shall be synchronized. The fuel air drive unit shall be provided with a position indicating switch interlocked
with the flame safeguard system to assure starting at the low fire position. The flame safeguard system shall further program this
drive unit to provide a full open louver of sufficient time to provide a four air change pre-ignition of the combustion chamber, heat
exchanger, and flue passages.
4.5.13 Pre-ignition pure air flow rate shall not be less than 60% maximum firing rate air flow. Interlocks shall be provided to moni-
tor and prove 60% air flow purge when air inlet louvers are automatically opened to obtain this rate.
4.5.14 Full modulation of fuel input shall be provided. A modulating pressure control shall be supplied to modulate a burner
mounted damper motor controlling both fuel and air supply by means of direct mechanical linkage.
4.5.15 Electronic safety combustion controls shall be supplied, complete with ultra-violet flame scanner to monitor the pilot and
main flame. It shall be so utilized as to provide intermittent type gas-electric ignition and pre-ignition timer. Flame rod will not be
permitted for proving pilot or main flame.
5.0 Warranty
All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in material and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of start-
up or 18 months from the date of shipment, which ever comes first. In addition the boiler pressure vessel shall be warranted against
damage resulting from thermal stress for a period of 20 years from date of shipment provided the boiler is operated and maintained
in accordance with the conditions specified in the owners Operator and Maintenance Manual. Refer to the FLX Boiler warranty.
B1-21
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
2.4 The tangent wall tubes shall be covered with 1-1/2 inches of insulation under a gas-tight, 16-gauge inner casing. There shall be
2 inches of insulation between the inner and outer casing. The outer casing shall be 20 gauge. The boiler base frame and other com-
ponents shall be factory-painted before shipment, using a hard enamel finish.
B1-22
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
__________ gas at a pressure of _______ (lbs/sq-in.) (inches of water column) at the inlet of the burner gas control train.
B. The boiler shall include an oil burner having rated capacity to burn ______ gph of No. 2 fuel oil.
C. The boiler shall include a combination gas-oil burner having rated capacity to burn _______ MMBtu/hr of Btu/cu-ft ______
gas at a pressure of _________ (lbs/sq-in.) (inches of water column) at the inlet to the burner gas control train or _______ gph
of No. 2 fuel.
4.1.2 The burner shall be forced draft type with full firing rate modulation. All combustion air shall be furnished by the burner fan,
which shall be an integral part of the burner. Each burner motor shall not be larger than ______ hp, ____ phase.
4.1.3 Option (specify A, B, or C)
A. The gas burner shall burn the specified quantity of fuel without objectionable vibration, noise, or pulsation, with not more
than 15% excess air and less than 50 ppm (corrected to 3% O2) CO in the products of combustion. In addition, when firing
gas, the burner shall be guaranteed to produce less than 60 ppm (corrected to 3% O2) NOx emissions.
B. The light oil burner shall burn the specified quantity of fuel without objectionable vibration, noise, or pulsation, with not
more than 15% excess air and a maximum of No. 1 smoke spot, as measured on the Bacharach Scale.
C. The gas-oil burner shall burn the specified quantity of fuel without objectionable vibration, noise, or pulsation, with not
more than 15% excess air and less than 50 ppm (corrected to 3% O2) CO in the products of combustion on gas firing, and a
maximum of No. 1 smoke spot, as measured on the Bacharach Scale when burning oil. In addition, when firing gas, the burner
shall be guaranteed to produce less than 60 ppm (corrected to 3% O2) NOx emissions.
4.1.4 Primary-secondary air control shall be a design function of the combustion head. Combustion heads requiring an internal
adjustment shall not be acceptable.
4.1.5 The burner shall be equipped with an aluminium reverse curve fan for lower fan motor hp requirements and self-cleaning
characteristics.
4.1.6 A permanent observation port shall be provided in the burner to allow observation of both the pilot and main flame. Both the
pilot and the flame scanner shall be easily accessible without opening or disassembling the burner.
4.1.7 Supply voltage available shall be ______ Volts, ______ phase, 60 Hz. All motors shall be suitable for use on this voltage. All
burner controls are to be for use on 120 volts, 1 phase, 60 Hz.
4.1.8 The burner shall be factory fire-tested to ensure proper operation before shipment.
4.2 Pilot Gas Train for Each Burner (Mounted, Piped, and Wired)
A separate pilot gas cock, gas pressure regulator, and pilot safety shutoff gas valve, shall be provided for the ignition gas supply.
4.3. Oil Burner
4.3.1 The oil burner shall be of the mechanical pressure atomizing type.
4.3.2 A two-stage oil pump shall be provided for each burner as an integral part of the burner.
4.3.3 Two approved automatically operated safety shutoff valve(s) shall be provided in the oil supply line to the burner valves to be
piped in series but wired parallel.
4.3.4 Supply an oil pressure gauge to indicate the discharge oil pump pressure.
4.3.5 Install a manual valve, fuel oil filter, or strainer and vacuum gauge on the suction side of the oil pump (optional).
4.3.6 Install a fusible-link-actuated oil safety shutoff valve in the oil supply line between the oil tank and the manual gate valve at
the oil pump (optional).
4.3.7 Oil pressure monitoring shall be provided by an approved pressure switch interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of low oil pressure (optional).
4.4 Gas Valve Train for Each Burner
4.4.1 Provide a pressure gauge to indicate the gas burner manifold pressure (optional).
B1-23
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
4.4.2 Furnish and install one manually operated, ________ inch, ball valve upstream of all valves.
4.4.3 Provide one _______ inch, main gas pressure regulator (of tight shutoff type) with vent to outside atmosphere, in accordance
with local codes.
NOTICE
Specify a tight shutoff type gas pressure regulator when the inlet gas pressure exceeds 1-1/2 psig.
4.4.4 Provide one ________ inch, automatically operated motorized safety gas valve. One safety shutoff valve shall be proven
closed during pre- ignition by proof of valve closure interlock switch on valve.
4.4.5 Provide a second _______ inch, automatically operated gas safety shutoff valve to operate simultaneously with the above gas
valve.
4.4.6 A manually operated gas valve shall be located downstream of both automatic gas valves to permit leakage testing of the
valves.
4.4.7 Gas pressure monitoring shall be provided by approved pressure switches interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of either high or low gas pressure (optional on sizes 150-250).
4.5 Burner Controls
4.5.1 The full modulation of the burner shall be controlled by water temperature by means of a temperature control.
4.5.2 An additional high limit safety temperature control of the manual reset type shall be provided to control the burner.
4.5.3 Pre- and post- operation of the burner fan shall be provided per current UL/cUL requirements.
4.5.4 The burner shall utilize a Fireye type flame safeguard programmer, incorporating 7 LED indicator lights to annunciate the
current operating status of the burner.
4.5.5 A manual restart of the burner shall be necessary in the event of shutdown due to flame failure.
4.5.6 All three-phase motors shall be controlled and protected by an automatic starter with thermal overload protection. The starter
shall be inter-locked to prevent burner operation when over-load relays are tripped out.
4.5.7 Supply a burner-mounted diaphragm air flow switch to prevent energizing the main fuel valves in the event of insufficient
combustion air, or to provide safety shutdown in the event of combustion air interruption.
4.5.8 A factory-wired control cabinet shall be supplied and mounted on the burner. The control cabinet shall house the flame safe-
guard control, programming timer, burner motor starter, fuses, control circuit transformer, control switches, indicating lamps, and
relays as required.
4.5.9 Provide four individual lights with nameplates on the control cabinet to indicate call for heat, main fuel valve on, low
water, and main flame failure.
4.5.10 Option (specify A or B)
A. The changing from one fuel to the other shall be manual by means of a fuel selector switch. No burner adjustments shall be
required to switch from one fuel to the other.
B. Changing from one fuel to the other shall be automatically controlled by an outdoor temperature switch, or other external
device. No burner adjustment shall be required to switch from one fuel to the other.
4.5.11 The burner shall be equipped with suitable fuel and air controls to assure smooth main flame ignition. The burner shall uti-
lize a proportional air flow damper design, including independent low-fire and high-fire air flow shutter assemblies for ease of
adjustment and consistent excess air performance throughout the firing range.
4.5.12 Fuel-air control shall be synchronized. The fuel air drive unit shall be provided with a position indicating switch interlocked
with the flame safeguard system to assure starting at the low fire position. The flame safeguard system shall further program this
drive unit to provide a full open louver of sufficient time to provide a four air change pre-ignition of the combustion chamber, heat
B1-24
04-02
Commercial Boilers Flexible Watertube Boilers
5.0 Warranty
All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in material and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of start-
up or 18 months from the date of shipment, which ever comes first. The boiler pressure vessel shall be warranted against damage
resulting from thermal stress for a period of 20 years from date of shipment, provided the boiler is operated and maintained in
accordance with the conditions specified in the owners Operating and Maintenance Manual.
B1-25
04-02
Flexible Watertube Boilers Commercial Boilers
NOTES
B1-26
04-02
Section B2
MODEL 4 BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-4
Special Insurance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-5
Added Equipment for IRI Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-5
Added Equipment for FM Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-5
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-5
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
Stack Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-12
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-17
Steam Boiler Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-17
Hot Water Boiler Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B2-23
B2-1
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure B2-1. Model 4 Boiler Standard Gas Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-7
Figure B2-2. Model 4 Hot Water Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-8
Figure B2-3. Model 4 Steam Boiler Dimensions Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-10
Figure B2-4. Model 4 Boiler Over Pressure Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
TABLES
Table B2-1. Model 4 Boiler Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-3
Table B2-2. Model 4 Hot Water Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-6
Table B2-3. Model 4 Steam Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2- 6
Table B2-4. Model 4 Boiler Emission Data - Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Table B2-5. Model 4 Boiler Emission Data - No. 2 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Table B2-6. Model 4 Gas Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-13
Table B2-7. Model 4 Steam Boiler Minimum Pressure Vessel Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-14
Table B2-8. Model 4 Boiler Fuel, Air, and Flue Gas Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-14
Table B2-9. Model 4 Hot Water Boiler Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-15
Table B2-10. Model 4 Hot Water Boiler Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-15
Table B2-11. Model 4 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
Table B2-12. Model 4 Sound Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
This section contains information on the Model 4 Commercial Watertube Boiler product line for low and high pressure steam and
hot water applications. Sizes range from 1.5 to 6 MMBtu/hr. The Model 4 Boiler is an excellent choice where high outputs and
space limitations exist. The model number designation is 1500 through 6000, representing Btu/hr input (1,500,000 to 6,000,000
Btu/hr).
Fuel series designation is as follows:
Series 100: No. 2 oil firing.
Series 700: Natural gas firing.
Series 200: No. 2 oil/natural gas firing.
Design pressure designation is stated as 15 psig, 150 psig, and 250 psig for steam, and 140 psig for hot water. For example, an
M4W-700-2500-140HW boiler designates a gas-fired, 2,500,000 Btu/hr, 140 psig, hot water boiler.
B2-2
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
The following features and benefits apply to the Model 4 High performance in a compact design.
Boiler product line. Proven vessel design for high design pressure applications.
Higher pressures available.
33" Cased Width:
Boiler fits through most standard doorways.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Reduced installation costs.
Information in this section applies to Cleaver-Brooks Model 4
watertube boilers in sizes ranging from 1.5 to 6 MMBtu/hr
Direct Driven, Vibration-Free Centrifugal Impeller: input, as shown in Table B2-1. Model numbers represent input
Quiet operation. (1,000 Btu/hr).
Sound levels below 80 dBA. The Model 4 Boiler is a compact, packaged, all-steel- mem-
braned waterwall watertube boiler. It is a three-pass boiler with
Ideal for noise critical areas such as hospitals, churches, etc.
watertubes and membranes formed to direct the flow of com-
bustion gases through the boiler. The pressure vessel is con-
Minimum Refractory: structed to conform with Sections I or IV of the ASME Codes,
Membrane waterwalls reduce the need for refractory by for hot water, low-pressure steam, and high-pressure steam
95%. boilers.
Reduced maintenance costs and refractory repair The vessel consists of formed membrane tubes and downcom-
requirements. ers, connected to the upper and lower drums. The boiler vessel
is gas tight, insulated on the outside, and covered by casing
Membrane Waterwalls: constructed of removable, formed steel panels. The standard
boiler/burner package is UL approved in hot water, low- pres-
Enhanced heat transfer area in compact design. sure steam, and high-pressure steam (150 psig design) when
Sealed combustion chamber improves heat transfer for high fueled by No. 2 oil and/or natural gas.
efficiency.
Standard Equipment
Small Boiler Footprint: Equipment described below is for standard boiler offerings.
Savings of up to 50% in floor space.
The Cleaver-Brooks Model 4 Boiler is a packaged watertube,
steel boiler consisting of pressure vessel, oil or gas burner,
Weighs up to 40% less than Comparable Boilers: burner controls, forced draft fan, and integral air damper con-
Lower freight and rigging costs. trol assembly.
Reduced structural requirements.
B2-3
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
B2-4
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
Additional relay points and indicator lights. Added Equipment for FM Compliance
Main disconnect (fusible/circuit breaker). 1. Oil Fired
Control circuit transformer. Low oil pressure switch.
Elapsed time meter. Alarm bell mounted for non-recycling shutdowns.
Voltmeter/micro-ammeter. 2. Combination Oil and Gas Fired
Optional NEMA enclosure. Low oil pressure switch.
High stack temperature control. Alarm bell mounted for non-recycling shutdowns.
3. Fuel Options High and low gas pressure switches. Sizes 1500-2500.
Automatic fuel changeover. 3. Gas Fired
Special gas pressure regulator. High and low gas pressure switches. Sizes 1500-2500.
Oversized/undersized gas trains. Alarm bell mounted for non-recycling shutdowns.
Gas strainer.
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS
Special fuel shut-off valves.
Dimension and rating information for Model 4 boilers, is
Remote oil pump set. shown in Tables B2-2 and B2-3, and Figures B2-1 through
Dual pilots (gas and oil). B2-3.
Direct spark oil ignition.
Propane fuel firing.
B2-5
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
BOILER MODEL 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
Rated Capacity Btu Output (1,000 Btu/hr) 1200 1600 2,000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4,800
EDR Water Gross, sq-ft 8000 10667 13333 16000 18667 21333 24000 26667 32000
Flooded Water Weight 908 908 1200 1200 1466 1466 1766 1766 2033
Approximate Shipping Weight 3100 3100 3700 3700 4100 4100 4700 4700 5400
BOILER MODEL 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
Rated Capacity in lbs Steam/hr (212 F) 1237 1649 2062 2474 2887 3299 3711 4124 4949
EDR Steam Gross, sq-ft 5000 6667 8333 10000 11667 13333 15000 16667 20000
Control Circuit Transformer kVA 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Operating Water Weight 658 658 866 866 1075 1075 1291 1291 1500
Approximate Shipping Weight 3100 3100 3700 3700 4100 4100 4700 4700 5400
B2-6
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
SIZES
ITEM PART DESCRIPTION
INCHES
1 Sizes 1500 TO 2500
1 Butterfly Valve 1-1/2
2 Pilot Shutoff Cock 1/2
3 Pilot Gas Regulator 1/2
4 Pilot Solenoid Valve 1/2
5 Manual Shutoff Valve 1-1/2
6 Main Gas Regulator 1-1/2
7 Motorized Valve with P.O.C. 1-1/2
3 4 Size 3000
2
1 Butterfly Valve 1-1/2
2 Pilot Shutoff Cock 1/2
6 7 3 Pilot Gas Regulator 1/2
5 5
4 Pilot Solenoid Valve 1/2
5 Manual Shutoff Valve 1-1/2
6 Main Gas Regulator 1-1/2
7 Low Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
8 Motorized Valve with P.O.C. 1-1/2
9 High Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
Sizes 3500 to 5000
1 Butterfly Valve 2
4
2 3 2 Pilot Shutoff Cock 1/2
3 Pilot Gas Regulator 1/2
4 Pilot Solenoid Valve 1/2
7 8 9
6
5 5 Manual Shutoff Valve 2
5
6 Main Gas Regulator 2
7 Low Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
8 Motorized Valve with P.O.C. 2
9 High Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
Size 6000
1 Butterfly Valve 2
2 Pilot Shutoff Cock 1/2
3 Pilot Gas Regulator 1/2
3 4 4 Pilot Solenoid Valve 1/2
2
5 Manual Shutoff Valve 2
6 Main Gas Regulator 2-1/2
7 9 10
6 8 7 Low Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
5 5
8 Solenoid Valve 2
9 Motorized Valve with P.O.C. 2
10 High Gas Pressure Switch 1/4
B2-7
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Q2
B2-8
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
BOILER MODEL 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
A - Overall 91-1/2 91-1/2 107-5/8 107-5/8 123-1/4 123-1/4 142-5/8 142-5/8 158-1/4
B - Cased Boiler 60-3/4 60-3/4 76-7/8 76-7/8 92-1/4 92-1/4 108-7/8 108-7/8 124-1/2
C - Base Frame 54 54 69-5/8 69-5/8 85-1/4 85-1/4 100-7/8 100-7/8 116-1/2
C1 - Base to Front Head 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10 10 10
C2 - Base Frame Anchor Holes 51-1/2 51-1/2 67-1/8 67-1/8 82-3/4 82-3/4 98-3/8 98-3/8 114
D - Front Head Extension 20-1/8 20-1/8 20-1/8 20-1/8 21-7/8 21-7/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8
E - Front Casing to Outlet 23-1/4 23-1/4 32-1/4 32-1/4 32-3/4 32-3/4 37-3/8 37-3/8 45-1/4
F - Outlet to Relief Valve 25-1/2 25-1/2 32-5/8 32-5/8 47-1/2 47-1/2 59-1/2 59-1/2 67-1/4
G - Relief Valve to Relief Valve 30 psig Only - - - - - - - - 35-7/8
H - Rear Casing to Air Vent 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2 5-1/2
J - Outside Casing to Ent. Box 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16 38-3/16
K - Center to Outside Casing 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8
L - Base, Inside 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
M - Base, Outside 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
N - Center to Soot Washer Drain 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
O - Center to Base Center 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
P - Center to Soot Washer 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16
QQ - Overall (Base to Vent Outlet) 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79
Q - Base to Outlet 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78
Q1 - Base to Smoke Box 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16
Q2 - Base to Top of Control Box 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4
R - Base to Soot Washer 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2
S - Height of Base 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
T - Base to Return 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4 9-1/4
U - Base to Soot Washer Drain 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16 1-13/16
OS - Base to Oil Supply 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4
OR - Base to Oil Return 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4
BB - Diameter (Sleeve Connection) 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16
CC - Rear Casing to Vent CL 25-13/16 25-13/16 26-1/4 26-1/4 26-1/4 26-1/4 30-3/8 30-3/8 30-3/8
W - Soot Washers (Two) 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
X - Soot Washer Drains (Two) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y - Bottom Drain (One) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
HS - Water OutletA 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
HR - Water ReturnA 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
FF - Air Vent 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
GG - Oil Supply and Return 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
HH - Relief Valve Outlet 125 psig Setting 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2
DD - Front Door Swing 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
EE - Tube Removal Each Side 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
RF - Allowance for Front Door Swing and 30" 124 124 140 140 155 155 172 172 187
Rear Aisle Space
RD - Allowance for Tube Removal Each Side and 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93
Front Door Swing
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified prints.
2. Allow sufficient clearance at rear of boiler for soot washer lance removal.
3. Furnace access opening, 13" x 21" located behind front head.
4. Circulating pump standard on ASME Section IV boilers (Max. 250 F and 160 psig). Section I high-temp hot water applications will not include circulator.
A. Male pipe thread.
B2-9
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
O2
B2-10
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
BOILER MODEL 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
A - Overall 84-1/4 84-1/4 100-1/4 100-1/4 117-3/8 117-3/8 136-3/4 136-3/4 152-3/8
B- Cased Boiler 61 61 77 77 92-3/8 92-3/8 109 109 124-5/8
C - Base Frame 54 54 69-5/8 69-5/8 85-1/4 85-1/4 101 101 116-1/2
C1 - Base to Front Head 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 9-5/8 10 10 10
C2 - Base Frame Anchor Holes 51-1/2 51-1/2 67-1/8 67-1/8 82-3/4 82-3/4 98-3/8 98-3/8 114
D - Front Head Extension 20-1/8 20-1/8 20-1/8 20-1/8 21-7/8 21-7/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8
DD - Front Casing to Steam Nozzle CL 17-1/4 17-1/4 25-1/4 25-1/4 30-3/4 30-3/4 37-3/8 37-3/8 45-1/4
HH - Steam Nozzle to Safety Valve 15 psig 8 8 12 12 11-1/2 11-1/2 13 13 17
II - Steam Nozzle to Safety Valve 150 psig 8 8 12 12 17 17 17 17 17
E - Overall 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59
F - Center to Water Column 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16 32-7/16
G - Center to Opt. Aux. Water Control 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16 26-9/16
H - Center to Outside Casing 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8 16-3/8
I - Base Frame Inside 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
J - Base Outside 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
K - Soot Washer Centers 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8 21-3/8
L - Center to Soot Washer 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16 10-11/16
M - CL Base Rail to Center 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
N - Center to Soot Drain 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4
OO - Overall (Base to Vent Outlet) 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4 78-3/4
O - Base to Steam Nozzle 150 psig 74-3/4 74-3/4 74-3/4 74-3/4 74-3/4 74-3/4 78 78 78
O - Base to Steam Nozzle 15 psig 75 75 75 75 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4
O1 - Base to Smoke Box 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16 77-13/16
O2 - Base to Top of Control Box 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4 83-1/4
P - Base to Surface Blow Off 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4 59-1/4
Q - Base to Feedwater Inlet 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4
R - Base to Soot Washer 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2 55-1/2
S - Height of Base 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
OS - Base to Oil Supply 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-3/4
OR - Base to Oil Return . 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4 25-3/4
BB - Diameter (Sleeve Connection) 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16
CC - Rear Casing to Vent CL 25-13/16 25-13/16 26-1/4 26-1/4 26-1/4 26-1/4 30-3/8 30-3/8 30-3/8
T - Bottom Drum Blow Down 15 # (one) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
T1 - Bottom Drum Blow Down 150 # (one) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
U - Steam Nozzle 15 psig 4A 4A 4A 4A 6B 6B 6B 6B 6B
V - Steam Nozzle 150 psig 2-1/2A 2-1/2A 3A 3A 3A 3A 4B 4B 4B
W - Soot Washer Drains (Two) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
X - Surface Blow Off (One) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Y - Feedwater Inlet (One) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Z - Soot Washers (Two) 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
GG - Oil Supply & Return 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
JJ - Relief Valve Outlet 15 psig 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3
JJ - Relief Valve Outlet 150 psig 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2
EE - Front Door Swing 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
FF - Tube Removal Each Side 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
RF - Allowance for Front Door Swing and 30" 124 124 140 140 155 155 172 172 187
Rear Aisle Space
RD - Allowance for Tube Removal Each Side and 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93
Front Door Swing
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by
certified prints. For 200 psig design pressure or higher, contact factory for certified prints.
2. Allow sufficient space for soot washer lance removal at rear of boiler.
3. Furnace access opening, 13" x 21" located behind front head.
A. Female pipe thread.
B. Flg 150 psig FF.
B2-11
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B2-11 shows steam nozzle sizes at various operating
PERFORMANCE DATA pressures.
Table B2-12 shows maximum sound levels when firing oil or
Efficiency
natural gas.
Efficiency data provided is based on hot water or low pressure
steam operation. Nominal boiler efficiency is: Stack Support Capabilities
Gas - 80 percent. Model 4 Boilers can support up to 200 lbs without additional
Oil - 83 percent. support.
ppm xx200
The data in these tables represents typical emission CO
lb/MMBtu 0.15
levels only. Please contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
ppm 100
authorized representative if an emission guarantee is NOx
required, or for emission level information not shown lb/MMBtu 0.12
Table B2-7 shows the steam boiler pressure vessel thicknesses, ppm 90
CO
and Table B2-8 shows fuel, combustion air, and flue gas flow lb/MMBtu 0.07
rates at rated boiler capacity. ppm 187
NOx
Flow rates and pressure drops are shown in Table B2-9. This lb/MMBtu 0.248
table can be utilized to determine the boiler pressure drop in ppm 270
relation to the full boiler output and system temperature drop. SOx
lb/MMBtu 0.515
Table B2-10 can be used to determine the maximum circulat- ppm 50
ing rate in relation to the full boiler output and system temper- HC/VOCs
lb/MMBtu 0.025
ature drop. The maximum circulation rate can be determined
ppm
by determining the boiler size and expected system drop. PM
lb/MMBtu 0.025
For information on over pressure requirements for Model 4 NOTES:
Boilers refer to Figure B2-4. Based on fuel oil constituent levels:
Fuel bound nitrogen = 0.05% (max) by weight.
Sulfur = 0.5% (max) by weight.
For more information on hot water boiler over pressure Ash = 0.01% (max) by weight.
requirements refer to Section I2, Hot Water Systems.
B2-12
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
B2-13
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B2-8. Model 4 Boiler Fuel, Air, and Flue Gas Flow Rates
SIZE & INPUT 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
Gas (cfh)A 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
Fuel Consumption
Oil (gph)B,C 10.72 14.29 17.86 21.43 25.0 28.57 32.14 35.71 42.85
Gas (scfh) 15480 20640 25800 30960 36120 41280 46440 51600 61920
(lb/h) 1207 1609 2012 2414 2817 3219 3621 4024 4828
Combustion Air
Oil (scfh) 17049 22733 28414 34098 39782 45463 51147 56831 68196
(lb/h) 1269 1692 2115 2538 2961 3384 3808 4231 5077
Gas (scfh) 17520 23360 29200 35040 40880 46720 52560 58400 70080
(lb/h) 1278 1704 2130 2556 2983 3409 3835 4261 5113
Flue Gas
Oil (scfh) 17914 23886 29855 35827 41799 47769 53741 59713 71655
(lb/h) 1357 1809 2261 2714 3166 3618 4070 4523 5427
Notes:
A. Gas Consumption based on 1000 Btu/cu-ft.
B. Oil consumption based on 140,000 Btu/gal.
C. Oil supply lines to be sized for 125 gph pumping rate. Oil pump suction pressure to be -10 Hg to 3 psig.
B2-14
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
T = 20 T = 30 T = 40 T = 50
PSIG FT/S GPM PSIG FT/S GPM PSIG FT/S GPM PSIG FT/S GPM
1500 0.54 5.38 123 0.24 3.58 83 0.14 2.69 62 0.09 2.16 50
2000 0.96 7.17 165 0.43 4.79 110 0.24 3.58 83 0.16 2.88 66
2500 1.49 8.96 206 0.67 5.98 138 0.38 4.48 103 0.24 3.60 83
3000 2.13 10.75 248 0.95 7.17 165 0.54 5.38 124 0.343 4.30 99
3500 1.32 7.28 289 0.59 4.86 193 0.34 3.65 145 0.22 2.92 116
4000 1.72 8.34 331 0.77 5.55 220 0.44 4.17 166 0.28 3.34 132
4500 2.18 9.38 372 0.97 6.26 248 0.55 4.69 186 0.35 3.76 149
5000 2.68 10.42 413 1.20 6.95 275 0.68 5.21 207 0.43 4.17 165
6000 3.86 12.50 496 1.72 8.34 330 0.97 6.26 248 0.63 5.01 198
5000 (119) 826 413 275 207 165 138 118 103 92 83
6000 (143) 992 496 330 248 198 166 142 124 110 99
B2-15
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B2-11. Model 4 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure
15A 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
20 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
40 2-1/2 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6
65 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
75 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application. A separate specification is provided for hot water boiler and steam boiler packages.
1.0 General
1.1 Scope
1.2 Items by Others
1.3 Proposal
1.4 Submittals
1.4.1 The manufacturer shall supply ____ copies of a dimensional drawing indicating all relevant unit dimensions, layout and
required clearances.
1.4.2 The manufacturer shall supply ____ copies of a ladder type wiring diagram to include all internal unit wiring, external con-
nections, and power supply requirements.
1.4.3 The manufacturer shall supply a copy of the authorized inspection report, to the purchaser, upon completion and shipment of
the unit.
1.5 Codes
1.5.1The boiler shall be designed, constructed, and hydrostatically tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
1.5.2 The boiler shall be wired in accordance with the rules of the National Electric Code.
1.5.3 All electrical equipment shall be in conformity with the Underwriters Laboratories requirements.
1.5.4 The complete boilerburner package shall be approved by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear a UL label.
1.5.5 The boiler shall be built to comply with the following insurances _______________. (Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk
Insurers, ASME CSD1)
1.6 Guarantees
1.6.1 The complete boiler package shall be warranted from defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of not less than 18
months from shipment or 12 months from unit startup.
2.0 Product
2.1 Type
2.1.1 The boiler shall be a watertube type steam boiler with all steel membrane walls.
B2-17
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
2.1.2 The boiler shall be a three gas pass type boiler mounted on a heavy duty steel frame.
2.1.3 The boiler shall have an integral forced draft burner and burner controls.
2.1.4 The boiler shall be a Cleaver Brooks Model 4, series ________ (100 = No. 2 oil, 200 = No. 2 oil and gas, 700 = gas) steam
boiler.
2.2 Design Criteria
2.2.1 The boiler shall be designed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Code Section _____ (IV for low pressure, I
for high pressure).
2.2.2 The boiler shall be designed for _____ psig (15, 150, 250, 350, or 500). The maximum operating pressure will be _____ psig.
2.2.3 The boiler shall be designed for a maximum output of ________ lbs/hr of steam, or _________ bhp. The boiler shall develop
________ lbs/hr of steam when operating at ______ psig with a feedwater temperature of ______ F.
2.2.4 Electrical power available will be _______ volts, _______ phase, ______ Hz.
2.2.5 The maximum sound level shall not exceed 80 dBA measured 3 feet in front of the boiler.
2.3 Product Design
2.3.1 Pressure Vessel
2.3.1.1 The upper drum shall have a 20" OD, manufactured from SA53 Gr. B seamless pipe, with a minimum wall thickness of
_____".
2.3.1.2 The lower drum shall have an 85/8" OD, manufactured from SA53 Gr. B seamless pipe, with a minimum wall thickness
of _____".
2.3.1.3 The generating tubes shall be 2" OD, manufactured from SA178 Gr. A tubing, with a minimum wall thickness of _____".
2.3.1.4 The boiler shall have two downcomers, located at the rear of the boiler, and be totally insulated from the generating tubes.
These shall be a minimum of 21/2" OD, manufactured from SA178 Gr. A tubing, with a minimum wall thickness of .105".
2.3.1.5 The upper drum shall have an inspection opening, located at the rear of the unit, to allow internal inspection, and shall be a
minimum of 4"x6".
2.3.1.6 The lower drum shall have inspection openings, located at the front and rear of the unit, to allow internal inspection, and
shall be a minimum of 47/8"x5 7/8".
2.3.1.7 The boiler shall have inspection openings in the convection area.
2.3.1.8 A feedwater tapping and integral feedwater distribution pipe shall be located in the upper drum. The distribution pipe shall
blend the feedwater with the boiler water.
2.3.1.9 A 3/4" surface blowoff connection shall be located in the rear head of the upper drum.
2.3.1.10 A _____" bottom blowoff connection shall be located in the lower drum.
2.3.2 Refractory
2.3.2.1 Refractory shall be limited to the furnace floor to insulate the lower drum, and to the burner throat tile.
2.3.2.2 High temperature insulation shall be installed on the front wall of the furnace.
2.3.3 Insulation and Casing
2.3.3.1 The boiler insulation shall be a minimum of 2" fiberglass, and shall cover the entire pressure vessel.
2.3.3.2 The insulation shall be covered with a corrugated metal lagging.
2.3.3.3 The metal lagging and insulation shall be arranged for easy removal and installation if required.
2.3.3.4 The front head (windbox) shall be attached with a davit arm, gasket sealed, and bolted. The front head shall swing open to
provide full access to the furnace chamber and burner throat tile.
B2-18
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
2.3.3.5 Observation ports shall be provided at each end of the boiler for visual inspection of the pilot and main flame conditions.
2.3.3.6 Two lifting eyes shall be located on top of the boiler.
2.3.3.7 The exhaust gases shall vent at the rear of the boiler, on the top centerline.
2.3.4 Trim
2.3.4.1 The water column shall be located on the left side of the boiler. It shall be piped with unions for easy removal.
2.3.4.2 A gauge glass set, gauge glass blowdown valve, and water column blowdown valves shall be provided.
2.3.4.3 The boiler feedwater control switch shall be included as an integral item of the water column. It shall provide automatic
actuation of a motor driven feedwater pump to maintain the boiler water level within normal limits.
2.3.4.4 The low water cutoff switch shall be an integral part of the water column. It shall be wired into the burner control circuit
preventing burner operation if the boiler water level falls below the designated safe level.
2.3.4.5 A steam pressure gauge shall be located at the front end of the boiler and shall include a cock and test connection.
2.3.4.6 A safety relief valve shall be provided of a size and type to comply with ASME Code requirements. The safety relief valve
set pressure shall be ______ psig.
2.3.4.7 A high limit pressure control shall be provided. It shall be a manual reset type and shall be wired to prevent burner opera-
tion and lockout if excessive steam pressure occurs.
2.3.4.8 An operating limit control shall be provided. It shall be wired to provided on off control of the burner at operating set
points.
2.3.4.9 A firing rate control shall be provided. It shall control the firing rate of the burner based on the boiler load.
2.3.4.10 An auxiliary low water cutoff shall be provided. It shall be wired into the burner control circuit preventing burner opera-
tion if the boiler water level falls below the designated safe level.
2.3.4.11 A stack thermometer shall be shipped loose for field installation.
2.3.5 Soot Cleaning
2.3.5.1 Soot washer lances shall be provided in the convection area of the boiler measuring the full length of the pressure vessel.
2.3.5.2 Each lance shall be provided with a shutoff valve and the assembly shall be capable of rotating 360 degrees. This shall
ensure complete washing of the convection zone while the boiler is operating in the low fire mode.
2.3.5.3 Soot washer troughs shall be provided at the bottom of the boiler. These shall be furnished for each convection side and
shall measure the full length of the boiler.
2.3.5.4 The soot washer troughs shall be provided with 2" drain connections at the rear of the boiler, and shall have inspection/
cleanout openings at the front of the boiler.
2.3.6 Burner Design General
2.3.6.1 The burner shall be integral to the front head (windbox).
2.3.6.2 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front head (windbox), above the burner, to
minimize noise and vibration level.
2.3.6.3 The blower motor shall be an open drip proof type with a minimum service factor of 1.15.
2.3.6.4 The impeller shall be an enclosed centrifugal fan type, properly balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
2.3.6.5 The combustion air damper shall be integral to the front head (windbox) and shall be operated by a single damper motor.
2.3.6.6 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been established.
2.3.7 Burner Design Gas
2.3.7.1 The burner shall be the high radiant multiport type approved for operation with natural gas.
B2-19
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
2.3.7.2 The burner shall operate on the _______________ (lowhighlow or full modulation) principle and must return to the low
fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.7.3 Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle, shall mon-
itor the pilot, preventing the primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
2.3.7.4 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the gas butterfly valve. The damper motor shall regulate the fire
according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.8 Burner Design No. 2 Oil
2.3.8.1 The burner shall be the pressure atomizing type approved for operation with commercial grade No. 2 oil.
2.3.8.2 The burner shall operate on the lowhighlow principle, and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.8.3 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven. The ignition period
shall be monitored with an electric scanner, of the UV principle, to confirm the presence of the low fire oil flame.
2.3.8.4 Automatic electric ignition of the low fire oil supply shall be provided with a minimum 10,000 volt transformer and heavy
duty electrodes.
NOTICE
Optional insurance compliance may require a premix gas pilot in lieu of direct spark ignition.
2.3.8.5 [Optional] Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle,
shall confirm the pilot prior to the delivery of the low fire oil supply.
2.3.8.6 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the low and high fire oil valves. The damper motor shall regulate the
fire according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.9 Burner Design Gas and No. 2 Oil
2.3.9.1 The burner shall be the high radiant multiport type for gas and shall be the pressure atomizing for oil. The burner must be
approved for operation with either natural gas or commercial grade No. 2 oil.
2.3.9.2 The burner shall operate on the lowhighlow principle, and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.9.3 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
2.3.9.4 Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle, shall mon-
itor the pilot, preventing the primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
2.3.9.5 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the low and high fire oil valves and the gas butterfly valve. The
damper motor shall regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.10 Natural Gas Main Train
2.3.10.1 The gas burner piping shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay to start or
stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, or a low water condition.
2.3.10.2 A manual shutoff valve shall be located ahead of the primary gas valve.
2.3.10.3 A plugged leakage test connection and a second manual shutoff valve shall be provided as a means for a tightness check of
the primary shutoff valve.
2.3.10.4 A gas pressure regulator shall be factory mounted and piped for pressure regulation to the burner.
2.3.10.5 Gas Train Components Standard (UL)
2.3.10.5.1 [Sizes 15002500] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch.
2.3.10.5.2 [Sizes 30005000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. High and low gas
pressure switches shall be provided.
B2-20
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
2.3.10.5.3 [Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas safety shut-
off valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.6 Gas Train Components Factory Mutual Insurance (FM)
2.3.10.6.1 [Sizes 15005000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. High and low gas
pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.6.2 Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas safety shut-
off valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.7 Gas Train Components Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)
2.3.10.7.1 [Size 15005000] The gas train piping shall include both primary and secondary motorized gas safety shutoff valves and
a second plugged leakage test cock. A vent valve shall be located between the primary and secondary gas shutoff valves. High and
low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.7.2 [Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas motorized
shutoff valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the primary and
secondary gas shutoff valves. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.11 Natural Gas Pilot Train
2.3.11.1 A pilot gas pressure regulator shall be factory mounted and piped for pressure regulation of the pilot gas to the burner.
2.3.11.2 The pilot gas train shall include a safety shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay to start the burner.
2.3.11.3 A manual shutoff valve shall be located ahead of the pilot gas pressure regulator.
2.3.12 Oil System
2.3.12.1 An oil pump shall be provided. The oil pump, integral with the burner, shall include a builtin relief valve and selfclean-
ing strainer.
2.3.12.2 The oil pump shall be belt driven from the blower motor.
2.3.12.3 The fuel oil system shall include supply and return tubing to a terminal block, an oil pressure gauge, shutoff cock, and four
solenoid oil shutoff valves. These items shall be factory mounted and piped on the front head (windbox).
2.4 Burner Management System
2.4.1 Control Panels
2.4.1.1 The control panel shall be a NEMA 1 rated panel and have a key lock.
2.4.1.2 The control panel shall be mounted on the front head of the boiler and shall be conveniently located for the boiler operator.
2.4.1.3 The panel shall contain the blower motor starter, control circuit fuses, control circuit transformer, and control switches. A
damper selector switch shall be provided to permit selection of automatic or manual selection of low or high firing.
2.4.1.4 A terminal board shall be provided to which all wires entering or leaving the panel shall be connected.
2.4.1.5 The panel shall include four indicating lights to show operating conditions of: red = low water; red = flame failure; white =
load demand; and white = fuel valve open. The lights and switches shall be located on the panel switch ledge.
2.4.1.6 All electrical service connections shall be made to an electrical entrance box to be mounted on the right hand side of the
boiler.
2.4.1.7 All electrical wiring shall be oil, heat, and moisture resistant and shall be number coded.
2.4.2 Combustion Safeguard Control
2.4.2.1 A combustion safeguard control (program relay) shall be provided to control ignition, starting, and stopping of the burner.
It shall provide precombustion and postcombustion purge periods and shall stop burner operation in the event of ignition, pilot, or
main flame failure. Trial for ignition shall be limited to 10 seconds.
2.4.2.2 The boiler shall be provided with a combustion safeguard controller that provides technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver Brooks Model CB100.
B2-21
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
2.4.2.3 The combustion safeguard control shall be microprocessor based, with selfdiagnostics, nonvolatile memory, and a mes-
sage center with a vocabulary of 42 different messages. Messages shall scroll across an alphanumeric display and provide
sequence status and flame failure mode information.
2.4.2.4 The combustion safeguard control shall have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence
shall include start, pre purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run, and postpurge cycles.
2.4.2.5 The controller shall be the nonrecycle type for maximum safety that will shut down the burner and indicate as a minimum
the following trip functions: pilot failure, main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false
flame signal, and fuel valve open (when proof of closure switch is furnished).
2.4.2.6 The controller shall have a test/run switch. It will allow interruptions to sequence just after prepurge, during pilot ignition
trial, and during run cycles, for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages, and pilot flame for turndown tests.
2.4.2.7 The controller shall also have the following functions: display history of operating hours and totals of completed onoff
cycles; provide a constant flame signal strength readout; and have provisions for remote display capability.
3.0 Execution
3.1 Shop Tests
3.1.1 The pressure vessel shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with ASME requirements.
3.1.2 The boiler will be test fired by the manufactured, prior to shipment, to verify proper and safe operation.
3.2 Shipment
3.2.1 Painting
3.2.1.1 The entire boiler, base frame, and other components shall be factory painted, before shipment, using a hard finish enamel.
3.2.1.2 The boiler surface shall be cleaned/prepared for painting using manufacturer's specifications and standard industrial paint-
ing practices.
3.2.2 Preparation
3.2.2.1 All boiler openings shall be plugged/covered prior to shipment.
3.2.2.2 The boiler shall be skid mounted and protected with a weather resistant covering.
3.2.2.3 All shipped loose components shall wrapped in protective material and packaged in a separate container(s).
3.3 Installation
3.4 StartUp
3.4.1 The boiler startup shall be performed by a factory trained representative and will be done in accordance with the manufac-
turer's recommended procedures.
3.4.2 The boiler startup shall include boiler operator training and shall cover boiler operation, water treatment, and maintenance of
the unit.
3.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals
3.5.1The manufacturer shall supply _____ copies of the Operating & Maintenance Manual.
B2-22
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
1.0 General
1.1 Scope
1.2 Items by Others
1.3 Proposal
1.4 Submittals
1.4.1 The manufacturer shall supply ____ copies of a dimensional drawing indicating all relevant unit dimensions, layout and
required clearances.
1.4.2 The manufacturer shall supply ____ copies of a ladder type wiring diagram to include all internal unit wiring, external con-
nections, and power supply requirements.
1.4.3 The manufacturer shall supply a copy of the authorized inspection report, to the purchaser, upon completion and shipment of
the unit.
1.5 Codes
1.5.1 The boiler shall be designed, constructed, and hydrostatically tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
1.5.2 The boiler shall be wired in accordance with the rules of the National Electric Code.
1.5.3 All electrical equipment shall be in conformity with the Underwriter's Laboratories' requirements.
1.5.4 The complete boilerburner package shall be approved by Underwriter's Laboratories and shall bear a UL label.
1.5.5 The boiler shall be built to comply with the following insurances _______________ (Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insur-
ers, ASME CSD1).
1.6 Guarantees
1.6.1 The complete boiler package shall be warranted from defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of not less than 18
months from shipment or 12 months from unit startup.
2.0 Product
2.1 Type
2.1.1 The boiler shall be a watertube type hot water boiler with all steel membrane walls.
2.1.2 The boiler shall be a three gas pass type boiler mounted on a heavy duty steel frame.
2.1.3 The boiler shall have an integral forced draft burner and burner controls.
2.1.4 The boiler shall be a Cleaver Brooks Model 4, series ________ (100 = No. 2 oil, 200 = No. 2 oil and gas, 700 = gas) hot
water boiler.
2.2 Design Criteria
2.2.1 The boiler shall be designed in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Code Section IV.
2.2.2 The boiler shall be designed for 140 psig. The maximum supply temperature will be _____ F, and the return water tempera-
ture will be _____ F. The minimum operating temperature of the boiler shall be 170F.
2.2.3 The boiler shall be designed for a maximum output of ________ BTU/hr, or _____ bhp.
2.2.4 Electrical power available will be _______ volts, _______ phase, ______ Hz.
2.2.5 The maximum sound level shall not exceed 80 dBA measured 3 feet in front of the boiler.
B2-23
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
B2-24
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
2.3.4.5 An operating limit control shall be provided. It shall be wired to provided on off control of the burner at operating set
points. The sensing element shall be located adjacent to the outlet connection.
2.3.4.6 A firing rate control shall be provided. It shall control the firing rate of the burner based on the boiler load. The sensing ele-
ment shall be located adjacent to the outlet connection.
2.3.4.7 A hot water circulating pump shall be mounted between the supply and return connections (standard on ASME Section IV
heating boilers only). This pump will blend the supply and the system return water. It will ensure a minimum continuous circula-
tion at all times to a level of ten boiler water changes per hour.
2.3.4.8 A stack thermometer shall be shipped loose for field installation.
2.3.5 Soot Cleaning
2.3.5.1 Soot washer lances shall be provided in the convection area of the boiler measuring the full length of the pressure vessel.
2.3.5.2 Each lance shall be provided with a shutoff valve and the assembly shall be capable of rotating 360 degrees. This shall
ensure complete washing of the convection zone while the boiler is operating in the low fire mode.
2.3.5.3 Soot washer troughs shall be provided at the bottom of the boiler. These shall be furnished for each convection side and
shall measure the full length of the boiler.
2.3.5.4 The soot washer troughs shall be provided with 2" drain connections at the rear of the boiler, and shall have inspection/
cleanout openings at the front of the boiler.
2.3.6 Burner Design General
2.3.6.1 The burner shall be integral to the front head (windbox).
2.3.6.2 All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front head (windbox), above the burner, to
minimize noise and vibration level.
2.3.6.3 The blower motor shall be an open drip proof type with a minimum service factor of 1.15.
2.3.6.4 The impeller shall be an enclosed centrifugal fan type, properly balanced, and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
2.3.6.5 The combustion air damper shall be integral to the front head (windbox) and shall be operated by a single damper motor.
2.3.6.6 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been established.
2.3.7 Burner Design Gas
2.3.7.1 The burner shall be the high radiant multiport type approved for operation with natural gas.
2.3.7.2 The burner shall operate on the _______________ (lowhighlow or full modulation) principle and must return to the low
fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.7.3 Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle, shall mon-
itor the pilot, preventing the primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
2.3.7.4 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the gas butterfly valve. The damper motor shall regulate the fire
according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.8 Burner Design No. 2 Oil
2.3.8.1 The burner shall be the pressure atomizing type approved for operation with commercial grade No. 2 oil.
2.3.8.2 The burner shall operate on the lowhighlow principle, and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.8.3 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven. The ignition period
shall be monitored with an electric scanner, of the UV principle, to confirm the presence of the low fire oil flame.
2.3.8.4 Automatic electric ignition of the low fire oil supply shall be provided with a minimum 10,000 volt transformer and heavy
duty electrodes.
B2-25
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
NOTICE
Optional insurance compliance may require a premix gas pilot in lieu of direct spark ignition.
2.3.8.5 [Optional] Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle,
shall confirm the pilot prior to the delivery of the low fire oil supply.
2.3.8.6 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the low and high fire oil valves. The damper motor shall regulate the
fire according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.9 Burner Design Gas and No. 2 Oil
2.3.9.1 The burner shall be the high radiant multiport type for gas and shall be the pressure atomizing for oil. The burner must be
approved for operation with either natural gas or commercial grade No. 2 oil.
2.3.9.2 The burner shall operate on the lowhighlow principle, and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
2.3.9.3 The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
2.3.9.4 Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. An electric scanner, of the UV principle, shall mon-
itor the pilot, preventing the primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
2.3.9.5 The single combustion air damper motor shall operate the low and high fire oil valves and the gas butterfly valve. The
damper motor shall regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the firing rate control.
2.3.10 Natural Gas Main Train
2.3.10.1 The gas burner piping shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay to start or
stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, or a low water condition.
2.3.10.2 A manual shutoff valve shall be located ahead of the primary gas valve.
2.3.10.3 A plugged leakage test connection and a second manual shutoff valve shall be provided as a means for a tightness check of
the primary shutoff valve.
2.3.10.4 A gas pressure regulator shall be factory mounted and piped for pressure regulation to the burner.
2.3.10.5 Gas Train Components Standard (UL)
2.3.10.5.1 [Sizes 15002500] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch.
2.3.10.5.2 [Sizes 30005000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. High and low gas
pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.5.3 [Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas safety shut-
off valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.6 Gas Train Components Factory Mutual Insurance (FM)
2.3.10.6.1 [Sizes 15005000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. High and low gas
pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.6.2 [Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas safety shut-
off valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.7 Gas Train Components Industrial Risk Insurers (IRI)
2.3.10.7.1 [ Size 15005000] The gas train piping shall include both primary and secondary motorized gas safety shutoff valves
and a second plugged leakage test cock. A vent valve shall be located between the primary and secondary gas shutoff valves. High
and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
2.3.10.7.2 [Size 6000] The primary gas shutoff valve shall be motorized with a proof of closure switch. A second gas motorized
shutoff valve and an additional plugged leakage test cock shall be provided. A vent valve shall be located between the primary and
secondary gas shutoff valves. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B2-26
04-02
Commercial Boilers Model 4 Boilers
B2-27
04-02
Model 4 Boilers Commercial Boilers
3.0 Execution
3.1 Shop Tests
3.1.1 The pressure vessel shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with ASME requirements.
3.1.2 The boiler will be test fired by the manufactured, prior to shipment, to verify proper and safe operation.
3.2 Shipment
3.2.1 Painting
3.2.1.1 The entire boiler, base frame, and other components shall be factory painted, before shipment, using a hard finish enamel.
3.2.1.2 The boiler surface shall be cleaned/prepared for painting using manufacturer's specifications and standard industrial paint-
ing practices.
3.2.2 Preparation
3.2.2.1 All boiler openings shall be plugged/covered prior to shipment.
3.2.2.2 The boiler shall be skid mounted and protected with a weather resistant covering.
3.2.2.3 All shipped loose components shall wrapped in protective material and packaged in a separate container(s).
3.3 Installation
3.4 StartUp
3.4.1 The boiler startup shall be performed by a factory trained representative and will be done in accordance with the manufac-
turer's recommended procedures.
3.4.2 The boiler startup shall include boiler operator training and shall cover boiler operation, water treatment, and maintenance of
the unit.
3.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals
3.5.1 The manufacturer shall supply _____ copies of the Operating & Maintenance Manual.
B2-28
04-02
Section B3
MODEL 5 BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-4
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-4
Special Insurance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-5
Added Equipment for IRI Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-5
Added Equipment for FM Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-5
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-5
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-12
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-12
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-12
Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-12
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-12
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-16
Steam Boiler Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-16
Hot Water Boiler Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3-21
B3-1
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure B3-1. Model 5 Standard Gas Trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-7
Figure B3-2. Model 5 Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-8
Figure B3-3. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-10
Figure B3-4. Model 5 Over Pressure Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-15
TABLES
Table B3-1. Model 5 Boiler Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3- 3
Table B3-2. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Ratings (N/A to LWV Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-6
Table B3-3. Model 5 Emission Data, Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-6
Table B3-4. Model 5 Emission Data, No. 2 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-12
Table B3-5. Model 5 Oil Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-12
Table B3-6. Model 5 Gas Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-12
Table B3-7. Model 5 Boiler Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-13
Table B3-8. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Circulating Rates and Temperature Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-13
Table B3-9. Model 5 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-14
Table B3-10. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Circulating Rates and Temperature Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-14
Table B3-11. Model 5 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-14
Table B3-12. Model 5 Boiler Sound Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3-15
The Model 5 Commercial Watertube Boiler product line is used for low and high pressure steam and hot water applications. Sizes range
from 1.5 to 8 MMBtu/hr. The Model 5 Boiler is an excellent choice where high outputs and space limitations exist. The model number
designation is 1500 through 8000, representing Btu/hr input (1,500,000 to 8,000,000 Btu/hr).
Fuel series designation is as follows:
Series 100: No. 2 oil firing.
Series 700: Natural gas firing.
Series 200: No. 2 oil/natural gas firing.
Design pressure designation is stated as 15 psig, 150 psig, and 250 psig for steam, and 140 psig for hot water. For example, a Model
M5HW-700-2500-140 boiler designates a gas-fired, 2,500,000 Btu/hr, 140 psig, hot water boiler.
B3-2
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
Direct Driven, Vibration-Free Centrifugal Impeller: Proven vessel design for high design pressure applications.
Quiet operation.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Sound levels below 80 dbA.
Information in this section applies to Cleaver-Brooks Model 5
Ideal for noise critical areas such as hospitals, churches, etc. watertube boilers in sizes ranging from 1.5 to 8 MMBtu/hr
input, as shown in Table B3-1. Model numbers represent input
Minimum Refractory: (1,000 Btu/hr).
Membrane waterwalls reduce the need for refractory by The Model 5 Boiler is a compact, packaged, all-steel mem-
95%. braned waterwall watertube boiler. It is a three-pass boiler with
Reduced maintenance costs and refractory repair watertubes and membranes formed to direct the flow of com-
requirements. bustion gases through the boiler. The pressure vessel is con-
structed to conform with Sections I or IV of the ASME Codes
for hot water, low-pressure steam, and high-pressure steam
Membrane Waterwalls:
boilers.
Enhanced heat transfer area in compact design.
The vessel consists of formed membrane tubes and downcom-
Sealed combustion chamber improves heat transfer for high ers, connected to the upper and lower drums. The boiler vessel
efficiency. is gas tight, insulated on the outside, and covered by casing
constructed of removable, formed steel panels. The standard
Small Boiler Footprint: boiler/burner package is CSA approved in hot water, low- pres-
sure steam, and high-pressure steam (150 psig design) when
Savings of up to 50% in floor space.
fueled by No. 2 oil and/or natural gas. The Model 5 Boiler is
available with higher pressure designs.
Weighs up to 40% less than Comparable Boilers:
Lower freight and rigging costs.
Reduced structural requirements. Table B3-1. Model 5 Boiler Sizes
HEAT STEAM SHIPPING
Standard Built-in Soot Washers: MODEL INPUT
OUTPUT
EQUIV
OUTPUT WEIGHT
NO. MBH HP
Boiler cleaning without shutdown. MBH LB/HR LBS
1500 1500 1200 35 1237 3100
Maintains peak boiler performance.
2000 2000 1600 47 1649 3100
2500 2500 2000 59 2062 3700
Packaged Forced Draft Burner:
3000 3000 2400 71 2474 3700
High pressure drop design. 3500 3500 2800 83 2887 4100
Optimum fuel and air mixing. 4000 4000 3200 95 3299 4100
4500 4500 3600 107 3711 4700
Improved combustion efficiency. 5000 5000 4000 119 4124 4700
6000 6000 4800 143 4949 5400
8000 LWV 8000 6320 194 65
NOTE: Steam output from and at 212 F.
B3-4
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
B3-5
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B3-2. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Ratings (N/A to LWV Models)
MODEL NO. 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
Rated Capacity Btu Output (1,000 Btu/hr) 1200 1600 2,000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4,800
EDR Water Gross, Sq-ft. 8000 10667 13333 16000 18667 21333 24000 26667 32000
Flooded Water Weight 794 794 1085 1085 1353 1353 1660 1660 1940
Approximate Shipping Weight 3100 3100 3700 3700 4100 4100 4700 4700 5400
MODEL NO. 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000 LWV
Rated Capacity in Lbs Steam/hr (212 F) 1237 1649 2062 2474 2887 3299 3711 4124 4949 6516
BTU Output (1,000 Btu/hr) 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4800 6320
EDR Steam Gross, Sq-ft 5000 6667 8333 10000 11667 13333 15000 16667 20000 26667
Control Circuit Transformer kVA 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Approximate Shipping Weight 3100 3100 3700 3700 4100 4100 4700 4700 5400
NOTES:
1. Ratings are at sea level to 1000 ft.
2. Output rating for high pressure steam will be reduced based on operating conditions.
B3-6
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
B3-7
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
FRONT VIEW
5
REAR VIEW
K
T
OO1
B3-8
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
MODEL NO. 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000LWV
A - Overall 69-11/16 69-11/16 85-13/16 85-13/16 104-7/16 104-7/16 121-1/16 121-1/16 136-11/16
B - Pressure Vessel with Casing 51-1/4 51-1/4 67-3/8 67-3/8 83 83 99-5/8 99-5/8 115-1/4
C - Base Frame 45-1/2 45-1/2 61-1/8 61-1/8 76-3/4 76-3/4 92-3/8 92-3/8 108
C1 - Base to Front Head 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
C2 - Base Frame Anchor Holes 43 43 58-1/2 58-1/2 74-1/2 74-1/2 90 90 105-1/2
D - Front Head Extension 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16
DD - Front Casing to Steam Nozzle CL 16-3/8 16-3/8 24-3/8 24-3/8 30-1/8 30-1/8 36-3/4 36-3/4 44-5/8
N - Center to Soot Drain 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
OO - Overall (Base to Vent Outlet) 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4
OO1 - Base to Top of Control Panel 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2
O - Base to Steam Nozzle 15# 73-1/2 73-1/2 73-1/2 73-1/2 76-3/4 76-3/4 76-3/4 76-3/4 76-3/4
O1 - Base to Steam Nozzle 150# 73-1/4 73-1/4 73-1/4 73-1/4 73-1/4 73-1/4 76-1/2 76-1/2 76-1/2
P - Base to Drum CL 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4 61-3/4
Q - Base to Feedwater Inlet 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4 55-3/4
R - Base to Soot Washer 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54
S - Height of Base 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
OS - Base to Oil Supply Conn. 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8 26-5/8
OR - Base to Oil Return Conn. 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8 24-5/8
BB - Diameter (Sleeve Connection) 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16
CC - Rear Casing to Vent CL 17-3/16 17-3/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 21-13/16 21-13/16 21-13/16
T - Bottom Drum Blow Down 15 # (one) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
T1 - Bottom Drum Blow Down 150 # (one) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
U - Steam Nozzle 15 # 4A 4A 4A 4A 6B 6B 6B 6B 6B
V - Steam Nozzle 150 # 2-1/2 A
2-1/2 A
3A
3A
3 A
3 A
4 B
4 B
4B
W - Soot Washer Drains (Two) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
X - Surface Blow Off (One) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Y - Feedwater Inlet (One) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Z - Soot Washers (Two) 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
GG - Oil Supply & Return 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
JJ - Relief Valve Outlet 15# 1-1/2 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3
JJ - Relief Valve Outlet 150 # 3/4 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2
EE - Front Door Swing 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
FF - Tube Removal Each Side 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
RF - Allowance for Front Door Swing and 30" Rear 133 133 149 149 167 167 184 184 200
Aisle Space
RD - Allowance for Tube Removal Each Side and 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94
Front Door Swing
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by
certified prints. For 200 psig design pressure or higher, contact factory for certified prints.
2. Allow sufficient space for soot washer lance removal at rear of boiler.
3. Furnace access opening, 15 x 20 located inside rear head.
4. Control panel may be larger due to additional electrical devices accounting for an additional 4 inches in overall height.
5. Subtract 3-1/2 for gas-fired only units.
A. Female pipe thread.
B. Flg 150 psig FF.
Figure B3-2. Model 5 Steam Boiler Dimensions - Sheet 2 of 2
B3-9
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
FRONT VIEW
6
REAR VIEW
Z
B3-10
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
MODEL NO. 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000
A - Overall 80 80 96-5/8 96-5/8 115-1/4 115-1/4 132-7/8 132-7/8 148-11/16
B - Pressure Vessel with Casing 51-1/4 51-1/4 67-3/8 67-3/8 83 83 99-5/8 99-5/8 115-1/4
C - Base Frame 45-1/2 45-1/2 61-1/8 61-1/8 76-3/4 76-3/4 92-3/8 92-3/8 108
C1 - Base to Front Head 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
C2 - Base Frame Anchor Holes 43 43 58-5/8 58-5/8 74-1/4 74-1/4 89-7/8 89-7/8 105-1/2
D - Front Head Extension 12-7/8 12-7/8 12-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8
E - Front Casing to Outlet 16-1/2 16-1/2 24-1/2 24-1/2 30 30 36-3/4 36-3/4 44-1/2
F - Outlet to Relief Valve 7 7 12 12 10-3/4 10-3/4 13 13 14
G - Rear Drum to Center Line Return 4-1/8 4-18 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 4-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8
H - Rear Casing to Air Vent 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8 5-3/8
I - Overall 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46
J - Outside Casing to Blend Pump 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
K - Center to Outside Casing 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16 16-9/16
L - Base, Inside 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
M - Base, Outside 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
N - Center to Soot Washer Drain 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
O - Center to Base Center 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
P - Center to Soot Washer 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4 10-3/4
QQ - Overall (Base to Vent Outlet) 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4 78-1/4
Q - Base to Outlet 79-7/8 79-7/8 79-7/8 79-7/8 80-5/8 80-5/8 80-5/8 80-5/8 80-5/8
R - Base to Soot Washer 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54
S - Height of Base 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
T - Base to Return 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4
U - Base to Soot Washer Drain 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8
OS - Base to Oil Supply 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4
OR - Base to Oil Return 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4
BB - Diameter (Sleeve Connection) 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16
CC - Rear Casing to Vent CL 17-3/16 17-3/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 17-11/16 21-3/4 21-3/4 21-3/4
V - Drain Valve, Low Water Control 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
W - Soot Washers (Two) 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
X - Soot Washer Drains (Two) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Y - Bottom Drain (One) 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Z - Base to Top of Control Box 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2 84-1/2
HS - Water Outlet (Male Pipe Thread) 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
HR - Water Return (Female Pipe Thread) 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
FF - Air Vent 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
GG - Oil Supply and Return 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
HH - Relief Valve Outlet 125 # Setting 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
DD - Front Door Swing 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
EE - Tube Removal Each Side 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
RF - Allowance for Front Door Swing and 30" Rear 133 133 149 149 167 167 184 184 200
Aisle Space
RD - Allowance for Tube Removal Each Side and 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94
Front Door Swing
NOTES:
1. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified prints.
2. Allow sufficient clearance at rear of boiler for soot washer lance removal. (oil or oil/gas fired units only)
3. Furnace access opening, 15 x 20 located inside rear head.
4. Control panel may be larger due to additional electrical devices accounting for an additional 4 inches in overall height.
5. All Connections are threaded.
6. Subtract 3-1/2 for gas-only fired unit.
B3-11
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
The data in these tables represents typical emission Table B3-10 can be used to determine the maximum water cir-
levels only. Please contact your local Cleaver-Brooks culating rate in a hot water boiler in relation to the full boiler
authorized representative if an emission guarantee is output and system temperature drop. The maximum circulat-
required, or for emission level information not shown ing rate can be determined from the boiler size and expected
in these tables. system temperature drop.
See Figure B3-4 for minimum operating pressure, based on
Fuels the maximum temperature in a Model 5 hot water boiler.
Fuel requirements for the Model 5 Boiler are shown in Tables For more information, refer to Section 12, Hot Water Systems.
B3-5 and B3-6. Table B3-11 shows recommended steam nozzle sizes at vari-
Table B3-4. Model 5 Emission Data, No. 2 Oil ous operating pressures.
POLLUTANT UNCONTROLLED Table B3-12 shows maximum sound levels when firing oil or
ppmA 200 natural gas.
CO
lb/MMBtu 0.15
ppmA 100
NOx
lb/MMBtu 0.12
ppmA 1
SOx
lb/MMBtu 0.001
ppmA 40
HC/VOCs
lb/MMBtu 0.016
ppmA
PM
lb/MMBtu 0.01
A. ppm levels corrected to 3% O2 dry basis.
ppmA 90
CO
lb/MMBtu 0.07
ppmA 187
NOx
lb/MMBtu 0.248
ppmA 278 Table B3-6. Model 5 Gas Fuel Requirements
SOx
lb/MMBtu 0.515
BOILER
ppmA 50 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000 LWV
HC/VOCs MODEL
lb/MMBtu 0.025
OIL
ppmA
PM
lb/MMBtu 0.025 USAGEA 10.7 14.3 17.9 21.4 25.0 28.6 32.7 35.7 42.8
(GPH)
NOTES:
A. ppm levels corrected to 3% O2 dry basis. NOTES:
B. Based on the following fuel oil constituents. 1.Oil supply lines to be sized for 125 gph pumping rates.
Fuel-bound nitrogen = 0.05% (max) by weight. 2.Oil pump suction pressure -10 Hg to 3 psig.
Sulfur = 0.5% (max) by weight.
A.Usage Based on #2 Fuel @ 140,000 Btu/gal.
Ash = 0.01% (max) by weight.
B3-12
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
Table B3-8. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Circulating Rates and Temperature Drop
SIZE & INPUT 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000 LWV
Gas (cfh) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000
Fuel Consumption
Oil (gph) 10.72 14.29 17.86 21.43 25.0 28.57 32.14 35.71 42.85 57.14
Hot Water Output 1000 Btu/hr 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 4000 4800 N/A
Steam Rated Cap. (psig) Stm/h 1237 1649 2062 2474 2887 3299 3711 4124 4949 6516
(212)
Gas (scfh) 15480 20640 25800 30960 36120 41280 46440 51600 61920 82560
(lb/hr) 1207 1609 2012 2414 2817 3219 3621 4024 4828 6437
Combustion Air
Oil (scfh) 17049 22733 28414 34098 39782 45463 51147 56831 68196 90816
(lb/hr) 1269 1692 2115 2538 2961 3384 3808 4231 5077 7081
Gas (scfh) 17520 23360 29200 35040 40880 46720 52560 58400 70080 93438
(lb/hr) 1278 1704 2130 2556 2983 3409 3835 4261 5113 6817
Flue Gas
Oil (scfh) 17914 23886 29855 35827 41799 47769 53741 59713 71655 102782
lb/hr) 1357 1809 2261 2714 3166 3618 4070 4523 5427 5970
B3-13
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B3-9. Model 5 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure
T = 20 T = 30 T = 40 T = 50
PSI FT/S GPM PSI FT/S GPM PSI FT/S GPM PSI FT/S GPM
1500 0.54 5.38 123.8 0.24 3.58 82.6 0.14 2.69 61.9 0.09 2.16 49.8
2000 0.96 7.17 165.2 0.43 4.79 110.4 0.24 3.58 82.6 0.16 2.88 66.4
2500 1.49 8.96 206.5 0.67 5.98 137.8 0.38 4.48 103.2 0.24 3.60 83.0
3000 2.13 10.75 247.6 0.95 7.17 165.2 0.54 5.38 123.9 0.343 4.30 99.2
3500 1.32 7.28 289.0 0.59 4.86 193.0 0.34 3.65 145.0 0.22 2.92 115.8
4000 1.72 8.34 330.8 0.77 5.55 220.4 0.44 4.17 165.6 0.28 3.34 132.4
4500 2.18 9.38 372.1 0.97 6.26 248.2 0.55 4.69 186.3 0.35 3.76 149.0
5000 2.68 10.42 413.4 1.20 6.95 275.6 0.68 5.21 206.9 0.43 4.17 165.6
6000 3.86 12.50 496.0 1.72 8.34 330.8 0.97 6.26 248.2 0.63 5.01 198.8
NOTE: Based on 200F outlet temperature
Table B3-10. Model 5 Hot Water Boiler Circulating Rates and Temperature Drop
BOILER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE DROP
SIZE
(BHP) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
5000 (119) 826 413 275 207 165 138 118 103 92 83
6000 (143) 992 496 330 248 198 166 142 124 110 99
Table B3-11. Model 5 Boiler Recommended Steam Nozzle Size at Reduced Pressure
OPERATING BOILER SIZE
PRESSURE
(PSI) 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 6000 8000
LWV
15A 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8
20 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8
40 2-1/2 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 8
65 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6
75 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6
B3-14
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
LFG (dBA) 70 70 71 71 72 72 74 75 76
HFG (dBA) 70 70 72 74 74 76 77 78 79
LFO (dBA) 69 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
HFO (dBA) 71 71 72 73 74 76 76 77 78
NOTES:
1. Abbreviations: LF=Low Fire, HF=High Fire, O=Oil, G=GAS
2. Measurement: Three (3) feet from front center of boiler and 3-1/2 feet above boiler base. Measurements are
decibel ratings on the A-Weighted scale, and were registered without the addition of sound attenuators, mufflers,
or silencers.
3. N/A to 8000 LWV.
B3-15
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application. A separate specification is provided for hot water boiler and steam boiler packages.
B3-16
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
B3-17
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
3.0 Burner
3.1 Burner Description
All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front head (windbox), above the burner, to mini-
mize vibration and noise level.
The impeller shall be an enclosed centrifugal fan type, properly balanced and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
The maximum sound level shall not exceed 80 dBA measured 3 feet in front of the boiler.
The oil burner shall operate on the low-high-low principle and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
The gas burner shall operate on the full modulation system and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
3.2 Gas Fired Burner
3.2.1 General
The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and shall be the high radiant multi-port type approved for operation
with natural gas.
Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. A UV flame detector shall monitor the pilot, preventing the
primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
A single damper motor shall control the combustion air damper and the butterfly gas valve. The damper motor shall regulate the fire
according to system demand in response to the boiler mounted temperature/pressure control.
The gas burner piping system on the unit shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay
to start or stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, excessive pressure or temperature,
high or low gas pressure, or a low water condition. A lubricated shutoff cock shall be located ahead of the primary valve for manual
shutoff.
A plugged leakage test connection and a lubricated plug cock are provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff
valve.
A gas pressure regulator shall be factory mounted and piped for proper pressure regulation to the burner.
3.2.2 Gas Train Components
The primary shutoff valve shall be a motorized type. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
3.3 No. 2 Oil Fired Burner
3.3.1 General
The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler. It shall be the pressure atomizing type approved for operation with
commercial grade No. 2 oil.
The burner shall operate on the low-high-low principle, and must return to the low-fire position prior to ignition.
The burner shall remain in the low-fire position during ignition and until low fire and main flames have been proven.
Automatic electric ignition of the low-fire oil supply shall be provided with a 10,000 volt transformer and heavy duty electrodes.
The ignition period shall be monitored with an electric scanner of the UV principle to confirm the presence of the low fire oil flame.
B3-18
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
NOTICE
Optional insurance compliance may require a premix gas pilot in lieu of electric ignition.
The combustion air damper, low-fire, and high-fire oil valves shall be operated by a single damper control motor. This motor shall
regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the boiler-mounted high-low fire pressure control.
3.3.2 Oil System:
An oil pump shall be provided. The oil pump, integral with the burner, shall include a built-in relief valve and self- cleaning
strainer. The pump shall be belt driven from the blower motor.
The fuel oil system shall include supply and return tubing to a terminal block, oil pressure gauge, shutoff cock, and four solenoid
oil shutoff valves. These items shall be factory mounted on the front head.
3.4 No.2 Oil and Gas Burner
3.4.1 General
The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler. It shall be the pressure atomizing type for oil and high radiant multi-
port type for gas. The burner must be approved for operation with either commercial grade No.2 oil or natural gas.
The oil burner shall operate on the low-high-low principle, the gas burner shall operate on the full modulation principle, and must
return to the low-fire position prior to ignition.
The burner shall remain in the low-fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be provided. A UV flame detector shall monitor the pilot to prevent the pri-
mary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
A single damper motor shall control the combustion air damper, high and low fire oil valves, and the butterfly gas valve. The
damper motor shall regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the boiler-mounted pressure control.
3.4.2 Oil System
An oil pump shall be included. The oil pump, integral with the burner, shall include a built-in relief valve and self-cleaning strainer.
The pump shall be belt-driven from the blower motor.
The fuel oil system shall include supply and return tubing to a terminal block, oil pressure gauge, shutoff cock, and four solenoid
oil shutoff valves. These items shall be factory mounted on the front head.
3.4.3 Gas System
The gas burner piping system on the unit shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay
to start or stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, excessive pressure or temperature,
high or low gas pressure, or a low water condition. A lubricated shutoff cock shall be located ahead of the primary valve for manual
shutoff.
A plugged leakage test connection and a lubricated plug cock are provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff
valve.
A gas pressure regulator shall be factory-mounted and piped for proper pressure regulation to the burner.
3.4.4 Gas Train Components
The primary shutoff valve shall be a motorized type. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
3.5 Burner and Flame Failure Controller
A combustion safeguard control shall be provided to control ignition, starting and stopping the burner and provide precombustion
and postcombustion purge periods. It shall stop burner operation in the event of ignition, pilot or main flame failure. Trial for igni-
tion shall be limited to 10 seconds.
B3-19
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
B3-20
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
B3-21
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
A dip tube shall be included as an integral part of the hot water outlet. An air vent tapping shall be located on the top centerline of
the boiler for connection to an expansion tank.
Handholes shall be provided at the end of the lower drum and in the rear of the upper drum for inspection of the water side surfaces.
2.3 Boiler Trim
The low water cutoff switch shall be a probe type, mounted in the top center-line of the boiler. It shall be wired into the burner con-
trol circuit to prevent burner operation if the boiler water falls below a proper level.
A minimum of three controls shall be provided: one auto reset type for burner on-off control, one for burner firing rate, and one
manual reset type for burner cutout on excessive water temperature. The sensing elements shall be located adjacent to the outlet
connection.
A hot water circulating pump shall be mounted between the supply and return water connections (standard on ASME Section IV
heating boilers only). This pump will blend the supply and the system return water. It will ensure a minimum continuous circula-
tion at all times to a level of 10 boiler water changes per hour.
A combination pressure-temperature gauge shall be located on the boiler.
Water relief valves shall be provided of a type and size to comply with ASME Code requirements.
3.0 Burner
3.1 Burner Description
All air for combustion shall be supplied by a forced draft blower mounted in the front head (windbox), above the burner, to mini-
mize vibration and noise level.
The impeller shall be an enclosed centrifugal fan type, properly balanced and directly connected to the blower motor shaft.
The maximum sound level shall not exceed 80 dBA measured 3 feet in front of the boiler.
The oil burner shall operate on the low-high-low principle and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
The gas burner shall operate on the full modulation system and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
The burner shall remain in the low fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
3.2 Gas Fired Burner
3.2.1 General
The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler and shall be the high radiant multi-port type approved for operation
with natural, manufactured, or mixed gas.
Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be furnished. A UV flame detector shall monitor the pilot, preventing the
primary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
A single damper motor shall control the combustion air damper and the butterfly gas valve. The damper motor shall regulate the fire
according to system demand in response to the boiler mounted temperature/pressure control.
The gas burner piping system on the unit shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay
to start or stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, excessive pressure or temperature,
high or low gas pressure, or a low water condition. A lubricated shutoff cock shall be located ahead of the primary valve for manual
shutoff.
A plugged leakage test connection and a lubricated plug cock are provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff
valve.
A gas pressure regulator shall be factory mounted and piped for proper pressure regulation to the burner.
3.2.2 Gas Train Components
The primary shutoff valve shall be a motorized type. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
B3-22
10-02
Commercial Boilers Model 5 Boilers
NOTICE
Optional insurance compliance may require a premix gas pilot in lieu of electric ignition.
The combustion air damper, low-fire, and high-fire oil valves shall be operated by a single damper control motor. This motor shall
regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the boiler mounted high-low fire temperature/pressure control.
3.3.2 Oil System
An oil pump shall be provided. The oil pump, integral with the burner, shall include a built-in relief valve and self- cleaning
strainer. The pump shall be belt driven from the blower motor.
The fuel oil system shall include supply and return tubing to a terminal block, oil pressure gauge, shutoff cock, and four solenoid
oil shutoff valves. These items shall be factory mounted on the front head.
3.4 No.2 Oil and Gas Burner
3.4.1 General:
The burner shall be integral with the front head of the boiler. It shall be the pressure atomizing type for oil and high radiant multi-
port type for gas. The burner must be approved for operation with either commercial grade No.2 oil or natural gas.
The oil burner shall operate on the low-high-low principle, and must return to the low-fire position prior to ignition.
The gas burner shall operate on the full modulation system and must return to the low fire position prior to ignition.
The burner shall remain in the low-fire position during ignition and until main flame has been proven.
Automatic electric ignition of the premix gas pilot shall be provided. A UV flame detector shall monitor the pilot to prevent the pri-
mary fuel valve from opening until the pilot flame has been established.
A single damper motor shall control the combustion air damper, high and low fire oil valves, and the butterfly gas valve. The
damper motor shall regulate the fire according to system demand in response to the boiler mounted high-low fire temperature/pres-
sure control.
3.4.2. Oil System
An oil pump shall be included. The oil pump, integral with the burner, shall include a built-in relief valve and self-cleaning strainer.
The pump shall be belt-driven from the blower motor.
The fuel oil system shall include supply and return tubing to a terminal block, oil pressure gauge, shutoff cock, and four solenoid
oil shutoff valves. These items shall be factory mounted on the front head.
3.4.3 Gas System
The gas burner piping system on the unit shall include a primary gas shutoff valve. It shall be controlled by the programming relay
to start or stop the burner and to close automatically in the event of power failure, flame failure, excessive pressure or temperature,
high or low gas pressure, or a low water condition. A lubricated shutoff cock shall be located ahead of the primary valve for manual
shutoff.
A plugged leakage test connection and a lubricated plug cock are provided as a means for a tightness check of the primary shutoff
valve.
B3-23
10-02
Model 5 Boilers Commercial Boilers
A gas pressure regulator shall be factory-mounted and piped for proper pressure regulation to the burner.
3.4.4 Gas Train Components
The primary shutoff valve shall be a motorized type. High and low gas pressure switches shall be provided.
3.5 Burner and Flame Failure Controller
A combustion safeguard control shall be provided to control ignition, starting and stopping the burner and provide precombustion
and postcombustion purge periods. It shall stop burner operation in the event of ignition, pilot or main flame failure. Trial for igni-
tion shall be limited to 10 seconds.
3.6 Control Panel
The control panel shall be mounted on the front head of the boiler and shall be conveniently located for the operator. It shall be a
NEMA 1A rated enclosure and have a Yale key lock.
Each boiler shall be factory-equipped with a flame safeguard controller that provides technology and functions equal to the
Cleaver-Brooks Model CB100.
Flame safeguard controller shall be microprocessor based, with self-diagnostics, non-volatile memory, and a message center with a
vocabulary of 42 different messages. Messages shall scroll across an alpha-numeric display and provide sequence status and failure
mode information. The controller shall have a fixed operating sequence incapable of being manually altered. The sequence will
include start, pre-purge, pilot and main fuel ignition run and post-purge cycles.
Controller shall be the non-recycle type for maximum safety that will shutdown the burner and indicate as a minimum the follow-
ing trip functions: pilot and main flame failure, high and low fire proving switch faults, running interlocks open, false flame signal
and fuel valve open.
The controller shall have a run/test switch. It will allow interruptions to sequence just after pre-purge, during pilot ignition trial, and
during run cycles for adjustments to firing rate motor, damper linkages and pilot flame for turndown tests.
In addition to the above functions, the controller shall:
Display history of operating hours and totals of completed on-off cycles.
Provide a constant flame signal strength read-out.
Have provisions for a remote display capability.
The panel shall contain the blower motor starter, control circuit fuses, control circuit transformer, and control switches. A damper
positioning switch shall be provided to permit selection of automatic firing or manual selection of low or high fire.
A terminal board shall be provided to which all wires entering or leaving the panel shall be connected.
All electrical equipment shall be in conformity with the Canadian Standard Association requirements. Oil, heat and moisture resis-
tant wire shall be used and shall be number coded.
A low fire hold timer shall be mounted in the panel and wired to hold the boiler in a low firing mode, for a minimum of 10 minutes,
each time the boiler cycles on. This low fire hold timer ensures gradual boiler warm up.
B3-24
10-02
Section B4
ELECTRIC BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-4
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-5
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-5
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-5
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-5
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-5
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-25
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure B4-1. Models HW and CWB Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-7
Figure B4-2. Model S Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-8
Figure B4-3. Model CR Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-9
Figure B4-4. Model CSB Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-10
Figure B4-5. Models TWH and TWV Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-11
Figure B4-6. Model IWH Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B4-12
B4-1
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
TABLES
Table B4-1. Cleaver-Brooks Electric Boilers Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-3
Table B4-2. Power Supply Wire Lug Sizing Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-6
Table B4-3. Model HW Ratings - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-13
Table B4-4. Model CWB Ratings - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-15
Table B4-5. Model S/CR Ratings - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-18
Table B4-6. Model CSB Ratings - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-20
Table B4-7. Model TWH/TWV Vessel Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-22
Table B4-8. Model TWH/TWV Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-23
Table B4-9. Model IWH Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-24
Power Supply Wire Lug Sizing Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4-24
This section contains information on the complete line of Cleaver-Brooks electric boilers with kilowatt output ratings from 9 to
3,375 kW. Electric boilers are typically utilized for applications where stringent environmental regulations and boiler space
requirements are critical.
B4-2
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
In applications where electric power is more economically By individually controlling the heating elements with solid
available than fossil fuels, or where fossil fuel combustion and state digital step controllers, a high degree of input control is
the handling of combustion by-products are unacceptable, achievable.
electric boilers offer a viable alternative. Virtually unlimited input control is available with optional
solid state SCR power controllers.
Reduced Maintenance:
The absence of high maintenance combustion equipment Quiet Operation:
and the use of solid state control devices reduce the Elimination of combustion noise and minimal moving parts
complexity and number of moving parts. results in extremely quiet operation.
Electric elements are easily accessible and replaceable either
individually or in flange mounted groups. Low Return Water Temperatures:
Pressure vessel components are not subjected to thermal Electric boilers are able to withstand virtually any return
stresses induced by high temperature differentials and water temperature. With combustion by-products and high
cycling encountered with fossil fuel combustion. temperature differentials eliminated, condensation and
thermal shock do not limit return water temperatures.
Compact Size:
Electric boilers are typically one-quarter to one-half the size PRODUCT OFFERING
of fossil fuel boilers with similar Btu output. Information in this section applies directly to Cleaver-Brooks
Electric Boilers.
No Emissions:
See Table B4-1 for description of the various models in the
Because there is no combustion, electric boilers are 100% electric boiler line.
emission free. This may be beneficial in meeting total plant
emission requirements. Hot Water Boilers
Hot water boilers are available in heating or process applica-
No Stack Requirements:
tions with flow rates of 10 to 1840 gpm.
With no products of combustion to contend with, installation
costs are reduced by the elimination of stack requirements. Steam Boilers
B4-3
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
Steam boilers are available for use in steam heating or process 2 Step: One 2-stage temperature switch.
applications requiring 42 to 10,080 pounds of steam per hour.
3 Step: One 3-stage time delay sequencer.
Hot Water Storage Heaters 4 Step: One 4-stage time delay sequencer.
Hot water storage heaters are typically used for domestic hot 5 Step and above: Solid state proportional linear sequence
water heating or high surge volume applications. Model TWV step control with adjustable span and interstage time delay.
uses vertical storage tanks. Model TWH uses horizontal stor- All Steam Boilers:
age tanks.
Manual reset high pressure cut-off.
Instantaneous Hot Water Heaters Auxiliary auto-reset high pressure cut-off.
Instantaneous hot water heaters are typically used in standby Combination low-water cut-off and pump control.
or on-demand hot water applications where hot water storage
is not acceptable. High delta T and high flow applications can Pilot light to indicate high pressure alarm.
be achieved by linking multiple units in series or in parallel Bottom and water column blowdown valves.
respectively.
Feedwater stop and check valves.
Standard Equipment Pressure gauge.
The equipment described below applies to standard boilers. Sight gauge with drain and guards
All Boilers: Inspection opening.
ASME Code carbon steel vessel with glass fiber Pressure controls as follows:
insulation.
1 Step: One On-Off pressure switch.
UL listing.
2 Step: Two On-Off pressure switches.
Heavy gauge steel enclosure.
3 Step and above: Solid state proportional linear sequence
Electrical lugs for primary power supply. step control with adjustable span and interstage time delay.
200,000 amp interrupting capacity fusing. Models TWV and TWH:
Contactors rated for 500,000 cycles. Magnesium anode.
120 V control transformer with primary fusing and Lined tank.
power switch with integral breaker.
Model IWH:
Pilot lights to indicate control power on and low water
Flow switch.
alarm (except model IWH).
ASME relief/safety valves. Optional Equipment
All Hot Water Boilers and Heaters: All Boilers:
Manual reset high-temperature cut-off. This is a partial list of boiler options and accessories. Contact
Auxiliary auto-reset high temperature cut-off. your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for a com-
plete list of all available options and accessories.
Auto-reset probe, low-water cut-off (except model IWH
which includes flow switch). Output step enable/disable toggle switches.
B4-4
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
B4-5
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
B4-6
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
MINIMUM
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (IN.) RECOMMENDED
SIZES WEIGHTS (LBS.)
MODEL CLEARANCES (IN.)
NO.
INLET & DRAIN WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT INLET TOP SIDE REAR SHIPPING OPERATE
OUTLET (NPT) A B C D E F G
HW-120 2 3/4 28 28 39 8 12 15 12 450 580
HW-121 3 3/4 28 28 39 8 12 15 12 550 680
HW-201 4FB 1-1/4 36 36 66 14 18 18 18 800 1410
NOTE: Heights are for boiler only. Control panel size varies based on the number of steps.
A. Normally supplied with 2 control cabinets for 2 power supplies.
B. Flanged connection (150 psig ANSI).
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (IN.) CLEARANCES
SIZE (NPT) WEIGHTS (LBS)
MODEL NO.
BLOWDOWN STEAM OUTLET WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT LWCO TOP SIDES
FW SHIPPING OPERATE
A B C D E F
15 PSIG 125 PSIG 15 PSIG 125 PSIG
NOTE: Heights are for boiler only. Control panel size will vary based on the number of steps
A. Flanged connection (150 psig ANSI)
B4-8
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
SIZE (NPT) WEIGHTS (LBS.)
MODEL NO.
BLOWDOWN STEAM OUTLET WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT LWCO
COND. OVER- SHIPPING OPERATE
RETURN FLOW
15 PSIG 125 PSIG 15 PSIG 125 PSIG A B C D
NOTE: Heights are for boiler only. Control panel size will vary based on the number of steps.
B4-9
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (IN.) CLEARANCES
SIZE (NPT) WEIGHTS (LBS)
MODEL NO.
BLOWDOWN STEAM OUTLET
WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT LWCO TOP SIDES
FW SHIPPING OPERATE
A B C D E F
15 PSIG 125 PSIG 15 PSIG 125 PSIG
NOTE: Heights are for boiler only. Control panel size will vary based on the number of steps
A. Flanged connection (150 psig ANSI)
B4-10
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
SIZE (NPT) WEIGHTS (LBS.)
MODEL NO.
INLET & WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT SHIPPING OPERATE
OUTLET DRAIN A B C
TWV-015 1 1 34 44 64 1250 2500
NOTE: Heights are for boiler only. Control panel size will vary based on the number of steps.
B4-11
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
12 MIN B RL A RR
E D
TYP
3
C
DRAIN
1-1/2 B + 1-1/2
END FRONT
MINIMUM
CONNECTION APPROXIMATE
DIMENSIONS (INCHES) RECOMMENDED
SIZE (NPT) WEIGHTS (LBS)
MODEL CLEARANCES (IN.)
NO.
INLET & WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT INLET INLET LEFT RIGHT
DRAIN FRONT SHIPPING OPERATE
OUTLET A B C D E RL RR
IWH-611 2 3/4 30 20 18 8-1/2 6 20 12 36 250 295
IWH-612 2 3/4 50 20 18 8-1/2 6 20 20 36 400 440
IWH-621 2 3/4 50 20 18 8-1/2 6 36 12 36 300 340
IWH-622 2 3/4 82 20 18 8-1/2 6 36 36 36 450 525
IWH-812 3 3/4 50 22 22 9-1/2 8 20 20 36 450 252
IWH-821 3 3/4 50 22 22 9-1/2 8 36 12 36 350 425
IWH-822 3 3/4 82 22 22 9-1/2 8 36 36 36 500 630
IWH-022 3A 3/4 82 26 30 10 9 36 36 36 600 810
NOTE: Heights are for Boiler only. Control panel size will vary based on the number of steps.
A. For flow rates above 240 gpm, specify 4" flanged connections.
B4-12
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
B4-13
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B4-3. Model HW Ratings - Sheet 2 of 2
MODEL VES MAX ELEMENTS NO. OF CONT NO. AND KW OF STEPS 3- PHASE AMPS VS VOLTAGE
RATED
CAP FLOW MBTU/HR
NO. KW QTY KW <250V >250V 208-240V 480-600V 208 240 480 600
GAL. GPM
990 3378 99 10 33 9@90,3@60 1192 954
1020 3480 102 10 34 10@90,2@60 1228 982
1050 3583 105 10 35 11@90 1264 1011
1080 3685 108 10 36 12@90 1300 1040
HW-362 315 900 1110 3787 111 10 37 9@90,5@60 1336 1069
1140 3890 114 10 38 10@90,4@60 1372 1098
1170 3992 117 10 39 11@90,3@60 1408 1127
1200 4094 120 10 40 12@90,2@60 1444 1156
1230 4197 123 10 41 13@90,1@60 1480 1185
1260 4299 126 10 42 14@90 1517 1213
1290 4401 129 10 43 10@90,6@60 1553 1242
1320 4504 132 10 44 12@90,4@60 1589 1271
1350 4606 135 10 45 13@90,3@60 1625 1300
1380 4709 138 10 46 14@90,2@60 1661 1329
1410 4811 141 10 47 15@90,1@60 1697 1358
1440 4913 144 10 48 16@90 1733 1387
HW-363 370 1170 1470 5016 147 10 49 13@90,5@60 1769 1416
1500 5118 150 10 50 14@90,4@60 1805 1444
1530 5220 153 10 51 15@90,3@60 1841 1473
1560 5323 156 10 52 16@90,2@60 1877 1502
1590 5425 159 10 53 17@90,1@60 1913 1531
1620 5527 162 10 54 18@90 1950 1560
1650 5630 165 10 55 15@90,5@60 1986 1589
1680 5732 168 10 56 16@90,4@60 2022 1618
1710 5835 171 10 57 17@90,3@60 2058 1646
1740 5937 174 10 58 18@90,2@60 2094 1675
1770 6039 177 10 59 19@90,1@60 2130 1704
1800 6142 180 10 60 20@90 2166 1733
HW-421 425 1560 1830 6244 183 10 61 1@120,19@90 2202 1762
1860 6346 186 10 62 2@120,18@90 2238 1791
1890 6449 189 10 63 3@120,17@90 2274 1820
1920 6551 192 10 64 4@120,16@90 2310 1849
1950 6653 195 10 65 5@120,15@90 2346 1877
1980 6756 198 10 66 6@120,14@90 2383 1906
HW-422 500 1840 2101 6858 201 10 67 7@120,13@90 2528 2023
2040 6960 204 10 68 8@120,12@90 2455 1964
2070 7063 207 10 69 9@120,11@90 2491 1993
2100 7165 210 10 70 10@120,10@90 2527 2022
2130 7268 213 10 71 11@120,9@90 2563 2051
2160 7370 216 10 72 12@120,8@90 2599 2079
2190 7472 219 10 73 13@120,7@90 2635 2108
2220 7575 222 10 74 14@120,6@90 2671 2137
2250 7677 225 10 75 15@120,5@90 2707 2166
2280 7779 228 10 76 16@120,4@90 2743 2195
2310 7882 231 10 77 17@120,3@90 2779 2224
2340 7984 234 10 78 18@120,2@90 2816 2253
2370 8086 237 10 79 19@120,1@90 2852 2282
2400 8189 240 10 80 20@120 2888 2310
2520 8598 252 10 84 4@150,16@120 3032 2426
B4-14
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
18 61 3 6 1 1 1@18 1@18 51 44 23 18
24 82 6 4 2 1 1@24 1@24 68 59 30 24
CWB-122 25 160 162 553 27 6 9 5 4@36,1@18 3@36,1@54 451 391 196 157
CWB-201 78 300 324 1105 54 6 18 9 6@54 3@72,3@36 900 780 391 313
B4-15
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B4-4. Model CWB Ratings - Sheet 2 of 3
VES MAX ELEMENTS NO. OF CONT. NO. AND KW OF STEPS 3-PHASE AMPS VS VOLTAGE
MODEL RATED
CAP. FLOW MBTU/HR 208- 480-
NO. KW QTY KW 208-240V 480-600V 208 240 480 600
GAL. GPM 600V
240V
1080 3685 108 10 36 12@90 1300 1040
1110 3787 111 10 37 9@90,5@60 1336 1069
1140 3890 114 10 38 10@90,4@60 1372 1098
1170 3992 117 10 39 11@90,3@60 1408 1127
1200 4094 120 10 40 12@90,2@60 1444 1156
CWB-361 235 900 1224 4176 102 12 34 10@108,2@72 1473 1179
1260 4299 105 12 35 11@108,1@72 1517 1213
1296 4422 108 12 36 12@108 1560 1248
CWB-362 315 1170 1332 4545 111 12 37 9@108,5@72 1603 1283
1368 4668 114 12 38 10@108,4@72 1646 1317
1404 4790 117 12 39 11@108,3@72 1690 1352
1440 4913 120 12 40 12@108,2@72 1733 1387
1476 5036 123 12 41 13@108,1@72 1776 1421
1512 5159 126 12 42 14@108 1820 1456
1548 5282 129 12 43 11@108,5@72 1863 1491
1584 5405 132 12 44 12@108,4@72 1906 1525
1620 5527 135 12 45 13@108,3@72 1950 1560
1656 5650 138 12 46 14@108,2@72 1993 1594
1692 5773 141 12 47 15@108,1@72 2036 1629
1728 5896 144 12 48 16@108 2079 1664
CWB-363 370 1170 1764 6019 147 12 49 13@108,5@72 2123 1698
1800 6142 150 12 50 14@108,4@72 2166 1733
1836 6264 153 12 51 15@108,3@72 2209 1768
1872 6387 156 12 52 16@108,2@72 2253 1802
1908 6510 159 12 53 17@108,1@72 2296 1837
1944 6633 162 12 54 18@108 2339 1872
1980 6756 165 12 55 15@108,5@72 2383 1906
2016 6879 168 12 56 16@108,4@72 2426 1941
2052 7001 171 12 57 17@108,3@72 2469 1976
2088 7124 174 12 58 18@108,2@72 2512 2010
2124 7247 177 12 59 19@108,1@72 2556 2045
2160 7370 180 12 60 20@108 2599 2079
CWB-421 425 1840 2200 7506 165 13.3 55 15@120,5@80 2647 2118
2240 7643 168 13.3 56 16@120,4@80 2695 2156
2280 7779 171 13.3 57 17@120,3@80 2743 2195
2320 7916 174 13.3 58 18@120,2@80 2792 2233
2360 8052 177 13.3 59 19@120,1@80 2840 2272
2400 8189 180 13.3 60 20@120 2888 2310
2440 8325 183 13.3 61 1@160,19@120 2936 2349
2480 8462 186 13.3 62 2@160,18@120 2984 2387
2520 8598 189 13.3 63 3@160,17@120 3032 2426
2560 8735 192 13.3 64 4@160,16@120 3080 2464
2600 8871 195 13.3 65 5@160,15@120 3128 2503
2640 9008 198 13.3 66 6@160,14@120 3176 2541
B4-16
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
B4-17
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
B4-18
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
NOTE: Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for model availability at 600 Volts.
B4-19
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
B4-20
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
NOTE: Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for model availability at 600 volts.
B4-21
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
TWV-020 200 30 70
TWV-025 250 36 62
TWV-030 300 36 74
TWV-035 350 36 86
TWV-040 400 42 74
TWV-050 500 42 90
TWV-060 600 48 82
TWV-100 1000 60 90
TWH-050 500 42 90
B4-22
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
ELEMENTS
OUT- 3-PHASE AMPS
NO. OF CONT. NO. AND KW OF STEPS
.A GPH@ PUT VS VOLTAGE
MODEL NO RATED 208-240V 480-600V
100 F
SUFFIX KW RISE
208- 480-
MBH QTY KW QTY KW 208-240V 480V 208 240 480
240V 600V
A. Storage tank must be specified with a properly sized recovery heater to complete the model number (e.g., TWV-030-120 is a 300 gallon vertical
storage tank with a 120 kW recovery heater).
NOTICE
Ratings information for Model TWV and Model
TWH is split into two tables. Since this model of
electric boiler is used for hot water storage as well
as heating, the boiler vessel capacity in gallons
and the heating rate must be selected to meet spe-
cific application needs. Table B4-6 gives the ves-
sel capacity and boiler base models. Table B4-7
gives the heating or kilowatt rating of the units.
For example, if a large storage capacity is needed,
for instance, 1000 gal with a vertical tank, from Ta-
ble B4-6, the base model is TWV-100, and if 90 kW
recovery is required, from Table B4-7 the suffix is
-90, which would add a 90 KW heater, the full mod-
el number would be TWV-100-90.
B4-23
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
MAX ELEMENTS NO. OF CONT NO. AND KW OF STEPS 3- PHASE AMPS VS VOLTAGE
MODEL FLOW RATED MBTU
NO. KW /HR
GPMA QTY KW <250V >250V 208-240 480-600 208 240 480 600
60 205 6 10 2 1@60 73 59
A. Maximum flow rate is based on a maximum velocity of 1.5 fps through the heater; Minimum flow rate should not be less than 10% of
the maximum flow rate listed.
B4-24
04-02
Commercial Boilers Electric Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers specific needs and
application.
1.0 Capacities
1.1 Boiler Capacity - Hot Water
The ____ gallon _____ capacity hot water boiler shall be Cleaver-Brooks Model ___________ rated ____ kW at ____ V, ____ ph,
60 Hz, ____ MBtu/hr. Unit shall be suitable to operate under the following conditions: system flow rate ____ gpm; outlet water
temperature ____ F; return water temperature ____F; system operating pressure ____ psig.
Boiler Capacity - Steam
The _____ gallon ______ capacity steam boiler shall be Cleaver-Brooks Model ______________ rated _____ kW at ____ V,
_____ ph, 60 Hz. Unit shall produce ______ lbs steam/hr (from and at 212 F) at a nominal pressure of ____ psig.
Water Heater Capacity - Instantaneous
The horizontal circulation water heater shall be Cleaver-Brooks Model IWH ___________ rated _____ kW at ____ V, ____ ph,
60 Hz.
1.2 Storage Tank Heater Capacity
The _____ gallon capacity (horizontal or vertical) shall be Cleaver-Brooks Model ___________ rated kW at _____ V, _____ ph,
60 Hz, and shall recover ____ gpm at 100 F rise.
2.0 Boiler
The vessel shall be constructed in accordance with ASME Boiler Code.
The vessel shall be designed for ____ psig.
The relief valve shall be per ASME Code, set at ____ psig.
The vessel shall be insulated with a double wrap of 2-inch fiber blanket insulation having 1-1/2 PCF density.
The boiler shall be UL listed, and bear the Underwriters Laboratories label.
The boiler shall be of the packaged type, factory assembled, wired, and tested.
The boiler shall be mounted on a full size structural steel base.
The boiler enclosure shall be 16-gauge steel.
The entire enclosure shall be finished in light blue enamel paint.
The overall dimensions of the boiler shall be _____ inches long, ______ inches wide, and _____ inches high.
For CR Models, the boiler shall include built-in condensate receiver and feed pump, with make-up valve mounted on
common base with boiler, factory wired and piped, and enclosed in boiler casing.
For TWV and TWH models, the vessel interior shall be lined with Epoxy, cement or sprayed copper or nickel and have
magnesium anode protection.
B4-25
04-02
Electric Boilers Commercial Boilers
The heating watt density shall not exceed _______ (50 or 75) W/sq-in.
The heating elements shall be _________ (copper or Incoloy) sheathed.
NOTICE
Temperature control on IWH, TWV, and TWH is one of the following methods (select A or B or C).
A. Thermostats - The heating elements shall be staged by control thermostats. (Standard for one and two step heaters).
B. Sequencer - The heating elements shall be staged by a time delay sequencer, to energize heating elements in ____ stages
with an adjustable 1 to 15 second time delay between stages. (Standard for 3 or 4 step heaters.)
C Modulating Step Control - (Standard for heaters above 4 steps).
5.0 Warranty
1. The Cleaver-Brooks unit shall be warranted against defective workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date
of start- up or 18 months from shipment.
2. The TWH and TWV models shall include a 5 year warranty against vessel leakage.
B4-26
04-02
Section B5
TRUEFIRE BOILERS
Table of Contents
TrueFire Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
Three-Pass Wetback Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
Optimal Boiler Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
High Boiler Fuel-to-water Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-2
Advanced Insulated Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
Quality Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-2
Hinged Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
Designed for Heating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-2
TrueFire Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-3
Boiler Room Combustion Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5-3
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-4
System Operating Parameters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-4
B5-1
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure B5-1. Model MTF Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-6
Figure B5-2.Model MTF Minimum Room Clearance Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-8
LIST OF TABLES
Table B5-1. Model MTF Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-5
Table B5-2. Model MTF Minimum Over Pressure Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-9
Table B5-3. Model MTF Circulation & Temperature Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-9
Table B5-4. Model MTF Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-10
Table B5-5. Model MTF Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-10
Table B5-6. Model MTF Boilers Minimum and Maximum Gas Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-11
Table B5-7. TrueFire Furnace Dimensions and Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B5-11
B5-2
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
Information in this section applies to hot water boiler sizes IRI gas train and FM gas train.
ranging from 300,000 Btu input to 3,000,000 Btu input. Lead/lag systems for up to 6 boilers.
The TrueFire boiler is a three-pass wetback firetube boiler. The
boiler/burner package is UL/cUL approved. The pressure ves- Gas-Fired Burners
sel conforms to Section IV of the ASME Code. The pressure Table B5-5 shows correction factors for gas pressure at eleva-
vessel is wrapped in blanket insulation and contained inside a tions over 700 ft above sea level.
casing that is composed of removable steel panels.
Table B5-6 shows minimum and maximum gas pressure
requirements for Standard, FM and IRI Boiler gas trains
Standard Equipment
upstream of the gas pressure regulator.
Equipment described below is for the standard boiler offering.
For oversized or undersized gas trains or altitude above 2,000
feet, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Represen-
1. Boiler: tative.
A. All boilers are designed and constructed in accordance
with the ASME Code. Fuel Connections - Gas
B. Boiler is mounted on a base, insulated, and cased. The local gas company should be consulted for requirements
and authorization for installation and inspection of gas supply
2. Forced draft burner: piping. Installation of gas supply piping and venting must be in
accordance with all applicable engineering guidelines and reg-
A. Burner is mounted on the hinged front door. Door can
ulatory codes. All connections made to the boiler should be
be hinged from either side.
arranged so that all components remain accessible for inspec-
B. The burner has UL/cUL approval. tion, cleaning and maintenance.
C. Burner Controls: A drip leg should be installed in the supply piping before the
connection to the gas pressure regulator. The drip leg should
Natural Gas: Series 700
be at least as large as the inlet fitting supplied with the boiler.
Light Oil: Series 100 Consideration must be given to both volume and pressure
requirements when choosing gas supply piping size. Refer to
Combination: Series 200
the boiler dimension diagram provided by Cleaver-Brooks for
MTF-300, On-Off burner. the particular installation. Connections to the burner gas train
should be made with a union, so that gas train components or
MTF-500 through MTF-750, Low-High-Off burner.
the burner may be easily disconnected for inspection or ser-
MTF-1000 through MTF-3000, full modulation burner. vice. Upon completion of the gas piping installation, the sys-
tem should be checked for gas leakage and tight shutoff of all
3. Water Controls: valves.
A. Pressure and temperature gauges.
Boiler Room Combustion Air
B. Operating and limit controls.
When determining boiler room air requirements, the size of the
C. Low water cutoff probe control. room, air flow, and velocity of air must be reviewed as follows:
1. Size (area) and location of air supply openings in boiler
Optional Equipment room.
Options include the following: A. Two (2) permanent air supply openings in the outer
30# safety relief valve. walls of the boiler room are recommended. Locate one
(1) at each end of the boiler room, preferably below a
Drain valve.
height of 7 feet. This allows air to sweep the length of
Probe type auxiliary low water cutoff. the boiler.
B5-3
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
B. Air supply openings can be louvered for weather System Operating Parameters:
protection, but they should not be covered with fine
System over-pressure requirements are shown on Table B5-2.
mesh wire, as this type of covering has poor air flow
qualities and is subject to clogging by dust or dirt. Minimum return water temperature = 130 F.
C. A vent fan in the boiler room is not recommended, as it Minimum supply water temperature (boiler outlet)= 150 F.
could create a slight vacuum under certain conditions
Maximum design temperature = 250 F.
and cause variations in the quantity of combustion air.
This can result in unsatisfactory burner performance. Maximum operating temperature = 240 F.
D. Under no condition should the total area of the air
supply openings be less than one (1) square foot.
E. Size the openings by using the formula:
Area (sq-ft) = cfm/fpm
2. Amount of air required (cfm).
A. Combustion Air = Rated bhp x 8 cfm/bhp.
B. Ventilation Air = Maximum bhp x 2 cfm/bhp or a total
of 10 cfm/bhp - up to 1000 feet elevation. Add 3 percent
more per 1000 feet of added elevation.
3. Acceptable air velocity in Boiler Room (fpm).
A. From floor to (7) foot height - 250 fpm.
B. Above (7) foot height - 500 fpm.
Example: Determine the area of the boiler room air supply
openings for (1) 300 hp boiler at 800 feet altitude. The air
openings are to be 5 feet above floor level.
Air required: 300 x 10 = 3000 cfm (from 2B above).
Air velocity: Up to 7 feet = 250 fpm (from 3 above).
Area Required: Area = cfm/fpm = 3000/250 = 12 sq-ft total.
Area/Opening: 12/2 = 6 sq-ft/opening (2 required).
NOTICE
Consult local codes, which may supersede these re-
quirements.
B5-4
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF- MTF-
MODEL NO.
300 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000
Btu Input (1000 Btu/hr) 300 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000
Light Oil gph (140,000 Btu/gal) 2.1 3.6 5.4 7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5 14.3 17.9 21.4
Natural Gas CFH (1000 Btu/cu-ft) 300 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2500 3000
Gas (Therm/hr) 3.0 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 25.0 30.0
Blower Motor hp 3/4 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/2
BOILER DATA
Note:
Pressure atomized burners.
Integral oil pump.
For altitude above 2000 ft contact your local Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative.
B5-5
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
I
FF B GG
S
S F
X E
D
R U L O
J
K
G
Z
P W
Q
T
H C
N
A
M
LENGTHS
Gas
Overall Length A 75 88 93 112 112 120-1/2 130-1/2 130-1/2 130-1/2 140
Oil/Comb.
Shell Length B 39-3/4 52-3/4 57-1/2 61-1/2 61-1/2 70 74-1/2 74-1/2 74-1/2 84
Base Frame Length C 35-1/4 48 52-3/4 56-3/4 56-3/4 65-1/2 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 80-1/2
Front Flange To Water Supply F 10 12 15-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 15-3/4 18-1/3 18-1/4 18-1/4 17-3/4
Rear Lag. To Return G 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4
Rear Lag. To Vent X 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4
Rear Lag. To Drain Z 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4
WIDTHS
Base Outside M 28 29-1/4 31-1/4 33-1/2 33-1/2 33-1/2 41-3/4 41-3/4 41-3/4 46-1/2
Base Inside N 23-3/4 25 27 29-1/4 29-1/4 29-1/4 37-1/2 37-1/2 37-1/2 42-1/2
B5-6
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
HEIGHTS
O.A. Height D 49-1/2 50-1/2 54 57-1/4 57-1/4 57-1/4 75-1/4 76-1/4 76-1/4 83-1/4
Base To Top Of Lagging J 34-3/4 35 37-3/4 41-1/2 41-1/2 41-1/2 48-1/2 48-1/2 48-1/2 53-1/4
Base To Vent Outlet K 27-3/4 27-3/4 28-3/4 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 37-1/2 37-1/2 37-1/2 41-1/2
Base To Supply Port O 40-3/4 41-1/4 44-1/4 47-3/4 47-3/4 47-3/4 60-3/4 60-3/4 60-3/4 66-3/4
Base To Return Port P 13-1/2 13-1/2 12-1/4 16-1/2 16-1/2 16-1/2 14 14 14 21-3/4
Base Frame Q 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4
CONNECTIONS
Drain W 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Vent Outlet Y 6 6 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 14
MISCELLANEOUS
Tube Removal Rear FF 28-1/4 40-1/4 45-3/46 49-3/4 49-3/4 58 62-1/2 62-1/2 62-1/2 74-3/4
Front Clearance Burner Aisle* GG 47-1/4 47-1/4 47-1/4 63-1/2 63-1/2 63-1/2 67 67 67 67
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (Lbs) - 304 463 619 802 771 926 1217 1146 1146 2067
Shipping Weight - 1095 1384 1657 1964 2188 2299 2786 2992 3107 4801
B5-7
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
A A
Distance
Between
Burner Hinged
Boilers
Side
(Hinged
Side) B
B C
D
E
Stack & Smokebox Removal
Distance Between Boilers
(Hinged Side)
MODEL NO. DIM MTF-300 MTF-500 MTF-750 MTF-1000 MTF-1250 MTF-1500 MTF-1750 MTF-2000 MTF-2500 MTF-3000
LENGTHS (in)
Stack, Smokebox D 36 36 40 44 44 44 48 48 48 52
B5-8
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
180 12
190 15
200 18
210 21
220 24
230 27
240 30
MODEL
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
NO.
MTF-300 51.5 25.8 17.2 12.9 10.3 8.6 7.4 6.4 5.7 5.2 4.7
MTF-500 86.5 43.3 28.8 21.6 17.3 14.4 12.4 10.8 9.6 8.7 7.9
MTF-750 131.3 65.7 43.8 32.8 26.3 21.9 18.8 16.4 14.6 13.1 11.9
MTF-1000 176.1 88.0 58.7 44.0 35.2 29.3 25.2 22.0 19.6 17.6 16.0
MTF-1250 217.6 108.8 72.5 54.4 43.5 36.3 31.1 27.2 24.2 21.8 19.8
MTF-1500 259.6 129.8 86.5 64.9 51.9 43.3 37.1 32.5 28.8 26.0 23.6
MTF-1750 304.6 152.3 101.5 76.2 60.9 50.8 43.5 38.1 33.8 30.5 27.7
MTF-2000 350.1 175.1 116.7 87.5 70.0 58.4 50.0 43.8 38.9 35.0 31.8
MTF-2500 435.2 217.6 145.1 108.8 87.0 72.5 62.2 54.4 48.4 43.5 39.6
MTF-3000 531.2 265.6 177.1 132.8 106.2 88.5 75.9 66.4 59.0 53.1 48.3
B5-9
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
VALVE
60 psig
SETTING
MTF-300 1 1
MTF-500 1 1
MTF-750 1 1
MTF-1000 1 1
MTF-1250 1 1
MTF-1500 1 1
MTF-1750 1 1
MTF-2000 1 1 1/4
MTF-2500 1 1 1/4
MTF-3000 1 1 1/4
Table B5-5: Model MTF Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion
CORRECTION CORRECTION
ALTITUDE (FT) ALTITUDE (FT)
FACTOR FACTOR
5000 1.21
B5-10
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
Table B5-6: Model MTF Boilers Minimum and Maximum Gas Pressure
Minimum and maximum gas pressure at the entrance to UL and IRI gas trains (upstream of gas
pressure regulator
FURNACE
FURNACE FURNACE LENGTH
MODEL NO. PRESSURE
INNER DIA. (IN.) (IN.) (IN. WC)
MTF-300 15-1/4 29-1/2 0.3
MTF-500 15-1/4 42-1/2 0.5
MTF-750 17-1/4 48 0.7
MTF-1000 19-1/4 51 0.9
MTF-1250 19-1/4 51 1.2
MTF-1500 19-1/4 59-3/4 1.9
MTF-1750 23-3/4 64 2.0
MTF-2000 23-3/4 64 2.1
MTF-2500 23-3/4 64 2.1
MTF-3000 27 74-1/2 2.3
B5-11
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
Notes
B5-12
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
B5-13
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
B5-14
02-03
Commercial Boilers TrueFire Boilers
4.5.4 Supply an oil pressure gauge to indicate the discharge oil pump pressure.
4.5.5 Install a manual valve, fuel oil filter, or strainer and vacuum gauge on the suction side of the oil pump (optional).
4.5.6 Install a fusible-link-actuated oil safety shutoff valve in the oil supply line between the oil tank and the manual gate valve at
the oil pump (optional).
4.5.7 Oil pressure monitoring shall be provided by an approved pressure switch interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of low oil pressure (optional).
4.6 Gas Valve Train for Each Burner
4.6.1 Provide a pressure gauge to indicate the gas burner manifold pressure (optional).
4.6.2 Furnish and install one manually operated, ________ inch, ball valve upstream of all valves.
4.6.3 Provide one _______ inch, main gas pressure regulator (of tight shutoff type) with vent to outside atmosphere, in accordance
with local codes.
NOTICE
Specify a tight shutoff type gas pressure regulator when the inlet gas pressure exceeds 1-1/2 psig.
4.6.4 Provide one ________ inch, automatically operated motorized safety gas valve. One safety shutoff valve shall be proven
closed during pre- ignition by proof of valve closure interlock switch on valve.
4.6.5 Provide a second _______ inch, automatically operated gas safety shutoff valve to operate simultaneously with the above gas
valve.
4.6.6 A manually operated gas valve shall be located downstream of both automatic gas valves to permit leakage testing of the
valves.
4.6.7 Gas pressure monitoring shall be provided by approved pressure switches interlocked to accomplish a non-recycling safety
shutdown in the event of either high or low gas pressure (optional on Models MTF-300 through MTF-2000).
4.7 Burner Controls
4.7.1 An additional high limit safety temperature control of the manual reset type shall be provided to control the burner.
4.7.2 Pre- and post- operation of the burner fan shall be provided per current UL/cUL requirements.
4.7.3 The burner shall utilize a Cleaver-Brooks flame safeguard programmer, incorporating 7 LED indicator lights to annunciate
the current operating status of the burner.
4.7.4 A manual restart of the burner shall be necessary in the event of shutdown due to flame failure.
4.7.5 All three-phase motors shall be controlled and protected by an automatic starter with thermal overload protection. The starter
shall be inter-locked to prevent burner operation when over-load relays are tripped out.
4.7.6 Supply a burner-mounted diaphragm air flow switch to prevent energizing the main fuel valves in the event of insufficient
combustion air, or to provide safety shutdown in the event of combustion air interruption.
4.7.7 A factory-wired control cabinet shall be supplied and mounted on the burner. The control cabinet shall house the flame safe-
guard control, programming timer, burner motor starter, fuses, control circuit transformer, control switches, indicating lamps, and
relays as required.
4.7.8 Provide four individual lights with nameplates on the control cabinet to indicate call for heat, main fuel valve on, low
water, and main flame failure.
4.7.9 The changing from one fuel to the other shall be manual by means of a fuel selector switch. No burner adjustments shall be
required to switch from one fuel to the other.
4.7.10 The burner shall be equipped with suitable fuel and air controls to assure smooth main flame ignition. The burner shall uti-
lize a proportional air flow damper design, including independent low-fire and high-fire air flow shutter assemblies for ease of
B5-15
02-03
TrueFire Boilers Commercial Boilers
adjustment and consistent excess air performance throughout the firing range.
4.7.11 Fuel-air control shall be synchronized. The fuel air drive unit shall be provided with a position indicating switch interlocked
with the flame safeguard system to assure starting at the low fire position. The flame safeguard system shall further program this
drive unit to provide a full open louver of sufficient time to provide a four air change pre-ignition of the combustion chamber, heat
exchanger, and flue passages.
4.7.12 Pre-ignition pure air flow rate shall not be less than 60% maximum firing rate air flow. Interlocks shall be provided to moni-
tor and prove 60% air flow purge when air inlet louvers are automatically opened to obtain this rate.
4.7.13 Full modulation of fuel input shall be provided on Models MTF-1000 through MTF-3000. A modulating temperature con-
trol shall be supplied to modulate a burner mounted damper motor, controlling both fuel and air supply by means of direct mechan-
ical linkage.
4.7.14 Electronic safety combustion controls shall be supplied, complete with ultra-violet flame scanner to monitor the pilot and
main flame. It shall be so utilized as to provide intermittent type gas-electric ignition and pre-ignition timer. Flame rod will not be
permitted for proving pilot or main flame.
5.0 EFFICIENCY
5.1 The boiler(s) will have a guaranteed efficiency of up to 84% on gas and up to 88% on #2 oil at 100% of rating.
6.0 OPERATING TESTS, START-UP AND ON-SITE SERVICES
6.1 The boiler system and accessories shall be furnished by a single vendor to assure proper installation and service design inter-
face, and to provide in-warranty and post-warranty unified responsibility for the owner and consulting engineer.
6.2 Boiler/burner vendor's service organization shall employ service technicians having experience in all aspects of troubleshoot-
ing, corrective service, and preventive maintenance O&M reporting. Service personnel shall be full-time employees of the vendor's
organization, and shall be available 24 hrs/day, 365 days per year.
6.3 Boiler/burner vendor shall be covered by a general liability insurance policy in the minimum amount of $________. Boiler/
burner vendor shall provide the owner with a certificate of insurance specifying amounts and types of coverage. All personnel
involved in start-up, service, adjustment, or testing of the equipment must be covered by this insurance.
6.4 Boiler/burner vendor shall provide a factory trained service engineer for periodic supervision during installation, field start-up
service to supervise starting, adjusting and testing of the boiler, training of operating personnel in the proper operation and mainte-
nance.
7.0 WARRANTY
7.1 All equipment is to be guaranteed against defects in materials and/or workmanship for a period of 12 months from date of start-
up or 18 months from date of shipment, whichever comes first. The warranty shall include parts only to repair or replace all defec-
tive parts and material. In addition the pressure vessel shall have a seven (7) year warranty against failure caused by low water flow
or burner flame impingement on any heating surface. The boiler will be additionally warranted for 20 years against thermal shock.
The warranty will not include damage caused by corrosion, operation at low water level, accumulation of scale, sludge or dirt or
other improper service, operation, or neglect.
B5-16
02-03
Section B6
CLEARFIRE BOILERS
Table of Contents
Clearfire Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Compact Firetube Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
High Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Advanced Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Ease of Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Quality Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Full Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Premix Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Designed For Heating Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Clearfire Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Gas-Fired Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Fuel Connections - Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Boiler Room Combustion and Ventilation Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Indoor Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-3
Direct Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-4
Conventional Combustion Air Supply (For U.S. Installation only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-4
Stack/Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-4
System Operating Parameters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-4
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-13
B6-1
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
List of Figures
AluFer Firetubes for Extended Heat Transfer Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-2
Ratio of Return Water Temperature to Efficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-5
Comparison of Return Water Temperature to Heat exchanger
Temperature and Fluegas Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-5
Model MCF Hot Water Boiler Dimensions (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-7
Model MCF Minimum Room Clearance Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-9
List of Tables
Table B6-1. Model MCF Boiler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-5
Table B6-2. Model MCF Minimum Over Pressure Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-9
Table B6-3. Model MCF Circulation & Temperature Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-9
Table B6-4. Model MCF Boiler Safety Valve Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-10
Table B6-5. Model MCF Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-10
Table B6-6. Model MCF Boilers Minimum and Maximum Gas Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-11
Table B6-7. Clearfire Furnace Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B6-11
Full Modulation
The burner and variable speed combustion fan modulate
to provide only the amount of heat required, reduced
cycling, low sound levels, and reduced fuel costs.
Premix Technology
The Clearfire Boiler utilizes Premix technology to
mix both fuel and combustion air prior to entering the
firing chamber. Combined with the variable speed fan,
this technology provides very low emission levels and
exceptionally safe operation.
B6-2
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
B. Boiler is mounted on a base, insulated, and casing pro- For oversize or undersize gas trains or altitudes above 2,000
vided. feet, contact your local authorized Cleaver-Brooks Represen-
tative.
2. Forced Draft Burner
A. Burner shall be a unitized Venturi, gas valve, blower, Fuel Connections - Gas
and burner head design. The local gas company should be consulted for requirements
B. Burner shall incorporate a variable speed DC combus- and authorization for installation and inspection of gas supply
tion air fan capable of modulating 5:1. piping. Installation of gas supply piping and venting must be
in accordance with all applicable engineering guidelines and
C. Burner head shall be constructed of a Fecralloy-metal regulatory codes. All connections made to the boiler should be
fiber for solid body radiation of the burner flame. arranged so that all components remain accessible for inspec-
D. The whisper quiet burner shall produce no more than tion, cleaning and maintenance.
70-dBA sound power reading at full firing rate. A drip leg should be installed in the supply piping before the
E. Burner design shall have provision for induction of out- connection to the gas pressure regulator. The drip leg should
side combustion air for sealed combustion. be at least as large as the inlet fitting supplied with the boiler.
Consideration must be given to both volume and pressure
3. Control requirements when choosing gas supply piping size. Refer to
Boiler/burner controls shall be an integrated, digital mod- the boiler dimension diagram provided by Cleaver-Brooks for
ulating controller that controls the following functions: the particular installation. Connections to the burner gas train
should be made with a union, so that gas train components or
Heating loops. the burner may be easily disconnected for inspection or ser-
Burner sequencing with safe start check, pre-purge, vice. Upon completion of the gas piping installation, the sys-
direct spark ignition and post purge. tem should be checked for gas leakage and tight shutoff of all
valves.
Electronic ignition.
Flame supervision. Boiler Room Combustion and Ventilation Air
Safety shutdown with display of error. Indoor Units
Modulating combustion fan. The boiler must be supplied with sufficient quantities of non-
contaminated air to support proper combustion and equipment
Circulating pump.
ventilation. Combustion air can be supplied via conventional
Low gas pressure, air proving, high limit, and frost venting, where combustion air is drawn from the area immedi-
protection. ately surrounding the boiler, or via direct vent, where combus-
tion air is drawn directly from outside. All installations must
Optional Equipment comply with the requirements of NFGC for U.S., CAN\CGA
B 149.1 and.2 for Canada, and all local codes.
1. Controller options for multiple boiler sequencing.
2. Outside temperature reset.
B6-3
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
B6-4
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
100% Load
50% Load
25% Load
B6-5
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
B6-6
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
B
H
I G
Z
E
V
P
BB
U W
DD
O A
F
T
S DD
U
X
Q J
N
C AA CC
K D
LENGTHS
Overall Length C 62-3/4 62-3/4 66-3/4 66-3/4
Front of Boiler to Casing M 50 50 50 50
Control Panel Projection N 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-1/4
Vent Projection from Rear of Casing P 7-1/2 7-1/2 8 8
WIDTHS
Overall Width B 36-3/4 36-3/4 43-3/4 43-3/4
Width Less Side Casing D 31-1/4 31-1/4 38-1/4 38-1/4
Boiler Centerline to Centerline of Air Intake I 4 4 7 7
Spacing Between Left & Right Stack Stubs K 17 17 21 21
Side of Casing to Gas Connection G 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4
Casing to Centerline of Boiler Connections H 18-1/4 18-1/4 21-3-4 26
B6-7
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
HEIGHTS
Overall Height A 76-1/4 76-1/4 82-1/2 82-1/2
Floor to Top of Stack Stub J 19 19 20 20
Rear of Boiler to Centerline of Stack Stub L 7-1/2 7-1/2 8-1/4 8-1/4
Casing Height O 60 60 65-1/2 65-1/2
Floor to Centerline of Return Q 20 20 21-1/2 21-1/2
Floor to Centerline of Outlet S 56-3/4 56-3/4 58-1/2 58-1/2
Floor to Centerline of Vent T 63-1/2 63-1/2 64-1/2 64-1/2
Gas Connection to top of Casing E 9 9 10 10
Gas Connection to Floor F 67-1/2 67-1/2 72-1/2 72-1/2
CONNECTIONS
Connection (Supply and Return) U 2-1/2 (NPT) 2-1/2 (NPT) 3 (Flg) 3 (Flg)
Vent V 1-1/2 (NPT) 1-1/2 (NPT) 1-1/2 (NPT) 1-1/2 (NPT)
Electrical Connection, Left or Right Side (Optional) W
Drain X 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Flue Gas Connection (Left or Right Side (Optional) Y 10 10 12 12
Air Inlet Connection Z 4 4 6 6
Boiler Adjustment Foot AA 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4
Gas Inlet BB 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
Condensate Connection CC 3/4 (NPT) 3/4 (NPT) 3/4 (NPT) 3/4 (NPT)
Waterside Inspection Port DD
WEIGHTS
Normal Water Weight (lbs) - 747 722 895 871
Shipping Weight (lbs) - 1477 1554 1940 2061
B6-8
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
B B
B6-9
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
MODEL
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
NO.
CIRCULATION RATE (GPM)
MCTF-750 131.1 65.6 43.7 32.8 26.2 21.9 18.7 16.4 14.6 13.1 11.9
MCF-1000 175.7 87.8 58.6 43.9 35.1 29.3 25.1 22.0 19.5 17.6 16.0
MCF-1500 260.3 130.2 86.8 65.1 52.1 43.4 37.2 32.5 28.9 26.0 23.7
MCF-1800 351.0 175.5 117.1 87.8 70.2 58.5 50.1 43.9 39.0 35.1 31.9
B6-10
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
Safety Valve
VALVE SETTING 60 psig MBH
Opening (in)
Minimum
NO. OF VALVES OUTLET SIZE
MODEL NO. Release Valve
REQ D (IN.)
Capacity
MCF-750 1 3/4 750
1-1/2 MCF-1000 1 3/4 1000
1-1/2 MCF-1500 1 3/4 1500
MCF-1800 1 3/4 1800
Table B6-5: Model MCF Minimum Required Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion
CORRECTION CORRECTION
ALTITUDE (FT) ALTITUDE (FT)
FACTOR FACTOR
1000 1.04 6000 1.25
2000 1.07 7000 1.3
3000 1.11 8000 1.35
4000 1.16 9000 1.4
5000 1.21
B6-11
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
Table B6-6: Model MCF Boilers Minimum and Maximum Gas Pressure
FURNACE
MODEL NO. FURNACE LENGTH (IN.)
INNER DIA. (IN.)
MCF-750 28.6 15.86
MCF-1000 28.6 15.86
MCF-1500 34.17 16.06
MCF-1800 34.17 16.06
B6-12
04-8-03
Commercial Boilers Clearfire Boilers
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION
B6-13
04-8-03
Clearfire Boilers Commercial Boilers
4.4 Controller shall have an option for communication device to computer interface.
5.0 BURNER DESIGN
5.1 Burner shall be a unitized Venturi, gas valve, blower, and burner head design.
5.2 Burner shall incorporate a variable speed DC combustion air fan capable of modulating the burner at a 5:1 ratio from high fire
to low fire.
5.3 Burner head shall be constructed of a Fecralloy-metal fiber for solid body radiation of the burner flame.
5.4 Burner shall produce less than 70-dBA sound reading at full firing rate.
5.5 Burner design shall have provision for induction of outside combustion air for sealed combustion.
6.0 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Power available will be 220-1-60 phase with option for 115-1-60.
6.2 All wiring shall be in compliance with National Electrical Code.
7.0 EFFICIENCY
7.1 The boiler(s) will have a guaranteed efficiency of up to 98% based on return water temperatures of 80 degrees Fahrenheit at full
firing rate.
8.0 EMISSIONS
8.1 Burner Boiler design shall produce NOx emission levels of no more than 20 PPM at full firing rate.
9.0 OPERATING TESTS, STARTUP AND ON SITE SERVICES
9.1 A single vendor to assure proper installation and service design interface, and to provide in-warranty and post-warranty unified
responsibility for the owner and consulting engineer, as well as shall furnish the boiler system and accessories.
9.2 Boiler vendor s service organization shall employ service technicians having experience in all aspects of troubleshooting, cor-
rective service, and preventative maintenance O&M reporting. Service personnel shall be full-time employees of the vendors orga-
nization and shall be available 24 hours per day and 365 days per year.
9.3 Boiler vendor shall be covered by a general liability insurance policy in the minimum amount of $__________. Boiler vendor
shall provide the owner with a certificate of insurance specifying amounts and types of coverage. All personnel involved in start-up
service, adjustment, or testing of the equipment must be covered by this insurance.
9.4 Boiler vendor shall provide a factory trained service engineer for periodic supervision during installation, field start-up service
to supervise starting, adjusting and testing of the boiler, training of the operating personnel in the proper operations and mainte-
nance.
10.0 MANUFACTURER S WARRANTY
10.1 All equipment shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and or workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of
startup, or 18 months from the date of shipment, whichever comes first. The warranty shall include parts only to repair or replace
all defective parts and material.
10.2 The pressure vessel shall be warranted for 20 years against thermal shock.
B6-14
04-8-03
Section C
INDUSTRIAL WATERTUBE BOILERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-4
Boilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
Burners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-5
Flue Gas Recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-5
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-6
Optional Equipment (Partial Listing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-7
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-7
EMISSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-32
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-34
Steam Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-34
Lower Drum (Mud Drum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-34
Drum Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-35
Furnace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-35
Convection Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-37
Casing and Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-39
Structural Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-41
Burner/Controls Information (A, BR, CN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-41
Flame Safeguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-41
Burner/Controls Information (CT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-44
Flame Safeguard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-45
Boiler Room Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-46
Breeching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-47
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-55
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure C-1. Model D Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-16
Figure C-2. Models DL and DLD Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-18
Figure C-3. Model DLDH Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-20
Figure C-4. Model DFE Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-22
Figure C-5. Model DW Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-24
Figure C-6. Model DLW Dimensions - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-26
Figure C-7. General A Burner Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-28
C-1
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Figure C-8. General BR Burner Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-29
Figure C-9. General CN Burner Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-30
Figure C-10 General CT Burner Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-31
Figure C-11. Drum Internals and Steam Purifiers for 1, 3, and 7 ppm Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36
Figure C-12. Drum Internals and Separator for 99.5% Dry Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36
Figure C-13. D Series Boiler Tube Cut-Away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-37
Figure C-14. Convection Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-38
Figure C-15. D Series Boiler Enclosure Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-39
Figure C-16. Series Skid Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40
Figure C-17. Support Drum in Skid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-40
Figure C-18. Forced FGR System, Industrial Watertube Boiler (A, BR, CB Burners) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-44
Figure C-19. Induced FGR System, Industrial Watertube Boiler (CT Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-47
Figure C-20. Recommended Pier Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48
Figure C-21. Right Hand Boiler Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48
Figure C-22. Left Hand Boiler Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-48
Figure C-23. RH and LH Boiler Arrangement With Separate Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-49
Figure C-24. LH and RH Boiler Arrangement With Common Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-49
Figure C-25. Two-Boiler Arrangement With Separate Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-50
Figure C-26. Breeching,; Top Outlet Transition Piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-51
Figure C-27. Breeching; Gas Outlet Transition (Direct-to-Stack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-52
Figure C-28. Breeching, Gas Outlet Transition (Connection to horizontal breeching) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-53
TABLES
Table C-1. Industrial Watertube Steam Boiler Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C- 6
Table C-2. Standard Trim (Model D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8
Table C-3. Standard Trim (Models DL and DLD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
Table C-4. Standard Trim (Model DLDH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
Table C-5. Standard Trim (Model DFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
Table C-6. 300 psig Steel Trim (Model D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
Table C-7. 300 psig Steel Trim (Models DL and DLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-13
Table C-8. 300 psig Steel Trim (Model DLDH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14
Table C-9. 300 psig Steel Trim (Model DFE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-15
Table C-10. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Natural Gas (A, B, CN Burners) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32
Table C-11. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - No. 2 Oil (A, BR, CN Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32
Table C-12. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Heavy Oils (A, BR, CN Burners) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-32
Table C-13. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Natural Gas (CT Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-33
Table C-14. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - No. 2 Oil (CT Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-33
Table C-15. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Heavy Oils (CT Burner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-33
Table C-16. Heating Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-34
Table C-17. Maximum Heat Output (Hot Water) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-35
Table C-18. Maximum Heat Output (Steam). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-35
Table C-19. Burner Data (Model A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42
Table C-20. Burner Data (Model BR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42
Table C-21. Burner Data (Model CN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-42
Table C-22. Standard Offering (A, BR, and CN Burners) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-43
Table C-23. Burner Data (Model CT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-45
Table C-24. Standard Offering (Model CT Burner). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-46
Table C-25. Industrial Watertube Boiler Stack Size Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-54
C-2
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
This section contains information on the Cleaver-Brooks D Series Industrial Watertube Boiler product line. The D Series is
named after its design. Tubes are assembled between the steam drum and mud drum forming the furnace in the shape of a D, which
provides maximum circulation and high steam quality. The D Series consists of five Models: D, DL, DLD, DLDH and DFE. The
models differ according to the size of their steam and mud drums, the height and width of the boiler, and capacities.
Cleaver-Brooks Industrial Watertube Boilers range from 10,000 to 150,000 lbs/hr steam. Design pressure to 1000 psig. Super heat
temperature to 750 F. High temperature hot water boilers range from 13.4 MMBtu/hr to 62.5 MMBtu/hr output. Model designa-
tions for the high temperature hot water boilers are DW and DLW.
C-3
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
The following features and benefits apply to Cleaver-Brooks Provides static zone to prevent flue gas entrapment and acid-
Industrial Watertube Boiler Products. corroding of the casing.
Allows higher furnace pressures required to minimize NOx
Boilers formations when utilizing flue gas recirculation
technologies.
Six Furnace Wall Cooling: Rugged and suitable for outdoor installation.
Ensures minimal refractory maintenance and extends boiler
life. Heavy Base Frame:
Ensures proper circulation with tiles to protect furnace floor Permits easy lifting, jacking, or skidding during initial
tubes to. installation.
Allows placement of piers, facilitating visual underside
Tangent Tube Design, 2" Tubes on 2" Centers inspections and simplifying general housekeeping.
Provides greater uniform heat transfer. Provides maximum support for boiler vessel.
Minimizes thermal stress with non-welded water-cooled,
heating surfaces. Burners
Provides cooler furnace temperature minimizing the
formation of thermally-produced NOx emissions. High Turndown Capability:
Reduces burner cycling.
Membrane Inner Furnace Wall, 2" Tubes on 4" Centers:
Reduces maintenance costs.
Eliminates by-pass of furnace gases into the convection
section. Reduces fuel costs.
Minimizes both CO and NOx emissions. Is available for gas, oil or combination.
Maximizes heat transfer area and minimizes refractory Eliminates need for special ducting or breeching.
maintenance with 80% wall coverage with tubes m. Creates smaller overall package and an integral part of the
Allows stressless pressure vessel/tube expansion because of burner windbox.
floating rear wall with positive end wall seals. Reduces motor horsepower requirements.
Assures proper sizing for combustion air requirements.
Convection Section Design:
Enables easy tube removal with wide and narrow spacing Steam or Air Atomazation:
between rows of tubes.
Provides clean, efficient firing of oil fuels.
Eliminates abrasion of tubes from sootblower action by
locating sootblower nozzle within the wide space area of Provides low steam consumption.
tubes. Provides packaged air compressor with air atomized burners.
Maximizes heat transfer with even distribution of flue gases
through the utilization of vertical baffles. Patented Fuel Oil Controller:
Consolidates function of four valves.
Patented Drum Internals:
Eliminates need for up to 35 separate pipe fittings.
Eliminates, in many applications, the need for expensive
two-or-three-element feedwater control systems through use Provides ease of maintenance and operation.
of Cleaver-Brooks patented system of baffles to ensure Furnished completely piped and assembled.
stable water levels under dynamic load conditions.
C-4
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Low NOx Capability: Assures high fuel-to-steam efficiency (no loss in efficiency
over standard package).
Guaranteed NOx levels to 10 ppm available.
Offers synchronized FGR operation with boiler modulation.
Provides ease of operation and installation.
Ensurer simplified control and safe and reliable operation
Meets or exceeds EPA air quality regulations.
with single-point-positioning of fuel, air and FGR.
C-5
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Table C-1. Industrial Watertube Steam Boiler Models
materials and equipment:
MAX OUTA
MODEL NO. LBS/HR
(STEAM) Inner and outer 10-gauge casing.
26 16 Packaged burner assembly.
34 21.4 Electric single-point positioning full modulating combustion
42 26.8 controls.
52 37.41 Forced draft fan and motor drive.
D 60 43.92
Sootblowers for heavy oil firing.
68 50.22
240 psig trim package.
76 57.17
86 65.12
Membrane inner furnace wall.
94 72.62 IRI requirements.
52 45.47 2. Each burner is furnished with a standard Cleaver-Brooks
60 53.31 electric positioning combustion control system designed to
68 61.47
operate in conjunction with the burner and fuel control valves
DL provided.
76 70.3
86 79.91
The system includes the following major components:
94 87.41 Master pressure control.
68 60.15 Limiting pressure control.
76 68.87
DLD Electric drive motor.
86 78.14
Control shaft and linkages.
94 85.54
60 63.4
Gas control valve (for gas or combination burners).
68 76.3 Fuel oil controller (for oil or combination burners).
76 85.6 Forced draft fan control.
86 97
DLDH The combustion control system is mounted on the unit at the
94 106.2 plant and is shipped as a completely integrated system.
102 115.6
3. The boiler is built in accordance with the following require-
110 124.9 ments:
118 134.1
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler
85 81.3 and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers.
98 101.5
American Boiler Manufacturers Association (ABMA)
DFE 110 111.5 Manual of Industry Standards.
121 121.6
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 8501
132 151.7 Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Fuel Oil and Natural
A. DLDH with Economizer. Gas-Fired Single Burner Boiler Furnaces.
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), Surface
Preparation SP-l.
Table C-1 shows Models D, DL, DLD, DLDH and DFE steam
National Electric Code (NEC)
boilers and the associated outputs.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
An FGR system can be purchased with a new boiler or retro-
fit. Insurance Requirements: Safety equipment and combustion
controls described above, which are Cleaver-Brooks standard,
Standard Equipment can be modified to meet Factory Mutual, Military, or other
C-6
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
The following options are available: Economizers (selected for specific job site conditions),
Section G.
Boiler Options Optional Controls, Section D.
Design pressure up to 1000 psig.
Superheaters.
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS
The following illustrations (Figures C-1 thru C-8) show dimen-
Hinged manway covers in steam drum.
sions for the Industrial Watertube Product offering.
Clean out ports in front and rear convection wall.
Figure C-1. Model D Dimensions
Multiple 12" x 24" convection side access doors.
Figure C-2. Model DL and DLD Dimensions
Warm up coil in lower drum.
Figure C-3. Model DLDH Dimensions
Platforms and ladders.
Figure C-4. Model DFE Dimensions
Various steam quality drum internals.
Figure C-5. Model DW Dimensions
Special blowdown valves.
Figure C-6. Model DLW Dimensions
Weatherproofing.
Figure C-7. General A Burner Dimensions
Wash drains.
Figure C-8. General BR Burner Dimensions
Rear furnace access door.
Figure C-9. General CN Burner Dimensions
C-7
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
VALVES MODEL D
VALVE SIZES
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-8
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
VALVE SIZES
Safety Code Kunkle 252 Code Code Code Code Code Code
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Air Vent 1 Velan S-2074B 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Control Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Water Gauge 1 Rel. 404-RS 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Cocks 3 Rel. GC-451 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Column Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-9
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Safety Code Kunkle 252 Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Air Vent 1 Velan S-2074B 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Control Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Water Gauge 1 Rel. 404-RS 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Cocks 3 Rel. GC-451 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Column Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-10
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
VALVE SIZES
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-11
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-12
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
VALVE SIZES
Safety Code Kunkle 300 Code Code Code Code Code Code
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Air Vent 1 Velan S-2074B 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Control Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Water Gauge 1 Rel. 404-RS 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Cocks 3 Rel. GC-451 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Column Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-13
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Safety Code Kunkle 300 Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Air Vent 1 Velan S-2074B 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Control Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Water Gauge 1 Rel. 404-RS 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Cocks 3 Rel. GC-451 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Column Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Gauge Drain 1 Velan S-2054B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-14
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
VALVE SIZES
Drum Blow-off Tandem 1 Set Edw. 848-849 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Soot Blower Drain 1 Velan S-2074B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Liquid Level Control (Shut-off) 2 Velan S-2054B 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Note: Valve manufacturers listed are for reference only. Actual manufacturer may vary.
C-15
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-16
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MODEL D
26 34 42 52 60 68 76 86 94
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A. Length, Over Casing 113.75 142.75 171.75 208 237 266 295 331.25 360.25
B. Length, Over Skid 144 173 202 238 267 296 325 361.5 390.25
C. Width, Gas Outlet 15 18 27 30 30 33 36 36 42
D. Height, Gas Outlet 54 54 54 54 66 66 66 66 75
E. Front to CL Gas Outlet 12.5 14 18.5 19.875 20 22 23 23 25.875
F. Skid to CL Gas Outlet 91 91 91 91 85 85 85 85 80.5
Weight, Dry B 35200 40700 45870 52580 57970 66330 72490 79640 85250
Weight, Filled to Oper LevelB 41900 49350 56470 65610 72970 83280 91310 100990 108550
Weight, FloodedB 44400 52540 60340 70340 78380 89380 98200 108630 116865
(2) Safety Valves C Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code
C-17
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-18
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Weight, Dry B 62700 68200 77550 83600 91300 96800 78900 85000 93000 98600
Weight, Filled to Oper LevelB 78700 86200 96990 105220 115600 131300 98700 107000 117700 133700
Weight, FloodedB 83430 91610 103090 111830 122900 137200 107500 117800 129700 144200
(1) Feedwater Inlet 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
(2) Safety ValvesC Code Code Code Code Code Code Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code
C-19
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-20
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MODEL DLDH
60 68 76 86 94 102 110 118
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A. Length, Over Casing 237 266 295 331.25 360.25 389.25 418.25 447.25
B. Length, Over Skid 267 296 325 361.5 390.25 419.25 448.25 477.25
C. Width, Gas Outlet 36 36 40 42 45 50 55 55
D. Height, Gas Outlet 66 82 82 89 90 90 90 90
E. Front to CL Gas Outlet 23 23 25 26 24.375 30 32.5 32.5
F. Skid to CL Gas Outlet 107 99 99 95.5 95 95 95 95
G. Skid to CL of Sootblower FlangeA 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5
Weight, DryB 83500 93503 101247 108106 111666 119611 127596 135581
Weight, Filled to Oper LevelB 105400 118027 127801 138079 144330 154966 178337 176318
Weight, FloodedB 112100 125997 135925 147813 155051 166674 165642 190000
(2) Safety ValvesC (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code (3) Code
Sootblower (if applicable)A 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
NOTES:
1. 12x 16 manhole in each end of upper and lower drum. All tubes are 2 OD.
2. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension
prints.
A. Boiler Model DLHD, 60 & 68, may use two sootblowers on rear, and Models DLDH, 76 thru 118, may use two sootblowers on front
and rear.
B. Weights do not include burner or accessories.
C. Steam outlet number and size of safety valves are based on 150 psig operating pressure. Steam outlet and safety valve sizes may
vary with pressure increase and actual steam outlet. For sizes with different operating pressure, and/or non-return valves, contact your
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
C-21
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-22
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MODEL DFE
85 98 110 121 132
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A. Length, Over Casing 327 374.75 418.25 457.75 498
B. Length, Over Skid 357 404.75 448.25 487.75 528
C. Width, Gas Outlet 40 45 50 55 60
D. Height, Gas Outlet 90 90 90 90 90
E. Front to CL Gas Outlet 25 27.5 30 32.5 35
F. Skid to CL Gas Outlet 95 95 95 95 95
NOTES:
1. 12x 16 manhole in each end of upper and lower drum. All tubes are 2 OD.
2. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed
for construction by certified dimension prints.
A. Boiler Model DFE 85 thru 132, may use two sootblowers on front and rear.
B. Weights do not include burner or accessories.
C. Steam outlet number and size of safety valves are based on a 150 psig operating pressure.
Steam outlet and safety valve sizes may vary with pressure increase and actual steam outlet. For
sizes with different operating pressure, and/or non-return valves, contact your local Cleaver-
Brooks authorized representative.
C-23
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-24
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MODEL DW
26 34 42 52 60 68 76 86 94
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
A. Length, Over Casing 113 142 171 207 236 265 294 330.5 359.5
B. Length, Over Skid 144 173 202 238 267 296 325 361.5 390.25
H. Shipping Height (.375) 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25 153.25
I. Overall Width 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
L. No. of Piers/CL to CL spacing (2) 48 (2) 60 (2) 76 (2) 94 (2) 108 (3) 82 (3) 92 (3) 104 (3) 114
WEIGHTS (LBS)
Weight, DryB 35200 40700 45870 52580 57970 66330 72490 79640 85250
Weight, FloodedB 44400 52540 60340 70340 78380 89380 98200 108630 116865
(2) Safety/ Relief ValvesC Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code Code
(1) Vent 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(1) Blowdown (lower drum) 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
NOTES:
1. 12x 16 manhole in each end of upper and lower drum. All tubes are 2 OD.
2. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimen-
sion prints.
A. Boiler Model DW, 76 thru 94, may use sootblowers on front and rear. All others may have one sootblower.
B. Weights do not include burner or accessories.
C.Water inlet/outlet size and number and size of safety/relief valve are variable, due to operating temperatures and pressures. Con-
tact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for job-specific information.
C-25
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-26
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MODEL DLW
52 60 68 76 86 94
DIMENSIONS (IN.)
L. No. of Piers/CL to CL spacing (2) 94 (2) 108 (3) 82 (3) 92 (3) 104 (3) 114
WEIGHTS (LBS)
(2) Safety/ Relief ValvesC Code Code Code Code Code Code
(1) Vent 1 1 1 1 1 1
(1) Blowdown (lower drum) 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
NOTES:
1. 12x 16 manhole in each end of upper and lower drum. All tubes are 2 OD.
2. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for
construction by certified dimension prints.
A. Boiler Model DLW, 76 thru 94, may use sootblowers on front and rear. All others may have one
sootblower.(
B. Weights do not include burner or accessories.
C. Water inlet/outlet size and number and size of safety/relief valve are variable, due to operating tem-
peratures and pressures. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for job-specif-
ic information.
C-27
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
BURNER STANDARD
MODEL A B C D E F G H I J
NOTES:
1. Fuel train shipped loose and not included in above weights.
2. Weight includes forced draft fan and drive.
3. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimen-
sion prints.
4. All dimensions in inches.
C-28
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
BURNER STANDARD
MODEL A B C D E F G H I J
NOTES:
1. Fuel train shipped loose and not included in above weights.
2. Weight includes forced draft fan and drive.
3. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimen-
sion prints.
4. All dimensions in inches.
C-29
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
STANDARD
BURNER
MODEL A B C D E F G H I J
NOTES:
1. Fuel train shipped loose and not included in above weights.
2. Weight includes forced draft fan and drive.
3. Approx CN console weight: 1200 lbs (oil and gas unit) (not shown).
Approx CN console weight 500 lbs (gas unit only) (not shown).
4. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
5. All dimensions in inches.
C-30
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
BURNER
A B C D E F G H
MODEL
CT-1 54 60 60 49 59 83 138 66
CT-2 54 60 60 49 59 86 138 66
CT-3 60-3/4 60 60 53-1/2 59 89 142-1/2 66
CT-4 66-3/4 60 60 58-1/4 59 95 147-1/4 66
CT-5 66-3/4 60 60 58-1/4 59 95 147-1/4 66
CT-6 66-3/4 60 60 58-1/4 59 95 147-1/4 66
CT-7 66-3/4 72 72 58-1/4 59 95 153-1/4 78
CT-8 66-3/4 72 72 58-1/4 59 95 153-1/4 78
CT-9 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 95 158-1/4 78
CT-10 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 96 158-1/4 78
CT-11 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 96 158-1/4 78
CT-12 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 100 158-1/4 78
CT-13 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 100 158-1/4 78
CT-14 74 72 72 63-1/4 59 100 158-1/4 78
CT-15 74 72 72 63-1/4 65 100 164-1/4 78
CT-16 74 72 72 63-1/4 65 100 164-1/4 78
CT-17 81-1/4 72 72 70 65 102 171 78
CT-18 81-1/4 72 72 70 65 102 171 78
CT-19 81-1/4 72 72 70 65 102 171 78
CT-20 91-1/4 72 72 76 65 102 177 78
NOTES:
1. The accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
2. All dimensions in inches.
3. Burner Models CT-21 through CT-27 have the forced draft fan located remote from the burner/windbox assembly. Please contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
authorized representative for burner applications involving these models.
C-31
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
NOTE: The emission information provided is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the expressed
written consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
Table C-11. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - No. 2 Oil (A, BR, CN Burner)
TYPICAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS TYPICAL EMISSIONS CONTROLLED W/FGR
POLLUTANT
< 65,000 pph < 65,000 pph
NOTES:
1. NOx Emissions for No. 2 oil are dependent upon fue-bound nitrogen content of oil. Emission levels indicated assume a fuel bound nitrogen content
of.01% by weight.
2. The emission information provided is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the expressed written
consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
Table C-12. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Heavy Oils (A, BR, CN Burners)
TYPICAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS
POLLUTANT
< 65,000 pph
CO ppm 200
lb/MMBtu .158
lb/MMBtu .58
NOTES:
1. NOx Emissions from heavy oils are dependent upon fuel-bound nitrogen content of oil. Emission levels indicated assume a fuel
bound nitrogen content of.4% by weight.
2. The emission information is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the ex-
pressed written consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
C-32
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Table C-13. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Natural Gas (CT Burner)
NOTE: The emission information provided is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the expressed
written consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
Table C-14. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - No. 2 Oil (CT Burner)
TYPICAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS TYPICAL EMISSIONS CONTROLLED W/FGR
POLLUTANT
<85,000 pph 86,000-105,000 pph 106,000-150,000 pph 15,000-150,000 pph
NOTES:
1. NOx Emissions for No. 2 oil are dependent upon fue-bound nitrogen content of oil. Emission levels indicated assume a fuel bound nitrogen content
of.01% by weight.
2. The emission information provided is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the expressed written
consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
Table C-15. Industrial Watertube Emission Data - Heavy Oils (CT Burner)
TYPICAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS TYPICAL EMISSIONS CONTROLLED W/FGR
POLLUTANT
15,000-150,000 pph 15,000-150,000 pph
NOTES:
1. NOx Emissions from heavy oil are dependent upon fuel bound nitrogen content of oil. Emission levels indicated assume a fuel bound nitrogen con-
tent of.4% by weight.
2. The emission information provided is for reference only and should not be utilized for permitting purposes without the expressed written
consent of Cleaver-Brooks Division of Aqua-Chem, Inc. All information is based on 3% O2.
C-33
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-34
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Table C-17. Maximum Heat Output
(Hot Water) Table C-18. Maximum Heat Output (Steam)
26 13.4 26 16
34 17.9 34 21.4
42 22.5 42 26.8
52 28.2 52 37.41
DW 60 32.7 D 60 43.92
68 37.5 68 50.22
76 41.7 76 57.17
86 47.5 86 65.12
94 51.9 94 72.62
52 33.8 52 45.47
60 39.3 60 53.31
68 44.8 68 61.47
DLW DL
76 50.3 76 70.3
86 57.1 86 79.91
94 62.5 94 87.41
68 60.15
Grade-70, welded plate (DLDH and DFE boiler). The lower
76 68.87
drum is stress relieved, seams are radiographed, and hydrostat- DLD
ically tested at 1-1/2 times design pressure. The drum incorpo- 86 78.14
rates two 12" x 16" manways - one at each end - and required 94 85.54
blow-drum connections.
60 63.4
Internally, the drum has a blowdown guide baffle to ensure 68 76.3
effective blowdown of the lower drum without disturbing
76 85.6
water circulation in the unit. The drum is supported by the
structural steel frame (skid) and has welded guide lugs that fit 86 97
DLDH
into the base frame, permitting expansion of the drum within 94 106.2
the skid, thereby eliminating potential expansion stresses.
102 115.6
118 134.1
The steam drum is shop-insulated with mineral wool block
and enclosed in a welded 10-gauge steel casing. All drum 85 81.3
heads are shop-insulated and enclosed in a 10-gauge steel cas- 98 101.5
ing. No further insulation is required in the field.
DFE 110 111.5
121 121.6
Furnace
132 151.7
The furnace (combustion chamber) employs 2" OD, SA-178A
A. DLDH with economizer.
electric resistance welded tubes, arranged for maximum cover-
age of all six furnace walls. In a D type watertube boiler, the
furnace tubes generate more than half of the steam produced
by the boiler, although the furnace represents only about 15%
of the reported surface. Due to the high heat absorption rates
present in the furnace, D tubes are placed in a tangent spac-
ing arrangement to provide as much water-cooled surface as
possible. With the exception of the inner furnace wall, which is
C-35
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Figure C-11. Drum Internals and Steam Purifiers for 1, 3, and 7 ppm Solids
Figure C-12. Drum Internals and Separator for 99.5% Dry Steam
C-36
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MEMBRANE
membrane construction, extended metallic surfaces are not jected to an air pressure test of 8" WC. It is considered tight if
used. See Figure C-13. air pressure drop does not exceed 2" WC in 5 minutes.
All tubes in the furnace are accessible for mechanical tube Flue Gas Outlet: One flanged rectangular flue gas outlet, sized
cleaners. No headers are employed in the boiler, and all tubes for desired flue gas velocity and arranged for field welding,
terminate in the upper and lower drums. Both floor and roof will be provided. Top gas outlet is also available on the D, DL
tubes are designed with adequate pitch to ensure drainage and and DLD models
proper circulation without swedging ends of tubes.
The six-wall furnace cooling is arranged as follows: Convection Tubes
Front wall - Tubes closely spaced around burner.
Definition
Tangent outer side wall - 2" tubes spaced on 2" centers. The convection section, or boiler section, of a D type boiler
Membrane sealed inner wall - 2" tubes spaced on 4" centers. are those tubes to which heat is transmitted mainly by convec-
tion from the products of combustion.
Tangent floor - 2" tubes spaced on 2" centers.
Tangent roof - 2" tubes spaced on 2" centers. Tubes
Rear wall - Triple row of tubes. The convection section consists of 2" OD, wall tubes. The
tubes are SA-178 electric resistance-welded construction in
Furnace exit - Double row of screen tubes.
accordance with ASME standards.
Access: Access to furnace is through burner opening in front
wall or optional rear access door. Tube Arrangement
Observation: Two air-cooled observation ports, with Pyrex eye The tubes are arranged with longitudinal rows of tubes in alter-
shields, provided in rear wall. nate wide and narrow spacing to ensure proper and effective
arrangement of soot-blowing equipment. This arrangement
Air Pressure Test: Inner seal-welded 10-gauge casing, sub-
C-37
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
also allows removal of any tube without the necessity of Soot blower bearings are of the welded-type, which eliminates
removing adjacent tubes. All tubes in the boiler section are problems of misalignment associated with bolted bearings. The
expanded into the upper and lower drums. No swaged or soot blower is a valve-in-head type and arranged for manual
finned tubes are used in the convection section, thereby allow- operation by means of a chain. Purging air is piped to the soot
ing heating surface to be reported based on actual tube surface, blower from the burner windbox to provide continuous clean-
not extended metal surfaces or fins. ing of the inside of the element, and to prevent combustion
gases from leaking back to the valve mechanism in the soot
Baffling blower head. On boilers without sootblowers, wall boxes and
bearing are provided.
The convection bank is designed to eliminate the need for lon-
gitudinal baffles. A vertical steel deflector baffle is placed
Internal Cleaning
immediately in front of the flue gas outlet connection in order
to prevent any short-circuiting of flue gas at the outlet. The The internal surfaces of all tubes, both convection and furnace
boiler incorporates vertical baffles located to maintain gas types, can be mechanically cleaned using either electric or
velocities and transfer rates.(Figure C-14). pneumatic driven tube cleaners. Acid cleaning procedures are
also available.
Soot Blowers
Tube Removal
On heavy oil fired units, soot blowers are installed to provide
the operator with a means of cleaning the boiler while it is in The use of the alternate wide-and-narrow spacing of boiler
operation. The soot blower element is installed on the outside tube rows makes it possible to remove and replace individual
row of tubes, and blows an approximate 180 arc using steam tubes in the convection section without the necessity of cutting
piped from the steam drum. Where the length of the convec- and removing adjacent tubes. In other staggered convection
tion bank requires a blower in excess of 20 feet, two soot bank designs, it is often necessary to remove many good tubes
blowers are provided - one entering from the rear of the unit in order to provide physical clearance to remove a damaged
and one from the front. tube.
Membrane Design
The inner furnace wall separating the furnace from the convec-
tion section incorporates welded extended surfaces on each
side of the tube. After the tubes are installed the adjacent sur-
face fins are seal-welded forming a gas tight membrane
inner wall. Membrane construction for the outer furnace wall
and the outer convection wall is available as an option.
C-38
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
MEMBRANE
The casing is supported off the structural steel frame and is not 2-1/2 low density block insulation,
welded or attached to tubing, thereby ensuring free expansion 1/4 outer casing.
of pressure parts within the casing enclosure.
3. Convection Section and Furnace Side Wall and Roof:
Casing and Wall Design 10-gauge inner seal welded casing.
Construction of the boiler enclosure is as follows (Figure C- 4-3/8 low-density mineral wool block.
15):
10-gauge outer steel casing.
1. Front Wall - Furnace Area:
4. Casing Finish:
3", 4-way interlocking tile.
Painted with high-temperature enamel paint prior to
4" Hi-temperature block insulation. shipment.
10-gauge inner seal welded casing.
C-39
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-40
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
The gas burner is designed for a 8:1 turndown when supplied High fuel oil temperature (oil or combination burners - IRI
with 10 psig gas pressure, turndown on oil is 6:1 when sup- only).
plied with 125 psig oil pressure. Low fuel gas pressure (gas or combination burners).
The burner operates with full modulation through single point High fuel gas pressure (gas or combination burners).
Forced draft fan failure.
C-41
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
A. BR Burner (if air-atomized) has separate 7.5 hp motor to drive atomizing air compressor. 35 cfm required.
NOTES:
1. All horsepower requirements shown are for altitudes up to 1500 feet above sea level.
A. CN Burner (if air-atomized) has separate 15 hp motor to drive atomizing air compressor. 70 cfm required.
C-42
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-43
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Figure C-18. Forced FGR System, Industrial Watertube Boiler (A, BR, CB Burners)
Burner/Controls Information (Model CT) plete with structural framing, support legs, access door, and
splitter vanes and baffles for equalizing air flow distribution to
Each application requires burner selection based on boiler and the burner.
overall project requirements. Table C-23 shows the Model CT
burner selections and the associated inputs and fuel require- A forced draft fan of centrifugal-type construction, arrange-
ments. Burner selection is based upon input requirements for ment four, with downblast discharge provides combustion air
the boiler. Table C-24 shows standard non FGR offerings for for the burner system. The fan is mounted directly on top of the
the Model CT burner equipment package. windbox for applications up to 80,000 pph of steam (may be
less than 80,000 lbs/hr with certain FGR conditions). In appli-
The burner assembly is seal-welded to the front wall of the cations exceeding 80,000 pph of steam, the forced draft fan is
boiler, with all components readily accessible for inspection mounted remote from the windbox. The combustion air fan is
and maintenance. The windbox is non-insulated for ambient supplied with a variable inlet vane-type damper, inlet screen,
combustion air, and is fabricated of ASTM A-36 plate, com- and silencer to reduce fan noise to 85 dBA at a distance of
C-44
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
three (3) feet from the fan. The combustion air fan utilizes a ignition system.
240V or 480V, 3-phase, 60 Hz, electric motor drive. Special
The burner operates with full modulation through single-point-
voltages and frequencies are available.
positioning controls. A switch is provided to permit
The gas burner is of multi-spud injector-type design, utilizing changeover from automatic, fully modulated firing, to continu-
fuel staging within the flame envelope for reduction in thermal ous firing at any desired rate between minimum and maxi-
NOx formation. The burner is designed to provide 10:1 turn- mum. Control safeguards assure that the burner always returns
down on natural gas when supplied with constant 15 psig gas to the minimum firing position for ignition.
pressure at the inlet to the gas pressure regulator.
The oil burner is of the low-pressure, steam-atomizing type, Flame Safeguard
and is designed to provide 8:1 turndown when supplied with The burner is equipped with a fully automatic flame safeguard
constant 175 psig oil pressure at the inlet to the fuel oil train. system to ensure pre-purge, proper light-off, shutdown on
Both the gas and oil burners utilize a spark-ignited, gas-pilot flame failure, and post-purge on shutdown. The system is
designed to meet FM, IRI, and CSA requirements.
C-45
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
The control system includes safety interlocks to shut down the Low fuel oil temperature (oil or combination gas/oil
system in the event of any of the following, as required for the burners).
fuel or fuels being fired:
High fuel oil temperature (oil or combination gas/oil burners,
Flame failure. IRI only).
High steam pressure. Low or high fuel gas pressure.
Low drum water level. Forced draft fan failure.
Low atomizing steam pressure (oil or combination gas/oil In forced FGR applications, the FGR fan can be mounted on
burners). the boiler as shown in Figure C-19, mounted on a separate ped-
estal, or mounted on the floor.
Low fuel oil pressure (oil or combination gas/oil burners).
C-46
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
(by others)
Figure C-19. Induced FGR System, Industrial Watertube Boiler (CT Burner)
C-47
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Figure C-21. Right Hand Boiler Arrangement Figure C-22. Left Hand Boiler Arrangement
C-48
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-49
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-50
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
BOILER MODEL
A B C
26 15 36 86-3/4
34 18 36 86-3/4
42 27 36 86-3/4
52 30 36 86-3/4
D 60 30 39 98-3/4
68 33 39 98-3/4
76 36 39 98-3/4
86 36 39 98-3/4
94 42 42 107-3/4
52 30 39 86-3/4
60 33 39 98-3/4
68 36 39 98-3/4
DL
76 42 39 107-3/4
86 42 42 107-3/4
94 42 42 116-3/4
NOTES:
1. Dimensions vary per stack size and velocity.
2. Must be shipped loose for field installation.
3. For DLD-DLDH, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
C-51
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
BOILER MODEL
A B C
26 54 15 36
34 54 18 36
42 54 27 36
52 54 30 36
D 60 66 30 36
68 66 33 36
76 66 36 36
86 66 36 36
94 75 42 36
68 66 36 36
76 75 42 36
DL
86 75 42 36
94 84 42 36
NOTES
1. Dimensions vary per stack size and velocities.
2. Must be shipped loose for field installation.
3. For DLD-DLDH, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
C-52
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
BOILER MODEL
A B C D E
26 54 15 36 35 24
34 54 18 36 35-1/2 24
42 54 27 36 35-1/2 24
52 54 30 36 35-1/2 24
D 60 66 30 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
68 66 33 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
76 66 36 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
86 66 36 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
94 75 42 42 46 27
52 66 30 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
60 66 33 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
68 66 36 39 41-1/2 25-1/2
DL
76 75 42 39 46 25-1/2
86 75 42 42 46 27
94 84 42 42 50-1/2 27
NOTES:
1. Dimensions vary per stack size and velocity.
2. Must be shipped loose for field installation.
3. For DLD-DLDH, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
C-53
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
The stack weights shown include the base ring, clean-out door, and connection for breeching.
C-54
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application. A separate specification is provided for steam boiler packages and high temperature hot water packages.
Steam Boiler
1.0 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-51
2.0 Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-53
3.0 Economizer (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-57
4.0 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-57
5.0 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-59
Steam Boiler
1.0 General
1.1 Shop-Assembled Steam Boiler
This specification shall govern the construction features, materials, fabrication, inspection, and preparation for shipment of pack-
aged-type, shop-assembled, watertube steam generating equipment with burner assembly, all necessary appurtenances, controls
and auxiliary equipment mounted to the maximum practical extent, as an integral unit on a steel base so as to make a complete self-
contained assembly.
1.2 General Requirements
1.2.1 Proposal
Complete description, drawings, and material specifications and performance shall accompany each proposal.
1.2.2 Guarantee
Steam will contain not more than 1/2 of 1% moisture when boiler water concentrations are maintained in accordance with ABMA
recommendations.
The boiler manufacturer shall guarantee the steam generating capacity and thermal efficiency as stated herein, while the unit is
being fired with the primary fuel at the specified operating conditions.
Performance and efficiency tests shall be conducted immediately after completion of start-up. The manufacturer must have a repre-
sentative in attendance at the time the test is conducted.
All equipment is to be guaranteed against defective design, workmanship, or material for one year from the date of initial opera-
tion, not to exceed eighteen (18) months from shipment.
1.2.3 Standards and Codes
The following regulatory codes and standards, publication issue in effect at date of invitation for bids, form a part of this specifica-
tion. All applicable components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with these codes with additions or modifications
as required by this specification.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers.
American Boiler Manufacturers Association (ABMA) Manual of Industry Standards.
C-55
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-56
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
2.0 Product
2.1 Packaged Watertube Boiler(s)
Boilers shall be factory-assembled, packaged, and mounted on heavy steel base frame, complete with integral forced draft burner,
burner controls, boiler trim, and refractory. Boilers shall be assembled and wired so that only water, steam, fuel, blowdown, electri-
cal, and vent connections are required.
2.2 Design Pressure
The pressure vessel shall have a design pressure of 260 psig in accordance with ASME Power Boiler Construction Code, Section 1,
and the laws of the state or province in which the equipment is to be installed. The boiler shall be registered with the National
Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (Provincial Boiler Inspection Agency in Canada), and with the specific state or pro-
vincial boiler inspection department.
2.3 Drums
The boiler shall have one upper steam drum and one lower mud drum extending the full length of the boiler setting. Each drum
head shall have a 12" x 16" manhole opening with cover, yoke, and gasket. Furnish one operating set of gaskets and two complete
spare sets. Drums shall be X-rayed and stress relieved as required, and under the inspection of the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection
and Insurance Company.
A. Steam Drum - The unit shall incorporate a steam drum of SA-515 grade 70 steel plate (70,000 psig tensile strength) welded
construction in strict conformance with the ASME Power Boiler Code. The drum will be stress-relieved, seams radiographed,
and hydrostatically tested at 1-1/2 times the design pressure.
The steam drum shall be fitted with an internal feed pipe, chemical feed pipe, and the blowdown pipe. Water level control baf-
fling is to be installed to ensure that all steam released from the generating tubes is released behind the baffles and not through
the water level. Drum internals shall consist of steam separators or dryers, which are installed to ensure that the steam leaving
the drum contains not more than 1/2 of 1% moisture when boiler water concentrations are maintained in accordance with
ABMA recommendations.
B. Lower Drum - The lower drum shall be of fusion-welded construction and will be stress-relieved, seams radiographed, and
hydrostatically tested at 1-1/2 times the design pressure. The lower drum shall be fitted with an internal blowdown guide baffle
to ensure effective blowdown of the lower drum disturbance to the water circulation in the unit.
2.3.1 Drum Connections
Provide the following openings in the drums for piping connections, all flanges shall be raised face and drilled 300 psig ANSI.
Steam outlet: _____ One (1) flanged.
Safety valves: _____ as required by ASME.
Sootblower: _____ One (1) 2" screwed.
Water Column: _____ Two (2) 1" screwed.
Feedwater Regulator: _____ Two (2) 1" screwed.
Top Vent: _____ One (1) 1" screwed.
Continuous Blowdown: _____ One (1) 1" screwed.
Chemical Feed: _____ One (1) 1/2 screwed.
Feedwater: _____ One (1) 2" screwed.
Blowdown: _____ One (1) 1-1/4 screwed.
All openings shall be properly protected from damage and weather during shipment.
C-57
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
2.4.Boiler and Furnace
2.4.1. Furnace
The furnace shall employ six-wall cooling with the following:
Front wall tubes closely spaced around the burner.
Membrane inner furnace wall.
Tangent floor, roof, and outer furnace wall.
Triple row of rear wall tubes.
Double row of screen tubes at furnace exit.
All tubes shall terminate in the upper and lower drums. No headers are to be used, and all heating surface in the furnace is based on
actual projected tube surface and membrane surface. All tubes shall be cleanable by mechanical tube cleaners. All tubes to be
expanded into upper and lower drums.
2.4.2 Boiler Section
The boiler convection section shall consist of 2" OD tubes SA 178A Grade A arranged in line with longitudinal rows of tubes
arranged on wide and narrow spacing to ensure proper and effective arrangement of sootblowing equipment. This arrangement
shall also permit removal of any tube without the necessity of removing adjacent tubes.
2.4.3 Tube Material
All tubes in the unit for boiler and furnace shall be 2" OD, of SA-178, Grade A, electric resistance welded construction in accor-
dance with ASME Code.
2.4.4 Superheater (Optional)
A bare tube, completely drainable superheater shall be furnished as an integral part of the boiler. All superheater elements and
headers shall be of suitable carbon and alloy steel material of a thickness required for temperature and pressure prevailing under
maximum load conditions. The superheater shall be equipped with a weld end superheater outlet connection and safety valve noz-
zle, drain, vent, thermometer, and thermocouple connections as required by the design. Safety valve, drain valve, vent valve, and
thermometer shall be included. (A steam sampling connection shall be provided by the owner in the connecting steam line). Super-
heater outlet header is equipped with a connection for the customers automatic start-up and shut-down vent valve size. Piping con-
tractor or others shall furnish and install an automatic controlled vent valve when superheater is subjected to low load conditions.
All super heater tube material subject to radiant furnace heat shall be constructed of alloy steel suitable for the temperatures
involved.
2.5 Boiler Enclosure
2.5.1 Casing
The boiler shall be enclosed with Cleaver-Brooks standard double panel casing with the portion of the casing exposed to the prod-
ucts of combustion completely seal welded to form an air and gas tight enclosure. The outer casing panels shall also be welded.
The casing is to be supported off the structural steel frame and shall not be welded or attached to tubing, thereby ensuring free
expansion of pressure parts within the casing enclosure.
2.5.2 Arrangement of Casing
Construction of the boiler casing enclosure shall be as follows
2.5.2.1 Front Wall - Furnace Area
3", 4-way interlocking tile.
4" high-temperature block insulation.
10-gauge inner seal welded casing.
2-1/2 low density block insulation.
1/4 burner front plate.
C-58
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-59
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Blower elements shall be so arranged that all parts of the heating surfaces shall be cleaned of any soot deposits when rotated by
manual or automatic means.
Elements shall be of such length, diameter, and total nozzle area that, for the operating pressure involved, there will be no
significant difference in the cleaning effect between the nozzle nearest the inlet and those farthest from the inlet of the element.
Sootblower piping shall include a valve, chain-operated from the floor, in addition to an auxiliary steam-stop valve, and drain
connection.
Sootblowers shall be fitted with scavenging air ports, and shall be connected by tubing to the draft fan in a manner to provide
sufficient air, for continuous scavenging of the blowers.
2.7 Boiler and Trim Accessories
Each unit shall be provided with the following trim (and quantity), which shall be designed for a minimum of 240 psig.
Steam Pressure Gauge (1).
Safety Valves, Consolidated/Kunkle (ASME Code).
Feedwater Regulator, Fisher 2500 (1).
Feedwater Regulator By-Pass, Velan S254B (1).
Feedwater Regulator Shutoff, Velan S274B (2).
Water Column, Cleaver-Brooks (1).
Water Gauge, Reliance 404-RS (1).
Feedwater Regulator Drain, Velan S274B (1).
Gauge Cocks, Reliance No. GC-451 (3).
Column Drain, Velan S274B (1).
Gauge Drain, Velan S274B (1).
Hi-Low Alarm, Warrick Probe (1).
Low Water Cutoff, Warrick Probe (2).
Feed Stop, Velan S254B (1).
Feed Check, Lunkenheimer 624 (1).
Drum Blowdown Valve, Edwards No. 848-849 (1 Set).
Air Vent, Velan S274B (1).
Continuous Blowdown, Velan/Vogt S2054B (1).
Chemical Feed Stop, Edwards No. 848 (1).
Chemical Feed Check, Edwards No. 838 (1).
Auxiliary Low-Water Cutoff, Float Magnetrol #249 (1).
Sootblower Shutoff, Velan S254B (1 when required).
Sootblower Drain, Velan S274B (1 when required).
All above items, including required piping and supports, shall be assembled in the shop to assure proper fit. Drain piping shall be
extended for installation of valves at hand height.
2.8 Burner
Provide the unit with a forced-draft, register-type burner, arranged to burn natural gas complete with gas electric ignition and obser-
vation port. The burner shall be of a type that can be readily converted to oil in the future. The windbox shall be ruggedly con-
C-60
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
structed and of a proven design which will assure an even supply of air to all quadrants of the burner register. The burner shall be a
standard product of the boiler manufacturer specifically designed for the boiler.
2.8.1 Forced Draft Fan
The assembly shall be attached to the windbox in such a way that will allow easy access for maintenance. An inlet screen shall be
provided, and the air volume shall be regulated by inlet vanes. The fan shall develop sufficient static pressure to ensure proper dis-
tribution of air over the entire turndown range of the burner.
2.8.2 Operating and Safety Controls
The unit shall be provided with a full complement of operating and safety controls, consisting of not less than the following items
and features, which shall be shop assembled:
Automatic gas-electric ignition system for gas operation.
Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved microprocessor burner programming and safety controller to
automatically provide proper cycling for pre-combustion purge, ignition, start, stop, post-combustion purge and safety shutdown,
for use on gas firing and oil firing. This controller shall be a standard product of the boiler manufacturer.
Electronic type flame failure protection as part of the program controller to provide safety shutdown on failure of either the main
flame or the pilot flame, with manual reset, flame failure and high temperature alarm, all on either oil or gas-firing.
Separate high-pressure safety cutoff for steam and low-fire hold pressure control.
Separate auxiliary low-water safety cutoff for water level with momentary bypass pushbutton for blowdown function.
Blower damper to automatically proportion combustion air to firing rate.
Air flow safety switch.
The following gas valve trains shall be mounted on the burner windbox. All electrical devices shall be prewired to terminals within
a burner mounted box. The gas train will be made from Schedule 40 pipe. Sizes 4" and above shall be with butt-weld fittings.
The pilot gas train shall conform to NFPA-8501 and be of the interruptible type consisting of two (2) pilot gas solenoid valves,
one (1) pilot vent valve, one (1) manual shutoff valve, and a gas pressure regulator.
The main gas train shall conform to NFPA-8501 and consist of two (2) main gas valves with one valve having an overtravel
protection interlock, a flow control valve, a gas pressure regulator, one (1) vent valve, one (1) manual gas shutoff valve, high and
low gas pressure limit protection, and main gas valve leak-test provisions.
2.8.3 The oil burner shall be of the steam-atomizing type for fully-automatic operation. Low pressure air-atomazation is available
as an option. Air-atomizing burners shall be supplied with a self-lubricating air compressor. The entire module, a motor driven air
compressor and lubricating system, is to be mounted either on the front of the boiler or in a console that can be set adjacent to the
boiler. The burner design shall assure proper fuel-air mixture for smoke-free operation at all loads. When firing heavy oil, a positive
automatic burner oil gun purge system shall be provided to purge the oil gun on each shutdown of the burner.
2.8.4 The fuel train shall be constructed with Schedule 40 piping, and shall conform to NFPA-8501 requirements consisting of the
appropriate pressure and temperature limits (if heavy oil is used), and one (1) fuel valve with valve seal overtravel interlock. If No.
2 oil is used, a second valve is required. All electrical devices shall be prewired to terminate within a burner mounted box.
2.8.5 All controls for the boiler shall be enclosed in a suitable cabinet, with hinged door and lock, containing all necessary relays,
magnetic starters, contactors, terminal blocks, fuse blocks, fuses, transformers, switches, rheostats, and colored indicating lights.
All instruments on the panel front shall be identified by nameplate. An alarm horn shall be provided on the panel to indicate flame
failure and low water level. All wire terminations shall be numbered in accordance with the applicable wiring diagram. All wiring
shall conform with the National Electric Code.
Electronic continuity tests shall be provided on all circuits to ensure minimal start-up time.
NOTICE
Refer to Economizer, Section G, for specification.
C-61
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
4.0 Controls
4.1 Feedwater Control Valve
Provide a single element pneumatic system consisting of a steam drum water level sensing device that controls a diaphragm-oper-
ated control valve. The control valve shall be a tight shut-off with air-to-open type. Provide means to control set point and propor-
tional band.
4.2 Feedwater - Two-Element Control (Optional)
The feedwater system shall be of the two-element control type. Drum level shall be maintained by integrating both steam flow and
water level signals to control final drum level. A master controller, steam flow element (orifice plate), pressure transducers and
drum level transducers shall be included.
4.3 Feedwater - Three-Element Control (Optional)
The feedwater system shall be of the three-element control type. Drum level shall be maintained by integrating steam flow, water
level and feedwater flow signals to control final drum level. A master controller, steam flow and water flow elements (orifice
plates), pressure transducers and drum level transducer shall be included.
4.4 Combustion Control - Single-Point
Provide a full modulating single-point electronic combustion control package consisting of the following:
Master controller shall maintain steam pressure at boiler outlet within 3% of set point.
The control shall be capable of handling load swings from a steady state condition to an increase or decrease in load equal to 20%
of the maximum rated capacity of the boiler.
Provide a single jackshaft to regulate the flow of air and fuel(s) to the burner. The jackshaft shall be driven from an electric drive
in response to the master steam pressure controller. Provide characterizable fuel and air cams for the optimizing of combustion
fuel-to-air ratio throughout the firing range.
4.5 Combustion Control - Parallel Positioning (Optional)
Provide a combustion control system that uses the concept of controlling the fuel and air flows through separate actuators. Provide
a controller for boiler master, air flow controller, and fuel flow controller. If a multiple-boiler application, include a plant master
controller.
The combustion control system shall be configured to interface to a stand-alone burner management system. This interface shall
include interlocks for purge and low fire release.
4.6 Combustion control - Full Metering (Optional)
Provide a single-fuel-fired combustion control system that uses the concept of parallel metering of fuel(s) and air with cross-limit-
ing. For multiple boiler applications, include a plant master single-loop controller in addition to a boiler-master, fuel flow control-
ler(s), and an air flow controller.
The combustion control system shall be configured to interface to a stand-alone burner management system. This interface shall
include interlocks for purge and low-fire release.
Steam header pressure shall be controlled to within one percent of set point without excessive hunting or overshooting.
4.7 Monitoring and Recording (Optional)
4.7.1. The following items shall be recorded. Measuring devices such as orifice plate and transmitters shall also be included:
Steam flow.
Water flow.
Steam pressure.
Stack temperature.
C-62
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Economizer outlet stack temperature.
Feedwater temperature at economizer inlet.
Fuel water temperature at economizer outlet.
Fuel Flow.
Drum Level.
Percent Oxygen.
4.7.2 Multi-point indicator shall be provided for:
Furnace pressure.
Windbox pressure.
Boiler outlet.
4.7.3 A multi-point annunciator shall be provided for the following as applicable:
Flame failure.
High-low gas pressure.
High-low oil pressure.
High-low oil temperature.
Low atomizing media.
Combustion air.
Main and pilot failure.
Drum level, High-low.
High steam pressure.
4.7.4. The annunciator shall include alarm horn, silence and test switch.
4.8 Forced Flue Gas Recirculation - (Optional)
4.9 Induced Flue Gas Recirculation (Optional)
NOTICE
Refer to FGR specifications.
5.0 Execution
5.1 Testing
A shop hydrostatic test shall be performed at 1-1/2 times the design pressure under the inspection of the Hartford Steam Boiler
Inspection and Insurance Company.
The boiler casing shall be subjected to a shop internal air test at a minimum pressure of 8" WC, and held for five minutes without
dropping 2" WC to ensure that no leaks are present. Any detected leaks shall be corrected.
Provide electronic continuity tests on all circuits to ensure minimal start-up time.
5.2 Examination
Examine and verify size, location, and condition of concrete pads upon which boilers are to be installed. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
5.3 Installation
C-63
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
5.3.1 General
Install boilers in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions, requirements of state, provincial and local code, and
requirements of the local utility company. Maintain manufacturers recommended clearances around and over boilers.
5.3.2 Support
Install boilers on 15" high concrete pads. Pads to be located under each boiler drum saddle.
5.3.3 Erection
Assemble boiler trim shipped loose or unassembled for shipment purposes. Follow manufacturers installation instructions.
5.3.4 Gas Piping
Connect gas piping to boiler, full size of boiler gas train inlet, and provide union with sufficient clearance for burner removal and
service.
5.3.5 Oil Piping
Connect oil piping to boiler, full size of inlet to burner, and provide shutoff valve and union with sufficient clearance for burner
removal and service.
5.3.6 Steam and Condensate Piping
Connect supply, return, and blowdown boiler tappings as indicated, with shutoff valve and union, or flange, at each connection.
5.3.7 Breeching
Connect breeching to boiler outlet, full size of outlet.
5.4 Cleaning
Flush and clean boilers, upon completion of installation, in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
5.5 Field Quality Control
5.5.1 Hydrostatically test assembled boiler and piping in accordance with applicable sections of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
5.5.2 A representative of the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (or Provincial Boiler Inspection Agency in
Canada) shall inspect boiler installation, piping connections, and observe hydrostatic testing and for certification of completed
boiler units.
5.6 Demonstrations
5.6.1 Services
After testing and inspection is complete, provide the services of an authorized factory service representative to perform start-up and
operation demonstration services.
5.6.2 Start-Up
Perform services in accordance with manufacturers written start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace or repair damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
5.6.3 Maintenance and Operation Training
As part of the maintenance and operating instructions, review data in operating and maintenance manual, including preventative
maintenance schedule and procedures, and procedures for obtaining repair parts and technical assistance. Demonstrate all phases of
operation including start-up and shut-down. Schedule training with Owner, and provide at least 7-day notice to Architect/Engineer.
5.6.4 Factory-trained authorized service and parts representative shall be located within 4 hours of boiler plant.
C-64
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
1.0 General
1.1 Shop-Assembled Watertube Hot Water Generator
This specification shall govern the construction features, materials, fabrication, inspection, and preparation for shipment of pack-
aged-type, shop-assembled, watertube hot water generating equipment with burner assembly, all necessary appurtenances, con-
trols, and auxiliary equipment mounted to the maximum practical extent, as an integral unit on a steel base so as to make a
complete self-contained assembly.
1.2 General Requirements
1.2.1 Proposal
Complete description, drawings, and material specifications and performance shall accompany each proposal.
1.2.2 Guarantee
The generator manufacturer shall guarantee the Btu/hr generating capacity at the specified temperatures and pressures, and (fuel-
to-water) efficiency as stated herein, while the unit is being fired with the primary fuel at the specified operating conditions.
Performance and efficiency tests shall be conducted immediately after completion of start-up. The manufacturer must have a repre-
sentative in attendance at the time the test is conducted.
All equipment is to be guaranteed against defective design, workmanship, or material for one year from the date of initial opera-
tion, not to exceed eighteen (18) months from shipment.
1.2.3 Standards and Codes
The following regulatory codes and standards, publication issue in effect at date of invitation for bids form a part of this specifica-
tion. All applicable components shall be designed and constructed in accordance with these codes with additions or modifications
as required by this specification.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers.
American Boiler Manufacturers Association (ABMA) Manual of Industry Standards.
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), UL 795, Commercial-Industrial Gas-Fired Heating Equipment.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 85A, Prevention of Furnace Explosions in Fuel Oil and Natural Gas-Fired Single
Burner Boiler Furnaces.
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), Surface Preparation SP-1.
National Electric Code (NEC).
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
All equipment shall comply with the state, provincial or municipal laws and regulations governing the location where the
equipment is to be installed.
1.2.4 Documentation Requirements
Dimension drawing with dry and flooded weights, major component identification, and service connection location and size.
Electrical drawings including elementary ladder logic and field component interconnection diagram.
Fuel train schematics.
Two (2) copies of certified ASME Manufacturers Data Reports on the pressure vessel.
Operating and maintenance manuals.
Recommended spare parts list.
C-65
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
2.0 Product
2.1 Packaged Watertube Generator(s)
Generator shall be factory-assembled, packaged, mounted on heavy steel base frame, complete with integral forced draft burner,
burner controls, generator trim, and refractory. Factory-assemble and wire generators so that only water, steam, fuel, blowdown,
electrical, and vent connections are required.
2.2 Design Pressure
The pressure vessel shall have a design pressure of 260 psig in accordance with ASME Power Boiler Construction Code Section 1,
and the laws of the state or province in which the equipment is to be installed. The generator shall be registered with the National
Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (or Provincial Boiler Inspection Agency in Canada), and with the specific state or
provincial boiler inspection department.
2.3 Drums
The generator shall have one upper drum and one lower mud drum extending the full length of the generator setting. The upper
drum shall be of all welded construction, and shall be complete with all necessary openings. The lower drum shall be of all welded
construction, and shall be complete with all necessary openings and internal water distribution pipe. The lower drum shall have a
flanged thermal sleeve type water inlet connection. The lower drum internals shall be of the jet inducing circulation and mixing
type. The upper drum head shall have a 12" x 16" manhole opening with plate, yoke, and gasket. Furnish one operating set of gas-
kets and two complete spare sets. Drums shall be X-rayed and stress-relieved, as required, and under the inspection of the Hartford
Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company.
C-66
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-67
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-68
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
2.6 Sootblower
Provide, at a minimum, wallbox and bearings for natural gas and No. 2 oil fired units. If a heavy oil is specified, then provide a
pneumatic sootblowing system including lances and controller for automatic operation upon operator initiation. If owner does not
have plant air available, the contractor is to supply an appropriately sized air compressor/receiver.
2.7 Generator and Trim Accessories
Each unit shall be provided with the following trim, designed for a minimum of 240 psig:
Drum pressure gauge (1).
Safety valves, Consolidated/Kunkle (ASME Code).
Water column, Cleaver-Brooks (1).
Water gauge, Reliance 404-RS (1).
Gauge cocks, Reliance no. GC-451 (3).
Column drain, Velan S274B (1).
Gauge drain, Velan S274B (1).
Low water cutoff, Warrick probe (2).
Drum blow-off valve, Edwards No. 848-849 (1 Set).
Air vent, Velan S274B (1).
Continuous blow-off, Velan/Vogt (1).
All above items, including required piping and supports, shall be assembled in the shop to assure proper fit. Drain piping shall be
extended for installation of valves at hand height.
2.8 Burner
Provide a forced-draft, register-type burner arranged to burn the specified fuels complete with gas electric ignition, observation
port. The windbox shall be ruggedly constructed, and of a proven design that will assure an even supply of air to all quadrants of
the burner register. The burner shall be a standard product of the generator manufacturer, specifically designed for the generator.
2.8.1 Forced Draft Fan
Assembly shall be attached to the windbox in such a way that will allow easy access for maintenance. An inlet screen shall be pro-
vided, and air volume regulated by inlet vanes. The fan shall develop sufficient static pressure to insure proper distribution of air
over the entire turndown range of the burner.
2.8.2 Operating and Safety Controls
The unit shall be provided with a full complement of operating and safety controls consisting of not less than the following items
and features which shall be shop assembled:
Automatic gas-electric ignition system for gas operation.
Underwriters Laboratories listed, and Factory Mutual approved microprocessor burner programming and safety controller to
automatically provide proper cycling for pre-combustion purge, ignition, start, stop, post-combustion purge, and safety shutdown
for the fuels as specified. This controller shall be a standard product of the generator manufacturer.
Electronic-type flame failure protection as part of the program controller to provide safety shutdown on failure of either the main
flame or the pilot flame, with manual reset, flame failure and high temperature alarm, all on either oil or gas-firing.
Separate high-pressure safety cutoff and low fire hold pressure control.
A mounted 8-1/2 diameter pressure gauge for drum pressure.
Blower damper to automatically proportion combustion air to firing rate.
Air flow safety switch.
C-69
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
3.0 Tests
A shop hydrostatic test shall be performed at 1-1/2 times the design pressure under the inspection of the Hartford Steam Boiler
Inspection and Insurance Company.
The generator casing shall be subjected to a shop internal air test at a minimum pressure of 8" WC and held for five minutes with-
out dropping 2" WC to insure that no leaks are present. Any detected leaks shall be corrected.
Provide electronic continuity tests on all circuits to ensure minimal start-up time.
C-70
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
5.0 Execution
5.1 Examination
Examine and verify size, location, and condition of concrete pads upon which the generators are to be installed. Do not proceed
with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
5.2 Installation
5.2.1 General
Install generators in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions, requirements of state, provincial and local code, and
requirements of local utility company. Maintain manufacturers recommended clearances around and over generators.
5.2.2 Support
Install generators on 15" high concrete pads.
5.2.3 Erection
Assemble generators trim shipped loose or unassembled for shipment purposes. Follow the manufacturers installation instructions.
5.2.4 Gas Piping
Connect gas piping to the generators, full size of generator gas train inlet, provide union with sufficient clearance for burner
removal and service.
5.2.5 Oil Piping
Connect oil piping to the generators, full size of inlet to burner, provide shutoff valve and union with sufficient clearance for burner
removal and service.
5.2.6 Connect supply and return piping.
5.2.7 Breeching
Connect breeching to generator outlet, full size of outlet.
5.3 Cleaning
Flush and clean generators upon completion of installation, in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
5.4 Field Quality Control
Hydrostatically test-assembled generator and piping in accordance with applicable sections of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
Arrange with National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (or Provincial Boiler Inspection Agency in Canada) for
inspection of generator installation, piping connections, observation of hydrostatic testing, and for certification of completed gener-
ator units.
5.5 Demonstrations
5.5.1 Services
After testing and inspection is complete, provide the services of an authorized factory service representative to perform start-up and
operation demonstration services.
C-71
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
5.5.2 Start-Up
Perform services in accordance with manufacturers written start-up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace or repair damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
5.5.3 Maintenance and Operation Training
As a part of the maintenance and operating instructions, review data in operating and maintenance manual, including preventative
maintenance schedule and procedures, and procedures for obtaining repair parts and technical assistance. Demonstrate all phases of
operation including start-up and shut-down.
Schedule training with the owner, and provide at least 7-day notice to the Architect/Engineer.
C-72
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
C-73
02-02
Industrial Watertube Boilers
Notes
C-74
02-02
Controls
Section D
CONTROLS
CONTENTS
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
CB-HAWK ICS BOILER MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
KEY FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
CB-HAWK ICS COMBUSTION AIR FAN VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-11
CB-HAWK ICS OXYGEN MONITORING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13
APPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-13
CB-HAWK ICS ETHERNET COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
CB-HAWK ICS PAGING and REMOTE DIAL-UP ACCESS with MODEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-15
CB-HAWK ICS INTERNET WEB SITE MONITORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-16
CB-HAWK ICS LEAD/LAG FOR TWO BOILER SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
APPLICATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
CB-HAWK ICS LEAD/LAG for up to EIGHT BOILERS SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-18
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-18
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-18
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-18
APPLICATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-19
CB780 CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-20
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-20
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-21
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-21
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-21
D-1
12-02
Controls
D-2
12-02
Controls
TABLES
Table D-1. Flame Safeguard Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
D-3
12-02
Controls
GENERAL
Table D-1. Flame Safeguard Comparison
D-4
12-02
Controls
D-5
12-02
Controls
D-6
12-02
Controls
1.0 Each unit shall be factory equipped with a Boiler Control On screen real-time display of all connected process
System providing technology and functions equal to the parameters
CB-HAWK ICS Boiler Control system. On screen display of system alarms and faults
2.0 Each Boiler Control System shall be factory equipped with On screen history of alarms and faults
a pre-configured Programmable Controller and Human
Machine Interface (HMI). On screen recommendation for troubleshooting fault
conditions
3.0 Major system components shall include:
On screen water level indication (optional) and alarm(s)
Programmable Controller
Printing Alarm/Fault history
Touch Screen HMI
E-Mail or Paging of boiler alarms (with either Ethernet/IP or
DeviceNet Communication Network Modem Option)
Various Controller Input/Output Modules Building/Plant Automation System interface (with Ethernet/
One Burner Management Controller and Wiring Sub-Base IP Option)
One Flame Scanner: Infrared, Ultra-Violet, or UV Ethernet and Internet communications (with Ethernet/IP
Self-Check Option)
One Flame Amplifier, to correspond with the selected Flame Tamper resistant control logic and password protection.
Scanner Night/Day Setback control
Various Temperature and Pressure Sensors Stack Flue Gas, Combustion Air (optional), and Shell (water)
4.0 Major functions that the Boiler Control System shall temperatures
provide: Boiler Efficiency calculation
Automatic sequencing of the boiler through standby, Outdoor Reset for Hot Water Boilers
pre-purge, pilot flame establishing period, main flame
establishing period, run and post purge Remote Modulation or Firing Rate Setpoint control
Flame proving and lockout on flame failure during pilot Assured Low Fire Cut-Off (ALFCO)
flame proving, main flame proving, or run Assured Start Permissive Safety Interlocking
Low fire damper/valve position for flame ignition trials
Full modulating control of fuel and combustion air
Utilize solid state controls and sensors to provide various
control functions, such as:
On/Off, and Modulating Control
Modulating Control algorithm shall be Proportional-
Integral-Derivative (PID) type
D-7
12-02
Controls
5.0 The Boiler Control System shall provide the following English text description of the system fault and
safety provisions for: troubleshooting procedures
A. Integrated Burner Management Water Level indication and low water Shutdown Alarm
Examine all load terminals to assure it is capable of Dynamic Self Checking
recognizing the true status of the external controls, limits
7.0 The Boiler Control System shall be able to operate in these
and interlocks. If any input fails this test, the burner
environmental conditions.
management system should lockout on safety shutdown.
Supply Voltage: 120 VAC (+10%/-15%) 50 or 60 Hz
Closed-loop logic test verifies integrity of safety critical
loads (ignition, pilot, and main fuel valves) and must be Maximum total connected load: 2000 VA
able to lockout on safety.
Operating temperature limits: 32 to 130F
Pre-ignition interlocks (fuel valve proof of closure, etc.)
85% RH continuous, non-condensing, humidity
and flame signal checked during Standby and Pre-Purge.
0.5G continuous vibration
Dynamic checking of the flame signal amplifier. The
control flame signal amplifier must be able to recognize 8.0 All Boiler Control System wiring shall be in accordance
a no flame signal during this dynamic amplifier check. with the National Electrical Codes and local electrical codes.
Safe start check and expand check to include monitoring 9.0 Boiler Control System component functions shall be as
flame signal during standby. follows:
High and Low fire switches checked for proper Burner Management Controller: Provides boiler sequencing
sequencing. logic to meet FM/IRI/UL/cUL approval body requirements.
Tamper-proof Purge Timing and safety logic. Touch Screen Graphical Interface: Provides user interface to
the control system, boiler overview screen with connected
B. Integrated Boiler Controls
boiler parameter readouts, Burner Management Control
Operating and Modulating Control status screen, alarm banners, diagnostic screens for fault
troubleshooting, alarm history screen, system firing rate
Primary Low Water Cut-Off
screen and system configuration screens.
Variable Speed Drive (if used) fault shutdown
DeviceNet Communication Network: Provides
Password protection of Programmable Controller Logic communication between the Programmable Controller and
other peripheral devices.
Password protection of Parallel Positioning Control
(if used) Various Programmable Controller Input/Output modules:
Provides interface for discrete powered and/or isolated relay
6.0 The Boiler Control System shall provide annunciation and
signals, as well as for analog signals, from and/or to other
diagnostics:
input/output devices.
Active alarm annunciation
Stack Temperature Sensor: Measures and transmits a signal
Provide historical alarm information for on screen display to the Programmable Controller in relation to boiler exit flue
gas temperature. It is used for indication and in the
Detects and isolates an alarm, and reports internal circuit
calculation of boiler efficiency; it can also be used for high
faults
stack temperature alarm and shutdown.
Printer output capable for logging alarms
Steam Pressure Transmitter (Steam Boiler): Provides an
Capability of printing alarm history of date, time, cycle of analog signal to the Programmable Controller for indication
occurrence and date and time of acknowledgement up to the of boiler steam pressure; utilized for on/off and modulating
most recent 100 faults control of the burner.
D-8
12-02
Controls
Water Temperature Transmitter (Hot Water Boilers): O2 Analyzer and/or External O2 Trim System
Provides an analog signal to the Programmable Controller
Combustion Air Temperature Sensor: Measures and
for indication of boiler water temperature; utilized for
transmits a signal to the Programmable Controller in relation
thermal shock protection, on/off, and modulating control of
to the combustion inlet temperature for indication and for use
the burner.
in the calculation of boiler efficiency; also can be used for
Water (shell) Temperature Sensor: Measures and transmits a high combustion air temperature alarm and shutdown, based
signal to the Programmable Controller in relation to boiler on setpoint
water temperature; used for indication and thermal shock
Economizer Flue Gas Inlet and Outlet Temperatures, Feed
protection.
Water Temperature, Oil Temperature, and Gas & Oil Pressure
10.0 Optional Equipment (see individual data sheets for these Sensors
options)
Steam, Water & Fuel Flow Monitoring
Ethernet/IP Module: Provides communication between the
CB-Level Master primary safety water level control
Programmable Controller and other Ethernet Compatible
devices (e.g. Boiler Room Master Control, Building/Plant Internet Web Site Monitoring Package
Automation system, and the Internet) and E-mail
Paging and Remote Dial-Up Access with Modem
functionality
Lead/Lag Control for Multiple Boiler Systems
Fuel-Air Ratio Control System and Actuators
Variable Speed Drive for Combustion Air Fan Motor
D-9
12-02
Controls
Energy Savings:
Reduces electrical energy consumption
Soft starting reduces electrical and mechanical stress on the
motor, extending the life of the motor
Provides Substantial Savings from Mid to Low Fire
modulation points ENGINEERING DATA
Average Payback in approximately 6 8 Months
Drive:
PI Control Logic: Ambient Operating Temperatures: 32 122F
Precise control. Altitude: 3300 Ft (1000 m) Max without derating
Monitors rate of change to anticipate needs of system, Shock: 15G peak for 11ms duration (1.0 ms)
increasing and decreasing the output speed (frequency) to the
Vibration: 0.152 mm (0.0006 in.) displacement, 1G peak
blower motor as needed
Voltage Tolerance: -10% of minimum, +10% of Maximum
Maintains Wind Box Pressure at the Setpoint
Frequency Tolerance: 47 63 Hz
Communication: Input Phases: Three-phase input provides full rating of all
Communicates with the Boiler Controller through drives, Single-phase operation provides 50% of rated current
DeviceNet Displacement Power Factor:
Provides Drive process information on the Boiler Control PF70 C & D Frames 0.92 lagging (entire speed range),
Panel Display PF70 A&B Frames 0.64 lagging,
PF700 TBD
Provides Drive faults and troubleshooting suggestions, in
Plain English, on Boiler Control Panel Display Output Voltage: 0 to rated motor voltage
Output Frequency Range: 0 400 Hz
PRODUCT OFFERING Frequency Accuracy: Digital Input Within 0.01% of set
Cleaver-Brooks shall supply the following equipment: output frequency, Analog Input Within 0.4% of maximum
output frequency
Adjustable Frequency Variable Speed Drive.
Intermittent Overload: 110% Overload capability for up to
Wind Box Pressure Transmitter.
1 minute, 150% Overload capability for up to 3 seconds
VSD Compatible Combustion Air Fan Motor.
D-10
12-02
Controls
Electronic Motor Overload Protection: Class 10 protection A pressure transmitter shall be supplied to measure the Wind
with speed sensitive response. Investigated by U.L. to Box Pressure of the Burner and shall be capable of supplying a
comply with N.E.C. Article 430, UL File E59272 Volume 12 4 20mA process variable input signal to the VSD.
See Drive Manual for other, Model and Voltage Specific, A Motor suitable for variable speed drive service must be
specifications. supplied for use in conjunction with the Variable Speed Drive,
and sized to match the motor requirements of the Combustion
Pressure Transmitter: Air Fan Blower.
Pressure Range: 0 2 psig Variable Speed Drive shall be interlocked with boiler control to
ensure safe operation.
Output: 4 20mA DC
Connection: 1/4" NPT
Enclosure: NEMA 4
Accuracy: 0.25% FS
Compensated Range: -4 to +176F
Motor:
Motor suitable for variable speed drive service
Variable Torque, 3 phase
Other specifications based on Specific Horsepower, Voltage,
and Frequency requirements. Contact your local Authorized
Cleaver-Brooks Representative for further details.
D-11
12-02
Controls
D-12
12-02
Controls
Sample Gas Pressure: -1.5 to 73.8 in Hg (-5 to +250 kPa) Shall be of the Integrated Type (in probe head)
Output Signal: 4 20mA DC, One Point, Maximum Load Provide 4 20mA DC Signal output in relation to process
Resistance 550 Ohms variable for remote display
Contact Output Signal: Two Points, 30 VDC 3A, 250 VAC 3A Indicate O2 Percentages
(one is fail safe normally open) Provide Low O2 Alarm Indication
Contact Input Signal: Two Points Perform Efficiency Calculations and display results using
Reference Air: Natural Convection, Instrument Air, pressure O2 percentages
compensated 5.0 Combustion Air Thermocouple to be Type J
Instrument Air: 200 kPa plus the pressure in the furnace 6.0 The system shall continuously monitor oxygen
Power Supply: 100 240 VAC, 50/60Hz concentration in the boilers exit flue gas and provide
indication of O2 percentages and alarm points on a Human
Power Consumption: Max 300 W, approx. 100 W for Machine Interface (HMI) type display.
ordinary use
Combustion Air Thermocouple: Type J APPLICATION
This system is applicable to modulating burners using the
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS CB-HAWK ICS Integrated Control System. This system shall
This specification covers the hardware and monitoring monitor and display O2 concentration in the boilers exit flue
functions of the CB-HAWK ICS Oxygen monitoring system. gas and provide overall boiler efficiency calculations.
The system monitors and displays Oxygen concentration and
is used, in conjunction with combustion air and stack flue gas
temperature sensors, to calculate the overall efficiency of the
boiler.
The system shall be completely configured from the factory
requiring only job specific data to be entered (or modified) in
the field.
O2 Sensor Requires calibration in the field!
Hardware:
Hardware shall consist of the following:
1.0 Oxygen Sensor
Integrated type Zirconia Oxygen Analyzer
Direct Insertion Type
Built-in Heater Assembly
4-20mA DC Process Variable Output
Heater to be of field replaceable construction
Cell to be of field replaceable construction
D-13
12-02
Controls
Provides interface capability with many Building/Plant Meets Open Industrial Network Standards
automation systems when utilizing OPC server or protocol IEEE 802.3 Physical and Data Link Standard
bridge
Ethernet TCP/IP protocol suite industry standard
Provides interface with plants LAN/WAN
Control and Information Protocol (CIP) Compliant
Provides interface to the Internet (requires static IP address)
OPC (OLE Process Control) communication compatibility
E-mailing of boiler alarms/faults with RSLinx OPC Server software
Provides means of connection between various boiler room
control systems, such as the CB-HAWK ICS Master Panel SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
for lead/lag control
The Boiler Manufacturer shall furnish and install a control
Provides means of connection to a remote Personal module capable of Ethernet communications between the
Computer boilers programmable logic control system and other Ethernet
Ethernet Industrial Protocol compatible devices, as needed, and provide the following
minimum requirements:
IEEE 802.3 Physical and Data Link Standard
Interface with the Compact Logix Programmable Controller
Ethernet TCP/IP protocol suite industry standard Protocol
Control and Information Protocol (CIP) Compliant Ethernet Industrial Protocol (Allen-Bradley EPIC)
Follows Ethernet Rules and Practices
PRODUCT OFFERING
High Noise Rejection
Ethernet/IP Module
Open Industrial Network Standards
Optional Ethernet Communication Hub (necessary for stand-
alone boiler (no Master Panel) connection to LAN/WAN IEEE 802.3 Physical and Data Link Standard
and/or Paging Modem option) Ethernet TCP/IP protocol suite industry standard
E-mail functionality requires customer provided e-mail Control and Information Protocol (CIP) Compliant
service and address
D-14
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
Remote Access Paging Modem
Easy to use configuration software
Requires customer provided, dedicated phone line
Requires customer provided Paging Service and pagers (or SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
paging compatible cell phones) The boiler manufacturer shall provide a Paging and Remote
Requires Pager Numbers and PINs supplied by customer Dial-Up Access Modem, using customer provided paging
systems for the purpose of paging boiler system alarms and
Configure up to 10 unique pagers providing remote access to the control system.
Pager number(s) and PINs to be supplied by customer.
ENGINEERING DATA
Dedicated telephone connection to be supplied by customer.
Voltage: 24 VDC
Baud Rate: 56K
Type: External, Serial
Paging functionality utilizes TAP Protocol
D-15
12-02
Controls
D-16
12-02
Controls
D-17
12-02
Controls
All boilers operate at the same firing rate as the lead boiler. Lag boiler #1 starts modulation after lead boiler reaches
maximum firing rate (or firing rate selected by the operator).
Ideal for Hot Water boiler systems.
Lag boiler #2 starts modulation after lag boiler #1 reaches
maximum firing rate (or firing rate selected by the operator).
PRODUCT OFFERING
Subsequent boilers operate in a similar fashion.
Cleaver-Brooks shall supply the following equipment:
Boiler control for each boiler shall be the CB-HAWK ICS. Unison Modulation
Pressure (Steam) or temperature (Hot Water) transmitter Firing rates for all boilers are equal.
shipped loose for mounting in the common header.
D-18
12-02
Controls
D-19
12-02
Controls
CB780 CONTROL
D-20
12-02
Controls
D-21
12-02
Controls
CB100E CONTROL
D-22
12-02
Controls
CB110 CONTROL
Modular Design:
ENGINEERING DATA
Interchangeable amplifiers for infrared, ultra violet, or UV
self-check flame scanners. Supply voltage: 120Vac (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz.
Reduces part replacement costs. Maximum total load: 2000 VA.
Easily upgradeable to a CB 100E by replacing programmer Fuel valve output load rating: 1250 VA opening, 500 VA
and display modules. holding.
Operating temperature limits: -40 F to 125 F
PRODUCT OFFERING Maximum ambient humidity: 85% non-condensing.
D-23
12-02
Controls
Maintains steam or hot water supply to system load. Low-fire-hold control hot water boilers.
Compensates for varying losses between boiler and header. Components shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved
for intended service.
Sequences Operation of Two Boilers:
Maximum system efficiency.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Lead/Lag Start with either Lead/Lag Modulation or Lead/Lag
Reduces cycling and boiler wear reducing maintenance and
High-Low Fire.
downtime costs.
The boiler manufacturer shall supply a control system to lead
Optimizes fuel savings.
and lag two boilers. The system shall start, stop, and control the
firing rate of both boilers.
Lead/Lag Start with either Lead/Lag Modulation or Lead/Lag
High-Low Fire: Upon system demand, the lead boiler shall start and operate to
full capacity prior to starting the lag boiler. When both boilers
Lead boiler operates at full capacity prior to starting lag are on line, the lead shall always operate to full capacity and
boiler. the lag shall operate between minimum and maximum output
Ideal where load swings are infrequent and small such as to satisfy demand requirements.
heating applications. When system demand decreases, the lag boiler shall return to
the minimum firing rate position and shut off. A further
Lead/Lag Start with either Unison Modulation or Unison decrease shall cause the lead boiler to reduce its firing rate to
High-Low Fire: minimum and shut off.
Boilers operate in unison when both are on line. A switch shall be provided to rotate the lead position between
Ideal where load swings are frequent and large, such as both boilers.
process applications. For steam boilers, a means shall be provided to maintain mini-
mum boiler water temperature at low-fire when the boilers are
off line.
D-24
12-02
Controls
For hot water boilers, a means shall be provided to keep the A switch shall be provided to rotate the lead position between
boilers at low-fire rate until a predetermined minimum temper- both boilers.
ature is reached. This releases the boiler to automatic operation
For steam boilers, means shall be provided to maintain mini-
from the firing rate control.
mum boiler water temperature at low-fire when boilers are off
All components shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved line.
for intended service.
For hot water boilers, means shall be provided to keep boilers
Lead/Lag Start with either Unison Modulation or Unison High- in a low-fire-hold mode until a predetermined minimum tem-
Low-Fire. perature is reached. This shall then release the boiler to auto-
matic operation from firing rate control.
The boiler manufacturer shall supply a control system to lead
and lag start of two boilers. The system shall start, stop, and All components shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved
control the firing rate of both boilers. for intended service.
Upon system demand, the lead boiler shall start and operate to The lead/lag system is a specialized digital control that
full capacity prior to starting the lag boiler. When both boilers sequences the starting, stopping, and controls modulation firing
are on line, they shall operate in unison between minimum and rate for two boilers. It can be used for either steam or hot water
maximum output to satisfy demand requirements. applications.
When system demand decreases, both boilers shall reduce their
firing rate, in unison, to minimum. The lag boiler shall shut off APPLICATION
and the lead boiler shall operate between minimum and maxi- This option is applicable to full modulation burners utilizing
mum until demand is satisfied, and then shut off. standard Cleaver-Brooks modulating controls.
D-25
12-02
Controls
D-26
12-02
Controls
4.0 The control shall provide a LED bar graph display of each 6.0 A lithium coin type battery shall be included to maintain
boilers approximate percent modulation. The control shall also the correct lead stage and lead stage rotation timer in the event
provide a digital LED display of actual temperature or pres- of power failure. Storage capacity shall be 100 days.
sure, set point temperature or pressure, gain adjustment and
7.0 A four position selector switch shall be provided to set the
each boilers exact percent modulation. In addition, the digital
operating mode of each stage. Positions include on, auto, off
display shall be used to indicate the following four control set-
and standby.
tings as they are being adjusted:
8.0 The control shall have the capability of operating up to four
Modulation start point shall be adjustable from 50 to 100%.
full modulation boilers. Each stage shall have the following
This setting determines the percent modulation a stage must
outputs:
achieve before the next stage is activated. There shall be
independent adjustment of this setting for each burner. A normally open contact to start/stop the burner.
Purge timer shall be adjustable from 0-9.9 minutes. This A 0-135 ohm output to independently control each burners
setting determines the delay time between a burner being firing rate.
started and the beginning of modulation.
9.0 The control shall be UL listed, tested per Standard 873.
Set back (additional set point) shall be adjustable from 0-75 Temperature Indicating and Regulating Equipment. It shall be
F/psig (0-7.5 psig on 0-30 psig units). This setting CSA listed, tested per Standard C22.2 Number 24-1987 Tem-
determines the F/psig drop from the primary set point perature Indicating and Regulating Equipment. It shall also be
whenever the setback mode is activated. An off setting approved for use in NYC by the City of New York; Department
shall also be included for complete burner shutdown. The set of Buildings, Bureau of Electrical Control and Department of
back mode shall be activated by an external switch closure. Environmental Protection, Bureau of Air Resources.
Standby timer shall be adjustable from 1-60 minutes. This 10.0 A surface mounted, locking steel, NEMA 1 type, mini-
setting determines the delay period which must elapse before mum 18 gauge enclosure shall be provided.
any designated standby boilers are activated. The timing
sequence shall begin when all active boilers reach 100% APPLICATION
firing rate.
This option is applicable to full modulation burners utilizing
5.0 LEDs shall be provided to indicate the lead stage and all standard Cleaver-Brooks modulating controls.
activated stages.
D-27
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
Cleaver-Brooks shall provide a boiler water temperature con-
trol with sensor and immersion well. The control is Underwrit-
ers Laboratories approved for intended service and shall be
mounted and wired on the boiler.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The boiler manufacturer shall furnish and install a control to
sense boiler water temperature. The control shall maintain
burner in a low-fire hold mode until a pre-set temperature is
satisfied. This shall then release boiler to automatic control of
system demand. Control shall be Underwriters Laboratories
approved for intended service.
APPLICATION
This option is applicable to full modulation and high-low fire
burners.
D-28
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
Cleaver-Brooks shall supply:
Boiler water temperature control and immersion well.
Interface relay.
Operation mode.
Manual selector switch.
Automatic activated by remote on-off boiler control
device.
Components Underwriters Laboratories approved for
intended service.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The boiler manufacturer shall furnish and install a control to
sense boiler water temperature. The control shall have an
adjustable set point to maintain a minimum temperature at a
pre-set level when the boiler is off line. This shall be accom-
plished at the burners minimum firing rate. The function can be
activated either manually or automatically. Components shall
be Underwriters Laboratories approved for intended service.
APPLICATION
This option is applicable to full modulation and high-low fire
burners.
D-29
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
Cleaver-Brooks shall provide terminal connection points for
remote disable/enable signals, and internally wire additional
electrical components necessary to perform this function.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The boiler manufacturer shall make provisions to accept
remote enable/disable signal contact. Any disable signal shall
cause the burner to return to minimum low fire position prior to
shutting off the main fuel.
APPLICATION
This option is applicable to full modulation and high-low fire
burners.
D-30
12-02
Controls
REMOTE MODULATION
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Provides burner modulation from a customer supplied 4-20
ma control signal.
Ties boiler firing rate control with customer control system
(for example, building management, boiler room master,
lead-lag control).
PRODUCT OFFERING
Standard Equipment
Resistor kit to allow standard firing rate motor to operate
from a 4-20 ma control signal.
Relay with gold flashed contacts to switch between
automatic and manual operation.
Manual firing rate potentiometer to allow local manual
operation.
Optional Equipment
Local remote firing rate control selector switch.
Allows control of firing rate from standard local firing rate
controller or remote 4-20 ma signal.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
Furnish and install components to allow burner to modulate
from a remote 4-20 ma control signal. Provisions shall be made
for local manual firing rate control.
APPLICATION
This option is applicable to full modulation burners utilizing
standard Cleaver-Brooks modulating controls.
D-31
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
A selector switch. With selector switch in the AUTO
position, burner shall fire primary fuel when auxiliary contact
governing fuel selection (for an example, gas pressure switch
or outdoor thermostat) is closed. Upon opening of the above
contact: a burner shall modulate to the minimum firing rate
position, shutdown and restart firing stand by fuel.
Fuel auto changeover switch (a low gas pressure switch or
outdoor thermostat). This switch may be furnished by the
boiler supplier, customer, or utility.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATION
The boiler manufacturer shall furnish sequence to allow an
automatic changeover from primary to stand by fuel and
back. An automatic fuel changeover shall be initiated by gas
pressure, outdoor temperature or other dry contact.
APPLICATION
This option is applicable to dual-fuel (i.e., gas-oil fired) boilers
with exception of Model LE Boilers.
D-32
12-02
Controls
OXYGEN TRIM
The C-B Model O2 Trim System is a complete package used to
maintain optimum fuel-to-air ratios and maximum fuel effi-
ciency.
The Controller Display is a Back-lit LCD Which Will Display PRODUCT OFFERING
the Following in Both Digital and Bar Graph Format: Oxygen trim system can be supplied for either fuel trim or air
Process variable (% O2). trim.
Set point. NEMA 12 Control Panel with the following:
Control Output. Oxygen analyzer.
Graphic trending of O2 or firing rate on controller display for Oxygen probe (15.75").
up to 24 hours. Graph timing is selectable. Oxygen controller.
Two Alarm Contacts Which Are User-Configurable for Any Fuel selection indicator lights.
of the Following Functions: Pneumatic control components and actuator.
Low O2 alarm. In-situ probe with zirconia cell.
Low O2 shutdown. Firing rate transducer.
50 ft cable for probe and firing rate transducer.
D-33
12-02
Controls
Air Supply: 25-126 psig instrument air dry, oil free. Response 90% within five (5) seconds after gas is
introduced.
Outputs:
Capable of providing the following control and monitoring
Control: 3-15 psig. ability in the analyzer:
Recorder: O2 value 1-5 Vdc or 4-20 ma. Display interactive operation.
Firing Rate 1-5 Vdc. Analog bar display format on screen.
Contact: 250 Vac, 2 amps. Indicate average O2 computation.
Low O2 alarm. Maximum and minimum O2 levels.
Low O2 shutdown. Large LED display of O2 level.
40 character dot matrix back-lit LCD display of
configuration and other data.
Self testing for cell life.
Analog output range of 0-20% O2 computation.
D-34
12-02
Controls
Efficiency calculations (with temperature transmitter 6.0 The system shall continuously monitor oxygen concentra-
option). tion in boiler flue gas and adjust fuel or air flow to maintain
oxygen level at set point. Set point shall be dependent on boiler
4.0 Controller:
firing rate and fuel selection inputs to controller. Controller
Controller shall: shall determine set point internally based on these inputs,
through separate curves (function generators) for each fuel.
Be microprocessor based.
The rate-of-change of the firing rate input shall be limited to
Have means for indicating the process variable (% allow for the response time of the gases traveling through the
oxygen) setpoint, and output: each of these in both boiler. Control to be direct acting. Proportional- plus-Integral
digital and bar graph format with range 0-20%. (PI) with integral-only response to set point changes. Gain
shall be varied based on firing rate, with faster response at high
Allow for switching between automatic and manual
firing rates and slower response at low firing rates. Control to
control, and for changing the setpoint and output.
incorporate anti-reset windup capabilities when output reaches
Accept 4-20 ma signal from the O2 analyzer, a its limit. Since trim output must be able to add or subtract from
calibration contact from the analyzer, and a firing rate fuel or air flow, the normal or no trim output shall be 50%.
signal from a boiler-mounted potentiometer.
Accept dry contact indication of fuel being fired. The APPLICATION
front panel display of the control shall be a bit mapped This system is applicable to modulating burners that utilize a
LCD type with a switch that allows operation and Cleaver-Brooks fuel oil controller (on oil firing) and/or specific
system adjustments to be performed from a menu. The gas pressure regulators (on gas firing). Contact your local
display panel shall also include trend and alarm features Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for specific details.
for real-time, history, and allow viewing of related data
while making adjustments.
5.0 The control panel of the controller shall also have the fol-
lowing features:
Dedicated page key to be used for screen selection.
Programmed function key to define fuel type.
Mode key to determine auto or manual mode.
Failure light.
Alarm light.
8 character display description.
Oxygen level recorder output 4-20 ma or 1-5 Vdc.
Firing rate output 1-5 Vdc.
D-35
12-02
Controls
Combines control function of burner sequencing and safety Built in warm-up and shut down sequence to reduce thermal
with firing rate and operating limit control. shock.
Reduced modulation and cycling due to more accurate
Single boiler control with expansion capabilities for multiple
burner positioning.
boilers using Communication Interface, Enhancer, and
General Purpose Interface (GPI).
Greater Reliability and Safety with Solid State Design:
Keyboard/Display: Tamper resistant sensors prevent unsafe operation.
Provides single point for boiler monitoring and adjustments. Access code protection prevents unauthorized changes.
Complete dynamic self check of all circuits and sensors.
Digital set points and values for accurate information.
English messages, labels, and prompts for easy use. Complete Diagnostics Reduces Downtime:
Eliminates many screwdriver adjustments. 73 fault messages.
Fault History details: Cycles, hours of operation, boiler
Precise Control of Steam Pressure or Hot Water Tempera- status, firing rate, fault codes and messages for last six safety
ture: shutdowns.
Accurate measurement using solid state sensors. Diagnostics provide status and voltage of all inputs, without
the need for a test meter.
Advanced microprocessor control of firing rate is
characterized to specific boiler. Five function run test switch for improving set-up.
D-36
12-02
Controls
Details for the following optional equipment are found later in 2.0 Major functions of the boiler management system shall
this section. provide:
CB-LINK Communications Module. Automatic sequencing of the boiler system through standby,
pre-purge, pilot flame establishing period, main flame
CB-HAWK Enhancer Base Unit. establishing period, run and post-purge.
CB-HAWK Enhancer Efficiency Monitor. Flame proving and lockout on flame failure during pilot
CB-HAWK Enhancer Auxiliary Input Monitor. flame proving, main flame proving, or run.
CB-HAWK Time of Day Scheduling Control (Day/Night Low fire damper motor position for flame ignition trails.
Setback). Full modulating control of fuel and combustion air as well as
CB-HAWK Outdoor Reset Temperature Control. firing rate control.
CB-HAWK General Purpose Interface (GPI). Utilize solid state control and limit sensors providing the
following control functions:
CB-HAWK Enhancer Lead-Lag Control.
Steam (or hot water) on/off and proportioning control.
CB-HAWK Two Boiler Lead-Lag System.
Gas pressure high and low pressure limit. (if required).
ENGINEERING DATA Oil temperature high and low temperature limit (if
required).
Voltage and Frequency
Oil pressure high and low pressure limit (if required).
Chassis and Program Module.
Damper motor high and low fire damper motor position.
120 Vac (+10%/-15%) 50/60 Hz 10%.
Manual control of the damper motor utilizing slewing keys to
Keyboard and Display Module. increment and decrement the damper motor position.
24 Vac (+20%/-15%) 50/60 Hz. Status light emitting diodes (LEDs) indicating: 1) Green
Power Dissipation LED demand present, 2) Yellow LED main valve
energized, 3) Red LED (2) alarm, 4) Pulsing Green LED
Chassis and Program Module. proper programmer operation.
10 Watts maximum. Field replaceable 10 amp fuse in the valve and ignition
Keyboard and Display Module. control circuit for short circuit protection.
D-37
12-02
Controls
Line voltage terminal inputs for lockout, pre-ignition, and 4.0 All boiler management control wiring shall be in accor-
recycle limits and interlocks. dance with the National Electrical Codes and local electrical
codes.
73 separate annunciation faults including damper motor
operation, gas pressure limit operation (if required), oil 5.0 The Boiler Management Control shall provide the follow-
pressure limit operation (if required), Oil temperature limit ing safety provisions:
(if required), and hot water (or steam) sensor control
Dynamic self-check safety circuit. The boiler management
operation.
controls microcomputer should continuously test itself and
Self test for proper operation. related hardware for proper circuit operation.
Monitor system circuits status. Examine all load terminals to assure it is capable of
recognizing the true status of external controls, limits and
Tamper resistant safety logic and timing.
interlocks. If any input fails this test, the Boiler Management
First out annunciation and diagnostics via a liquid crystal Control should lockout on safety shutdown.
display (LCD).
Closed-loop logic test of all safety critical loads (oil main
Thermal stress delayed release to modulation. valve, gas main valve, ignition transformer and pilot valve)
and must be able to lockout on safety shutdown if any safety
Non-volatile lockout and history files with last (6) lockouts
critical load is identified as operating improperly.
readable through integral LCD display.
Dynamic safety relay and contact. The control shall check
Dynamic Ampli-Check as standard flame amplification
the proper operation of the safety circuit, ability to open and
protection.
close relay contact. This will assure the boiler management
Characterization to the applied boiler for firing rate control, control is capable of de-energizing all safety critical
cycling control, and system prepurge. terminals (oil main valve, gas main valve, ignition
transformer and pilot valve).
A configurable rate linearization parameter which defines the
relationship between damper motor position and firing rate Dynamic amplifier check of the flame signal amplifier. The
and including drive to purge rate. control flame signal amplifier must be able to recognize a no
flame signal during this dynamic amplifier check.
Capability for remote or local communications to a personal
computer including the capability to change non-safety Safe start check and expand check to include monitoring
related parameters remotely. flame signal during standby.
Ability to be able to be installed in a continuous 0.5G Dynamic gas pressure sensor check. To assure the gas
environment. pressure limit sensor can signal zero gas pressure when gas
pressure is not present at the gas pressure limit sensing
3.0 Major system components shall include:
element.
1. Chassis.
Continuous monitoring of all applicable sensors, including
2. Program module. steam pressure, gas pressure, and oil pressure to ensure
signals are within operating range.
3. Keyboard and display module.
Monitoring the damper motor via a feedback circuit to assure
4. Flame amplifier, dynamic ampli-check infrared.
the damper motor is at the required position within 60
5. Damper motor: 90 degree stroke, 400 position. seconds, the damper motor is slewing properly, the damper
motor is within 0 to 90 degrees, and ensures proper amount
6. Flame sensor: infrared.
of prepurge air.
7. Control sensors: hot water temperature: 0 to 500 F range.
Automatically returns the burner to the low fire position
Steam pressure specify psi range.
before shutting off when power is interrupted.
8. Limit sensors:
Tamper resistant timing and safety logic.
A. Gas pressure limit specify psig range.
Require mandatory reprogramming when being installed on
B. Oil pressure limit specify psig range. another boiler.
C. Oil temperature limit specify temperature range.
D-38
12-02
Controls
6.0 The Boiler Management Control System shall provide Infrared flame amplifier or UV amplifier: Provides flame
these annunciation and diagnostics: signal amplification. A dynamic ampli-check of the flame
signal amplifiers circuitry is conducted to assure the
First out annunciation plus time and cycle in sequences of
amplifier responds to loss of flame.
fault occurrence.
Gas pressure sensor: Provides a 1 to 6 Vdc signal to the
Indication of sequence failures at start-up or during normal
Boiler Management Control. Gas pressure sensors provides
sequence operation.
high and low gas pressure limits with gas pressure ranges of
Test itself for failure, detect and isolate an alarm, and report 0.1 to 15 psig.
internal circuit faults.
Steam pressure sensor: Provides a 1 to 6 Vdc signal to the
The ability of reading limit sensor voltages and resistance at Boiler Management Control indicating steam pressure in the
connector interface. boiler. Signal provides on/off and modulating control of the
burner, with ranges from .75 to 750 psig.
English text description of the system fault, while
maintaining the last six (6) faults in historical memory, which Oil pressure sensor: Provides a 1 to 6 Vdc signal to the Boiler
are readable through the LCD display. Management Control indicating oil pressure supplied to fuel
oil controller. Signal provides high and low oil pressure limit
7.0 The Boiler Management control shall be able to operate in
functions within range of 7.5 to 150 psig.
these environmental conditions:
Oil temperature sensor: Provides a resistance signal to Boiler
32 to 130 F temperature range; 85% RH continuous, non-
Management Control indicating oil temperature at the sensor
condensing, humidity; 0.5G continuous vibration; 120 Vac
well assembly. Signal provides high and low oil temperature
(+10/- 15%) 50/60 Hz voltage/frequency; maximum
limit functions within range of 0 to 300 F
connected load of 2000 VA.
Water temperature: Provides a resistance signal to the Boiler
8.0 Boiler Management Control System Component functions
Management Control indicating water temperature at the
shall be as follows:
sensor well assembly. Provides on/off and release to
Chassis module: Provides mounting means and line voltage modulation control of the burner. The sensors have ranges of
I/O for the boiler room control. 0 to 300 F and 0 to 500 F.
Program module: Provides boiler sequence logic to meet Damper motor: Drives firing rate valve and combustion air
FM/IRI approval body requirements. The Program module damper based on input from the Boiler Management Control
is the location of the system micro-computer which generates to purge the combustion chamber, provide fuel and air in
fault messages and descriptions and processes boiler proper proportion, and vary burner firing rate to meet the load
room I/O. demand on the boiler.
Keyboard and display: Provides user interface to the system
for sequence status fault history, and system configuration
interface, all via a 2 row by 40 character LCD.
D-39
12-02
Controls
CB-LINK
Help troubleshoot problems with historical data. NEMA 1 enclosure (Metal enclosure with hinged door and
removable sub-base is optional).
Fault History Log Using Personal Computer: Options:
Time and Date stamp all faults. One additional plug in module required for each additional
boiler.
Provides a permanent record of fault conditions.
Maximum six boiler connected, five if used with Enhancer,
Remote Setpoint Adjustments: five boilers if used with GPI card, and four boilers if used
with GPI with Enhancer.
Operator can take boilers on or off setback from remote
location.
Process engineers can adjust boiler settings affecting their
process.
Password Protection:
Prevents unauthorized personnel from accessing The Boiler
Management Control.
D-40
12-02
Controls
1.0 A communications module shall be supplied providing 4.2 The HAWK LINK shall include communication protocol
technology and function equal to the Cleaver-Brooks model and device information to the building automation system inte-
CB-LINK communications module that shall allow for remote grator. Provide a General Purpose Interface module that occu-
programming control, monitoring and diagnostics up to 6 boil- pies one of the six slots on the LINK chassis. This module shall
ers equipped with CB-HAWK Boiler Management Control, support either ASCII or binary codes via RS-485 standards and
with an IBM AT compatible personal computer or a building connections. The system integrator can transfer select control
automation system. and monitoring information from any CB HAWK, CB-780 or
ENHANCER. Provide a disk to be used by the system integra-
2.0 The communications module shall provide for remote or tor that contains protocol specifications, device & point
local programming of non-safety functions such as boiler on, description files, instructions and ROM image file to convert
boiler off, operating setpoint, etc. It shall also provide for local any General Purpose Interface module into a Testcard device
and remote communication of individual boiler shutdowns and that implements all of the data types of all devices, a PC pro-
73 fault codes that are date and time stamped. Local communi- gram to test and demonstrate the General Purpose Interface
cations to an IBM AT compatible shall be via a RS232C module and its protocols (a RS-232 to RS-485 adapter will be
port. Remote communications to an IBM AT compatible required)
equipped with a modem shall be via a customer supplied exter-
nal modem (Hayes Smart Modem or equal) to the CB-LINK
communications module operating at 300 or 1200 BAUD.
Building automation system tie-in shall be via a General Pur-
pose Interface (GPI) device which provides a passive gateway.
On a fault shutdown condition, the communications module
shall report the shutdown to either a local computer or printer
and/or call out up to 3 pre-programmed telephone numbers via
an external modem.
D-41
12-02
Controls
PRODUCT OFFERING
The CB-HAWK Enhancer is used in conjunction with one to
five boilers that are equipped with CB-HAWK Boiler Manage-
ment Control. The Enhancer and associated HAWK controls
must all be connected to a CB-LINK communication module. SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Because of a conflict between control actions, Outdoor Reset
Control and Time of Day Schedule control can not be used The CB-HAWK Enhancer shall be provided complete in its
together. One or more Enhancer options must be used in con- own NEMA 12 enclosure, with the exception that the sensors
junction with the Enhancer base unit. are shipped loose for field installation. The keyboard/display
shall be mounted on the front door of the enclosure for access
Standard Equipment: to setpoints and display parameters. An LED annunciator shall
The Enhancer comes in a single 24" x 24" x 8" NEMA 12 also be mounted on the front door for annunciation of alarm
enclosure with keyboard/display, status display, 10-slot rack, conditions and lead/lag boiler status.
power supply, and required modules.
ENGINEERING DATA
Power required: 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 amps.
D-42
12-02
Controls
D-43
12-02
Controls
Compensates for varying losses between boiler and header. Control shall not require a noticeable change in pressure (or
water temperature) to sequence a boiler on or off.
Sequences Optimal Number of Boilers on Line: Operator adjustable minimum-temperature control of lag
Maximum system efficiency. boilers.
Reduced cycling and boiler wear for lower maintenance and Boiler status and firing rate information of each boiler shall
downtime costs. be monitored and controlled by the lead/lag system via a
direct bi-directional digital communication link.
Boiler Sequencing Based on Boiler Firing Rate: Large 1" LED display to annunciate lead and lag boiler run
and alarm conditions.
Does not require a significant change in pressure or
temperature as in conventional systems. An alarm indicator annunciates conditions when the boiler
system capacity is insufficient to maintain system pressure
Starts new boiler as an immediate response to any boiler
(or water temperature) or if a system fault occurs.
taken off line for uninterrupted operation.
Keyboard entry of following parameters:
Minimum temperature control so lag boilers are always ready Lead Boiler.
to respond to load changes.
First through fourth lag boilers.
Alarm Annunciation: System set point.
Load Exceeds Capacity alarm warns of potential problems System on point and off point.
before a significant loss of pressure or temperature occurs.
Lag-on trigger and delay set points.
PRODUCT OFFERING Lag-off trigger and delay set points.
The Enhancer Lead/Lag Control is an optional feature of the Lead/lag system shall immediately start an additional lag
CB-HAWK Enhancer, and is used in conjunction with the boiler to compensate for lost capacity if an on-line boiler is
Enhancer Base Unit and the CB-LINK communication mod- turned off or if a fault causes a shut down.
ule. It may be used with up to five CB-HAWK Boiler Manage- The lead and lag boilers may be changed at any time without
ment Control equipped boilers. upsetting the system pressure (or water temperature)
Equipment provided with the Enhancer Lead/lag Control regardless of the number of boilers currently on line.
includes:
Header steam pressure or water temperature sensor (shipped
loose).
Minimum temperature controls for boilers (shipped loose).
Necessary input/output modules inside enclosure.
D-44
12-02
Controls
FEATURES AND BENEFITS When system demand decreases, the lag boiler shall return to
the minimum firing rate position and shut off. A further
decrease shall cause the lead boiler to reduce its firing rate to
Controls Actual Header Pressure or Temperature:
minimum and shut off.
Maintains steam or hot water supply to system load.
Provisions shall be made to transfer each boilers set point
Compensates for varying losses between boiler and header. between normal and setback, as a means for determining lead
and lag boiler.
Sequences Operation of Two Boilers: For steam boilers, a means shall be provided to maintain mini-
Maximum system efficiency. mum boiler water temperature at low-fire when the boilers are
not required to support the load. The boilers shall also be held
Reduces cycling and boiler wear reducing maintenance and
at low-fire until this temperature is reached.
downtime costs.
For hot water boilers, a means shall be provided to keep the
Optimized fuel savings.
boilers at low fire until predetermined minimum temperature is
reached. This then releases the boiler to automatic operation
Lead/Lag Start with Lead/Lag Modulation: from the firing rate control.
Lead boiler operates at full capacity prior to starting lag All components shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved
boiler. for intended use and bear the UL and CSA label.
Ideal where load swings are small and infrequent, such as
heating applications.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Cleaver-Brooks shall supply the following equipment:
Solid state sensors shipped loose for mounting in common
header.
Minimum temperature low fire hold control (steam boilers).
Low fire hold control (hot water boilers).
Provision for switching normal or setback set points for each
boiler, as a means for selecting lead and lag boiler.
Components shall be Underwriters Laboratories approved
for intended service.
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Lead/Lag Start with Lead/Lag Modulation:
The boiler manufacturer shall supply a control system to lead
and lag two boilers. The system shall start, stop, and control fir-
ing rate of both boilers.
Upon system demand, the lead boiler shall start and operate to
full capacity prior to starting the lag boiler. When both boilers
are on line, the lead boiler shall always operate to full capacity
and the lag boiler shall operate between minimum and maxi-
mum output to satisfy demand requirements.
D-45
12-02
Controls
D-46
12-02
Section E
EMISSIONS
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
POLLUTANTS AND CONTROL TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-3
NITROGEN COMPOUNDS (NOx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
NOx CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
POST COMBUSTION CONTROL METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Selective Non-catalytic Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
Selective Catalytic Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
COMBUSTION CONTROL TECHNIQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
Low Excess Air (LEA) Firing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
Low Nitrogen Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Burner Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-5
Water/Steam Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-5
Flue Gas Recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-5
CHOOSING THE BEST NOx TECHNOLOGY FOR THE JOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Turndown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Excess Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-7
Total Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-7
SULFUR COMPOUNDS (SOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-7
CARBON MONOXIDE (CO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
PARTICULATE MATTER (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-8
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOCs)/HYDROCARBONS (HC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-8
EMISSION LEVEL UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
CORRECTING EMISSIONS TO 3% OXYGEN (15% EXCESS AIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-9
CONVERTING EMISSIONS BETWEEN PPM AND LB/MMBTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
CALCULATION OF ANNUAL EMISSIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL BOILERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-11
NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-13
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure E-1. Effects of Fuel-Bound Nitrogen on NOx Emissions for Fuel Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-3
Figure E-2. Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction (SNCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-4
Figure E-3. Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-5
Figure E-4. Effects of Fuel Sulfur Content on SOx Emissions for Fuel Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-7
Figure E-5. CO Emissions Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-9
Figure E-6. NOx Emissions Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-10
Figure E-7. SOx Emissions Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-10
Figure E-8. Volatile Organic Compound Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-11
Figure E-9. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 110 ppm (Corrected to 3% O2) . . . . . . . . .E-12
Figure E-10. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 20 ppm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-12
Figure E-11. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx =25 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12
E-1
02-02
Emissions
Figure E-12. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 30 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13
Figure E-13. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 60 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13
Figure E-14. Summary of Federal EPA Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-15
E-2
02-02
Emissions
production of ozone and acid rain. Ozone and acid rain can
damage fabric, cause rubber to crack, reduce visibility, dam-
age buildings, harm forests and lakes, and cause health prob-
lems. By controlling NOx levels, along with the other
pollutants, the levels of acid rain and ozone can be reduced.
The principal nitrogen pollutants generated by boilers are
nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2), collectively
referred to as NOx.
0
The contribution from different NOx sources to the total NOx 0
levels varies among metropolitan areas. In general, the contri- Increasing
bution of mobile sources to the total NOx level ranges from 60 Fuel-Bound Nitrogen (% weight)
to 80 percent: For stationary sources, it ranges between 20 and
40 percent. A significant portion of the NOx from stationary Figure E-1. Effects of Fuel-Bound Nitrogen on NOx Emissions
sources can be attributed to residential, commercial, and for Fuel Oils
E-3
02-02
Emissions
* NH3 H2O
FLUE GAS
NOx
** NOx
NH3 H2O
N2
CLEAN GAS
NOx
** NOx
NH3 H2O
N2
E-4
02-02
Emissions
AMMONIA (NH3) CATALYST
* NH3 H2O
FLUE GAS
NOx
** NOx
NH3 H2O
N2
CLEAN GAS
NOx
** NOx
NH3 H2O
N2
flame will combine to form thermal NOx. Low excess air fir- boiler performance when selecting NOx control technologies.
ing involves limiting the amount of excess air that is entering
the combustion process in order to limit the amount of extra Water/Steam Injection
nitrogen and oxygen that enters the flame. Limiting the
amount of excess air entering a flame is accomplished through Water or steam injection can be utilized to reduce NOx levels.
burner design and can be optimized through the use of oxygen By injecting water or steam into the flame, flame temperatures
trim controls. Low excess air firing can be used on most boil- are reduced, thereby lowering thermal NOx formation and
ers and generally results in overall NOx reductions of 5-10% overall NOx levels. Water or steam injection can reduce NOx
when firing natural gas. up to 80% (when firing natural gas) and can result in lower
reductions when firing oils. There is a practical limit to the
amount of water or steam that can be injected into the flame
Low Nitrogen Fuel Oil before condensation problems are experienced. Additionally,
When firing fuel oils, NOx formed by fuel-bound nitrogen can under normal operating conditions, water/steam injection can
account for 20-50% of the total NOx level. One method to result in a 3-10% boiler efficiency loss. Many times water or
reduce NOx levels from boilers firing distillate oils is through steam injection is used in conjunction with other NOx control
the use of low nitrogen fuel oil. Low nitrogen oils can contain methods such as burner modifications or flue gas recirculation.
up to 15-20 times less fuel-bound nitrogen than standard No. 2
oil (less than 0.001% fuel-bound nitrogen). When low NOx oil Flue Gas Recirculation
is fired in firetube boilers utilizing flue gas recirculation, NOx
reductions of 60%-70% over NOx emissions from standard Flue gas recirculation, or FGR, is the most effective method of
No. 2 oils have been achieved. Low nitrogen oil is used most reducing NOx emission from industrial boilers with inputs
frequently in southern California. below 100 MMBtu/hr. FGR entails recirculating a portion of
relatively cool exhaust gases back into the combustion process
in order to lower the flame temperature and reduce NOx for-
Burner Modifications mation. It is currently the most effective and popular low NOx
Burner modifications for NOx control involve changing the technology for firetube and watertube boilers. And, in many
design of a standard burner in order to create a larger flame. applications, it does not require any additional reduction
Enlarging the flame results in lower flame temperatures and equipment to comply with regulations.
lower thermal NOx formation which, in turn, results in lower
Flue gas recirculation technology can be classified into two
overall NOx emissions. The technology can be applied to most
types; external or induced.
boiler types and sizes. It is most effective when firing natural
gas and distillate fuel oil and has little affect on boilers firing External flue gas recirculation utilizes an external fan to
heavy oil. To comply with the more stringent regulations, recirculate the flue gases back into the flame. External
burner modifications must be used in conjunction with other piping routes the exhaust gases from the stack to the
NOx reduction methods, such as flue gas recirculation. If burner. A valve controls the recirculation rate, based on
burner modifications are utilized exclusively to achieve low boiler input.
NOx levels (30 ppm), adverse affects on boiler operating
Induced flue gas recirculation utilizes the combustion
parameters such as turndown, capacity, CO levels, and effi-
air fan to recirculate the flue gases back into the flame. A
ciency may result. It is important to address all aspects of
portion of the flue gases are routed by duct work or inter-
E-5
02-02
Emissions
nally to the combustion air fan, where they are premixed Every time the boiler cycles off, before it comes back on, it
with the combustion air and introduced into the flame must go through a specific start-up sequence for safety assur-
through the burner. New designs of induced FGR that uti- ance. It takes between one to two minutes to get the boiler back
lize an integral FGR design are becoming popular among on line. If there is a sudden load demand, the response cannot
boiler owners and operators because of their uncompli- be accelerated. Keeping the boiler on line assures a quick
cated design and reliability. response to load changes.
Theoretically, there is no limit to the amount of NOx reduction Frequent cycling also deteriorates the boiler components. The
with FGR; practically, there is a physical, feasible limit. The need for maintenance increases, the chance of component fail-
limit of NOx reduction varies for different fuels 80% for ure increases, and boiler downtime increases. So, when select-
natural gas and 20-25% for standard fuel oils. ing NOx control, always consider the burners turndown
capability.
The current trends with low NOx technologies are to design
the boiler and low NOx equipment as a package. Designing as
a true package allows the NOx control technology to be spe- Capacity
cifically tailored to match the boiler's furnace design features, When selecting the best NOx control, capacity and turndown
such as shape, volume, and heat release. By designing the low should be considered together because some NOx control tech-
NOx technology as a package with the boiler, the adverse nologies require boiler derating in order to achieve guaranteed
effects of the low NOx technology on boiler operating parame- NOx reductions. For example, flame shaping (primarily enlarg-
ters (turndown, capacity, efficiency, and CO levels) can be ing the flame to produce a lower flame temperature thus
addressed and minimized. lower NOx levels) can require boiler derating, because the
shaped flame could impinge on the furnace walls at higher fir-
CHOOSING THE BEST NOx TECH- ing rates.
NOLOGY FOR THE JOB However, the boiler's capacity requirement is typically deter-
mined by the maximum load in the steam/hot water system.
What effect does NOx control technology ultimately have on a
Therefore, the boiler may be oversized for the typical load con-
boiler's performance? Certain NOx controls can worsen boiler
ditions that may occur. If the boiler is oversized, its ability to
performance while other controls can appreciably improve
handle minimum loads without cycling is limited. Therefore,
performance. Aspects of the boiler performance that could be
when selecting the most appropriate NOx control, capacity and
affected include turndown, capacity, efficiency, excess air, and
turndown should be considered together for proper boiler
CO emissions.
selection and to meet overall system load requirements.
Failure to take into account all of the boiler operating parame-
ters can lead to increased operating and maintenance costs, Efficiency
loss of efficiency, elevated CO levels, and shortening of the
boiler's life. Some low NOx controls reduce emissions by lowering flame
temperature, particularly in boilers with inputs less than 100
The following section discusses each of the operating parame- MMBtu/hr. Reducing the flame temperature decreases the radi-
ters of a boiler and how they are related to NOx control tech- ant heat transfer from the flame and could lower boiler effi-
nologies. ciency. The efficiency loss due to the lower flame temperatures
can be partially offset by utilizing external components, such
Turndown as an economizer. Or, the offset technique can be inherent in
the NOx design.
Choosing a low NOx technology that sacrifices turndown can
have many adverse effects on the boiler. When selecting NOx One technology that offsets the efficiency loss due to lower
controls, the boiler should have a turndown capability of at flame temperatures in a firetube boiler is flue gas recirculation.
least 4:1 or more, in order to reduce operating costs and the Although the loss of radiant heat transfer could result in an effi-
number of on/off cycles. A boiler utilizing a standard burner ciency loss, the recirculated flue gases increase the mass flow
with a 4:1 turndown can cycle as frequently as 12 times per through the boiler thus the convective heat transfer in the
hour or 288 times a day because the boiler must begin to cycle tube passes increases. The increase in convective heat transfer
at inputs below 25% capacity. compensates for losses in radiant heat transfer, with no net effi-
ciency loss. When considering NOx control technology,
With each cycle, pre- and post-purge air flow removes heat
remember, it is not necessary to sacrifice efficiency for NOx
from the boiler and sends it out the stack. The energy loss can
reductions.
be reduced by using a high turndown burner (10:1), which
keeps the boiler on even at low firing rates.
E-6
02-02
Emissions
Excess Air coals) results in pollutants occurring in the forms of SO2 (sul-
fur dioxide) and SO3 (sulfur trioxide), together referred to as
A boiler's excess air supply provides for safe operation above
SOx (sulfur oxides). The level of SOx emitted depends directly
stoichiometric conditions. A typical burner is usually set up
on the sulfur content of the fuel (see Figure E-4). The level of
with 10-20% excess air (2-4% O2). NOx controls that require
SOx emissions is not dependent on boiler size or burner
higher excess air levels can result in fuel being used to heat the
design. Typically, about 95% of the sulfur in the fuel will be
air rather than transferring it to usable energy. Thus, increased
emitted as SO2, 1-5% as SO3, and 1-3% as sulfate particulate.
stack losses and reduced boiler efficiency occur. NOx controls
Sulfate particulate is not considered part of the total SOx emis-
that require reduced excess air levels can result in an oxygen
sions.
deficient flame and increased levels of carbon monoxide or
unburned hydrocarbons. It is best to select a NOx control tech- Historically, SOx pollution has been controlled by either dis-
nology that has little effect on excess air. persion or reduction. Dispersion involves the utilization of a
tall stack, which enables the release of pollutants high above
Carbon Monoxide (CO) Emissions the ground and over any surrounding buildings, mountains, or
hills, in order to limit ground level SOx emissions. Today, dis-
High flame temperatures and intimate air/fuel mixing are persion alone is not enough to meet more stringent SOx emis-
essential for low CO emissions. Some NOx control technolo- sion requirements; reduction methods must also be employed.
gies used on industrial and commercial boilers reduce NOx
levels by lowering flame temperatures by modifying air/fuel Methods of SOx reduction include switching to low sulfur
mixing patterns. The lower flame temperature and decreased fuel, desulfurizing the fuel, and utilizing a flue gas desulfuriza-
mixing intensity can result in higher CO levels. tion (FGD) system. Fuel desulfurization, which primarily
applies to coal, involves removing sulfur from the fuel prior to
An induced flue gas recirculation package can lower NOx lev- burning. Flue gas desulfurization involves the utilization of
els by reducing flame temperature without increasing CO lev- scrubbers to remove SOx emissions from the flue gases.
els. CO levels remain constant or are lowered because the flue
gas is introduced into the flame in early stages of combustion Flue gas desulfurization systems are classified as either non-
and the air fuel mixing is intensified. Intensified mixing offsets regenerable or regenerable. Non-regenerable FGD systems, the
the decrease in flame temperature and results in CO levels that most common type, result in a waste product that requires
are lower than achieved without FGR. But, the level of CO proper disposal. Regenerable FGD converts the waste by-prod-
depends on the burner design. Not all flue gas recirculation uct into a marketable product, such as sulfur or sulfuric acid.
applications result in lower CO levels. SOx emission reductions of 90-95% can be achieved through
FGD. Fuel desulfurization and FGD are primarily used for
reducing SOx emissions for large utility boilers. Generally the
Total Performance technology cannot be cost justified on industrial boilers.
Selecting the best low NOx control package should be made
For users of industrial boilers, utilizing low sulfur fuels is the
with total boiler performance in mind. Consider the applica-
tion. Investigate all of the characteristics of the control tech-
nology and the effects of the technology on the boiler's 1200
performance. A NOx control technology that results in the
greatest NOx reduction is not necessarily the best for the 1000
application or the best for high turndown, adequate capacity,
SOx Emission Level*
high efficiency, sufficient excess air, or lower CO. The newer 800
(ppm at 3% O2)
400
SULFUR COMPOUNDS (SOx)
200
The primary reason sulfur compounds, or SOx, are classified
as a pollutant is because they react with water vapor (in the 0
flue gas and atmosphere) to form sulfuric acid mist. Airborne 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0
sulfuric acid has been found in fog, smog, acid rain, and snow. Sulfur in Fuel (% weight)
Sulfuric acid has also been found in lakes, rivers, and soil. The
acid is extremely corrosive and harmful to the environment. *Based on EPA AP-42 Estimates
The combustion of fuels containing sulfur (primarily oils and Figure E-4. Effects of Fuel Sulfur Content on SOx Emissions
for Fuel Oils
E-7
02-02
Emissions
most cost effective method of SOx reduction. Because SOx four fuel constituents: sulfur, ash, carbon residue, and
emissions primarily depend on the sulfur content of the fuel, asphalenes. These constituents exist in fuel oils, particularly
burning fuels containing a minimal amount of sulfur (distillate residual oils, and have a major effect on particulate emissions.
oil) can achieve SOx reductions, without the need to install By knowing the fuel constituent levels, the particulate emis-
and maintain expensive equipment. sions for the oil can be estimated.
Methods of particulate control vary for different types and
CARBON MONOXIDE (CO) sizes of boilers. For utility boilers, electrostatic precipitators,
scrubbers, and baghouses are commonly utilized. For industrial
Carbon monoxide is a pollutant that is readily absorbed in the
and commercial boilers, the most effective method is to utilize
body and can impair the oxygen-carrying capacity of the
clean fuels. The emission levels of particulate matter can be
hemoglobin. Impairment of the body's hemoglobin results in
lowered by switching from a residual to a distillate oil or by
less oxygen to the brain, heart, and tissues. Even short-term
switching from a distillate oil to a natural gas. Additionally,
over exposure to carbon monoxide can be critical, or fatal, to
through proper burner set-up, adjustment and maintenance,
people with heart and lung diseases. It may also cause head-
particulate emissions can be minimized, but not to the extent
aches and dizziness in healthy people.
accomplished by switching fuels.
During combustion, carbon in the fuel oxidizes through a
series of reactions to form carbon dioxide (CO2). However,
100 percent conversion of carbon to CO2 is rarely achieved in
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
practice and some carbon only oxidizes to the intermediate (VOCs)/HYDROCARBONS (HC)
step, carbon monoxide. Volatile organic compounds, or VOCs, are compounds contain-
Older boilers generally have higher levels of CO than new ing combinations of carbon, hydrogen, and sometimes oxygen.
equipment because CO has only recently become a concern VOCs vaporize easily once emitted into the air and are of con-
and older burners were not designed to achieve low CO levels. cern because of their role in ground level ozone formation. In
In today's equipment, high levels of carbon monoxide emis- reference to boiler performance, they are often referred to as
sions primarily result from incomplete combustion due to poor hydrocarbons and generally are divided into two categories
burner design or firing conditions (for example, an improper methane and non-methane.
air-to-fuel ratio) or possibly a leaky furnace. Through proper Formation of VOCs in commercial and industrial boilers pri-
burner maintenance, inspections, operation, or by upgrading marily result from poor or incomplete combustion due to
equipment or utilizing an oxygen control package, the forma- improper burner set-up and adjustment. To control VOC emis-
tion of carbon monoxide can be controlled at an acceptable sions from commercial and industrial boilers, no auxiliary
level. equipment is needed; properly maintaining the burner/boiler
package will keep VOC emissions at a minimum. Proper main-
PARTICULATE MATTER (PM) tenance includes keeping the air/fuel ratio at the manufacturer's
specified setting, having the proper air and fuel pressures at the
Emissions of particulate matter (PM) from combustion burner, and maintaining the atomizing air pressure on oil burn-
sources consist of many different types of compounds, includ- ers at the correct levels. An improperly maintained boiler/
ing nitrates, sulfates, carbons, oxides, and any uncombusted burner package can result in VOC levels over 100 times the
elements in the fuel. Particulate pollutants can be corrosive, normal levels.
toxic to plants and animals, and harmful to humans.
Particulate matter emissions generally are classified into two EMISSION LEVEL UNITS
categories, PM and PM10. PM10 is a particulate matter with a
diameter less than 10 microns. All particulate matter can pose This section describes the different units for emission levels.
a health problem. However, the greatest concern is with PM10, Emission levels can be provided in many different units
because of its ability to bypass the body's natural filtering sys- depending on whether the measurement is volume or mass
tem. based.
E-8
02-02
Emissions
0.10
E-9
02-02
Emissions
Dry Analysis
0.28
No. 2 and No. 6 Oil
0.26
Propane
0.24
Natural Gas
0.22
0.20
NOx Emissions (lb/MMBtu)
0.18
0.16
Conversion Equations
0.14 No. 2 and No. 6 Oil:
ppm = (lb/MMBtu)*750
lb/MMBtu = (ppm)/750
0.12
Natural Gas:
0.10 ppm = (lb/MMBtu)*850
lb/MMBtu = (ppm)/850
0.08 Propane:
ppm = (lb/MMBtu)*810
0.06 lb/MMBtu = (ppm)/810
0.04
0.02
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
NOx Emissions (ppm)
Figure E-6. NOx Emissions Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air)
Dry Analysis
2.4
2.0
1.8
SOx Emissions (lb/MMBtu)
Conversion Equations
1.6
No. 2 and No. 6 Oil:
1.4 ppm = (lb/MMBtu)*540
lb/MMBtu = (ppm)/540
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
SOx Emissions (ppm)
Figure E-7. SOx Emissions Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air)
E-10
02-02
Emissions
Dry Analysis
0.060
0.055
0.045
0.030
0.000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
VOC Emissions (ppm)
Figure E-8. Volatile Organic Compound Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen, (15% Excess Air)
BOILERS year and having a NOx level of 110 ppm would be as follows.
Many provisions of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments Emission Factor = 0.13 lb/MMBtu (110 ppm = 0.13 lb/
assess the impact of pollution sources based on the potential MMBtu)
annual emissions (usually expressed as tons per year, or tpy). Boiler Input = 33.5 MMBtu/hr (Based on 80% Efficiency)
When addressing industrial boilers, the potential annual emis-
sions of NOx are of concern and frequently must be calcu- Annual Hours of Operation = 8760 hours/year (24 hours/
lated. Following is an example of how to calculate the day x 365 days/year)
potential annual NOx emissions for industrial boilers. Substituting this data into the previous equation yields the
To determine the annual NOx emissions for an industrial annual NOx emissions for this specific boiler, which is 19.1
boiler, three items must be known: tpy.
1. The NOx emission factor for the boiler. The following graphs (Figure E- 9 through E-13) indicate the
E-11
02-02
Emissions
20 800 HP
700 HP
500 HP
10 400 HP
350 HP
300 HP
250 HP
5
Efficiency = 80%
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Annual Hours of Operation
Figure E-9. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 110 ppm (Corrected to 3% O2)
4
800 HP
Annual NOx Emissions (tpy)
3 700 HP
600 HP
500 HP
2
400 HP
350 HP
300 HP
1 250 HP
Efficiency = 80%
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Annual Hours of Operation
Figure E-10. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 20 ppm (Corrected to 3%
O2 )
5
800 HP
Annual NOx Emissions (tpy)
4 700 HP
600 HP
3 500 HP
400 HP
2 350 HP
300 HP
250 HP
1
Efficiency = 80%
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Annual Hours of Operation
Figure E-11. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 25 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2)
E-12
02-02
Emissions
5
800 HP
600 HP
3
500 HP
400 HP
2 350 HP
300 HP
250 HP
1
Efficiency = 80%
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Annual Hours of Operation
Figure E-12. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 30 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2)
12
800 HP
10
Annual NOx Emissions (tpy)
700 HP
8 600 HP
500 HP
6
400 HP
350 HP
4 300 HP
250 HP
2
Efficiency = 80%
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
Annual Hours of Operation
Figure E-13. Annual NOx Emissions for 250-800 Horsepower Boilers, NOx = 60 ppm
(Corrected to 3% O2)
NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE The Small Boiler NSPS apply to all new, modified, or recon-
structed boilers with inputs between 10-100 MMBtu/hr where
STANDARDS construction, modification, or reconstruction commenced after
The Federal EPA has established nationally uniform source- June 9, 1989. The Small Boiler NSPS set emission standards
specific regulations through the New Source Performance for SOx and particulate matter for boilers firing coal, distillate
Standards, or NSPS, for which all applicable sources must and residual oil, and wood. The Small Boiler NSPS also dic-
comply. The standards, which set minimal requirements for tate record keeping requirements regarding fuel usage for all
individual sources, address approximately 65 categories of fuels, including natural gas. Record keeping requirements and
new or modified stationary sources, including industrial boil- compliance standards for the different emissions depends on
ers. the type of fuel fired and on the boiler size. For a summary of
the Small Boiler NSPS, see Figure E-14.
The NSPS for industrial boilers regulate levels for NOx, SOx,
and particulate matter. The regulated pollutants and require- Be sure your boiler complies with the New Source Perfor-
ments vary for different fuels and boiler sizes. There are cur- mance Standards as non-compliance may result in fines and/or
rently three categories for the NSPS: forced boiler shutdown.
Boilers with inputs greater than 250 MMBtu/hr Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative if
you have questions regarding the New Source Performance
Boilers with inputs between 100-250 MMBtu/hr Standards.
Boilers with inputs between 10-100 MMBtu/hr
E-13
02-02
Emissions
New Source Performance Standards for Boilers 10100 MMBtu/hr
Built or Modified After 6/9/1989
1. Coal Firing
1.2 lb SO2/MMBtu Limit all 10-100 MMBtu.
90% SO2 reduction required if > 75 MMBtu and > 55% annual coal capacity.
Initial performance testing required within 180 days of start-up.
30 day rolling average used in calculations.
Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) required except:
Fuel analysis may be used (before cleanup equipment).
Units < 30 MMBtu may use supplier certificate for compliance.
1. General
Limits established only for units between 30-100 MMBtu.
All coal, wood and residual oil fired units > 30 MMBtu must meet opacity limit of 20%, except one 6 minute/hour opacity of 27%. CEMS
required to monitor opacity.
2. Coal Firing
0.05 lb/MMBtu limit if > 30 MMBtu and > 90% annual coal capacity.
0.10 lb/MMBtu limit if > 30 MMBtu and < 90% annual coal capacity.
20% opacity (CEMS) and initial performance tests on both PM limit and opacity.
3. Wood Firing
0.10 lb/MMBtu limit if > 30 MMBtu and > 30% annual wood capacity.
0.30 lb/MMBtu limit if > 30 MMBtu and < 30% annual wood capacity.
Opacity limits and initial testing per above.
4. Oil Firing
All units > 30 MMBtu subject to opacity limit, only residual oil firing must use CEMS.
Initial performance testing required.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Owners or operators of all affected units must submit information to the administrator, even if they are not subject to any emission
limits or testing. Required reports include:
Information on unit size, fuels, start-up dates and other equipment information.
Initial performance test results, CEMS performance evaluation.
Quarterly reports on SO2 and/or PM emission results, including variations from limits and corrective action taken.
For fuel supplies certificate, information on supplies and details of sampling and testing for coal and residual oil.
Records must be maintained for two years.
E-14
02-02
Section F
STACKS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Selection Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Special Stack Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Safety Specifications and Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Use of Noncombustible Enclosure or Chase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Clearance to Combustibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Connecting to the Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Expansion and Installation Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Clearances For Noncombustible Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
Clearances to Combustibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
Stack Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
Typical Stack Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure F-1. System Extension Above Boiler Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Figure F-2. Thermal Expansion Between Two Fixed Points in Stack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Figure F-3. Graphs for Calculating Thermal Expansion Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Figure F-4. Maximum Unsupported Distance Between Elbows, Tees, or Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Figure F-5. Maximum Support and Guide Assembly Spacing for Vertical, Horizontal, and Sloping Stack Runs . . . . . . . . F-10
F-1
02-02
Stacks
Figure F-6. Cable Guying Specifications for Roof Level Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-10
Figure F-7. Roof Framing and Curb Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
Figure F-8. Cable Guying Installation Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-12
Figure F-9. Model CBS-II Double Wall Stack Construction and Joint Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-13
Figure F-10. Model CBS-III Triple Wall Stack Construction and Joint Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Figure F-11. Model ICBS Fiber-Insulated Stack Construction and Joint Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
TABLES
Table F-1. Stack Product Offering and Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-4
Table F-2. System Component Names and Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-6
Table F-3. Maximum Stack Height Supported Per Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-9
Table F-4. Roof Opening Size for Penetration of Roof Support Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-11
Table F-5. Stack System Clearances to Combustible Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-13
Table F-6. Weight of Straight Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-14
This section contains information on the complete line of stacks. This line includes stack components in single, double, and triple
wall construction for discharging combustion gases and fumes from boilers, heaters, ovens and other sources generating exhaust
vapors at temperatures up to 1400 F.
F-2
02-02
Stacks
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Stack Sections and Fittings are Continuous Welded:
Prevents leakage from vented gases.
Custom Built to Customer Specifications Using CAD Meets stringent UL and ULC requirements.
Technology:
Assures proper system sizing and design. Patented Spacer Design:
Provides complete system drawing. Assures consistent product alignment and support.
Provides bill of material based on prefabricated CB-Stack Built to perform under the most demanding conditions.
components.
Built With Captive Nuts and Bolts:
System Designed to Use Standard Components:
Allows easy installation without the risk of losing hardware.
Reduces on-site construction costs.
Saves on installation time and cost.
Additions and modifications can be made easily and
economically.
PRODUCT OFFERING
All components are completely compatible.
Cleaver-Brooks manufactures a complete line of fully compat-
ible stack components as follows:
15 Year Factory Warranty:
Ameri-Vent type "B": gas vent.
Guaranteed to last.
Model CBS-I: single wall stainless steel.
Longest warranty in the business.
Model CBS-II: double wall air insulated.
Backed by Cleaver-Brooks.
Model CBS-III: triple wall air insulated.
Quick-Ship 10 Day Factory Delivery: Model ICBS: double wall - 1", 2", and 4" material insulated.
Provides the customer "What they want - when they want it". See Table F-1 for the product that best fits your specific appli-
Reduces downtime. cation.
F-3
02-02
F-4
Table F-1. Stack Product Offering and Application Information
MODEL NO. AMERI-VENT CBS-I CBS-II CBS-III ICBS
Stacks
Description Type "B" Gas Vent Single Wall Stainless Steel Double Wall Air Insulated Triple Wall Air Insulated Double wall either 1", 2" or 4"
Material Insulated
Applications AGA Listed Gas Air/Product Boiler and Breeching Systems, Engine/Turbine Exhausts, Grease/Oven
Appliances Containment Exhausts, Air/Particle Containment
Breeching
Systems, Grease Duct
Fuel Types Natural or LP Gas LP; Natural Gas; #2, #4A, #5A or #6A Fuel Oil; Wood; CoalA; Grease Vapors;
Caustic Fumes; Particles
Exhaust Temp. 400F Plus Ambient Air Product Containment or 100 F Continuous, 1400 F Intermittent
Continuous/Intermittent 2000F for Grease Duct 1400 Continuous. 1800 F Intermittent
Grease Duct 500 F Continuous
02-02
.034" 20-ga Aluminum .034" 20-ga Aluminum thickness
Coated Steel 26" to 48" Coated Steel 26" to 48"
Optional 304 or 316SS (Optional 304 or 316SS
Available) Available)
Outer: Outer:
.025" 24-ga Aluminum .025" 24-ga Aluminum
Coated Steel 6" to 24" CoatedSteel 6" to 24"
.034" 20-ga Aluminum .034" 20-ga Aluminum
Coated Steel 26" to 48" Coated Steel 26" to 48"
(Optional 304 or 316SS (Optional 304 or 316SS
Available) Available)
Insulation 1/4" Air 3" through 6" N/A 1" Air Innerwall to Center = 1" Air 1" Material
1/2 Air 7" through 30" Center to 2" Material or 4" Material
Outerwall = 1/2" Air
Application Ref. & Complies with one or more of the following: AGA; HUD; NBC; UBC; UMC; NMC; SMC; SBCCI; ICBO; BOCA;
Listings UL-103, 710, 411; ULC-S604; NFPA-85, A, B, D, 31, 34, 37, 54, 96, 211.
A. Recommended 316 Stainless Steel.
Stacks
contractors sole responsibility to field verify all dimensions, These stack systems must be installed as complete systems that
components, and layouts on the installation drawing. This ver- originate at the boiler and terminate outdoors.
ification must include an authorized signature and date before
Installing or using CBS or ICBS stack systems, or parts of sys-
the order will be fabricated and shipped.
tems, in ways other than those specified can be hazardous.
Special Stack Applications Always contact local building and/or fire officials concerning
application restrictions and installation inspection procedures.
Cleaver-Brooks can help in the design, layout and manufacture Obtain all required building permits.
of the following special stack applications:
Grease duct venting systems. Safety Specifications and Clearances
Engine/turbine venting systems. All CBS/ICBS stack systems should be sized in accordance
with the instructions provided by the manufacturer and perti-
Solid fuel venting systems.
nent job-site data.
Special stack applications may require unique design and
The stack system must never be jacketed, wrapped, or enclosed
product modifications. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks
in combustible materials. Never place insulation in required
authorized representative for assistance.
clearance spaces or ventilation openings.
Standard Components, Table F-2, lists the names and part
numbers for the various components of all Cleaver-Brooks Use of Noncombustible Enclosure or Chase
model lines. Each model line has its own letter designation. N
is used to identify CBS-I single wall components. Double wall The following information on noncombustible chase and clear-
CBS-II uses the letter S, while CBS-III triple wall components ance to combustibles pertains to all applications, except grease
are designated with the letter V. Fiber-Insulated components duct systems:
use the letter A for 1" insulated, B for 2" insulated, and D for When the stack extends through any story above the one in
4" insulated. which the boiler is located, including drop ceilings and crawl
Every part shipped for your order has a label listing the com- spaces, it must be enclosed in a continuous enclosure made
ponent part number. The first two digits identify the stack of noncombustible materials. This enclosure or chase should
inner diameter. For example, a part labeled 16SEJ11 is a 16" extend from the first ceiling above the boiler to, or through,
ID, double wall, expansion joint. The last two digits of the part the roof of the building. Refer to Figure F-1. It must maintain
number are for manufacturing control. the integrity of the fire separations required for the
construction and occupancy classification of the building.
A part labeled 24BT9011 is a 24" ID, 90 tee that is fiber insu-
lated with 2" of insulation between its inner and outer walls. When the stack is installed in a noncombustible enclosure,
this enclosure becomes an extension of the boiler room to the
outside of the building. It must be designed and sized to
ENGINEERING DATA allow boiler room air to mix with outside air. This means
Information in this section outlines typical installation require- there must be sufficient clearance between the walls of the
ments when installing a stack or breeching to a Cleaver- enclosure and the stack, its supports, and its guides.
Brooks boiler. Actual installation and arrangements will be
dictated by design, state, provincial or local codes, job-site Clearance to Combustibles
conditions and number of boilers installed.
Care must be taken when using combustible material around
This information, in addition to information listed in Table the stack. Refer to "Clearances for Non-Combustible Enclo-
F-1, will assist you in determining equipment required. sures" in this section for recommended clearances.
For special applications or additional information contact your
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. Connecting to the Boiler
CBS/ICBS stack systems, in most applications, can be con-
Application nected directly to, and supported by the boiler. Refer to Table
Cleaver-Brooks CBS/ICBS stack systems comply with the F-6 for typical stack weights. For special applications contact
requirements of the approval bodies listed in Table F-1. These your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
stack systems are not for installation in one and two family
dwellings.
F-5
02-02
Stacks
Table F-2. System Component Names and Part Numbers
PART NAME PART NUMBERS
DESCRIPTION
MODEL NO. CBS-I CBS-II CBS-III ICBS-1" ICBS-2" ICBS-4"
N18 S18 V18 A18 B18 D18
A N30 S30 V30 A30 B30 D30
Straight pipe section
N42 S42 V42 A42 B42 D42
90 tee NT90 ST90 VT90 AT90 BT90 DT90
45 tee NT45 ST45 VT45 AT45 BT45 DT45
Wye NY SY VY AY BY DY
Drain wye NDY SDY VDY ADY BDY DDY
15 elbow NEB15 SEB15 VEB15 AEB15 BEB15 DEB15
30 elbow NEB30 SEB30 VEB30 AEB30 BEB30 DEB30
45 elbow NEB45 SEB45 VEB45 AEB45 BEB45 DEB45
Expansion joint NEJ SEJ VEJ AEJ BEJ DEJ
Bellows joint NBJ SBJ VBJ ABJ BBJ DBJ
Fixed adjustable length NFAL SFAL VFAL AFAL BFAL DFAL
Nozzle section NNS SNS VNS ANS BNS DNS
Drain section NDS SDS VDS ADS BDS DDS
Horizontal drain NHD SHD VHD AHD BHD DHD
Stack base drain NSBD SSBD VSBD ASBD BSBD DSBD
Drain plug NDP SDP VDP ADP BDP DDP
Inspection plug NIP SIP VIP AIP BIP DIP
Slip joint NSJ SSJ VSJ ASJ BSJ DSJ
Stepped increaser NSIR SSIR VSIR ASIR BSIR DSIR
Wall penetration assembly NWPA SWPA VWPA AWPA BWPA DWPA
Roof support assembly - SRSA VRSA ARSA BRSA DRSA
Penetration assembly - SPA VPA APA BPA DPA
Storm collar NSC SSC VSC ASC BSC DSC
Tall cone flashing NTCF STCF VTCF ATCF BTCF DTCF
Stack closure ring NSCR SSCR VSCR ASCR BSCR DSCR
Stack termination cap NSTC SSTC VSTC ASTC BSTC DSTC
Open termination NOT SOT VOT AOT BOT DOT
Stack exit cone NSEC SSEC VSEC ASEC BSEC DSEC
Containment band CB1 CB1 CB1 CB1 CB1 CB1
Closure bands - CB2 CB2 ACB2 BCB2 DCB2
CB3
Half closure bands - HCB2 HCB2 AHCB2 BHCB2 DHCB2
HCB3
Boiler adapters NBA SBA VBA ABA BBA DBA
Generator adapters NGA SGA VGA AGA BGA DGA
Stack support assembly NSSA SSSA VSSA ASSA BSSA DSSA
Split clamp flange NSCF SSCF VSCF ASCF BSCF DSCF
Half split angle ring NHSAF SHSAR VHSAR AHSAR BHSAR DHSAR
Split angle ring NSAR SSAR VSAR ASAR BSAR DSAR
Hanger bracket NHB SHB VHB AHB BHB DHB
Floor alignment guide NFAG SFAG VFAG AFAG BFAG DFAG
Wall guide assembly NWGA SWGA VWGA AWGA BWGA DWGA
Transition band - STB VTB ATB BTB DTB
Wall support assembly NWSA SWSA VWSA AWSA BWSA DWSA
Fiber insulation strips - - - INS-3 INS-3 INS-3
A. Straight pipe sections are custom fabricated to required lengths but are priced at 18, 30, and 42 in. lengths. For example, a 24 in. straight pipe section will
be billed at the 30 in. section price.
F-6
02-02
Stacks
Expansion Direction
To determine expansion direction, it is necessary to understand
how the expansion or bellows joint works. The expansion or
bellows joint itself does not expand. In fact, the opposite hap-
pens. It compresses to absorb the movement of the parts
expanding around it. This expansion movement occurs from
fixed points in the system toward the expansion or bellows
joint. Refer to Figure F-2.
Calculating Expansion
The amount of thermal expansion that will occur is calculated
by the following equation:
Expansion = 1" per 100 of stack per 100 F above ambient
temperature.
Thermal Expansion
The CBS/ICBS systems use two different parts to compensate
for thermal expansion between two fixed points in the system.
They are: expansion joints and bellows joints.
Each type of joint is:
Designed to compensate for linear expansion only.
Never used to correct for misalignment between Figure F-2. Thermal Expansion Between Two Fixed Points in Stack
components. System
F-7
02-02
Stacks
Expansion is calculated between fixed points in the system. If Stack support assembly (SSA).
more than 1/4" of expansion will occur between fixed points,
Wall support assembly (WSA).
an expansion or bellows joint must be installed within that run
of stack. Roof support assembly (RSA).
Thermal expansion can also be determined using the graphs Refer to Table F-3 for the maximum stack height supported per
shown in Figure F-3. assembly.
Support assemblies must also be located within 6 of elbows,
Support Assemblies tees, or wyes. It may be necessary to reduce this spacing if
CBS/ICBS support assemblies are load bearing items. They anticipated expansion is greater than 1/4" between fixed points.
are designed to carry the weight of the system and withstand Refer to Figure F-4 for the maximum unsupported distance
expansion forces. between elbows, tees, or wyes.
Support assemblies are connected to the inner wall flange of Refer to Figure F-5 for the maximum support and guide assem-
the stack. They must always be bolted or otherwise tied into bly spacing for vertical, horizontal and sloping stack runs.
rigid structural building supports. They must never be sus-
pended from lightweight rods or tubing.
Guide Assemblies
Three different types of support assemblies are used:
Guide assemblies are designed to provide lateral support and
guidance for the stack system. They must be rigidly mounted to
the building and plumb with the stack. Guide assemblies are
not tied into, or attached to, the stack in any way, but they do
bear part of the overall load in horizontal and sloped runs.
Three types of guide assemblies are used:
Split angle rings.
Wall guide assemblies.
Floor alignment guides.
The maximum spacing between any two guide assemblies, or
between a support assembly and a guide assembly, is 15 for
vertical runs and 12 for horizontal or sloping runs. Refer to
Figure F-5.
Figure F-3. Graphs for Calculating Thermal Expansion Figure F-4. Maximum Unsupported Distance Between Elbows,
Movement Tees, or Wyes
F-8
02-02
Stacks
F-9
02-02
Stacks
Figure F-5. Maximum Support and Guide Assembly Spacing for Vertical, Horizontal, and Sloping Stack Runs
F-10
02-02
Stacks
tural steel or wood framing on all four sides. The framing must ture, tower, or wall. The structure must be capable of support-
be capable of supporting the load, or the penetration assembly, ing lateral wind load and maintain plumb alignment between
when the stack is exposed to wind loading and thermal expan- the guide assemblies and the stack.
sion forces.
On sloping roofs, a level curb must be constructed and tied Clearances For Noncombustible
into the openings framing so that the stack maintains its true Enclosures
vertical positions. Although consistent clearances are not critical, a minimum
Both framing and curbing can be constructed of combustible open area equivalent to a 1-1/2" clearance between the enclo-
materials if proper clearances are maintained. sure, its supports and guides, must exist at any plane within the
enclosure. Refer to Figure F-1.
Table F-4 list roof openings for all models in width of square,
or diameter of circle.
Clearances to Combustibles
Figure F-7 shows roof framing and curbing details for flat or
sloping roofs. When installed within the same room or zone as the boiler, the
stack must have a minimum air space clearance to combustible
Cable Guying Above the Roof - Guy cables are an acceptable construction, including building insulation and electrical wir-
method of providing lateral support to stack sections that ing as listed in Table F-5.
extend above the roof level. A stack should not use cable guy-
ing at locations higher than 15 above a roof, pier or super- These minimum clearances must never be altered in any way.
structure may be used for this type of application. The stack Lower than listed flue gas temperatures do not alter the clear-
may also extend 9 above guy cable connections. Refer to Fig- ances listed. For example, if the maximum flue gas tempera-
ures F-7 and F-8. ture in a model CBS-II system will be 500 F, the full
clearance for that diameter listed for 1000 F stack system
must be used.
Above the Roof Guiding
Stacks extending more than 24 above a roof, pier or wall When smaller clearances are desired, specify model CBS-III
should use a guide assembly rigidly mounted to a superstruc- or ICBS fiber insulated stacks.
Table F-4. Roof Opening Size for Penetration of Roof Support Assemblies
F-11
02-02
Stacks
To assist with selection, the following figures will provide These weights include the stack sections and connecting hard-
basic construction details of the different types of stacks: ware.
Figure F-9 shows model CBS-II double wall stacks.
Typical Stack Arrangements
Figure F-10 shows model CBS-III triple wall stacks.
The purpose of a stack and breeching on a boiler is to conduct
Figure F-11 shows model ICBS fiber insulated stacks. the products of combustion to a point of safe discharge (atmo-
Each model includes: sphere).
Spacer bands that hold the sections together and maintain the The forced draft design of Cleaver-Brooks burner and boiler
proper air space between the walls. combinations, eliminates the need for a stack designed to cre-
ate a draft. A static pressure of 1/2" WC at the boiler flue gas
One air space is designed into model CBS-II and two spaces outlet will have no appreciable effect on burner operation.
are designed into model CBS-III. Refer to the individual product sections for allowable pressure
Model ICBS are available with 1", 2", or 4" of fiber variations.
insulation between the walls. If the stack height is over 150 or if an extremely large breech-
For information on single wall or type "B" gas vent stacks, ing and stack combination cause excessive draft, a simple baro-
contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. metric damper can be located in the breeching - close to the
stack.
Stack Weight Automatic or special draft controls are not required and are not
recommended, except where dictated by state, provincial or
Table F-6 lists weights of all models in pounds per linear foot.
local codes.
A manual or automatic open-close outlet damper can be
installed on a single boiler installation, and is recommended
for safety concerns on a multiple common breeching or stack
installation.
The amount of condensation in the stack will vary with the
type of fuel utilized, the type and operating pressure or temper-
ature of the boiler, and the stack flue gas temperature.
Stack condensation is most likely to occur on boiler installa-
tions where light loads or intermittent firing causes a cool stack
condition, which results in condensation of the water vapor in
the flue gas.
Figure F-8. Cable Guying Installation Details The following items should be considered when planning to
keep stack condensation to a minimum:
F-12
02-02
Stacks
MODEL 500F
1000F 1400 F
ID GREASE
NO. CHIMNEY CHIMNEY DUCT
CBS-I 6-48 - - 18
CBS-II 6-8 6 6 7
10-12 6 6 8
14-16 6 6 9
18 7 8 10
20 7 9 10
22 8 10 11
24 8 12 11
26 8 13 12
28 9 14 12
30 9 16 13
32 10 17 13
34 10 19 14
36 10 20 14
42 18 20 16
48 18 20 17
CBS-III 6-16 4 6 4
18-20 4 9 5
22-24 4 12 6
26-28 4 14 7
30-32 4 17 8
34-36 4 20 9
18 3 4 4
20 3 5 4
22 3 7 5
24 4 8 5
26 4 9 6
28 5 11 6
30 5 12 7
32 5 14 7
34 6 15 8
36 6 16 8
42 14 16 10
48 14 16 11
F-13
02-02
Stacks
STACK ID
WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT
(INCHES)
F-14
02-02
Stacks
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver- Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application.
4.0 Specification Specific to Double Wall 1", 2", or 4" Material Insulated Components
There shall be a minimum of (1", 2", or 4") bonded fiber insulation between the inner and outer wall.
F-15
02-02
Stacks
NOTES
F-16
02-02
Section G
ECONOMIZERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
PERFORMANCE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
G-1
04-02
Economizers
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure G-1. Boilermate Cylindrical Economizer Mounting to Firetube Boiler (Model CB Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Figure G-2. Economizer Above Industrial Watertube Boiler (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Figure G-3. Economizer on Side of Industrial Watertube Boiler (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Figure G-4. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
Figure G-5. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9
Figure G-6. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
Figure G-7. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
Figure G-8. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
Figure G-9. Typical Economizer Feedwater Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-11
TABLES
Table G-1. Firetube Boiler Cylindrical Economizers Dimensions and Weights (Model CB Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Table G-2. Industrial Watertube Boiler Rectangular Economizers, Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Table G-3. Firetube Boiler Cylindrical Economizer, Performance Data (Model CB Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Table G-4. Industrial Watertube Boilers Rectangular Economizer Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Table G-5. Firetube Boiler Cylindrical Economizers, Efficiencies (Model CB Boilers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Table G-6. Industrial Watertube Boiler Rectangular Economizers, Efficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
This section contains information on Economizers. An economizer recovers heat from flue gases and uses it to increase boiler feed-
water temperatures, prior to entering the boiler. Cleaver-Brooks offers a variety of types, sizes, and custom designs. Each assures
proper match for your specific firetube or watertube boiler.
G-2
04-02
Economizers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Prevents the forming of corrosive acids in the economizer.
Prevents stack corrosion.
Reduces Fuel Use and Cost:
Recovers heat from flue gases that would otherwise be Guaranteed Efficiency on Model CB Firetube Boilers:
wasted. $10,000 rebated for every full 1.0% efficiency point less than
Heat is used to raise boiler feedwater temperature prior to guaranteed.
entering the boiler.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Load Changes:
Cleaver-Brooks offers a line of custom-engineered economiz-
Rapid changes in load demands can be met faster due to ers for boiler sizes up to and including 150 MMBtu/hr input.
higher feedwater temperature. The model designation is Boilermate Fuel Economizers, and
they are available in either cylindrical or rectangular designs.
Emissions:
Reduced fuel-firing rates for any given steam output means Standard Equipment
reduced NOx emissions. Equipment described is for the standard Boilermate Fuel Econ-
omizer, as defined later in the specifications, and in the current
ASME Construction: literature.
Ensures high quality design and manufacturing standards. Standards for both cylindrical and rectangular Boilermate
Provides safety and reliability. Economizers include:
Designed and fabricated in accordance with the ASME
High Efficiency Heat Exchanger: Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers.
Provides continuous, high-frequency resistance welding. Thermometer and safety valve connections at the feedwater
headers.
Provides uniform fin-to-tube contact for maximum heat
transfer. Incorporates self-draining design.
Fin tubing offers up to 12 times the heat exchange surface of Safety valve - standard with industrial watertube boilers
bare tubing of the same diameter. only. Valve is set at 490 psig.
G-3
04-02
Economizers
Table G-2 lists dimensions and weights for a rectangular Boil- 125 hp EC-41221 85 34 1496
ermate Economizer typically installed with an industrial 150 hp EC-41021 73 34 1285
watertube boiler.
200 hp EC-40820 61 34 1354
The selection of a cylindrical or rectangular economizer for a 250 hp EC-41120 85 34 1757
particular application will depend on type and capacity of the
boiler and job site conditions. 300 hp EC-40931 73 43 2166
NOTES:
1. Dimensions in inches.
2. Boiler firing natural gas.
3. Boiler operating pressure is 125 psig (acceptable tolerance is
5 psig).
4. Do not use this table for model CB-LE boilers. Contact your local
Cleaver-Brooks representative for sizing detail.
NOTES:
1. Dimensions in inches.
2. Data indicated is for select applications. Each Economizer is designed on a job to job basis.
3. Boiler is firing natural gas.
4. Boiler operating pressure is 150 psig (acceptable tolerance is 5 psig).
5. Economizer gas flow direction can be either horizontal or vertical.
G-4
04-02
Economizers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Tables listed here contain performance data for:
Gas fired, 100 through 800 hp firetube boilers operating at
125 psig, and utilizing a cylindrical fuel economizer.
Gas fired, industrial watertube boilers operating at 150 psig
and utilizing a rectangular fuel economizer.
For additional operating pressures, load capacity or fuel selec-
tions, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized represen-
tative.
Table G-3 lists typical water and gas side temperatures when
utilizing a cylindrical Boilermate Economizer with a firetube
boiler (Model CB Boilers).
NOTICE
Do not use on boilers equipped with flue gas recircu-
lation. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
representative.
Table G-4 lists typical water and gas side temperatures when
utilizing a rectangular Boilermate Economizer with an indus-
trial watertube boiler.
Table G-5 lists typical increases in efficiency for a firetube
boiler (Model CB Boilers).
Table G-6 lists typical increases in efficiency for an industrial
watertube boiler.
Table G-3. Firetube Boiler Cylindrical Economizer, Performance Data (Model CB Boilers)
WATER SIDE GAS SIDE
BOILER HEAT HEATING
LOAD ECONOMIZER TEMPERATURE PRESS. TEMPERATURE PRESS. RECOVD SURFACE
HP % MODEL NO. FLOW FLOW
DROP DROP BTU/HR SQ-FT
PPH PPH
IN F OUTF PSIG IN F OUT F IN. WC
100 100 EC-40821 3450 220 253 0.6 3968 410 299 0.2 117213 240
125 100 EC-41221 4313 220 270 1.3 4959 465 295 0.5 223989 361
150 100 EC-41021 5175 220 255 1.6 5951 420 300 0.5 189303 301
200 100 EC-40820 6900 220 249 2.5 7935 395 296 0.3 209230 361
250 100 EC-41120 8625 220 266 1.1 9919 460 306 0.7 405328 496
300 100 EC-40931 10350 220 260 1.8 11903 435 302 0.4 420422 646
350 100 EC-40831 12075 220 252 2.1 13886 410 304 0.4 388523 574
400 100 EC-40830 13800 220 256 3.0 15870 425 304 0.4 508748 695
500 100 EC-40831 17250 220 244 4.3 19838 385 302 0.8 431393 574
600 100 EC-30830 20700 220 241 6.7 23805 370 299 0.7 447492 566
700 100 EC-30842 24150 220 239 10.6 27773 365 301 0.8 464527 589
800 100 EC-30841 27600 220 241 15.8 31740 370 298 0.6 589092 775
NOTES:
1. Feedwater temperature to economizer is at least 220 F (Deaerated).
2. Boiler operating pressure is 125 psig (acceptable tolerance 5 psig).
3. Gas side flow (pph) determined with 10% excess air (50 to 100% of capacity).
4. Continuous modulated feedwater flow must be provided.
5. Boiler firing natural gas
6. Do not use this table for model CB-LE boilers. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks representative for sizing detail.
G-5
04-02
Economizers
D-34 100 15000 225 292 6.8 15884 532 318 0.75 1237000 786
D-52 100 31000 225 292 5.6 32582 532 318 0.75 2530000 1616
D-76 100 51500 225 280 8.1 53999 498 318 0.75 3424000 2370
D-94 100 63000 225 269 9.9 66018 459 318 0.75 3260000 2462
NOTES:
1. Feedwater temperature to Economizer is at least 220 F (Deaerated).
2. Boiler operating pressure is 150 psig (acceptable tolerance 5 psig).
3. Gas side flow (pph) determined with 10% excess air.
4. Continuous modulated feedwater must be provided.
5. Data indicated is for select application. Each Economizer is designed on a job to job basis.
6. Boiler is firing natural gas.
Table G-5. Firetube Boiler Cylindrical Economizers, Table G-6. Industrial Watertube Boiler Rectangular
Efficiencies (Model CB Boilers) Economizers, Efficiencies
BOILER LOAD ECONOMIZER EFF % FUEL EFF BOILER LOAD FLOW EFF % FUEL EFF
HP % MODEL NO. W/0 SAVED WITH MODEL % PPH W/O SAVED WITH
ECON ECON ECON ECON
100 hp 100 EC-40821 82.2 3.3 84.9 D-34 100 15000 77.47 6.3 82.72
125 hp 100 EC-41221 81.0 5.1 85.1 D-52 100 31000 78.07 6.3 83.34
150 hp 100 EC-41021 82.1 3.6 85.0 D-76 100 51500 79.17 5.2 83.54
200 hp 100 EC-40820 82.7 3.0 85.1 D-94 100 63000 80.15 4.1 83.59
800 hp 100 EC-30841 83.5 2.1 85.2 Firetube Boilers (Model CB Boilers)
NOTES: Installation - economizer above boiler:
1. Feedwater temperature to Economizer is at least 220 F (Deaer-
ated). All standard firetube boilers (125 hp and above) can support
2. Selections are based on best Btu savings per dollar costs.
3. Boiler is firing natural gas. up to 2,000 lbs without additional reinforcement.
4. Boiler operating pressure is 125 psig (acceptable tolerance
5 psig). Firetube boilers up to 250 hp can be reinforced to support
4. Do not use this table for model CB-LE boilers. Contact your local 2,500 lbs, however, this must be specified.
Cleaver-Brooks representative for sizing detail.
Firetube boiler sizes 250 hp through 800 hp can be reinforced
ENGINEERING DATA to support 3,000 lbs, however, this must be specified.
Information in this section outlines typical installation. Actual All weights listed in Table G-1 are shipping weights. When
installation and piping arrangements will be dictated by installed, the water weight must be added to obtain total load
design, state, provincial or local codes, and job-site conditions. to be supported. Use an average add-on of 200 lbs.
G-6
04-02
Economizers
Add the weight of any stack (if unsupported) from the Feedwater Piping
economizer to the outside.
Piping arrangements are dictated by ASME Code, location of
Although the economizer can support additional weight, the the economizer in relation to the boiler, and feedwater regulat-
total weight of economizer and stack will very likely exceed ing system.
the allowable weight on the boiler. Be certain that either the
Figure G-4 outlines typical feedwater piping per ASME
economizer or the stack, or both, are supported external from
Code jurisdiction. If the economizer can be shut off from the
the boiler.
boiler by valve(s), the economizer must have a safety valve
If an expansion joint is used, the economizer and stack must and the boiler must have feed and check valves. Refer to
be supported to ensure all loading is removed from the Figure G-5.
expansion joint.
Figure G-5 outlines feedwater piping with the economizer
Refer to Figure G-1 for suggested mounting to a firetube mounted above the boiler.
boiler (Model CB Boilers).
Figure G-6 outlines feedwater piping with the economizer
For information on Model CB-LE Boilers, contact your mounted and the economizer outlet at or below water level in
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. boiler drums.
Figures G-7, G-8, and G-9 outline different feedwater piping
Industrial Watertube Boilers arrangements with the economizer mounted above the boiler
Installation - economizer above boiler: and with gas and water isolation by-passes.
Maximum vertical loading of top mounted economizer and
stack at the boiler connection must not exceed 2,000 lbs. The
stack must be top-guided to prevent any overturning moment
at boiler connection.
The economizer and stack must be supported to ensure all
loading is removed from the expansion joint.
All weights listed in Table G-2 are shipping weights. When
installed, the water weight must be added to obtain total load
to be supported. Water weights will vary and can only be
obtained after economizer is selected.
Refer to Figure G-2 for suggested mounting above an
industrial watertube boiler.
Installation - economizer on side of boiler:
BOLT SPECIFICATIONS
Breeching must be supported to ensure all loading is Boiler hp 100 125-200 250-350 400-800
removed from expansion joints.
No. of Bolts 8 12 12 16
Concrete must be suitably reinforced. Piers and footings
Bolt Size 3/8 - 16 (threads per inch)
must be designed to meet soil conditions and local
ordinances at job site. Bolt Circle 13-7/8 17-7/8 21-7/8 25-7/8
G-7
04-02
Economizers
G-8
04-02
Economizers
G-9
04-02
Economizers
G-10
04-02
Economizers
G-11
04-02
Economizers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver- Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application.
1.0 General
Specifications for Boilermate cylindrical and rectangular economizers shall include the furnishing of (___________) complete
packaged, extended surface boiler economizer(s), as furnished by Cleaver-Brooks.
G-12
04-02
Economizers
G-13
04-02
Economizers
NOTES
G-14
04-02
Section H
FEEDWATER SYSTEMS
Boilermate Deaerators H3
Surge Tanks H4
Filters H7
Softeners H8
Dealkalizers H9
H-a
02-02
Feedwater Systems
H-b
Section H1
SPRAYMASTER DEAERATORS (Single Tank)
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-3
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-4
Deaerator Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-4
Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-5
RETURN ON INVESTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Flash Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Exhaust Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Surface Blowdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Chemical Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Makeup Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Sewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-8
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-9
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H1-1. Spraymaster Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-5
Figure H1-2. Spraymaster Deaerator Dimensions and Ratings (Single Tank) - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-6
TABLES
Table H1-1. Spraymaster Deaerator Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1-4
H1-1
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
The Cleaver-Brooks designed deaerator assures high purity effluent by removing oxygen and other dissolved
gases in boiler feed. Thus, it is the answer to long-lasting boiler equipment for industrial and commercial
boiler users. Built of corrosion-resistant alloys for lifetime service, the deaerator employs those basic princi-
pals of gas removal proven most effective and economical to every boiler owner. Contact your local Cleaver-
Brooks authorized representative for component sizing information.
H1-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank)
H1-3
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
H1-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank)
STANDARD ON 36"
48" & 54" TANKS
(4) 1.125" E HOLES
(4) .875" E HOLES FOR .75" E BOLTS
FOR .75" E BOLTS
"C" "D" "D" "C"
"H"
"F"
6
"B" "B"
"F" "G"/2
"G"
230 300 450 600 700 900 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 5600
LEGS SADDLES
B 52.5 74 108.5 92.5 108.5 101 108.5 144 162 144 134 151
G 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
H 7 9.75 9.75 13.75 13.75 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Figure H1-1. Spraymaster Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions
H1-5
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
(NOTE 14)
"B" 4 3 5 1 1 1
(NOTE 20)
12
20 2
13
"P"
"A"
TANK
DIA. "R"
21
8 9 10
14
"M"
(NOTE 1)
7 11 6
15 16 (NOTE 2)
18
19 (NOTE 4)
"D4" "B2"
(4) "E5" E HOLES
"C3" FOR "F6" E BOLTS "A1"
RATINGS SM TANK
Capacity (Gal. to Overflow) 230 300 450 600 700 900 1000 1400 2000 2800 4000 5600
Tank Weight (Dry) (lb) 1100 1750 2200 2250 2500 2650 2850 4150 4950 5800 7400 9500
Tank Weight (Flooded) (lb) 3600 7850 10700 11750 13450 15500 17000 25450 33650 41550 52500 73600
Tank Size (Dia x Length) 36 x 71 48 x 96 48 x 134 54 x 118 54 x 136 60 x 129 60 x 142 66 x 176 72 x 199 84 x 183 96 x 177 108 x 197
TANK DIMENSIONS
A Overall Height 58 70 70 76 76 82 82 88 94 108 120 132
B Overall Width 51 63 63 69 69 75 75 81 87 99 111 123
C Front Head 8 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 16.5 18.5 20
D Water Inlet - SM 7 16.5 N/A N/A N/A
Water Inlet - SM 15 Thru 100 N/A 20 22 22
Water Inlet - SM140 N/A N/A N/A 18
E Steam Inlet 5.5 40 42 42
F Level Alarm 32 50 54 56
Figure H1-2. Spraymaster Deaerator Dimensions and Ratings (Single Tank) - Sheet 1 of 2
H1-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank)
RATINGS SM TANK
Figure H1-2. Spraymaster Deaerator Dimensions and Ratings (Single Tank) - Sheet 2 of 2
H1-7
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
Exhaust Steam
Exhaust steam cannot be recovered in an atmospheric vessel
application. This exhaust steam loss can be converted to
energy loss and associated fuel cost. An example would be
steam turbine exhaust.
Surface Blowdown
Increased makeup water is required because of lost flash and
exhaust steam. This increase in makeup water requires an
increase of surface blowdown. This is directly related to cycles
of concentration in the boiler. The additional blowdown loss
can be converted to an energy loss and associated fuel cost.
The additional surface blowdown may also result in an
increase in capital expenditure for a larger blowdown heat
recovery system.
Chemical Treatment
Dissolved oxygen content in an atmospheric boiler feedwater
system relates to water temperature. Lowering the dissolved
oxygen content below what is naturally present, based on
mixed water temperature at atmospheric pressure, requires the
addition of a chemical treatment program. The most common
oxygen scavenger used is sodium sulfite. Sodium sulfite reacts
with dissolved oxygen as follows:
2Na2SO3 + O2 2Na2SO4
H1-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank)
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application.
1.0 Deaerator
Provide one Cleaver-Brooks Model _________ spray type, pressurized, horizontal deaerator rated at _____ pounds per hour. The
system shall be of the single tank design and shall guarantee oxygen removal to not more than 0.005 ccs/liter in the effluent
throughout all load conditions between 5 and 100 percent. Two-compartment designs are not acceptable. The deaerator shall be
designed for operation at 5 psig, but shall be suitable for use from 2 to 15 psig. Atmospheric operating designs are not acceptable.
Feedwater and condensate shall be admitted to the deaerator through a single spring-loaded, self-cleaning, adjustable stainless steel
spray valve, which shall provide proper internal vent condensing and water distribution at any load between 5 and 100 percent of
rated capacity. The water temperature in the primary heating and vent concentrating section is to be raised within 2 or 3 F of steam
temperature and most of the gases released. The water is then to be collected in a conical water collector. From there, it is to flow to
an atomizing valve where high velocity steam strikes it, breaks it down into a fine mist, and heats it to a full steam saturation tem-
perature. The mixture is to strike a deflecting baffle, which separates water and steam. Hot, gas-free water is to then drop to the
storage compartment to complete the cycle. The steam and non-condensables are to flow upward, through the primary heating
spray, into the internal vent concentrating section, where they contact the cold influent water. Here, the steam is to be condensed to
continue the cycle. Released gasses are discharged to atmosphere through the vent outlet. All internal surfaces, which come in con-
tact with un-deaerated water, shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel.
Automatic vent valve shall be thermostatically controlled to provide a fast means of venting when a sudden buildup of gases
occurs, such as seen at start up. The manual vent valve shall have an orifice for continuous minimum venting. Venting rate shall not
exceed 0.1 of 1% of the rated deaerator capacity at 5 psig.
The deaerated water storage tank shall have _____ minutes of storage and have a capacity of
_____ gallons measured to overflow. The tank shall be _____ diameter x ____ long. An 11" x 15" elliptical manhole shall be pro-
vided for access. All nozzles 3" and under shall be 3000 lbs forged steel couplings and over 3" shall be 150 lbs flat face flanges.
Heads to be ASME torispherical type constructed of ASTM A516 GR 70 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inches.
Shell plate to be fabricated of ASTM A36 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inches. The tank shall be designed in
accordance with ASME, Section VIII of the Pressure Vessel Code for 50 psig at 650 F and stamped accordingly. Certification shall
be required. Joint efficiencies to be 70% circumferential per Table UW-12, which does not require stress relieving or nondestructive
examination.
The deaerator loads shall be as specified in the table below. Low temperature returns are defined as condensate with a temperature
below that of the deaerator operating temperature. High temperature returns are defined as condensate with a temperature above
that of the deaerator operating temperature.
1.1 Optional
The tank shall be factory-insulated and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, clips, and a durable steel jacket. Block-type insulation
is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fiberglass, 2" thick, 1 lb/cu-ft, and have a rating of R3.85. Pins are to be located on
18" centers and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shall have a shell thickness of 22 gauge (0.299") minimum and
head thickness of 12 gauge (0.1046") minimum.
Load Specifications
LOAD PERCENTAGE LBS/HR TEMP PRESSURE
Make up GPM 25 psig Minimum
Pumped Low Temp Returns 10 psig Minimum
High Temp Returns Not To Exceed 30%
H1-9
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
1.2 Optional
The tank shall be factory-lined with a high quality baked epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-SP-5)
white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry for a total thickness of 6 mils dry
minimum. Baking schedule for intermediate coats to be 10 to 20 minutes at 250 to 300 F and final baking to be 1-1/2 hours at 350
to 400 F. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free of pin holes. Mag-
nesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to meet requirements of FDA and MID of the USDA. The
lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 250 F.
1.3 Optional
The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 1-5/16" diameter
with a 1/4" steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has
been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application.
1.4 Optional
The high temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of
2 inch pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high-temperature condensate returns.
1.5 Optional
The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless
steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical.
1.6 Optional
The basic deaerator shall be equipped with the following trim and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with ASME
Power Piping Code B31.1.
H1-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank)
2.4 Optional
The make up valve shall include a ANSI Class 125 lb three-valve bypass with inlet Y-type cast iron strainer. Strainer screen to be
removable and of stainless steel construction.
H1-11
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Single Tank) Feedwater Systems
______ Hz, ______ Volt, _______ rpm, ________enclosure motor. Motor to be non-overloading at the rated condition without
using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment. Pump manufacturer to
be______________, Model ________, size ____ " x _______".
4.2 Option - Continuous
Quantity ______, centrifugal type boiler feedwater pump and motor set. Turbine type pumps are not acceptable in this application.
Pump to be rated for _____ gpm at ______ feet TDH with ____ feet NPSH required. Pump to be _______ materials of construction
as defined by the Hydraulic Institute and have _______ seals for a maximum water temperature of 250 F. Pump impeller to be
hydraulically balanced. The pump shall be mounted on a steel baseplate and flexibly coupled with an OSHA type coupling guard to
a _______ hp, ______ phase, _________ Hz, _________ Volt, _____ rpm, _______ enclosed motor. Motor to be non-overloading
at the rated condition without using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment.
Pump manufacturer to be _________, Model _______, size _____ " x _______ ". A stainless steel recirculation orifice is to be sup-
plied with the pump and shipped loose for field installation to provide minimum bypass flow.
4.3 Optional
The stand shall elevate the deaerator tank to provide the net positive suction head required by the pump at the rated condition to
prevent cavitation plus a 1-1/2 foot safety factor. The stand shall be constructed of heavy square steel tubing for the legs and 1/4"
steel plate covering the floor.
H1-12
02-02
Section H2
SPRAYMASTER DEAERATORS (Duo-Tank)
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-4
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H2-8
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H2-1. Spraymaster Duo-Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-4
Figure H2-2. Spraymaster Deaerator (Duo-Tank) Dimensions and Ratings - Sheet 1 of 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-5
TABLES
Table H2-1. Spraymaster Deaerator Duo-Tank Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H2-3
H2-1
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
The Duo Tank product combines a surge tank with a Spraymaster deaerator into a single combined vessel, providing a complete
engineered and packaged system.
The Cleaver-Brooks designed deaerator assures high purity effluent by removing oxygen and other dissolved gases in boiler feed.
Thus, it is the answer to long-lasting boiler equipment for industrial and commercial boiler users. Built of corrosion- resistant
alloys for lifetime service, the deaerator employs those basic principles of gas removal proven most effective and economical to
every boiler owner. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for component sizing information.
H2-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
The Duo Tank product combines a surge tank with a Spray- Low head room allows for installation in space restricted
master deaerator in to a single combined vessel, providing the areas.
following features and benefits in addition to the benefits of
the deaerator and surge tank independently. Two-Stage Deaeration in a Common Vessel:
Recycle pumps are not required.
Surge Section Includes a Protective Lining:
Packaged for easy maintenance.
As a deterrent to corrosion of vessel steel due to dissolved
gases, the vessel is lined with an epoxy coating. Packaged Units for Cost Effective Installation:
Double Inner Head Separates the Deaerator Pressure Vessel Complete packages are pre-fabricated in the Cleaver-Brooks
From Surge Tank: manufacturing facility to ensure piping alignment and
control wiring function. The unit is disassembled, match
Ensures the deaerator and surge tank are two separate marked for efficient field re-assembly.
vessels while structurally attached for space considerations.
This also limits heat transfer from the deaerator pressure
vessel to the surge atmospheric vessel, preventing energy PRODUCT OFFERING
loss due to surge tank water boiling. Information in this section applies directly to Cleaver-Brooks
packaged Spraymaster Deaerators in duo-tank arrangement
Vented and Insulated Gap Between the Deaerator and Surge ranging from 7000 to 280,000 lbs/hr.
Tank:
The product offering for Duo-Tank packaging is a combination
Insulation is placed between the double inner head to further of the product offering for the Spraymaster Deaerator and the
limit heat transfer from the deaerator pressure vessel to the Surge Tank. The combined package product offering for Duo-
surge atmospheric vessel. A vent is placed between the Tank products is shown Table H2-1.
double inner head to allow moisture evaporation eliminating
corrosion potential.
H2-3
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
Figure H2-1. Spraymaster Duo-Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions
H2-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
NOTES:
H2-5
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
Ratings (lb/h) 7000 15000 30000 45000 70000 100000 140000 200000 280000
Tank Weight (lbs) 1530 2500 3650 4500 6770 8810 10760 12975 18735
Tank Weight Flooded 5165 10835 17720 24440 38450 52310 68045 80290 106475
(lbs)
Tank Cap-Deaerator 230 300 600 900 1400 2000 2800 4000 5600
(Gal to Overflow)
Tank Cap-Rec Section 160 300 600 900 1400 2000 2800 4000 5600
(Gal to Flooded)
Tank Size (Dia x Length) 36 x 106-1/2 48 x 141-1/2 54 x 181 60 x 207 66 x 270-1/2 72 x 302 84 x 302-1/4 96 x 308-3/4 108 x 349
G 11 16 31 42 68 68 73 60 59
H 21 26 45 54 80 104 86 82 98
P N/A 31 50 32 35 36 28 35 28
T 38 60 90 27 27 32 27 36 27
MM 3 6 6 10 6 6 8 12 12
H2-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
TANK CAPACITY (GAL) 230 300 600 900 1400 2000 2800 4000 5600
A1 Outside Length 87 115 154 175-1/2 237-1/2 276 268 144 297
B2 C to C Anchor Bolt Holes 82 110 148 169-1/2 230-1/2 269 265 137 294
L L
2 Overflow (Dea) 1-1/4 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4 FLG 4 FLG 4 FLG 6 FLG 6 FLG
5 High Temp Return 1-1/4 NPT 1-1/2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 2 @ 3 NPT 2 @ 3 NPT
7 Drain (Dea) 1-1/4 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT
8 Overflow (Rec) 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 3 NPT 3 NP 3 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 6 NPT
10 Vent (Rec) 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 6 NPT
11 Low Pressure Return (Rec) 2 NPT 2 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4NPT 4 NPT 6 NPT
12 Cold Water Inlet (Rec) 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 3 NPT
13 Drain (Rec) 1-1/4 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT 2 NPT
ITEM LIST
15 Pump/Motor, (optional)
17 Manway 11 x 15
21 Pressure Gauge
H2-7
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application.
H2-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
Load Specifications
1.1 Optional
The surge tank section shall be designed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code for ________ psig,
and stamped accordingly. Certification shall be required. Joint efficiencies to be 70% circumferential per Table UW-12, which does
not require stress relieving or nondestructive examination.
1.2 Optional
The duo tank shall be factory-insulated and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, clips, and a durable steel jacket. Block-type insu-
lation is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fiberglass, 2" thick, 1 lb/cu-ft, and have a rating of R3.85. Pins are to be
located on 18" centers and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shall have a shell thickness of 22 gauge (0.299") min-
imum and head thickness of 12 gauge (0.1046") minimum.
1.3 Standard
The surge tank section shall be factory-lined with a high quality baked epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted
(SSPC-SP-5) white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats, with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry, for a total thick-
ness of 6 mils dry minimum. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free
of pin holes. Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 212
F.
1.4 Optional
The deaerated water storage tank section shall be factory-lined with a high quality baked-on epoxy lining. The lining is to be
applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-SP-5) white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats with each dry coat being approximately 1.5
mils dry for a total thickness of 6 mils dry minimum. Baking schedule for intermediate coats to be 10 to 20 minutes at 250 to 300
F and final baking to be 1-1/2 hours at 350 to 400 F. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to
ensure uniform coating free of pin holes. Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to meet
requirements of FDA and MID of the USDA. The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 250 F.
1.5 Optional
The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 1-5/16" diameter
with a 1/4" steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has
been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application.
1.6 Optional
The high temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of
2 inch pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high-temperature condensate returns.
1.7 Optional
The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless
steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical.
1.8 Optional
The basic deaerator section shall be equipped with the following trim and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with
ASME Power Piping Code B31.1.
H2-9
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
H2-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
Valves to meet Paragraph UG-125 of ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII. Valve body to be of bronze construction.
Relieving set pressure to be 50 psig. Relief valve manufacturer to be ________________, Model _______.
3.5 Optional
High level alarm switch. This shall be an externally mounted float type switch. The switch shall make contact on rise and break on
fall. The float cage construction shall be cast iron. (Not required with electronic make up controller.)
3.6 Optional
Low level alarm switch. This shall be an externally mounted float type switch. The switch shall make contact on fall and break on
rise. The float cage construction shall be cast iron. (Not required with electronic make up controller.)
3.7 Optional
________ " overflow drainer sized to relieve full capacity at the operating pressure of the deaerator. The overflow drainer shall be a
float type trap. The construction is to be a steel housing with stainless steel float ball. The overflow drainer manufacturer shall be
_______, Model _______.
3.8 Optional
Suction piping for pumps shall consist of a gate valve, cast iron Y-type strainer with replaceable stainless steel screen and flexible
connector or hose. This piping assembly shall be 125 lb class construction. The vortex breaker shall be located in the tank nozzle.
Manifold suction lines are not acceptable.
H2-11
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
H2-12
02-02
Feedwater Systems Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank)
H2-13
02-02
Spraymaster Deaerators (Duo Tank) Feedwater Systems
NOTES
H2-14
02-02
Section H3
BOILERMATE DEAERATORS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-6
RETURN ON INVESTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-9
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-10
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H3-1. Boilermate Deaerator Dimensions and Ratings - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-6
Figure H3-2. Boilermate Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-8
TABLES
Table H3-1. Cleaver-Brooks Boilermate Deaerator Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-5
H3-1
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
The Cleaver-Brooks designed deaerator assures high purity effluent by removing oxygen and other dissolved gases in boiler feed.
Thus, it is the answer to long-lasting boiler equipment for industrial and commercial boiler users. Built of corrosion-resistant
alloys for lifetime service, the deaerator employs those basic principals of gas removal proven most effective and economical to
every boiler owner. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for component and sizing information.
H3-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boilermate Deaerators
The following features and benefits apply to the Boilermate Atmospheric contamination virtually eliminated for
Deaerator product line. The Boilermate design uses a packed incoming water.
column to deaerate the water.
Exceeds ASME Recommendations for Oxygen Level:
Less Mechanical Movement of Deaerator Components: Cleaver-Brooks deaerator is guaranteed to remove oxygen
The water spray valve is the only internal moving concentrations to 0.005 cc/liter while operating between 5
component within the deaerator vessel. and 100%capacity.
Carbon dioxide concentration is practically reduced to a
Two-Stage Deaeration in a Common Vessel: zero.
Recycle pumps are not required.
Integral Level Control Automatically Introduces Cold Water
Packaged for easy maintenance. Make-Up to Supplement Condensate Only When Necessary to
Meet Boiler Demand:
ASME Code Design (Section VIII):
Saves Btus by accepting condensate before cold make-up
Assures deaerator vessel quality in materials and fabrication water. Maintains a minimal water level within the deaerator
to meet safety requirements. vessel to prevent damage to the boiler feedpumps, and to
maintain system operation.
Internal Stainless Steel Vent Condenser:
Protects deaerator vessel against corrosive gases while Variety of Tank Sizes to Handle Volume-Swings in Conden-
providing a means for removal of corrosive gases from sate Return:
boiler feedwater. Provides flexibility for selecting a tank for specific
applications to limit the loss of hot condensate to drain.
Self-Cleaning Water Spray Valve:
Maintains deposit-free surface. Packaged Units for Cost Effective Installation:
Reduces maintenance requirements. Complete packages are pre-fabricated in the Cleaver- Brooks
manufacturing facility to ensure piping alignment and
control wiring function. The unit is partially disassembled,
Internal Automatic-Check Valve Prevents Steam Back-Flow:
match marked for efficient field re-assembly.
The water spray valve is normally closed at no flow.
Prevents steam back flow through the water spray valve at no Internal Pump Suction Vortex Breakers:
flow conditions. Eliminates the problems of loss in NPSHA and cavitation
associated with the creation of vortices within pump suction
Removable Water Spray Inlet Assembly: piping.
Flanged assembly allows easy access for maintenance and/
or inspections. Vessel Corrosion Protection When Off-Line:
Optional epoxy lining.
Stainless Steel Deaeration Assembly:
Ensures a longer life of wetted materials in intimate contact
with corrosive liquids and released corrosive gases.
H3-3
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
PRODUCT OFFERING Steam pressure gauge.
The packed column design is best for handling high-tempera- Low water pump cut off.
ture returns. The column is constructed of a carbon steel cas- High-temperature condensate diffuser tube (over 227
ing with a stainless steel liner. Built into a flange on top of the F).
column is a spring loaded self-cleaning water spray nozzle and
an automatic and manual vent valve. Boiler feed pump and motor sets.
From experience, large industrial plants and utilities have Recirculation orifice or relief valve.
learned that the most practical and economical way to remove Suction shutoff valve.
oxygen from feedwater is through mechanical deaeration. The
Boilermate deaerator economically effects oxygen removal Suction strainer.
through a design that is trouble free in performance. Suction flexible fitting.
Raw water, untreated and not deaerated, contains as much as Discharge check valve.
ten cubic centimeters of corrosion-causing oxygen per liter.
Oxygen in water corrodes and shortens the life of boiler feed Discharge shutoff valve.
lines, boilers and condensate return lines. Discharge pressure gauge.
The Cleaver-Brooks designed deaerator assures high purity Discharge manifold.
effluent by removing oxygen and other dissolved gases in
boiler feed. Thus, it is the answer to long-lasting boiler equip- Overflow drainer.
ment for industrial and commercial boiler users. Built of cor- Control panel.
rosion-resistant alloys for lifetime service, the deaerator
employs those basic principals of gas removal proved to most Chemical feed quill.
effective and economical to every boiler owner. Contact your Vacuum breaker.
local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for component
and sizing information. Insulation and lagging.
The design of the Boilermate deaerator offers simplicity in Sentinel relief valve.
both operation and service. The exchange packing, the heart of Tank drain valve.
the deaerator, requires no maintenance. There are no moving
parts to adjust or maintain. Installation is simple and quick. Back pressure relief valve.
Deaerator water inlet atomizing valve. Fully packaged, factory piped and wired.
H3-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boilermate Deaerators
140 140
120 120
42
100
INLET CAPACITY - LBS/HR X 1000 WATER
100
80 36
80
MODEL
60 60
30
40 40
24
20
20 20
16
12
8
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
FEEDWATER MIX TEMPERATURE - F
*DEARERATOR CAPACITY LBS/HR
MODEL NO
BM-8 BM-12 BM-16 BM-20 BM-24 BM-30 BM-36 BM-42
50F 1,500 3,500 6,000 10,000 15,000 23,000 33,000 45,000
100F 2,000 4,500 8,000 12,500 18,000 28,000 40,000 54,000
150F 2,700 6,000 11,000 17,000 24,000 38,000 55,000 75,000
200F 5,000 11,000 20,000 30,000 44,000 69,000 100,000 135,000
Weight (lbs) 250 350 410 560 960 1,275 1,810 2,390
Including Packing
NOTE: Model Designation (example BM-8) is: BM = Boilermate Deaerator. 8 = size of packed column.
Ratings for each column size vary with makeup water temperature.
* Capacities may be doubled by using two columns.
H3-5
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
B
2" NPT. INSPECTION
"C"
PORT (PLUGGED) 3 5 1 1 1
(1.5" NPT. FOR
MODELS 8 & 12)
"S" 0 "T" "E" "F" "G" "J" "H" "K" "L"
2 DIA. HOLE
IN LIFTING LUGS 6
"A"
(NOTE 18)
"R" 12
20 13
(NOTE 12) 2
TANK "P"
DIA.
21
8 9 10
14
"M"
(NOTE 1) 6
15 11 (NOTE 2) 4 7
18
19 (NOTE 4)
"D4" "B2"
(4) "E5"E HOLES
"C3" FOR "F6" E BOLTS "A1"
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
1. Mounted at dim. "M" (top of tank) on non-packaged units.
2. Tank mounted on non-packaged unit.
3. Packaged units only. Mounted on left end, right side of stand on 48" dia. 1070 gal 54" dia. 1500 gal as shown.
4. Suction piping includes strainer, gate valve and flexible connector.
5. All couplings are 3000# F.S.
6. All flanges are 150# F.F. except as noted.
7. Customer to plug all fittings not being used.
8. Mount tank above pump at elevation necessary for static head including safe allowance for piping friction as approved by pump manufacturer.
9. Tank is built to ASME Code.
10. Accompanying dimensions, while sufficiently accurate for layout purposes, must be confirmed for construction by certified dimension prints.
11. Add suffix "P" to Model no. for packaged units (BMP-24).
12. Dimension "R" will change depending on controls required- contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
13. No interconnecting piping or wiring furnished on non-packaged units unless specified, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative
for specific piping or wiring furnished on packaged assemblies.
14. Weights shown are without controls or packaging - contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for additions.
15. Capacities other than shown as standard available by using two columns - contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
16. Optional tank sizes available - contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
17. Lifting lugs are for lifting empty tank only.
18. Manway is standard. Manufacturing may require a larger manway for fabrication. See dimensional diagram for actual size.
RATINGS
Cap (Gal to Overflow) 110 330 430 800 1070 1500
Tank Weight (Dry) (lb) 750 1200 1400 1900 2500 2750
Tank Weight (Flooded) (lb) 1850 4250 5300 9100 12700 15600
Tank Size (Dia x Length) 24 x 70 36 x 86 36 x 110 48 x 114 54x 127 60 x 129
TANK DIMENSIONS
E Steam Inlet 29 33 53 60
F Level Alarm 23 26 45 50
G High Temp Return 35 21 39 43
H Level Control 42 41 61 69
J Relief Valve 48 50 69 77
K Relief Valve N/A 60 79 86
L Relief Valve N/A N/A N/A 95
M Drain 36 47 76 93
P Overflow Rear Hd 60 10 10
R Overall Width 39 51 51 63 69 75
S Front Head 6 8 8 10 11
T Column 8.5 8.5 22 12
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
A1 Overall Length 54 61 86 101
B2 C/L to C/L Bolt Holes 49 56 80 95
C3 Overall Width 42 49 64 71
D4 C/L to C/L Bolt Holes 39 46 61 68
E5 Hole Size 0.75 1 1 1.125
F6 Anchor Bolt Size 0.625 0.875 0.875 1
CONNECTIONS & TRIM
1 Relief Valve Size Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative
2 Overflow Size 1.25" NPT 2" NPT 3" NPT 3" NPT
3 Steam Inlet Size 2" NPT 3" NPT 4"-150# FF 6"-150# FF 6"-150# FF
4 Suction Size 3" NPT 3" NPT 3" NPT 4"-150# FF
5 High Temp Return Size 1" NPT 1.5" NPT 2" NPT 3" NPT
6 Drain Size 2" NPT 2" NPT 2" NPT 2" NPT
7 Recirc (1" NPT)
8 Thermometer (.75" NPT)
9 Sample (.5" NPT)
10 Chem Feed (1" NPT)
11 Thermometer
12 Gauge Glass Assy
13 Level Controller
14 Make-Up Valve
15 Pressure Gauge
16 Overflow Drainer (Opt)
17 Control Panel (Opt)
18 Feed Pump/Motor (Opt)
19 Suction Piping, (Opt)
20 Manway, 12 x 16
21 Level Alarms (Opt)
H3-7
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
TANK SUPPORT LEGS STANDARD ON 110, 330, SADDLES STANDARD ON 1070 &
430 & 800 GALLON TANKS 1500 GALLON TANKS
FRONT HEAD FRONT HEAD
"E" "A" "E" "A"
"H"
"F"
6
"B" "B"
"F" "G"/2
"G"
LEGS SADDLES
A 48.5 55.5 80 95
E 11 15 15 17 16 17
H 7 7 7 9.75 N/A
Figure H3-2. Boilermate Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions
H3-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boilermate Deaerators
Exhaust Steam
Exhaust steam cannot be recovered in an atmospheric vessel
application. This exhaust steam loss can be converted to
energy loss and associated fuel cost. An example would be
steam turbine exhaust.
Surface Blowdown
Increased makeup water is required because of lost flash and
exhaust steam. This increase in makeup water requires an
increase of surface blowdown. This is directly related to cycles
of concentration in the boiler. The additional blowdown loss
can be converted to an energy loss and associated fuel cost.
The additional surface blowdown may also result in an
increase in capital expenditure for a larger blowdown heat
recovery system.
Chemical Treatment
Dissolved oxygen content in an atmospheric boiler feedwater
system relates to the water temperature. Lowering the dis-
solved oxygen content below what is naturally present, based
on mix water temperature at atmospheric pressure, requires the
addition of a chemical treatment program. The most common
oxygen scavenger used is sodium sulfite. Sodium sulfite reacts
with dissolved oxygen as follows:
2Na2SO3 + O2 2Na2SO4
H3-9
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application.
1.0 Deaerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-10
2.0 Make Up Valve and Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-11
3.0 Steam Pressure Reducing Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-12
4.0 Boiler Feedwater Pump And Motor Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-12
5.0 Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-13
1.0 Deaerator
Cleaver-Brooks Model _________ packed column type, pressurized, horizontal deaerator is rated at _____ pounds per hour at ____
F mixed inlet water temperature. The system shall be of the single tank design and guarantee oxygen removal to not more than
0.005 CCS/liter in the effluent throughout all load conditions between 5 and 100 percent. Tray-type designs are not acceptable. The
deaerator shall be designed for operation at 5 psig, but shall be suitable for use from 2 to 15 psig. Atmospheric operating designs
are not acceptable.
Feedwater and condensate shall be admitted to the deaerator through a single spring-loaded, self-cleaning, adjustable stainless steel
spray valve, which shall provide proper internal vent condensing and water distribution at any load between 5 and 100 percent of
rated capacity. The water temperature in the primary heating and vent concentrating section is to be raised within 2 or 3 F of steam
temperature and most of the gases released. The water is then to drop down through the columns stainless steel exchange packing
counterflow to the steam, which enters at the top of the storage tank and rises up through the column. The column is to be ____" in
length and ____ " in diameter. The column shall have a stainless liner and grid support. Hot, gas-free water is to then drop to the
storage compartment to complete the cycle. The steam and non-condensables are to flow upward, through the primary heating
spray, into the internal vent concentrating section, where they contact the cold influent water. Here, the steam is to be condensed to
continue the cycle. Released gases are discharged to atmosphere through the vent outlet. All internal surfaces, which come in con-
tact with un-deaerated water, shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel.
Automatic vent valve shall be thermostatically controlled to provide a fast means of venting when a sudden buildup of gases
occurs, such as seen at start up. The manual vent valve shall have an orifice for continuous minimum venting. Venting rate shall not
exceed 0.1 of 1% of the rated deaerator capacity at 5 psig.
The deaerated water storage tank shall have _____ minutes of storage and have a capacity of _____ gallons measured to overflow.
The tank shall be _____ diameter x _____ long. An 11" x 15" elliptical manhole shall be provided for access. All nozzles 3" and
under shall be 3000 lbs forged steel couplings and over 3" shall be 150 lbs flat face flanges. Heads to be ASME torispherical type
constructed of ASTM A516 GR 70 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inches. Shell plate to be fabricated of ASTM
A36 carbon steel with a minimum thickness of 0.25 inches. The tank and column shall be designed in accordance with ASME, Sec-
tion VIII of the Pressure Vessel Code for 50 psig at 650 F and stamped accordingly. Certification shall be required. Joint efficien-
cies to be 70% circumferential per table UW-12, which does not require stress relieving or nondestructive examination.
The deaerator loads shall be as specified in the table below. Low temperature returns are defined as condensate with a temperature
below that of the deaerator operating temperature. High temperature returns are defined as condensate with a temperature above
that of the deaerator operating temperature.
1.1 Optional
The tank and column shall be factory-insulated and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, clips, and a durable steel jacket. Block-
type insulation is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fiberglass, 2" thick, 1 lb/cubic foot, and have a rating of R3.85. Pins
Load Specifications
H3-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boilermate Deaerators
are to be located on 18" centers and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shall have a shell thickness of 22 gauge
(0.299") minimum and head thickness of 12 gauge (0.1046") minimum.
1.2 Optional
The tank shall be factory-lined with a high quality baked-on epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-SP-5-
63) white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry for a total thickness of 6 mils
dry minimum. Baking schedule for intermediate coats to be 10 to 20 minutes at 250 to 300 F and final baking to be 1-1/2 hours at
350 to 400 F. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free of pin holes.
Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to meet requirements of FDA and MID of the USDA.
The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to 250 F.
1.3 Optional
The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 1-5/16" diameter
with a 1/4" steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has
been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application.
1.4 Optional
The high temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of
2 inch pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high-temperature condensate returns.
1.5 Optional
The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless
steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical.
1.6 Optional
The basic deaerator shall be equipped with the following trim and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with ASME
Power Piping Code B31.1.
H3-11
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
controller manufacturer shall be _________ , Model ______. A filter regulator is to be provided to reduce 50 psig instrument air
supply to 3 - 15 psig for proper operation.
2.4. Optional
The make up valve shall include a ANSI Class 125 lb three-valve bypass with inlet Y-type cast iron strainer. Strainer screen to be
removable and of stainless steel construction.
H3-12
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boilermate Deaerators
struction and have ______ seals for a maximum water temperature of 250 F. Pump impeller to be hydraulically balanced. The
pump shall be mounted on a steel baseplate and flexibly coupled with an OSHA type coupling guard to a ____ hp, _____ phase,
______ Hz, ______ Volt, _______ rpm, ________enclosure motor. Motor to be non-overloading at the rated condition without
using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment. Pump manufacturer to
be_____________, Model ________, size ____ " x _______".
4.2 Option - Continuous
Quantity ______, centrifugal type boiler feedwater pump and motor set. Turbine type pumps are not acceptable in this application.
Pump to be rated for _____ gpm at ______ feet TDH with ____ feet NPSH required. Pump to be _______ materials of construction
as defined by the Hydraulic Institute and have _______ seals for a maximum water temperature of 250 F. Pump impeller to be
hydraulically balanced. The pump shall be mounted on a steel baseplate and flexibly coupled with an OSHA type coupling guard to
a _____ hp, ______ phase, _______ Hz, ______ Volt, _____ rpm, _______ enclosure motor. Motor to be non-overloading at the
rated condition without using any portion of the service factor. Pump and motor set to be factory aligned prior to shipment. Pump
manufacturer to be _________, Model _______, size _____ " x _______ ". A stainless steel recirculation orifice is to be supplied
with the pump and shipped loose for field installation to provide minimum bypass flow.
4.3 Optional
The stand shall elevate the deaerator tank to provide the net positive suction head required by the pump at the rated condition to
prevent cavitation plus a 1-1/2 foot safety factor. The stand shall be constructed of heavy square steel tubing for the legs and 1/4"
steel plate covering the floor.
H3-13
02-02
Boilermate Deaerators Feedwater Systems
NOTES
H3-14
02-02
Section H4
SURGE TANKS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-4
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-7
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H4-1. Surge Tank Dimensions and Ratings - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-4
Figure H4-2. Surge Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-6
TABLES
Table H4-1. Surge Tank Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-3
H4-1
02-02
Surge Tanks Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on the complete line of surge tanks ranging in sizes from 300 to 3000 gallon capacities.
The Cleaver-Brooks Surge Tank products provide additional storage time and handle volume-swings in condensate returns.
Because condensate return volume is largely unpredictable, a surge tank provides a means to collect intermittent condensate
returns and supply water at a relative constant volume, while limiting discharge to drain. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks autho-
rized representative for component sizing information.
H4-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Surge Tanks
Acts as a collecting point for low pressure and gravity water makeup to supplement condensate only when necessary
returns. to meet boiler demand. This translates into reduced fuel costs
Allows pumping of returns to a pressurized vessel. for heating boiler feedwater.
Standard Equipment
Accepts Gravity Returns:
Surge tank.
Vessels are vented to atmosphere, therefore providing no
pressure resistance that would inhibit gravity return. Thermometer.
Gauge glass.
PRODUCT OFFERING Required tappings, and manway.
Information in this section applies directly to Cleaver- Brooks Optional Equipment
package surge tanks ranging from 300 to 3,000 gallon capac-
ity. Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representa- ASME code tank.
tive for larger capacities. The product offering for surge tanks Water level controller with make-up valve.
is shown in Table H4-1.
Three valve bypass and strainer.
Surge tanks can reduce dependance on cold, untreated raw
water to replace boiler system losses, by collecting condensate Suction shutoff valve.
for re-use in the boiler. Dedicated surge tanks are required Suction strainer.
when intermittent peak loads of condensate can exceed the
surge capacity of the deaerator. Suction flexible fitting.
The surge tank receives returning condensate and is supple- Discharge check valve.
mented by raw make-up water to maintain the desired operat- Discharge shutoff valve.
ing level. Condensate and make-up water mix into a blend
temperature as determined by the percentage of each. The Discharge pressure gauge.
surge tank is vented to atmosphere. Discharge manifold.
Surge tanks are designed to work with the deaerator. They can High water alarm.
be packaged with transfer pumps, stand and controls of the
same sturdy construction as the deaerator. Custom arrange- Low water alarm.
ments are also available. Contact local Cleaver-Brooks autho- Low water pump cut off.
rized representative for component and sizing information.
Condensate diffuser tube.
Surge tanks provide additional storage time and handle vol-
ume swings in condensate return. Surge tanks are used when Control panel.
gravity or pumped condensate returns do not have enough Transfer pump and motor.
pressure to enter the deaerator on their own. Water and treat-
ment costs are reduced by recycling condensate that has Recirculation orifice or relief valve.
already been treated. Insulation and lagging.
Integral control automatically introduces cold
H4-3
02-02
Surge Tanks Feedwater Systems
Epoxy lining. Half packaged, suitable for field erection with
interconnecting piping and wiring by others.
Magnesium anode (not available with lined tanks).
Chemical feed quill. DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS
Drain valve. Dimensions and ratings for surge tanks are shown in
Stand. Figure H4-1 and H4-2.
Packaging
Fully packaged, factory piped and wired.
NOTES:
Tank Capacity (gal) 300 450 600 900 1200 1400 1600 2000 2500 3000
A1 Outside Length 61 60-1/2 84-1/2 100 121-3/4 94 108-1/2 95-1/2 119-1/2 105-1/2
B2 CL to CL Anchor Bolt Holes 56 55-1/2 79-1/2 95 115-3/4 88 102-1/2 89-1/2 112-1/2 102-1/2
E5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1-1/8 1-1/8
H4-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Surge Tanks
Tank Capacity (gal) 300 450 600 900 1200 1400 1600 2000 2500 3000
Tank Weight (b) 935 1095 1330 1690 2420 2625 2765 3255 3680 4370
Flooded Weight (lb) 3605 4905 6360 9195 12480 14595 16235 20610 24505 29240
Tank Size (Dia X Length) 36x80 42x84 42x109 48x124 48x164 60x125 60x143 72x131 72x155 84x138
A 6 6 8 12 20 12 14 15 15 15
B 23-1/2 23 30 34 52 34 43 37 41 36
C 32 32-1/2 45 52 68 50 55 51 59 52-1/2
F 8-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 10-1/2 10-1/2 12-1/2 12-1/2 14-1/2 14-1/2 16-1/2
G 9-1/2 11 14 14 28 14 21 17 19 16
N 51 57 57 63 63 75 75 87 87 99
Tank Capacity (gal) 300 450 600 900 1200 1400 1600 2000 2500 3000
1 Low Pressure Return (2) 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT
2 Vent 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT
3 Cold Water Inlet 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2
NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT NPT
4 Overflow Connection 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 3 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT 4 NPT
5 Pump Suction (For Each Pump) Contact Your Local Cleaver-Brooks Authorized Representative
ITEM LIST
8 Pump/motor (Optional)
14 Drain (2 NPT)
H4-5
02-02
Surge Tanks Feedwater Systems
300 450 600 900 1200 1400 1600 2000 2500 3000 CAPACITY
SIZE (NPT)
(lbs/hr)
AA 55-1/2 55 79 93-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
1 175
AB 59-1/2 59 83 99-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
1-1/4 350
AC 31-3/4 36-3/4 36-3/4 40-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
1-1/2 525
AD 29-1/2 34-1/2 34-1/2 38 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 1000
AE 5 6-1/8 6-1/8 7-1/4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2-1/2 1600
AF 2 2 2 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 3 2800
AG 4 4 4 6 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 4800
AH 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 10500
AJ 12-1/2 14-1/2 15 15-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6 17000
AK 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 8 35000
AL N/A N/A N/A N/A 4-1/4 6-1/8 6-1/8 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-3/4 Values given based on:
1) 50 ft. equivalent pipe length.
AM N/A N/A N/A N/A 115-3/4 88 102-1/2 89-1/2 113-1/2 94-1/2 2) Schedule 40 pipe
AN N/A N/A N/A N/A 121-3/4 94 108-1/2 95-1/2 119-1/2 100-1/2 3) 2 psi back pressure
4) Vent capacities should be com-
AP N/A N/A N/A N/A 46-1/2 57 57 67 67 77-1/2 pared with anticipated venting
AR N/A N/A N/A N/A 38 44-3/4 44-3/4 52 52 62 needs. Oversized vents are avail-
able.
AS N/A N/A N/A N/A 24-1/2 18-1/2 20-1/4 20-1/2 20-1/2 21-7/8
Figure H4-2. Surge Tank Supports and Saddles, Details and Dimensions
H4-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Surge Tanks
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers specific needs and
application
Load Specifications
LOAD PERCENTAGE LBS/HR TEMP PRESSURE
Make up 20 psig Minimum
Low Temp Returns
High Temp Returns
1.1 Optional
The tank shall be designed in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code for ______ psig, and stamped
accordingly. Certification shall be required. Joint efficiencies to be 70% circumferential per table UW-12, which does not require
stress relieving or nondestructive examination.
1.2 Optional
The tank shall be factory-insulated and lagged with blanket insulation, pins, clips, and a durable steel jacket. Block-type insulation
is not acceptable. The blanket insulation is to be fiberglass, 2" thick, 1 lb/cu-ft, and have a rating of R3.85. Pins are to be located on
18" centers and holding clips attached. The steel jacket or lagging shall have a shell thickness of 22 gauge (0.299") minimum and
head thickness of 12 gauge (0.1046") minimum.
1.3 Optional
The tank shall be factory-lined with a high quality ___________ epoxy lining. The lining is to be applied to a sandblasted (SSPC-
SP-5) white metal surface. Spray-apply 4 to 6 coats, with each dry coat being approximately 1.5 mils dry, for a total thickness of 6
mils dry, minimum. Lining to be Holliday spark tested using low voltage and a wet sponge to ensure uniform coating free of pin
holes. Magnesium anodes shall not be acceptable in this application. The lining is to be suitable for temperatures up to ______ F.
1.4 Optional
The magnesium or sacrificial anode shall provide cathodic protection against galvanic corrosion. This rod shall be 1-5/16" diameter
with a 1/4" steel core to assure a good electrical contact and added strength. The design shall have a small weep hole to signal it has
been consumed. Linings shall not be acceptable in this application.
H4-7
02-02
Surge Tanks Feedwater Systems
1.5 Optional
The high-temperature diffuser or sparge tube shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The tube shall be constructed of
2" pipe. This tube shall provide even distribution and blending of high-temperature condensate returns.
1.6 Optional
The chemical feed quill shall be located beneath the normal tank water level. The quill material shall be constructed of stainless
steel. The tube shall provide even distribution and blending of chemical.
1.7 Optional
The basic surge tank shall be equipped with the following trim and accessories. Piping on packaged units shall comply with ASME
Power Piping Code B31.1.
H4-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Surge Tanks
2.7 Optional
Suction piping for pumps shall consist of a gate valve, cast iron Y-type strainer with replaceable stainless steel screen and flexible
connector or hose. This piping assembly shall be 125 lb class construction. The vortex breaker shall be located in the tank nozzle.
Manifold suction lines are not acceptable.
H4-9
02-02
Surge Tanks Feedwater Systems
NOTES
H4-10
02-02
Section H5
BOILER FEED SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-3
Simplex Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-3
Duplex Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-3
Dual Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-4
Triplex Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-4
Boiler Feedwater Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-4
SELECTION GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4-4
Optional Steam Preheating Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-4
PACKAGE CONCEPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
Intermittent (On-Off) Pump Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
Pump Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
Pump Total Dynamic Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
Pump Material of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
Receiver Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-11
Receiver Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-11
Optional Steam Preheater Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-11
Preheater Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-11
Make-up Valve Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-11
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-12
H5-1
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H5-1. Dimensions and Ratings for Boiler Feed Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-5
TABLES
Table H5-1. Boiler Feedwater System Tank Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-3
Table H5-2. Simplex and Duplex System Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-6
Table H5-3. Dual System Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-7
Table H5-4. Triplex System Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-8
Table H5-5. Internal Steam Heater Assemblies for High Pressure System (30-250 psig Steam),
Thermostatic Regulating Valve with Pressure Reducing Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-9
Table H5-6. Internal Steam Heater Assemblies for Low Pressure System (10-15 psig Steam),
Thermostatic Regulating Valve without Pressure Reducing Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
This section contains information on Cleaver-Brooks Boiler Feed Systems. Cleaver-Brooks boiler feed systems help maintain peak
efficiency and prolong the life of boilers where investment in a deaerator cannot be justified. Consisting of one or more feed pumps
and a corrosion resistant receiver tank, the system automatically supplements condensate with makeup water to replace system
losses. Cold water is heated by mixing with hot condensate and pumped to the boiler on demand.
Information in this section addresses tank size and typical offering of Boiler Feed Systems.
H5-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boiler Feed Systems
FEATURES AND BENEFITS based on boiler size, pump requirements (flow, pressure, hp),
and water storage requirements (tank size). Contact your local
The following features and benefits apply to Cleaver-Brooks Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative for detailed compo-
Boiler Feed system products. nent sizing information.
All Pumps Deliver the Required Capacity at 210 F: Table H5-1 shows available tank sizes for boiler feedwater sys-
tems.
Guaranteed pump performance.
When equipped with an automatic steam preheater, feedwater
temperature can be maintained at 210 F. At this higher tem-
All Pumps Have Mechanical Seals (Standard):
perature, oxygen and carbon dioxide are released, reducing
Reduces maintenance when compared to packing type seals. corrosion problems in the boiler. Pre-heating is recommended
if return condensate constitutes 50% or less of the feedwater
Tank Includes a Protective Lining: required.
The vessel is lined with an epoxy coating, deterring Cleaver-Brooks Packaged Feedwater Systems include pumps,
corrosion of vessel steel due to dissolved gases. control panel with magnetic starters, and necessary switches.
Systems are available in simplex, duplex, dual and triplex
Specifically Designed for Compatibility With Cleaver-Brooks arrangements. Custom arrangements are also available. Acces-
Boilers: sories include high temperature diffuser tube, automatic pre-
heater, make-up valves, electrolytic corrosion inhibitor, and
Quick, accurate equipment selection.
ASME tanks.
Single source responsibility.
Contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative
Proven performance. for information on alternate Cleaver-Brooks/Aurora Pump
Feed Systems.
Provides Additional Storage Time and Handles Volume-
Swings in Condensate Return: Simplex Units
Feedwater tank collects intermittent condensate returns and Simplex units include one pump set complete with open drip-
supplies water at a relative constant volume. roof motor on steel channel base with flexible coupling
between pump and motor, one large receiver mounted on struc-
Minimizes problem from unpredictable condensate flow
tural steel stand, complete with make-up valve, gauge glass
rates.
with shutoff valves, thermometer, and suction piping from
receiver to pump with Y-type strainer, flexible hose and gate
Boosts Condensate Return Pressure: valve.
Acts as a collecting point for low pressure and gravity
returns. Duplex Units
Allows the introduction of returns to a high pressure vessel. Duplex units are similar to simplex units, but with two pumps
and one receiver. Magnetic starters (where required) are
Accepts Gravity Returns: mounted in a NEMA I enclosure, with manual transfer switch
for standby pump.
Vessels are vented to atmosphere, providing no pressure
resistance that would inhibit gravity return.
Table H5-1. Boiler Feedwater System Tank Capacities
Internal Pump Suction Vortex Breakers:
Eliminates the problems of loss in NPSHA and cavitation CAPACITY (GAL.)
associated with the creation of vortices within pump suction 45
piping. 75
100
200
PRODUCT OFFERING 270
Information in this section applies directly to Cleaver- Brooks 340
Feed Systems for low and high pressure (15 - 300 psig) boilers 500
(15 - 800 horsepower). Selection of Boiler Feed Systems is 750
1000
H5-3
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
Triplex Units All standard tanks are supplied with extra openings for pre-
heating equipment. Preheating systems are provided with ther-
Triplex units are similar to Dual units but with three pumps mostatically controlled steam pressure regulators connected to
and one receiver. the perforated tube installed in the tank by means of a special
bushing. Feed systems with optional steam preheat also include
Boiler Feedwater Systems a sentinel valve installed on the tank.
Standard equipment includes the following: On standard high pressure units (30 through 250 psi) the fol-
Lined tank. lowing equipment is furnished (refer to Table H5-5):
Suction flexible fittings. On standard low pressure units (10 through 15 psi) the follow-
ing equipment is furnished (refer to Table H5-2):
Gauge glass.
1. Perforated heater tube with special bushing.
Internal float make-up valve.
2. Temperature regulating valve.
Thermometer.
3. Strainer for temperature regulating valve.
Required tappings.
4. Pressure gauge.
Optional Equipment
5. Sentinel valve on tank.
Preheating systems.
High temperature diffuser tube.
Manhole.
External float make-up valve.
Electric alternator.
Special electrical requirements.
ASME Code tank.
Discharge pressure gauge.
Magnesium anode.
H5-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boiler Feed Systems
NOTE:
N 6-1/4 9 9 11-1/2 14 14 17 19 19
P 6-1/4 9 9 11-1/2 14 14 17 19 19
W 5-1/2 7 7 10-1/2 13 13 16 19 19
Z 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
H5-5
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
H5-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boiler Feed Systems
H5-7
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
H5-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boiler Feed Systems
Table H5-5. Internal Steam Heater Assemblies for High Pressure System (30-250 psig Steam), Thermostatic Regulating
Valve with Pressure Reducing Attachment
25PT-5-.75 17 9 6 3/4 1 30 50
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 50 100
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 100 125
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 125 150
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 150 200
25PT-5-.5S 1/2 3/4 200 250
25PT-5-.1 28 13 9 1 1-1/4 30 50
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 50 100
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 100 125
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 125 150
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 150 200
25PT-5-.5 1/2 3/4 200 250
25PT-5-1.25 37 18 12 1-1/4 1-1/2 30 50
25PT-5-.1 1 1-1/4 50 100
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 100 125
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 125 150
25PT-5-.5 3/4 1 150 200
25PT-5-.5 3/4 1 200 250
25PT-5-1.5 53 26 18 1-1/2 2 30 50
25PT-5-1.25 1-1/4 1-1/2 50 100
25PT-5-1 1 1-1/4 100 125
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 125 150
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 150 200
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 200 250
25PT-5-2 92 42 28 2 2-1/2 30 50
25PT-5-2 2 2-1/2 50 100
25PT-5-1.25 1-1/4 1-1/2 100 125
25PR-5-1 1 1-1/4 125 150
25PR-5-1 1 1-1/4 150 200
25PT-5-.75 3/4 1 200 250
25PT-5-2.5 140 68 45 2-1/2 3 30 50
25PT-5-2 2 2-1/2 50 100
25PT-5-1.5 1-1/2 2 100 125
25PT-5-1.5 1-1/2 2 125 150
25PT-5-1.25 1-1/4 1-1/2 150 200
25PT-5-1 1 1-1/4 200 250
25PT-5-3 190 90 60 3 4 30 50
25PT-5-2.5 2-1/2 3 50 100
25PT-5-2 2 2-1/2 100 125
25PT-5-2 2 2-1/2 125 150
25PT-5-1.5 1-1/2 2 150 200
25PT-5-1.25 1-1/4 1-1/2 200 250
NOTE: Not applicable for steam pressure over 250 psi, if available steam pressure is over 250 psi, contact your local Cleaver-
Brooks authorized representative.
H5-9
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
Table H5-6. Internal Steam Heater Assemblies for Low Pressure System (10-15 psig Steam), Thermostatic Regulating
Valve without Pressure Reducing Attachment
H5-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Boiler Feed Systems
water quality and treatment. An example: In situations when 1. The risk of damage to the boiler caused by thermal shock
alkalinity is higher than a pH of 8.5, do not use a bronze-fitted is reduced.
pump. There is no substitute for experience in selecting mate-
2. The dissolved oxygen content can be reduced, slowing
rials for pump construction. Previous experience in handling a
corrosion and showing a savings in the chemical treatment
particular application should be the main criteria.
program of the boiler. Oxygen in 212 F feedwater is
roughly 1.8 cc/liter as opposed to 50 F feedwater, which
Receiver Size is 5.9 cc/liter. The American Society of Engineers, in a
The receiver should be sized for a capacity sufficient to allow paper called Consensus On Operating Practices For The
feed water for a minimum of 10 to 15 minutes of boiler opera- Control of Feedwater and Boiler Water Quality in Modern
tion at rated horsepower. Industrial Boilers, suggests dissolved oxygen limits that
should be considered. A preheater by no means deaerates
The run time is essential because of unpredictable surges of water to an acceptable level by itself.
condensate returns. Since 0.069 gpm is the theoretical rate of
evaporation per boiler horsepower, the maximum tank size
should be approximately 0.069 boiler hp x 10 minutes.
Preheater Components
Preheater Components include the following:
If it is known that the receiver will see 100% make-up with no
returns, a five minute capacity tank can be substituted. The 1. Perforated heater tube, also referred to as a diffuser or
reduced storage capacity is acceptable, since the receiver will sparge tube. The tube is located under the water level in the
have a steady predictable load. tank, and its purpose is steam distribution.
2. Regulating valve to control the incoming steam supply.
Receiver Construction When the steam supply pressure is between 10-15 psi, a
Standardly, tanks are protected by three coats of a two-part, air one-element regulating valve (temperature sensor) is used.
cured, epoxy lining or by an optional hot-dipped galvanization On higher pressure packages, when the steam supply is
process. between 30-250 psi, a two-element regulating valve,
sensing pressure and temperature, is used. The two-
The receivers are manufactured as a non-code tank for venting element regulating valve is furnished and packaged with
to atmosphere. As an option, Cleaver-Brooks offers receivers higher steam supply pressures, instead of one element
constructed for ASME Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME regulating valve for added safety, even through the receiver
Pressure Vessel Code. When an ASME Code receiver is is vented and pressurization should not occur.
required, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized repre-
sentative for additional factors to be considered in this applica- 3. Strainer for arresting any dirt or scale carried over with the
tion. Coded tanks supplied will normally be furnished unlined supply steam. For its protection, the strainer is located
because of possible increased operating temperature limita- upstream of the regulating valve.
tions. 4. Pressure gauge for monitoring down stream steam pressure
from the regulating valve.
Optional Steam Preheater Size 5. Sentinel valve to warn if the receiver is pressurized, if the
Three basic factors are considered when sizing a preheater: regulating valve fails, or a vent becomes plugged. The
valve is not required by a code, but is added for safe
1. The heating rate in gallons per minute. It is generally
operation.
assumed the same as the total evaporation rate of the
boilers being supplied with water, unless otherwise
specified. Make-up Valve Size
2. The temperature rise required to raise the temperature in The valves are sized for the maximum theoretical evaporation
the tank based on condensate returns and make-up water rate of the boiler, with no condensate return as a supplement.
mixed inlet temperature to 212 F. The sizing criteria makes the water level in the receiver self-
adjusting for any loss of condensate return.
3. The available steam supply pressure at the regulating valve
is generally assumed the same as the operating pressure of These parameters are based on more than 60 years experience
the boiler from which the steam is being tapped, unless at Cleaver-Brooks in the packaged boiler room equipment
otherwise specified. market, and should not be ignored.
H5-11
02-02
Boiler Feed Systems Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Boiler Feed System shall be Cleaver-Brooks Model _______________________ (Specify simplex, duplex, dual, or triplex) pack-
aged boiler system suitable for ______gpm, at a discharge pressure of ___________ psig. (Refer to Tables H5-4, 5, and 6.)
The unit shall consist of the following components:
One (substitute two for duplex or dual; three for triplex) bronze-ringed, pump(s) certified by Cleaver-Brooks for a minimum of
________________ gpm or 212 F water at __________ psig. The pump(s) shall be guaranteed for one year against defects in
workmanship and material. The pump(s) shall be equipped with mechanical seals for temperatures up to 225 F.
One non-code welded receiver made of structural grade steel with epoxy resin lining applied to a clean surface to resist corrosion
while in service. The tank shall be furnished with integral supports and connections for inlet, outlet drain, makeup valve, thermom-
eter and gauge glass.
Tank size shall be __________ inches diameter with _______ gallon capacity.
One fresh water makeup valve consisting of a ____________ inch float type mechanical valve suitable for tight shutoff against 100
psig inlet pressure.
Piping between the receiver and the pump shall consist of one (substitute two for duplex or dual; three for triplex) section(s) con-
taining a gate valve(s), one flexible hose(s) and Y-type strainer(s) to ensure minimum pressure drop between receiver and pump.
One (substitute two for duplex or dual,; three for triplex) 1750 rpm, 60 Hz, drip-proof motor(s) for __________ phase, _______
Volt operation. Motor(s) shall not be loaded in excess of NEMA
service factor for integral drip-proof motors.
Provide gauge glass (with shutoff valves) of proper size and tank thermometer.
H5-12
02-02
Section H6
CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEMS AND METERING PUMPS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-6
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H6-1. Manual System Dimensions (By-Pass Feeders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-4
Figure H6-2. Manual System Dimensions (Shot Feeders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-4
Figure H6-3. Automatic System Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-5
TABLES
Table H6-1. Automatic Chemical Feed System Pump Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
H6-1
02-02
Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on a complete line of manual and automatic chemical feed systems and associated metering
pumps. These products are used to treat boiler feed water and condition blowdown sludge to protect the boiler against corrosion
and scaling.
H6-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps
SIMPLEX
PRODUCT OFFERING V-5 - 1560 (Std)A 60 5/8 6.20
Cleaver-Brooks chemical feed systems treat feedwater and V-5 - 1530 30 5/8 3.10
condition blowdown sludge where an extra measure of protec-
V-5 - 1460 60 1/2 3.30
tion against corrosion and scaling is required. Automatic sys-
tems are available for single- or multiple-boiler installations. V-5 - 1430 30 1/2 1.65
They are fully packaged and can be equipped with either pis- V-5 - 1360 60 3/8 1.62
ton or diaphragm pump(s) capable of accurately injecting V-5 - 1330 30 3/8 0.81
chemical from 0 to 6.2 gph at up to 1000 psig.
V-5 - 1260 60 1/4 1.00
Automatic Systems V-5 - 1230 30 1/4 0.50
Manual shot feeders are used for batch feeding of chemicals V-5 - 2330 30 3/8 1.72B
into closed loop or low makeup water systems. They are com- V-5 - 2260 60 1/4 2.00B
pletely assembled and ready for installation for:
V-5 - 2230 30 1/4 1.00B
Pressures: 125 to 300 psig.
A. Unless otherwise specified, Model V-5 - Type 1560 pumps will be
shipped for Simplex systems and Model V-5 - Type 2560 for Duplex sys-
Capacities: 3/4 to 30 gal. tems.
B. For both pumping heads.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
H6-3
02-02
Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps Feedwater Systems
C CONNECTIONS
TANK A B OVER-
WIDTH BODY ALL
CAPACITY (INCH) (INCH) HEIGHT IN OUT SAMPLE
(INCH)
H6-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps
F E
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
17
22
(Rev 7/97)
H6-5
02-02
Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers requirements.
1.0 General
Provide completely preassembled, packaged chemical feed system(s)/chemical metering pump(s), as manufactured by
_______________. Package shall be hydraulically and electrically tested at the factory and shall be assembled to the fullest extent
possible. Package shall be furnished with all required lubricants, special tools, and installation instructions.
2.0 Pump
Pump capacity shall be adjustable through 100% of the range by manual micrometer dial while the pump is running or stopped.
Pump stroking speed shall not exceed 60 spm.
The pump shall be sized to deliver the required capacity at 85% of maximum stroke length. Stroke adjustment shall be a variable
micrometer type mechanism, with the plunger powered through its entire travel. Lost motion designs are not acceptable.
The pump shall include an automatic vent and refill mechanism on the hydraulic side, which operates once each stroke. The pump
shall have an external hydraulic relief valve which is adjustable.
Double ball check valves shall be provided on the discharge to ensure accurate repeatable metering. The pump valves shall be
removable for cleaning or replacement without the need to disturb suction or discharge piping.
The pump shall be field convertible to automatic stroke adjustment without the use of special tools, and without the need to replace
any major frame parts.
The pump shall be furnished with a factory-mounted driver suitably sized for continuous operation at the maximum relief setting.
The motor shall be (integrally mounted direct coupled flange mounted with flexible coupling). No belts or pulleys should be used in
the drive train or for capacity adjustment.
4.0 Tank
The tank(s) shall be constructed of (polyethylene/304SS/316SS/other) and furnished with a hinged or removable cover. Tank shall
include connections for pump suction, drain, level gauge, chemical fill, dilution water, and relief valve return piping. Drain connec-
tion shall be separate from pump suction connection. Drain shall be located in the bottom of the tank for complete emptying of con-
tents.
Tank shall be furnished with (drain valve) (level switch) (level gauge).
5.0 Mixer
An angle plate mount mixer with 304SS shaft and propeller shall be furnished. The mixer propeller shall operate at 1750 rpm. The
purpose of the mixer shall be to (mix liquids/dissolve powder in liquid/create and maintain a suspension).
H6-6
02-02
Section H7
FILTERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, AND SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-5
Chlorine, Organics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-5
Particles Down to 10-Micron Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-5
Sand, Heavy Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-5
Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-5
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-6
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-11
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H7-1. Dimensional Data, Filter System Without Regeneration Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7- 4
TABLES
Table H7-1. Model CF Activated Carbon Media Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-6
Table H7-2. Model MF Multi-Layered Media Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-7
Table H7-3. Model SF Sand Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-8
Table H7-4. Model IF Iron Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-8
Table H7-5. Engineering Data (Filters) (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-9
H7-1
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on water filters used for the removal of impurities from raw water. Filters discussed here remove:
Chlorine and organics.
Particles down to 10-micron size.
Sand and heavy sediment.
Iron.
H7-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Filters
H7-3
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
42x60 42 102 162 222 53-1/2 91 60 27-1/8 43 6-5/8 14-1/4 6-7/16 10-7/8
84x60 84 186 288 390 100 97 102 53 43 6-5/8 53-1/4 6-7/16 17-3/4
96x60 96 210 324 438 114 101 114 41-1/4 45 6-5/8 53-1/4 6-7/16 17-3/4
NOTES:
1. All values are in inches.
2. System dimensions based on 18" space between pressure tanks.
H7-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Filters
H7-5
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
ENGINEERING DATA
Select a filter from the tables to produce the desired flow rate and
pressure drop. Check to assure the required backwash flow rate is
available. Twin filters may be required to produce maximum flow
rate and still enable backwash with the existing piping system.
NOTES:
Filter Media Consists of Granular Activated Carbon.
For chlorine removal only use the flow rates from the utility water quality column. For sediment and organic removal use the flow rates from the
superior water quality column.
H7-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Filters
NOTES:
1. Filter media consists of various size, distinctly layered sand.
2. All pressure drop data based on new filter media and 60 F water temperature
3. Backwash when pressure drop increases by 12-15 psig over pressure drop of a clean filter.
4. Consult Cleaver-Brooks for larger diameter tanks.
5. Allow a minimum of 24" above filter for access into top of tank.
H7-7
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
NOTES:
1. Filter media consists of silica sand.
2. 4BWA - minimum 4" water supply required. FIlter manifold connections are 3" inlet/outlet and 3" backwash assist.
3. All pressure drop data based on new filter media and 60 F water temperature.
4. Backwash when pressure drop increases by 12-15 psig over pressure drop of a clean filer.
5. Consult Cleaver-Brooks for larger diameter tanks.
6. Allow a minimum of 24" above filter for access into top of tank.
Note: Filter media consists of manganese greensand. It must periodically be regenerated with potassium permanganate (KMnO ).
4
H7-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Filters
ACC-MFB MULTI-LAYERED
ACC-SFB SAND
H7-9
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
ACC-IFB IRON
H7-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Filters
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers requirements.
1.0 General
Furnish, install, and place in service an assembled vertical, pressure type, water filtration system of an approved design fabricated
by a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of water conditioning equipment. It shall be a Cleaver-Brooks Model ___
having ____ cubic feet of filter media in each filter tank. Service flow rate through each filter tank shall be ____ gpm at pressure
loss not to exceed ____ psig.
H7-11
02-02
Filters Feedwater Systems
An external PVC constructed eductor is to be provided to draw regenerant solution and rinse water to regenerate the filter media
mineral. (On iron removal filters only.)
The pipings shall be galvanized Schedule-40 galvanized steel with galvanized fittings.
All face piping shall be preassembled to the tank in a professional manner.
7.0 Controls
Regeneration shall be controlled by a fully automatic time clock control (TCC) which is fully adjustable or a remote manual con-
troller. For fully automatic operation, the regeneration shall be initiated by a calendar clock. A pointer shall indicate the cycle of
operation at all times.
When two (2) filters, or more, are required, a lockout shall be provided to allow only one (1) unit to regenerate at any one time.
In the event of a power failure, a complete regeneration can be performed by manual operation of the external pilot valve.
Control Options: Regeneration to be initiated by head loss across the filter(s). A delay timer is to be provided to prevent false back-
washing due to pressure surges in the system.
8.0 Instructions
A complete set of installation and operating instructions shall be included.
9.0 Guarantees
Attrition loss of mineral is guaranteed not to exceed 3% per year for a period of three (3) years.
All mechanical equipment is guaranteed for one (1) year against any defects in workmanship or materials. Any part proving defec-
tive will be replaced or repaired within this period.
The manufacturer guarantees that under actual operating conditions, the mineral shall not be washed out of the system during the
service run or backwashing period; that the turbidity and color of the effluent, by reason of passing through the filter system, shall
not be less than the incoming water; and that the under-drain system, gravel, and mineral shall not become fouled, either with tur-
bidity or by dirt, while operating as noted on manufacturers instructions.
H7-12
02-02
Section H8
SOFTENERS
CONTENTS
MODELS SSE & FSE FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-3
MODELS SMR FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-4
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
Standard Equipment - SSE & FSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
Standard Equipment - SMR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
Optional Equipment - SSE & FSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
Optional Equipment - SMR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
Operating Specifications - SMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
DIMENSIONS, RATINGS AND SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-6
Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-6
Sizing Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-6
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-18
H8-1
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
ILLUSTRATIONS
TABLES
Table H8-1. SSE Water Softener Ratings Polybond Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-13
Table H8-2. FSE Water Softener Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-14
Table H8-3. FSE Water Softener Ratings with Crossover Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-15
Table H8-4. SMR Water Softener Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-16
This section contains information on Cleaver-Brooks cation, ion exchange, and water softeners available in package designs for
virtually any commercial or industrial application. Softeners should be used whenever raw water hardness exceeds 5 ppm.
Cleaver-Brooks water softeners remove hardness, preventing scale buildup on heat transfer surfaces, while maintaining peak boiler
efficiency. Removing hardness also reduces the need for chemical treatment used to control scale.
H8-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
MODELS SSE & FSE FEATURES AND control after a power loss. A capacitor operates the
microprocessor in case of short term power loss.
BENEFITS
Quality Constructed Tanks:
An easy-to-read LCD display continuously displays system
status and allows instant access to current operating
Two types of softener resin tanks are available to meet
conditions, including flow rate, total treated flow, remaining
environmental requirements. Both rugged lined steel or
capacity, valve position and many more important features.
fiberglass lined plastic (FRP) vessels are available.
The display is illuminated for easy reading, even in low-light
conditions. Self-diagnostic electronics provide 24-hour per
Exclusive Polybond tanks are made of industrial grade day review of the system, and stores historical data to allow
steel. The tank interior is lined with a heat-fused virgin system optimization and simplify troubleshooting. A built-in
polyethylene lining, creating a 40-60 mil thick, resilient, and speaker can transmit this System Performance Analysis
non-corrosive tank within a tank. The lining material is Food (SPA) data via regular telephone lines to a remote service
and Drug Administration (FDA) listed. All surfaces that center for computerized troubleshooting, or, data can be
contact water during system operation, including valve recorded for later transmission.
flanges and openings, are covered with the lining material,
so that water never touches bare steel, providing maximum
Controls have a look-ahead feature. The main memory
protection against rust and corrosion. In addition, gasketed
monitors operation, tracks data, then adjusts regenerations
tank openings provide dry thread closures, eliminating
automatically for high- and low-water use periods.
coated threads which can be weak spots in tank linings.
H8-3
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
Timed tank refill provides highly reliable brine levels and All softener systems are available from stock, with short lead
salt usage. Salt dosage is easily changed from the system times.
control, eliminating the need to empty salt tanks or change
fill-plug locations to make minor adjustments. Optional Skid Mounting:
Tanks may be ordered skid-mounted for easy handling and
Simple protected brine well design eliminates the need for easier and lower-cost field installation.
gravel subfill and minimizes brine tank maintenance.
Efficient Water Distributors:
High density FDA approved polyethylene tank and cover Inlet water distributors are designed to produce uniform flow
provide maximum strength and corrosion resistance. through the entire resin bed and thus ensure maximum
exchange capacity with low pressure loss.
High Quality Softener Resins
All water softeners contain a high-quality, high-capacity, MODELS SMR FEATURES AND BEN-
solvent-free synthetic ion exchange resin, that exchanges the EFITS
hardness minerals of calcium and magnesium ions with
soluble sodium ions, a soft and non-scaling mineral that does Automatic Control Center Engineered for Efficient Trouble-
not build up on pipes to cause hot spots and weaknesses. All Free Service Includes:
resins have a minimum exchange capacity of 30,000 grains
per cubic foot when regenerated with 15 pounds of salt per Industrial grade multi-valve with integral brine injector.
cubic foot. Resins provide efficient exchange capacity at Electrically operated cycle controller with position indicator.
lower salt dosages (20,000 grains per cubic foot at 5 pounds
of salt per cubic foot). In addition to softening water, resins Automatic backwash flow control.
also provide iron and manganese removal from the water. The exclusive multi-valve design, features five hydraulically-
Softener resins are stable over the entire pH range. operated diaphragm valve assemblies conveniently arranged.
The valve seats are positioned vertically in the valve casting,
They are suitable for high flow rates and high hardness reducing the possibility of dirt or debris lodging in the seat
waters, and are physically stable at high temperatures. area. This design provides a positive shut-off with no leaking
Resins feature low attrition loss, and minimum backwash or dripping, as is often the case with horizontally-positioned
water is required. valve seats.
H8-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
Single unit softeners are provided with an automatic bypass Optional Skid Mounting:
valve that provides service water during regeneration. Cycling Ease of installation in the field; lower installation cost.
of the diaphragm assemblies is smooth and entirely free of
water hammer.
System of Non-Clogging Strainers Arranged in a Radial
Network:
Automatic Self-Regulating Brine Injector:
Assures uniform flow through the entire resin bed,
Assures efficient brining without time-consuming field resulting in maximum exchange capacity from the resin
adjustments. with low pressure loss.
Automatic Brine Maker, Includes Heavy Gauge Polyethylene Eliminates wasted capacity in the bottom area of the resin
Brine Tank for Maximum Strength and Corrosion Resistance: tank.
High Capacity Resin, Adaptable to Wide Range of Applications: Single tank exchange capacities: 30,000 to 1,200,000 grains.
High exchange capacity (30,000 grains per cubic foot at 15 lbs. Tank sizes: 9 to 48 diameter standard (larger diameters
salt dosage). available).
Operating temperatures: 40 to 100 F.
Efficient exchange capacity at lower salt dosages (20,000 Water meter for automatic regeneration.
grains per cubic foot at 6 lbs. salt). 24 Volt operation.
Iron and manganese removal. Heat fused polyethylene lined steel or FRP tanks.
H8-5
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
H8-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
C
B A
BRINE
TREATED
RAW WATER
WATER
C
A
B
D E
H8-7
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
MODEL D E F
NUMBER (in.) (in.) (in.) INLET/ DRAIN
A B C SIZE
OUT-
(in.) (in.) (in.)
SSE
SINGLE TRIPLE SINGLE TRIPLE SINGLE TWIN TRIPLE QUAD LET (in.) (in.).
TWIN QUAD TWIN QUAD
30-1 10 40 46 18 18 38 38 32 46 58 71 1 3/4
60-1 12 52 58 18 18 38 38 34 50 66 82 1 3/4
90-1 1
14 66 72 18 24 38 41* 36 54 75 124 3/4
90-11/2 11/2
120-11/2 72 11/2
18 66 24 24* 41 41 46 68 74 112 3/4
120-2 77 2
150-1 72 1
18 66 24 24 41 41 46 68 90 112 3/4
150-11/2 77 11/2
210-11/2 72 11/2
24 24 24 50 50 52 80 108 136 1
6 77
210-2 2
300-11/2 72 11/2
24 66 24 24 50 50 52 80 108 136 1
300-2 77 2
450-2 77 2
30 66 30 30* 50 50* 64 98 132 166 1 1/2
450-3 81 3
600-2 82 2
36 71 39 39* 48 48* 79 119 159 242 1 1/2
600-3 86 3
750-2 2
42 71 86 39 39* 48 48* 85 131 177 266 2
750-3 3
900-3 42 71 86 39 39* 48 48* 85 131 177 266 3 2
1200-2 48 71 86 52 52* 60 60 * 104 156 212 316 3 2
H8-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
BRINE
TREATED
RAW WATER
WATER
A
C
B
D
E
FRONT VIEW
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
H8-9
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
30-1 9.2 48 54 18 18 38 38 32 46 58 71 1 3/
4
60-1 12.8 53 59 18 18 38 38 35 52 66 82 1 3/
4
90-1 1
14 64 71 18 24* 38 41* 36 54 75 124 3/
90-11/2 1/
1 2 4
120-11/2 66 11/2
17.6 59 24 24 41 41 46 68 89 111 3/
71 4
120-2 2
150-1 80 1
17.6 73 24 24 41 41 46 68 89 111 3/
150-11/2 84 11/2 4
210-11/2 82 11/2
24 75 24 24 50 50 52 80 108 136 1
210-2 87 2
300-11/2 82 11/2
24 75 24 24 50 50 52 80 108 136 1
300-2 87 2
600-2 92 2
37.1 81 39 39* 48 48* 80 122 163 245
11/2
600-3 96 3
H8-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
BRINE
TANK
F
PLAN VIEW
RAW TREATED
WATER WATER
C
A B
D E
MODEL
PIPE SIZE (in.)
NUMBER
A B C D E F
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
INLET/
FSE DRAIN
OUTLET
30-1 9.2 48 54 18 38 49 1 3/
4
60-1 12.8 52 59 18 38 52 1 3/
4
90-1 54 1
14 64 71 18 38 3
/4
90-11/2 64 11/2
210-11/2 24 75 82 24 50 80 11/2 1
300-11/2 24 75 82 24 50 80 11/2 1
H8-11
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
1
MODEL NUMBER HEIGHT WIDTH SINGLE TWIN TRIPLE
(IN) (IN) LL1 L2 L3
SMR-150-1 29
SMR-150-1 1/4 30
72 50 88 126
SMR-150-1 1/2 30
SMR-150-2 34
SMR-210-1 1/4 32
SMR-210-1 1/2 32
73 54 96 138
SMR-210-2 36
SMR-210-2 1/2 37
SMR-300-1 1/2 38
SMR-300-2 42
76 60 108 156
SMR-300-2 1/2 43
SMR-300-3 44
SMR-450-1 1/2 38
SMR-450-2 42
82 66 114 162
SMR-450-2 1/2 43
SMR-450-3 44
SMR-600-1 1/2 44
SMR-600-2 48
89 81 135 189
SMR-600-2 1/2 49
SMR-600-3 50
SMR-750-2 48
SMR-750-3 50
SMR-900-2 54
SMR-900-3 56
SMR-1050-2 54
SMR-1050-3 56
H8-12
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
BACK-
CONT PEAK
RESIN PRESS
MODEL EXCHANGE SERV SERV PRESS WASH TANK MANIF FLOW SALT
QYT DROP
NUMBER CAPACITY FLOW FLOW DROP FLOW DIMENSIONS PIPE SENSOR STORAGE
SIZE SIZE CAPACITY
90-1 21 15 29 25 1
90,000 60,000 3 5 14x66 18x38 1 400
90-1-1/2 24 9 36 16 1-1/2
150-1 40 13 58 25 1 1
150,000 100,000 5 7 18x66 24x41 700
150-11/2 40 6 60 11 1-1/2 11/2
450-2 87 15 118 25 2 2
450,000 300,000 15 20 30x66 30x50 1,500
450-3 120 12 180 18 3 3
600-2 94 15 125 25 2 2
600,000 400,000 20 25 36x71 39x48 1,500
600-3 160 15 240 25 3 3
750-2 85 15 120 25 2 2
750,000 500,000 25 40 42x71 39x48 2,500
750-3 200 13 270 22 3 3
H8-13
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
CONT PEAK
MODEL EXCHANGE RESIN PRESS PRESS BACK- TANK
SERV SERV
NUMBER CAPACITY QYT DROP DROP WASH DIMENSIONS MANIF FLOW SALT
FLOW FLOW FLOW PIPE SENSOR STORAGE
SIZE SIZE CAPACITY
FSE MAX GR MINGR CU-FT GPM PSI GPM PSI GPM SOF R BRINE (in.) (in.) (lbs)
(in.) (in.)
90-1 21 15 29 25 1 1
90,000 60,000 3 5 14x65 18x38 400
90-1-1/2 24 9 36 16 11/2 11/2
150-1 38 13 52 25 1 1
150,000 100,000 5 7 17X71 24x41 700
150-11/2 40 6 60 15 11/2 11/2
600-2 94 15 125 25 2 2
600,000 400,000 20 25 36x72 39x48 1,500
600-3 160 15 240 25 3 3
H8-14
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
Table H8-3. FSE Water Softener Ratings, Fiberglass Softeners with Crossover Controls
CONT PEAK
MODEL EXCHANGE RESIN PRESS PRESS BACK- TANK
SERV SERV
NUMBER CAPACITY QYT DROP DROP WASH DIMENSIONS MANIF FLOW SALT
FLOW FLOW FLOW PIPE SENSOR STORAGE
SIZE SIZE CAPACITY
FSE MAX GR MINGR CU-FT GPM PSI GPM PSI GPM SOF R BRINE (in.) (in.) (lbs)
(in.) (in.)
H8-15
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
150-1 1 33 43 1 1
150-1-1/4 150,000 100,000 5 1-1/4 37 51 10.0 20x54 24x60 700 75 30 1
150-1-1/2 1-1/2 58 82 1-1/2
150-2 2 70 98 1-1/2
900-2 2 90 130 2T 2
900-2-1/2 900,000 600,000 30 2-1/2 150 215 45.0 42x60 42x60 1800 450 180 2T
900-3 3 185 270 2T
1050-2 2 86 120 2T 2
1050-2-1/2 1050K 700K 35 2-1/2 145 200 45.0 42x72 50x60 2500 525 210 3
1050-3 3 175 250 3
H8-16
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
PROCEDURE
1. Lay a straight edge from lbs steam/hour (line A) to the% make-up (line D) and obtain the DBMS make-up flow from line B.
2. Lay a straight edge from the gpm make-up (line B) to the water hardness (Line E) and obtain the hardness removal re-
quired for each hour of generator operation from line C.
3. Calculate the hardness removal required each day by multiplying the value obtained in step 2 by the hours operated each
day.
NOTE: In situations where softened water is required for loads in addition to boiler requirements, the total gpm flow for the
softener is the total of both requirements. Then using lines B and E, the required grain removal per hour can be determined.
EXAMPLE
10,000 lbs steam/hour
15% make-up
8 hours daily operation
Water hardness 10 grains per gallon
FROM NOMOGRAPH
Feedwater make-up is 3 gpm.
Hardness removal required is 1800 grains per hour.
SOFTENER SELECTION
Select a softener that will meet both flow rate and exchange requirements. For 24 hour operation and to provide a continuous
supply of soft water, a twin unit is required. For the above example, An ACC-SAB-60-1 Twin could be used to provide 24
hour operation. This model would provide 1 day operation between regeneration periods. To provide 8 hour a day operation,
the ACC-SAB-60-1 single unit would permit 3 days between regeneration periods.
H8-17
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided to you by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers requirements.
1.0 General
Furnish, install, and place in operation an Automatic Water Softener System similar or approved equal to Cleaver-Brooks Model
(SSE: lined steel tank/ FSE: fiberglass reinforced plastic tank)_______________, having ______tank(s) with ______cu-ft. of ion
exchange resin per tank. Soft water output to be ___________gallons (cu-meters) per tank per regeneration with______lbs(kg) of
salt, based on _______ grains per gallon compensated hardness. Service flow rate per tank_______ gpm (lpm) at a pressure loss
through softener system not exceeding _______ psig (bar).
2.0 Equipment
Softener tanks shall be made of butt-welded industrial grade carbon steel designed for a working pressure of 125 psi (____bar)
dynamic and hydrostatically tested at 50% excess of the working pressure. Each tank shall be _______ m) diameter with a _______
m) overall tank height. Tank support(s) shall be of a skirt-ring type welded to the tank(s) lower head. The tank(s) shall be equipped
with a resin loading port and a drain/resin removal port (14 and larger).
Steel tank(s) shall be provided with a Polybond lining of inert non-leachable virgin polyethylene material at least 40-60 mils
thick permanently bonded to the tank interior by heat fusion. The tank lining shall meet the requirements of the United States Food
and Drug Administration (USFDA). The tank lining shall be chemically inert so as not to react with water, media, acids, caustic
soda, chemicals or water-borne contaminants. The tank exterior shall be degreased, pre-cleaned, and phosphatized and shall have
an exterior coating of high gloss epoxy enamel 4 to 6 mils thick. Tank openings shall be fitted with O-ring seals that seat firmly on
the tank interior lining to prevent holidays due to thread tapping and eliminate water to thread contact.
Steel tank linings shall be tested for lining integrity by a 2,500-volt spark test, and the test certified with the shipping papers for the
system (if requested at the time of order). The spark test shall be capable of detecting the most minute imperfection. The tank(s),
with linings in place, shall be water tested under pressure for leaks.
Softener tanks shall be made of butt-welded industrial grade carbon steel designed for a working pressure of 100 psi (____bar)
dynamic and hydrostatically tested at 50% excess of the working pressure. Each tank shall be _______ m) diameter with a _______
m) overall tank height. Tank support(s) shall be strap-type steel legs permanently welded to the lower tank head. The tank(s) shall
be equipped with a resin loading port and a drain/resin removal port.
Steel tank(s) shall be provided with a Polybond lining of inert non-leachable virgin polyethylene material at least 40-60 mils
thick permanently bonded to the tank interior by heat fusion. The tank lining shall meet the requirements of the United States Food
and Drug Administration (USFDA). The tank lining shall be chemically inert so as not to react with water, media, acids, caustic
soda, chemicals or water-borne contaminants. The tank exterior shall be degreased, precleaned, and phosphatized and shall have an
exterior coating of high gloss epoxy enamel 4 to 6 mils thick. Tank openings shall be fitted with O-ring seals that seat firmly on the
tank interior lining to prevent holidays due to thread tapping and eliminate water to thread contact.
H8-18
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
Steel tank linings shall be tested for lining integrity by a 2,500-volt spark test, and the test certified with the shipping papers for the
system if requested at the time of order. The spark test shall be capable of detecting the most minute imperfection. The tank(s), with
linings in place, shall be water tested under pressure for leaks.
Softener tank(s) shall be made of fiberglass reinforced ABS plastic. The exterior sideshell shall be reinforced by a continuous rov-
ing glass filament overwrap of the same color as the tank shell. The tank(s) shall be supported by a molded polypropylene structural
base. Including the base, each vessel shall have the dimensions of _______ inches diameter and _______ inches height.
Pressure vessels shall be provided in accordance with ASME Section VIII. Working pressure will be 100, 125 or 150 psig and
hydrotested to 150% of stamped and certified rating.
Provide tank with high temperature internal epoxy lining at 8-10 mil DFT. Exterior tank surface will be cleaned and coated with a
corrosion-resistant zinc-rich primer suitable for epoxy coating in the field.
Provide tank with a baked phenolic internal epoxy lining at 8-10 mil DFT. Exterior tank surface will be cleaned and coated with a
corrosion-resistant zinc-rich primer suitable for epoxy coating in the field.
Provide tank with an external coating of a high gloss epoxy paint 2-4 mil DFT.
The soft water collector and backwash water distributor shall be non-clogging design with slot size slot 0.010 inch in width. Single
point and hub radial laterals will be used to ensure adequate distribution of flow during service, backwash and regeneration. Later-
als will be made of Schedule 80 PVC and designed for low pressure drop-in service.
The distributor system will be fully covered by a minimum of 2 inches of quartz underbedding. The quartz shall be washed and
dried to remove debris and fines, and screened not to exceed 16 mesh size by 3/16-inch particle size.
The control valve shall have _______inch _______ cm) NPT (BSP) inlet and outlet connections. It shall be a low lead brass
mechanically-actuated, hydraulically-balanced, self-cleaning piston six-position type to accomplish the regeneration steps of back-
wash, brine draw, slow rinse, fast rinse, and refill. Separate rinse and timed refill positions will be provided to reduce regeneration
water use. The valve shall contain fixed orifice eductor nozzle and self-adjusting backwash flow control. The valve will be capa-
ble of being manually stepped through regeneration without electrical power.
H8-19
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
The brine system shall be designed to minimize possible overflow conditions by eliminating line pressure to the salt storage tank at
all times except during refill. Timed tank refill will be used to utilize salt and regeneration water efficiently and the regeneration salt
dosage shall be adjustable from 5 to 20 lbs _______ to___ kg) per cubic ft. (m) from the system control without the need for emp-
tying salt tanks or moving fill plugs.
A combination salt storage tank with cover and brine tank well shall be supplied as part of the system. The tank shall be sufficient
size to hold salt for at least _______ regenerations between refills. The tank(s) shall be made of corrosion-free one-piece molded
polyethylene or fiberglass reinforced plastic material. The tank(s) shall have a nominal diameter of _______ inches (_____cm) and
a height of _______ inches (_____cm) and have a storage capacity of ______lbs (kg). All brine systems will include a float oper-
ated plastic brine pick up designed to provide positive shut off to prevent air from entering the system.
A pressurized brine control system will be provided to introduce brine into the softener vessels. A timed brine controller, non-cor-
rosive self-adjusting flow controls and pilot-operated diaphragm valve will be provided for integration into the facilities pressurized
brine source. Salt dosage shall be field adjustable through the timed brine module.
2.10 Resin
Each softener tank shall be provided with _______ cubic feet of high capacity sulphonated styrene divinylbenzene based synthetic
ion exchange resin having a minimum exchange capacity of 30,000 grains per cubic foot when regenerated with 15 pounds of salt
per cubic foot. The resin shall be solid, with uniform particle size, clean and free of dirt and extraneous matter that might interfere
with flow of water through the resin or that might interfere with the ion exchange process. All resin shall be FDA compliant under
the Code of Federal Regulation No.21 paragraph 173.25.
Automatic backwash and brine refill flow control shall be provided to maintain proper backwash, rinse and brine flow rates over
wide fluctuations of operating pressure. The controller will contain no moving parts and require no field adjustment. All flow con-
trols will be connected for ease of removal for inspection and service as needed.
2.12 Piping
Contractor shall furnish and install all interconnecting pipe and isolation valves. Drain connections from the control valve shall
have an air gap conforming to local codes and to permit observation and sampling of backwash and regeneration water.
Manufacturer shall provide two pressure gauge and sample valve assemblies or contractor installation in the inlet and outlet piping.
Pressure gauges and sample valves will be stainless steel or other non-corrosive design.
The softener system will be controlled by a single computer-based demand (meter) initiated controller. The controller shall be
capable of operating either 1 or 2 units in single, twin alternating, or parallel configurations allowing easy expansion as soft water
demand increases without the need for rewiring or adding additional controllers. The control will utilize alphanumeric, self-
prompting programming for simple start up. EEPROM memory shall store program data eliminating need for battery back-up or
configuration input after power loss. The control shall be pre-wired and includes twist lock electrical end connectors for installation
ease.
H8-20
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
The controller will constantly monitor current operating condition and be capable of displaying instantaneous flow rate through the
system. A resettable totalizing flow counter will be included to measure total water processed.
The control shall be self-diagnostic and capable of emitting an audible signal and error specific messages if it detects a system
problem. Control diagnostics can be transmitted over telephone lines for troubleshooting or review of historical operational data to
allow system optimization through evaluation of actual water usage. Valve and control operation will be 24V, 60Hz, 1ph A suitably
sized UL/CSA listed transformer(s) will be provided to convert 120V, 60Hz, 1ph power for system operation. Control printed wir-
ing assemblies will be conformally coated to MIL specifications suitable for use in humid environments. A water-tight enclosure
will be used to house the control.
The softener system will be controlled by a single computer-based demand (meter) initiated controller. The controller shall be
capable of operating 2 units in twin alternating, or parallel configurations allowing the units to easily both be put on-line to handle
peak start up flows and returned to alternating operation during normal use periods without the need for rewiring, or extensive
reprogramming or adding additional controllers. Although the control will allow two units to be put on-line simultaneously, a built-
in lockout prevents both units from regenerating at the same time. The control will utilize alphanumeric, self-prompting program-
ming for simple start up. EEPROM memory shall store program data eliminating need for battery back-up or configuration input
after power loss. The control shall be pre-wired and includes twist lock electrical end connectors for installation ease.
The controller will constantly monitor current operating condition and be capable of displaying instantaneous flow rate through the
system. A resettable totalizing flow counter will be included to measure total water processed.
The control shall be self-diagnostic and capable of emitting an audible signal and error-specific messages if it detects a system
problem. Control diagnostics can be transmitted over telephone lines for trouble shooting or review of historical operational data to
allow system optimization through evaluation of actual water usage. Valve and control operation will be 24V, 60Hz, 1ph A suitably
sized UL/CSA listed transformer(s) will be provided to convert 120V, 60Hz, 1ph power for system operation. Control printed wir-
ing assemblies will be conformally coated to MIL specifications suitable for use in humid environments. A water-tight enclosure
will be used to house the control.
The system will be supplied with a single computer-based demand (meter) initiated controller capable of operating systems with 2
to 4 units. In addition to traditional parallel or alternating operating conditions, the control can operate in a variable flow mode
which has the ability to bring units on and off-line depending on current service flow. The control will utilize alphanumeric, self-
prompting programming for simple start-up. EEPROM memory shall store program data eliminating need for battery back-up or
configuration input after power loss. It is pre-wired and includes twist lock electrical end connectors for installation ease.
The controller will constantly monitor current operating condition and be capable of displaying instantaneous flow rate through the
system. On multiple vessel systems flow and operational data for each unit shall be independently displayable. A resettable totaliz-
ing flow counter will be included to measure total water processed.
The control shall be self diagnostic and capable of emitting an audible signal and error-specific messages if it detects a system
problem. Control diagnostics can be transmitted over telephone lines for troubleshooting or review of historical operational data to
allow system optimization through evaluation of actual water usage. If an error is detected the controller will be capable of auto-
matically readjusting the operating program to place the maximum number of tanks on-line and recalculate regeneration frequency
to provide optimum treatment flow capacity until service is provided. Valve and control operation will be 24V, 60Hz, 1ph A suit-
ably sized UL/CSA listed transformer(s) will be provided to convert 120V, 60Hz, 1ph power for system operation. Control printed
wiring assemblies will be conformally coated to MIL specifications suitable for use in humid environments. A water tight enclosure
will be used to house the control.
This meter-initiated system allows all units to be in service at the same time. Regeneration is immediate based on a batch count. A
built in interlock does not allow more than one unit to be in regeneration at a time.
H8-21
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
The softener system will be supplied with a computer-based demand (meter) initiated controller. The control will utilize alphanu-
meric, self-prompting programming for simple start-up. EEPROM memory shall store program data eliminating need for battery
back-up or configuration input after power loss.
The controller will constantly monitor current operating condition and be capable of displaying instantaneous flow rate through the
system. A resettable totalizing flow counter will be included to measure total water processed.
The control shall be self-diagnostic and capable of emitting an audible signal and error specific messages if it detects a system
problem. Control diagnostics can be transmitted over telephone lines for troubleshooting or review of historical operational data to
allow system optimization through evaluation of actual water usage.
Valve and control operation will be 24V, 60Hz, 1ph A suitably sized UL/CSA listed transformer(s) will be provided to convert
120V, 60Hz, 1ph power for system operation. Control printed wiring assemblies will be conformally coated to MIL specifications
suitable for use in humid environments. The control will be mounted directly in the valve cover. Electrical installation will only
require plugging in the transformer and connecting the flowsensor cable.
The softener(s) will be provided with a 7 day timer allowing recharge to occur at a user adjustable time of day or night. The timer
shall be capable of being set to skip one or more days between regenerations. Electrical operation is 120V, 60Hz, 1ph.
_______ Hall effect tubo flow sensor(s) will be provided. These sensor(s) shall be made with no packing glands or rotating shaft
seals and will be solid state proximity transducer-type with a self-lubricated shaft riding on a sapphire bearing. The sensor shall be
made in such a way that it can be installed and removed with simple hand tools. Pipe size of the sensor(s) shall be 1 inch
(_______cm). It shall have a minimum flow of 1 gpm (___lpm), and a peak flow of 50 gpm (____lpm). The flowmeter housing
shall be brass.
_______ Hall effect tubo flow sensor(s) will be provided. These sensor(s) shall be made with no packing glands or rotating shaft
seals and will be solid state proximity transducer-type with a self-lubricated shaft riding on a sapphire bearing. The sensor shall be
made in such a way that it can be installed and removed with simple hand tools. Pipe size of the sensor(s) shall be 1.5 inch
(_______cm) x 2 inch _______ cm). It shall have a minimum flow of 2 gpm (____lpm), and a peak flow of 100 gpm (_____lpm).
The flowmeter housing shall be brass.
_______ Hall effect paddle wheel flow sensor(s) will be provided. These sensor(s) shall be made with no packing glands or rotating
shaft seals and will be solid state proximity transducer type with a self lubricated PVDF paddlewheel riding on a titanium shaft
The sensor shall be made in such a way that it can be installed and removed with simple hand tools. Pipe size of the sensor(s) shall
be 3 inch (_______cm). It shall have a minimum flow of 7 gpm (____lpm), and a peak flow of 231 gpm (_____lpm) [for 3 ].
_____12 gpm (____lpm) 394 gpm (_____lpm) [for 4] 25 gpm (____lpm) 999 gpm (_____lpm) [for 6]
H8-22
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
4.0 Instructions
A complete set of instructions for installation and operation of the softener system will be included.
The softener system will be provided skid-mounted with all units pre-piped by the manufacturer. Each unit will be isolatable and a
system bypass valve shall come installed in the plumbing header. Inlet and outlet connections will terminate in convenient locations
near the skid edge. All plumbing shall be supported by Unistrut or equivalent anchors and members.
Inter-tank hydraulic tubing and fittings will be installed as part of the skid package. All mineral tanks will be bolted to the skid
members to allow removal. Permanent mounting or welding is not acceptable. All skids will be completely assembled, and hydrau-
lically and electrically tested before shipment. Prior to shipping, the system will be drained before packaging. Partial disassembly
may be required for shipment. All assemblies will be marked to allow simple reconnection.
Tanks 10 to 24 diameter will be mounted on a 4 channel iron skid (5.4 lb. per foot, ASTM grade A-36) The skid will be cross-
braced with similar 4 channel or angle iron. All steel surfaces will be cleaned and painted with a high gloss epoxy top coat match-
ing the softener vessel color.
Tanks 30 to 36 diameter will be mounted on a 6 channel iron skid (8.2 lb. per foot, ASTM grade A-36) The skid will be cross-
braced with similar 6 channel or angle iron. All steel surfaces will be cleaned and painted with a high gloss epoxy top coat match-
ing the softener vessel color.
Tanks 42 to 48 diameter will be mounted on a 6 channel iron skid (8.2 lb. per foot, ASTM grade A-36) The skid will be cross-
braced with similar 8 channel (11.5 lb. per foot) channel or angle iron. All steel surfaces will be cleaned and painted with a high
gloss epoxy top coat matching the softener vessel color.
6.0 Guarantee
Attrition loss of mineral is guaranteed not to exceed 3% per year for a period of 3 years.
All mechanical equipment is guaranteed for 1 year against any defects in workmanship or materials. All EDS, EDT, and VF con-
trols are guaranteed for 3 years against M & W. Consult specific product warranty for mineral and brine tank information.
The manufacturer guarantees that under actual operating conditions, the mineral shall not be washed out of the system during ser-
vice or backwash cycles when operated under the instructions and guidelines set forth in the operation manual.
H8-23
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers requirements.
1.0 General
Furnish, install, and place in operation an Automatic Water Softener System similar or approved equal to Cleaver-Brooks Model
SMR_______, having tank(s) with _______ cu-ft. of ion exchange resin per tank. Soft water output to be _______ gallons per tank
per regeneration with _______ lbs of salt, based on _______ grains per gallon compensated hardness. Service flow rate per tank
_______ gpm at a pressure loss through softener system not exceeding _______ psig.
2.0 Equipment
2.1 Tanks
Softener tank(s) shall be of welded construction of tank quality carbon steel. Each tank shall be _______ diameter with a _______
straight side shell height. The tank(s) shall have threaded openings for pipe connections and an 11" x 15" manhole in the top head
(for tanks 30" diameter and smaller; two 4 x 6 handholes should be provided in the top head and lower side shell). The tank(s)
shall be rated for 100 psig working pressure and 150 psig test pressure. Support legs will be the strap-type permanently welded to
the lower tank head. The tank(s) shall have their exterior and interior protected with a hot dipped galvanized application after fabri-
cation. A minimum freeboard of 50% shall be provided for backwash expansion above the normal ion exchange resin bed level.
H8-24
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
2.10 Resin
Resin shall be of a premium grade high capacity synthetic sulfonated styrene divinylbenzene type, to be furnished in the sodium
form. It shall be stable over the entire pH range, have good resistance to bead fracture, and be insoluble in all common solvents.
The resin shall be capable of 30,000 grains per cubic foot capacity when regenerated with 15 lbs NaCl.
2.12 Piping
The main operating valves and manifold piping shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel. Galvanized fittings shall be standard class
150 threaded malleable iron.
3.1 Control
A NEMA 12rated factory mounted and wired electrical enclosure with all timing and sequencing controls for each softener shall be
manufactured and provided by the same vendor providing the water treatment hardware.
The controls shall include an automatic regeneration sequencer having the capability of providing site adjustable regeneration steps
of backwash brine injection, brine displacement, flush and return to service. An indicator on the pilot stager points to the cycle of
operation at all times. Complete function and control of all regeneration steps can be performed by manual operation of the pilot
stager.
The 12-Day electrical time clock controller shall be fully adjustable to initiate regeneration at any hour of the day and any day of
the week.
H8-25
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
*Alternating One media tank will be in the standby or regeneration and one (1) or two (2) media tanks will be on-line. At a user
specified volume the standby tank will go on line and the exhausted tank will go into regeneration. After regeneration this tank will
go into standby until its rotation to go back on-line
*Parallel - All media tanks are on-line simultaneously. As each media tanks user specified volume is reached it shall immediately
be taken off-line, regenerated, and placed immediately back on-line.
*Additive Flow - One (1) media tank, designated as the primary, will remain on-line at all times. Variation of treated water flow
demand shall automatically cause (one additional media tank) (up to two additional media tanks) to change status from standby to
on-line and back to standby as needed.
When the primary media tank regenerates the next media tank in sequence shall become the primary.
As each media tanks user set volume is reached it will immediately be taken off-line, regenerated, and placed immediately back
on-line or standby depending on treated water flow demand.
The controller shall be capable of continuously determining the exhaustion rate of each media tank thus automatically avoiding the
possibility of a simultaneous regeneration attempt. Simultaneous regenerations are not possible.
The exchange capacity of each softener can be the same or different. Flow or peak flow rate indication shall be continuously dis-
played for each unit. The continuous flow range is 0-999 flow units per minute (gallons, cu.ft., liters, cu-m, etc.). Cumulative vol-
ume totalization to eight (8) digits shall be continuously displayed for each unit.
4.0 Instructions
H8-26
02-02
Feedwater Systems Softeners
shall be complete between all inter unit controls and require only a single power source connection. The inter unit wiring shall be
contained in Flextite flexible, waterproof conduit. All inter-tank hydraulic or pneumatic tubing shall be installed as part of the skid
package. The mineral tanks are to be bolted to the skid. Permanent attachment, or welding, will not be acceptable. The entire skid
mounted system shall be both leak and electrically tested as a unit by the manufacturer before shipment
5.1Mineral Tank skid mount Option.
The softener mineral tanks shall be shall be mounted on a 4" channel iron skid (7.25 lbs per foot, ASTM grade A-36). The skid
shall be cross-braced with a 4" channel or angle iron. The entire area under the polyethylene briner shall be covered with a 1/4
steel plate All steel surfaces shall be prime coated. All interconnecting piping shall be the same material as the valve nest manifold
piping and shall be assembled by the manufacturer. This shall include inlet and outlet bronze isolation valves for each tank, and a
bronze system bypass valve. Inlet and outlet headers shall be installed and terminate at the skid edge. All piping shall be suitably
supported by Unistrut supports anchored to the skid. Electric wiring, where applicable, shall be complete between all inter unit
controls and require only a single power source connection. The inter unit wiring shall be contained in Flextite flexible, waterproof
conduit. All inter-tank hydraulic or pneumatic tubing shall be installed as part of the skid package. The mineral tanks are to be
bolted to the skid. Permanent attachment, or welding, will not be acceptable. The entire skid mounted system shall be both leak and
electrically tested as a unit by the manufacturer before shipment
6.0 Guarantee
Attrition loss of mineral is guaranteed not to exceed 3% per year for a period of 3 years.
All mechanical equipment is guaranteed for 1 year against any defects in workmanship or materials. Any part proving defective
will be replaced or repaired within this period.
The manufacturer guarantees that under actual operating conditions the mineral shall not be washed out of the system during the
service run or backwashing period; that the turbidity and color of the effluent, by reason of passing through the softener system,
shall not be greater than that of the incoming water; and that the under-drain system, gravel and mineral shall not become fouled,
either with turbidity or by dirt, rust, or scale from the softening system, or present in the soft water, while operating as noted on
manufacturers instructions.
H8-27
02-02
Softeners Feedwater Systems
Notes
H8-28
02-02
Section H9
DEALKALIZERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
DIMENSIONS, RATINGS AND SIZING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-3
Sizing Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-4
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-7
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H9-1. Dealkalizer Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-5
TABLES
Table H9-1. Automatic Dealkalizer Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-4
Table H9-2. Dealkalizer Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9-6
H9-1
02-02
Dealkalizers Feedwater Systems
Information in this section applies directly to Cleaver- Brooks dealkalizers ranging from 10,000 to 980,000 grain capacity.
Cleaver-Brooks chloride cycle dealkalizers are similar to water softeners except that, instead of cation resin, they use a strong
anion resin to remove selective negatively charged ions from the raw water supply.
Dealkalizers require use of softened water, and are installed down stream from the water softener, and before the deaerator. Deal-
kalizers remove more than 90% of the bicarbonate alkalinity from the softened water supply. This effectively controls formation of
carbon dioxide in the boiler, the major cause of condensate line corrosion. Dealkalization reduces the need for neutralizing chemi-
cals by as much as 90%, and cuts fuel costs by minimizing blowdown.
H9-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Dealkalizers
H9-3
02-02
Dealkalizers Feedwater Systems
constant, use actual gallons used or calculate gallons based on Single Dealkalizer - Water usage per day x total load = capac-
boiler make-up rates. ity required. For example: 10,000 gallons per day x 20 gpg
total load = 200,000 grain capacity required. Select a Model
5. Exchange capacity - does not vary with salt usage like a
ACC-DAB 200 from the literature. Then select the pipe size to
water softener. Use a capacity of 10,000 grains per cubic foot
meet the flow rate required.
and regenerate consumption of 4 pounds salt and 0.4 pounds
caustic per cubic foot.
NOTICE
Sizing Calculations
Check to assure the continuous flow rate does not ex-
ceed 2 gpm per cubic foot of resin.
ACC-DAB- IN. CU-FT GR IN GPM GPM GPM IN. LBS LBS LBS IN.
250-2 2 25 250000 36x72 50 100 15.0 24x60 600 100 10.0 1-1/2
550-3 3 55 550000 54x72 110 220 32.0 39x60 1500 220 22.0 2T
680-3 3 68 680000 60x72 136 272 40.0 42x60 1800 272 27.2 3T
980-4
D 4 98 980000 72x72 196 300 60.0 50x60 3000 392 39.2 3T
NOTES:
A. Capacity based on 10,000 grains/cubic foot of resin. This decreases with chloride content over 30 ppm.
B. Maximum flow reduces capacity by 20%. Pressure drop at max flow is less than 15psi.
C. T denotes turbo type water meter.
D. Valve manifold factory assembled on the tank, removed for shipment.
H9-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Dealkalizers
MODEL NO. DS DB G H W L L1
ACC-DAB-10-3/4 9 18 37 54 22 61 88
ACC-DAB-20-1 12 18 43 60 22 64 94
ACC-DAB-30-1 14 18 49 66 22 66 98
ACC-DAB-40-1-1/4 16 22 49 66 22 72 106
ACC-DAB-50-1-1/4 20 22 43 76 30 76 114
ACC-DAB-80-1-1/4 24 22 43 79 34 80 122
ACC-DAB-140-1-1/2 30 24 43 85 41 88 136
ACC-DAB-200-2 36 24 43 91 45 94 148
H9-5
02-02
Dealkalizers Feedwater Systems
10 9x48 3/4 1 16 15 2 10000 1.0 0.71 2.0 18x31 225 4 0.17 0.4 0.42
5 8000
20 12x54 1 2 18 30 4 20000 1.4 0.99 2.8 18x31 225 8 0.22 0.8 0.54
10 16000
30 14x60 1 3 21 45 6 30000 2.0 1.38 4.4 18x31 225 12 0.30 1.2 0.76
15 24000
40 16x60 1-1/4 4 20 60 8 40000 2.4 1.95 5.9 22x36 375 16 0.43 1.6 1.08
20 32000
50 20x54 1-1/4 5 25-1/2 100 10 50000 4.3 2.38 7.5 22x36 375 20 0.52 2.0 1.33
25 40000
80 24x54 1-1/4 8 20-1/2 200 16 80000 6.5 3.45 12.0 22x36 375 32 0.76 3.2 1.88
40 64000
140 30x60 1-1/2 14 23 300 28 140000 10 6.90 21.5 24x50 550 56 1.52 5.6 3.77
70 112000
200 36x60 2 20 24-1/2 400 40 200000 15 8.5 30 24x60 650 80 1.87 8.0 4.72
100 160000
250 36x72 2 25 28 400 50 250000 15 13.9 40 24x60 650 100 3.05 10.0 7.85
125 200000
330 42x72 3 33 29 600 66 330000 20 15.5 50 30x60 850 132 3.4 13.2 8.91
165 264000
420 48x72 3 42 29 1000 88 420000 25 21.4 65 38x60 1650 168 4.7 16.8 12.18
210 336000
550 54x72 3 55 27-1/2 1300 110 550000 32 30 85 38x60 1350 220 6.6 22.0 17.3
275 440000
680 60x72 3 68 27-1/2 1800 136 680000 40 37.5 100 42x60 1700 272 8.3 27.2 21.4
340 544000
980 72x72 3 98 27-1/2 2600 196 980000 60 53.4 150 48x60 2200 392 10.0 39.2 26.4
490 784000
H9-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Dealkalizers
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers requirements.
2.0 Equipment
2.1 Tanks 9" Through 16" Diameter
Dealkalizer tank(s) shall be of welded construction, tank quality carbon steel. Each tank shall be _______ " diameter with a
_______ " straight side shell height. The tank(s) shall have reinforced openings for pipe connections and a 4" diameter access
opening in the top head. The tank(s) shall be rated for 100 psig working pressure and 150 psig test pressure. Tank support(s) shall
be of a skirt ring type design, welded to the tank(s) lower head. The tank(s) shall have the exterior protected with a finish coat of
polyurethane and the interior protected with an epoxy-polyamide coating. A minimum freeboard of 50% shall be provided for
backwash expansion above the normal ion exchange resin bed level.
2.2 Tanks 20" Through 42" Diameter
Dealkalizer tank(s) shall be of welded construction, tank quality carbon steel. Each tank shall be __________ " diameter with a
___________" straight side shell height. The tank(s) shall have reinforced openings for pipe connections and an 11" x 15" manhole
in the top head (for tanks 30" diameter and smaller; two 3" spin off handhole should be provided in the top head and lower side-
shell). The tank(s) shall be rated for 100 psig working pressure and 150 psig test pressure. Support legs will be the strap type per-
manently welded to the lower tank head. The tank(s) shall have the exterior prime coated and the interior protected with an epoxy
lining 4-6 mils DFT after fabrication. A minimum freeboard of 50% shall be provided for back wash expansion above the normal
ion exchange resin bed level.
2.3 Tanks 48" Through 72" Diameter
Dealkalizer tank(s) shall be of welded construction, tank quality carbon steel. Each tank shall be _______ " diameter with a
________ " straight side shell height; the tanks shall have reinforced openings for pipe connections and 12" x 16" manhole in the
top head. The tank(s) shall be rated for 100 psig working pressure and 150 psig test pressure. Support legs will be the adjustable
jack type. The tank(s) shall have the exterior protected with a rust inhibiting primer and the interior shall have an epoxy lining 4-6
mils DFT, prior to shipment. A minimum freeboard of 50% shall be provided for backwash expansion above the normal ion
exchange resin bed level.
2.4 Tank Option
Provide pressure vessel in accordance with ASME Section VIII. Working pressure to be 100, 125 or 150 pounds, and hydrotested to
150, 187.5 or 225 psig, stamped and certified.
2.5 Tank Option
Provide high-temperature epoxy internal lining 10-12 mils DFT, with rust resistant prime coat, external coating 2-3 mils DFT.
2.6 Tank Option
Provide baked phenolic internal lining 4-5 mils DFT, with rust resistant prime coat, external coating 2-3 mils DFT.
H9-7
02-02
Dealkalizers Feedwater Systems
H9-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Dealkalizers
H9-9
02-02
Dealkalizers Feedwater Systems
Flow rate indication shall be continuously displayed for each unit. The flow range is 0-999 flow units per minute (gallons, cu-ft,
liters, cu-m, etc.). Cumulative volume totalization to eight (8) digits shall be continuously displayed for each unit.
A regeneration start delay time interval can be user programmed for 0 to 16 hours to allow for brine make-up or regeneration feed-
water recovery.
5.0 Instructions
A complete set of installation instructions and operating instruction shall be furnished.
7.0 Guarantee
The manufacturer of the dealkalizer equipment shall guarantee his equipment as follows:
A. All parts found defective in material or workmanship within a period of one year after installation shall be repaired or
replaced.
B. The dealkalizer shall reduce the alkalinity of the water to 10 ppm or to 10% of the influent alkalinity.
C. Loss of resin by attrition shall not exceed 3% per year for 3 years.
The manufacturer of the dealkalizer equipment must have been engaged in the manufacturing of this size equipment for a period of
not less than five (5) years and be able to furnish locations of like-sized equipment installed and operating in the general area of this
job. A complete set of operating instructions covering the installation, care and operation of the dealkalizer system shall be fur-
nished in bound booklet form.
H9-10
02-02
Section H10
BLOWDOWN SEPARATORS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-3
Standard and Optional Equipment Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-3
DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, SIZING AND SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-5
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-5
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-10
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H10-1. Blowdown Separator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-4
Figure H10-2. Automatic Drain Water Aftercooler (18DF) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-5
Figure H10-3. Automatic Drain Water Aftercooler (20AO) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-6
Figure H10-4. Model 5D Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-7
Figure H10-5. Separator Floor Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-8
Figure H10-6. Separator Wall Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-9
TABLES
Table H10-1. Boiler Blowdown Separator Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-4
Table H10-2. Cooling Water Line and Valve Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-6
H10-1
02-02
Blowdown Separators Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on blowdown separators, which are used to provide safe and economical flash purification to
enhance blowdown effectiveness.
H10-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Separators
FEATURES AND BENEFITS Cleaver-Brooks blowdown separators are compact, and can be
quickly installed with few connections. Accessories include
leg or wall brackets, drain tempering fitting, strainer, tempera-
Fast, Safe, Low-Cost Way to Separate Steam and Water and
ture regulating valve, thermometer, pressure gauge and
Remove Harmful Dissolved Solids.
flanges.
Protects boiler surfaces from severe scaling or corrosion
problems. Pressure ranges:
0 to 300 psig, standard.
Economical Flash Purification Process for Enhancing Blow-
301 to 1600 psig, special.
down Effectiveness.
Available with ASME U stamp.
Reduce drain water temperature to meet state and local
requirements.
Standard and Optional Equipment Selection
The Design is Quiet, with Noise Levels Held Below 90 dBA, For dimensions and sizing of blowdown separators, refer to
so no Exhaust Head is Required. Figure H10-1 and Table H10-1.
For manual drain water tempering, use Aftercooler model 5D
CB Blowdown Separators are Compact, and Can Be Quickly
and specify drain diameter.
Installed with Few Connections.
For automatic control of drain water temperature, use
Stainless steel striking plate greatly extends separator life.
18DF___ or 20AO___ Aftercooler. 20AO Aftercooler is
required in some areas to automatically regulate the tempera-
Momentum of Water is Speeded by Spiral Baffle Centerwise ture of the water to the drain. Check local codes to ascertain if
to Drain. Drain is Completely Filled - No Center Void. it is required in your area.
Tangential inlet and small diameter prompt high velocity
A temperature regulating valve should be used when the blow-
spinning for release of steam.
down temperature going to the drain needs to be less than 212
F. (See Table H10-2 to select cooling water line and valve
All Interior Surfaces Slant Toward Drain, Making Unit Self- size.)
Draining, Self-Drying for Longer Life.
Use a solenoid valve and thermostat when the cooling water
Proven Performance. pressure exceeds 80 psig.
1. Model 18 DF Aftercooler (Figure H10-2). Nonclogging
Demonstrated Durability. automatic drain tempering fitting with stainless steel mixing
tongue (on 4" and larger) to provide thorough mixing of influ-
Universal Adaptability. ent cold water with drain water. The middle flange permits
rotation for various pipe fitting requirements and also serves as
a dismantling flange. Two bulb-wells for mounting control
PRODUCT OFFERING valve and thermometer are furnished. When ordering, state
Boilers that supply steam for power, process or heating appli- cold water inlet size.
cations require periodic and more often, frequent, blowdowns 2. Model 20AO Jacket Type After Cooler (Figure H10-3).
to prevent buildup of harmful solids. Blowdown protects Required in some areas. Has mixing holes corresponding to the
boiler surfaces from severe scaling or corrosion problems that cold water inlet size. The lower portion is designed with wells
would otherwise result. to accommodate automatic control bulb and thermometer.
Cleaver-Brooks blowdown separators use a safe, economical When ordering state cold water inlet size.
flash purification process for enhancing blowdown effective- 3. Temperature Regulator Valves (Figures H10-2 and H10-3).
ness. Steam is rapidly separated from blowdown water and Automatically control the flow of cold water by responding to
vented out the top of the blowdown separator in a cyclonic temperature changes at the thermostatic bulb. The 6" capillary
spinning action. Water and dissolved solids are flushed out the tube allows installation in the cold water line while the 11"
bottom drain. bulb is mounted in the lower portion of the aftercooler. The
The design is quiet, with noise levels held below 90 dBA, so valve size should correspond to the cold water inlet.
no exhaust head is required. Internal pressures do not exceed 5 4. Thermometer. Bi-metal, drawn steel case, rust resistant and
psig. Blowdown water is cooled to 120 F by a drain temper- finished in oven baked enamel. Six inch brass stem with 1/4"
ing device, designed to meet state and local codes. NPT bushing provided for use with Model 18 DF and Model
20 AO Aftercoolers.
H10-3
02-02
Blowdown Separators Feedwater Systems
INSPECTION PORT
V VENT
A 1/4
SS WEAR PLATE
9 I INLET
H 1/2 PL
A A
MODEL NO. A20B A34B A56B 14
H Dimension 22 34 56
A Dimension 9-3/4 10-1/4 11
I Inlet size Determined by blowdown valve size.
:V Vent size Select from Table H10-1.
D Drain size Select from Table H10-4.
PL Plate size 5/16 or 3/8. May be determined by D DRAIN
codes.
HEADS SA 516-70
SECTION A-A SHELL SA 53B
COUPLINGS SA 105
MODEL NO. ________ MAWP WEAR PLATE SA 240-304
250 PSIG AT 450 F BAFFLES SA 240-304
NOZZLES SA 53B, SA 106-B
FINISH RED OXIDE PRIMER
Separator
Model H
Model H
Model H
Model H
Model H
Dim. I D V I D V I D V I D V I D V
Generator
Op psig
0-15 14 1 2 2-1/2 20 1-1/4 3 4 20 1-1/2 3 4 20 2 4 5 34 2-1/2 5 6
16-50 20 1 2 2-1/2 20 1-1/4 3 4 34 1-1/2 3 4 34 2 4 5 34 2-1/2 5 6
51-100 20 1 3 2-1/2 34 1-1/4 4 4 34 1-1/2 4 4 34 2 5 5 34 2-1/2 6 6
101-125 34 1 3 3 34 1-1/4 4 4 34 1-1/2 4 4 34 2 5 5 56 2-1/2 6 6
126-150 34 1 3 3 34 1-1/4 4 4 34 1-1/2 4 5 56 2 5 6 56 2-1/2 6 6
151-175 34 1 3 4 34 1-1/4 4 4 34 1-1/2 4 5 56 2 5 6 56 2-1/2 6 8
176-200 34 1 3 4 34 1-1/4 4 5 56 1-1/2 5 5 56 2 6 6 56 2-1/2 6 8
201-225 34 1 4 4 56 1-1/4 4 5 56 1-1/2 5 5 56 2 6 6 56 2-1/2 8 8
226-300 56 1 4 4 56 1-1/4 4 5 56 1-1/2 5 6 56 2 6 8 56 2-1/2 8 8
(Rev 7/97)
H10-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Separators
5. Solenoid Valve. Automatically controls cooling water to easy and expedient means of installation. Standard height
aftercooler. Non-magnetic stainless steel body; micro-finished, raises separator 18 inches from floor, or when aftercoolers are
hardened pilot valve ball. Has two-wire control circuit (120/ provided, additional height is provided.
60). Well immersion hot water control provided for actuating
9.Separator Wall Brackets (Figure H10-6). For wall mounting
solenoid valve.
where floor space is limited, or where desired installation is at
6. The Model 5D Drain Tempering Fitting (Figure H10-4). a level higher than leg height of 18 inches.
Simple type of aftercooler for adding cooling water with man-
ual control. It has cold water inlet for adding cooling water to DIMENSIONS, RATINGS, SIZING AND
drain for tempering to 120 F. Inlet is sized for minimum influ-
ent water conditions of 60 F water at 40 psig pressure with SELECTION
100 sq-ft of supply. When ordering, state Model 5 D (Drain Dimensions, ratings, sizing, and selection information are pre-
Diameter); i.e. for 4" drain use Model 5D 4. sented in Table H10-2.
7. Armstrong Strainer. Cast iron with .045 stainless steel
screen. Install in cold water line to protect temperature regula- ENGINEERING DATA
tor valve or solenoid valve shown in adjacent column.
Engineering data are shown in Figure H10-1 and Table H10-2.
8. Separator Floor Stand (Figure H10-5). Provides and excel-
lent means for supporting separators. Constructed of sturdy
angle iron. They come attached to the separator to provide an
A D F H CWI
2-1/2 2 6 18 1/2 F
2-1/2 2 6 18 3/4 D
2-1/2 2-1/2 7 18 3/4
4 3 7-1/2 20 3/4 A
4 3 7-1/2 20 1
4 4 9 20 1 CWI COLD WATER INLET
4 4 9 20 1-1/4 STAINLESS STEEL MIXING
4 5 10 20 1-1/4 TONGUE SUPPLIED ON
MODELS 18DF4 AND LARGER
4 5 10 20 1-1/2
4-1/2 6 11 20 1-1/2 H 1/4 NPTF CONNECTION TO
4-1/2 6 11 20 2 ACCOMODATE BIMETALLIC
THERMOMETER
NOTES:
1. Temperature regulator valve bulb is installed in
lower section of the aftercooler so that the bulb 1 NPTF CONNECTION TO ACCOMODATE
senses mixed water temperature. Valve is modulating TEMPERATURE REGLUATOR VALVE
so that the right amount of cold water is added to SENSING BULB
cool the drain water to the desired temperature set
on the valve. Valve range is 110 to 150 F.
H10-5
02-02
Blowdown Separators Feedwater Systems
D1 D2 CWI
2 3 1/2
2 3 3/4
2-1/2 4 3/4
3 4 3/4
3 4 1
CWI COLD WATER INLET NPTF
4 5 1 5-1/4 D2
4 5 1-1/4
5 6 1-1/4
1/4 NPTF CONNECTION TO
5 6 1-1/2 ACCOMODATE BIMETALLIC D2
6 8 1-1/2 THERMOMETER
6 8 2 20
NOTES:
1. Temperature regulator valve bulb is installed in lower D1
section of the aftercooler so that the bulb senses mixed
water temperature. Valve is modulating so that the right 1 NPTF CONNECTION TO
ACCOMODATE TEMP
amount of cold water is added to cool the drain water to REGULATOR VALVE
the desired temperature set on the valve. Valve range SENSING BULB
is 110 to 150 F.
0-50 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 1 3/4 1-1/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/4
51-100 1 3/4 3/4 1 1 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2
101-125 1 3/4 3/4 1-1/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 1-1/4 2 2 2
126-175 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 1-1/2 2-1/2 2 2
176-225 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2-1/2 2 2
226-250 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2-1/2 2 2
251-300 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2
0-50 3/4 1/2 1/2 1 1 1 1-1/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 1-1/2
51-100 1 3/4 3/4 1-1/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 1-1/4 2 2 2
101-125 1 1 3/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 1-1/2 2-1/2 2 2
126-175 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2-1/2 2 2
176-225 1 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2
226-250 1-1/4 1-1/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2-1/2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2
251-300 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/2 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
H10-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Separators
B D H CWl H
2-1/2 2 5 3/4
COLD WATER
INLET - NPTF
2-1/2 2-1/2 5 3/4
4 3 7 1
4 4 7 1-1/4
D
4 5 7 1-1/2
4-1/2 6 7 2
Furnish and install a manual drain water aftercooler Model 5D ____ and with a ____ cold water connection.
NOTE:
1. Temperature regulator valve bulb is installed in lower section of the aftercooler so that the bulb senses mixed water tem-
perature. Valve is modulating so that the right amount of cold water is added to cool the drain water to the desired temper-
ature set on the valve. Valve range is 110 to 150 F.
2. Regulator Valve has composition seat to ensure tight shut-off when not blowing down. Valve should be protected with
C.1. Strainer with .045 mesh.
H10-7
02-02
Blowdown Separators Feedwater Systems
For Screwed or Beveled Connections, Factory Fabricated 2" x 2" x 1/4" Angle Permissible Load 6000 lbs
If 18DF, 16DS, or 20AO Aftercooler is furnished with separator, see dimension chart for separator height A. A
dimension is determined by separator drain size D. This provides adequate height for the aftercooler and elbow
when required.
D A
2 22
2-1/2 23
3 24
4 25
5 30
6 34
For Flanged Connections Factory Fabricated 2" x 2" x 1/4" Angle Permissible Load 6000 lbs.
If 18DF, 16DS, or 20AO Aftercooler is furnished with flanged connections on both ends, use dimension chart to
determine separator height "A".
"A" dimension will always be 18" when separator is furnished without an aftercooler.
D A
2 28
2-1/2 30
3 31
4 32
5 33
6 35
H10-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Separators
MODEL A B C D
20 21 14 - 13
34 21 14 - -
56 35 28 14 -
NOTE:
1. DIMENSION C IS FOR MODEL 56 ONLY.
2. DIMENSION D IS FOR MODEL 20 ONLY.
H10-9
02-02
Blowdown Separators Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in meeting your customers requirements.
2.0 Accessories
Provide a ________ solenoid valve to automatically control the flow of cold water by responding to temperature changes sensed at
the thermostatic bulb in the aftercooler fitting.
Furnish a bi-metal thermometer with necessary adaptor bushing for use with _________ (18DF or 20AO) aftercooler.
Furnish a ______ cast iron strainer with .045 stainless steel screen ahead of the ________ (TRV or solenoid valve) to protect said
valve against foreign matter.
Furnish and install an automatic drain water aftercooler, Model ________ (18DF or 20AO) with a ______ cold water connection
for a _________________ (TRV or solenoid valve and thermostat) (See Figure H10-2 or H10-3).
Provide a ___________ temperature regulator valve to automatically control the flow of cold water by responding to temperature
changes sensed at the thermostatic bulb in the aftercooler fitting.
The accessory separator floor stand and wall mounting bracket are shown in Figures H10-5 and H10-6.
H10-10
02-02
Section H11
BLOWDOWN HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
BHR-S and BHR-M Series (High Pressure Steam Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
BHR-LPS Series (Low Pressure Steam Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
BHR-S and BHR-M Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
BHR-LPS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-4
BHR-LPS Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-4
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-4
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-13
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H11-1. Blowdown Heat Recovery System Selection and Payback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-5
Figure H11-2. Model BHR S Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-8
Figure H11-3. Model BHR-S Ratings/Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-9
Figure H11-4. Model BHR-M Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-10
Figure H11-5. Model BHR-M Ratings/Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-11
Figure H11-6. Model BHR-LPS Dimensions and Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-12
H11-1
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on Cleaver-Brooks Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems used to recover energy from blowdown
water and use the energy to preheat make-up water. Cleaver-Brooks heat recovery systems encompass the following models:
Model BHR-S Series for single boiler applications.
Model BHR-M Series for multiple boiler applications.
Model BHR-LPS Series for low pressure steam applications.
H11-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
Removable Shell for Easy Inspection and Cleaning: Cleaver-Brooks blowdown/heat recovery systems adjust auto-
matically to changing system demands, and recover 90% or
Reduces maintenance costs. more of the heat normally lost during boiler surface blowdown
operation.
Significant Fuel Savings for Any Size Boiler:
The blowdown/heat recovery systems will usually result in a
It transfers the blowdown heat to the make-up, thereby payback in a few short months from fuel savings alone. Refer
decreasing fuel costs. to Figure H11-1 for selection and payback calculations.
Saves chemical costs by reducing blowdown. The Cleaver-Brooks Packaged Blowdown Heat Recovery Sys-
tem serves two primary functions.
Blowdown is Cooled Before Discharging Into the Sewer:
1. It automatically controls the surface blowdown to maintain
Complies with discharge water codes. the desired level of total dissolved solids (TDS) in the boiler,
reducing the amount of blowdown to a minimum.
BHR-LPS Series (Low Pressure Steam Ap- 2. It recovers the heat from the high temperature blowdown,
plications) and transfers it to the incoming cold make-up water, maximiz-
Blowdown Flow Concurrent With and Proportional to Make- ing boiler efficiency. Use of BHR also improves deaerator effi-
up Flow: ciency by reducing surges caused by adding large amounts of
cold make-up water to the system.
Higher heat transfer, greater efficiency.
The control valve within the unit performs two functions. The
valve senses the flow of make-up, and positions itself to main-
Each Boiler Has Its Own Heat Exchanger, Sample Valve,
tain the desired ratio of blowdown and make-up flows. As a
Throttling Valve, and Make-Up Flow Switch:
result, the dissolved solids concentration within the boiler is
Easier to adjust and monitor each boiler individually. maintained automatically.
The proportioning control also provides for very effective heat
Level of Dissolved Solids or Specific Conductance Can Be recovery since hot blowdown flows only when there is a corre-
Adjusted: sponding flow of cold water (make-up).
Prevents foaming, priming or scaling without wasting excess
Model BHR-M Systems for multiple boiler installations
energy.
include a flow control valve for each boiler. This allows for
proportioning the overall system blowdown between different
Packaged for Easy Installation: boilers, which may be operating at different loads. A strainer
Saves money on installation costs. and sampling valve are also provided for each boiler, with a
sample cooler mounted on the system. Thus, all boilers can be
H11-3
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
BHR-LPS Series
Cleaver-Brooks Model BHR-LPS systems are designed for
boilers operating up to 30 psig and features a brazed plate
exchanger - dedicated to each boiler - up to a maximum of
three boilers. The plate exchanger is designed to improve ther-
mal exchange efficiency. The BHR-LPS also features an on/off
flow switch that is synchronized to each boiler feed pump.
The BHR-LPS includes plate exchanger, on/off flow switch,
outlet thermometer and interconnecting piping.
BHR-LPS Selection
Make-up = minimum flow (total - all boilers) - 3-1/2 gpm (The
make-up valve to feedwater tank should be on/off type to
ensure minimum 3-1/2 gpm flow).
Maximum flow (each boiler) - 15 gpm.
Maximum pressure - 65 psig.
Blowdown, maximum flow (each boiler) - 3 gpm
Design pressure -30 psig at 274 F
H11-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
Figure H11-1. Blowdown Heat Recovery System Selection and Payback (Sheet 1 of 3)
H11-5
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
Figure H11-1. Blowdown Heat Recovery System Selection and Payback (Sheet 2 of 3)
H11-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
Figure H11-1. Blowdown Heat Recovery System Selection and Payback (Sheet 3 of 3)
H11-7
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
C REF 8 8 10 10 12-1/2
D 28 64 64 100 100
REF
L 33 60 60 105 96-1/2
P 7 7 7 7 7-1/2
CONNECTIONS
H11-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
H11-9
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
B REF 22 22 24 24 28
L 33 60 60 105 96-1/2
N 14 14 16 16 20
CONNECTIONS
3 3/4 FPT 3/4 FPT 3/4 FPT 3/4 FPT 3/4 FPT
6 1/4 FPT 1/4 FPT 1/4 FPT 1/4 FPT 1/4 FPT
H11-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
H11-11
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
MODEL NO. A B
BHR-3LPS 15 -
BHR-6LPSA 26 11
BHR-9LPS 37 22
H11-12
02-02
Feedwater Systems Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers requirements.
H11-
02-02
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems Feedwater Systems
A heat treated stainless steel valve seat and plunger shall manually control, the blowdown flow by means of a handwheel. A blow-
down outlet thermometer Weksler Type 152 shall be furnished at the blowdown outlet.
A flow control assembly shall be furnished for each boiler. The assembly shall consist of a _____ inch Hancock #4595 flow control
valve rated at 300 psig, bronze construction and a _____ inch cast steel strainer with a stainless steel screen and have a 250 psig
pressure rating.
A SC-22 sample cooler with isolation valves and interconnecting piping will be supplied.
The entire system shall be supported by steel channel legs with 3/4" diameter holes for customer-supplied 5/8" diameter anchor
bolts.
The system will be painted with a hard enamel finish coating.
H11-14
02-02
Section H12
FLASH TANK HEAT EXCHANGERS
CONTENT
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
Standard Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-3
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-10
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H12-1. Model FTE Flash Tank Heat Exchanger Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-4
Figure H12-2. Model AHR Flash Tank Heat Exchanger Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-5
Figure H12-3. Flash Tank Exchanger Blowdown System Selection & Payback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-6
This section contains information on Cleaver-Brooks Flash Tank Heat Exchangers. Flash tank heat exchangers are used on applica-
tions when operating pressures exceed 25 psig and continuous blowdown heat recovery is desired.
H12-1
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
Notes
H12-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Flash Tank Heat Exchangers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS steel, is integral with the ASME approved flash tank. The
space saving system includes floor supports, liquid level con-
trol, three indicating thermometers, and a safety valve as stan-
Flashing:
dard equipment.
Hot, high-pressure blowdown water from each boiler is
piped to individual flow control valves on the inlet manifold. Standard Offering
Pressure drops across the flow control valve to 5-20 psig,
causing the blowdown water to flash into a mixture of steam Flash separator with stainless steel coil heat exchanger.
and water. Floor supports.
An entrainment baffle directs the mixture around the inside Liquid level indicator, brass body Michigan gauge.
of the tank in a centrifugal motion. Efficient baffling Temperature control panel with three indicating
separates the dirty blowdown water from the clean steam. thermometers (drain temperature, make-up inlet, make-up
outlet).
Discharge:
Safety Valve.
Steam then rises through the top of the flash tank and is piped
to the feedwater heater, or wherever low pressure steam is ASME Code Construction (150# Design).
required. The remaining hot, dirty water flows out the bottom
of the flash tank to a heat exchanger for additional heat Major Components
recovery, or to a blow-off tank or sewer. Blowdown system.
Flashtank.
Heat Recovery:
In addition to the heat recovered as flashed steam, the heat Heat exchanger.
exchanger will transfer the remaining heat normally lost Stand.
during blowdown, to the cold make-up water as it flows to
the feedwater heater. Optional Equipment
Drain valve and level control.
PRODUCT OFFERING
Sample coolers and assembly.
Flash tank heat exchangers are used when operating pressures
exceed 25 psig and continuous blowdown heat recovery is Flow control valve and assembly.
desired for cost savings. They consist of an ASME approved Manifold.
and stamped flash tank and a blowdown heat exchanger. Water
from continuous blowdown enters the tank and separates into Safety valve.
steam and water. The steam, normally at 5 psig, can be Gauge glass.
returned to the deaerator to help meet heating needs. Hot water
leaves the flash tank at temperatures of 220 F, or more. It goes Pressure gauge.
into the heat exchanger, where it heats cold makeup water Gauge panel.
entering the system.
Level alarm.
The systems quickly pay for themselves with fuel savings
resulting from recycled heat that would otherwise be wasted. Level alarm control panel.
The Model FTE (Figure H12-1) is a conventional plate and Thermometers for exchanger operation.
frame type blowdown heat recovery system available in sizes
ranging from 10 to 20 gpm blowdown and 10 to 200 gpm ENGINEERING DATA
makeup.
Engineering data, system selection, and payback are shown in
The Model AHR (Figure H12-2) is available in sizes ranging Figure H12-3.
from 3 to 30 gpm blowdown and 9 to 150 gpm makeup. The
model AHR is a coil type flash tank heat exchanger. It is a
compact, low cost alternative to the shell and tube design. The
basic difference is the heat exchanger, constructed of stainless
H12-3
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
73
37
CAPACITY (MAX)
MODEL NO. A
BLOWDOWN MAKE-UP
H12-4
02-02
Feedwater Systems Flash Tank Heat Exchangers
BLOW- MAKEUP
MODEL DOWN A B C D E F G H
(GPM)
(GPM)
H12-5
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
Figure H12-3. Flash Tank Exchanger Blowdown System Selection & Payback (Sheet 1 of 4)
H12-6
02-02
Feedwater Systems Flash Tank Heat Exchangers
Figure H12-3. Flash Tank Exchanger Blowdown System Selection & Payback (Sheet 2 of 4)
H12-7
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
Figure H12-3. Flash Tank Exchanger Blowdown System Selection & Payback (Sheet 3 of 4)
H12-8
02-02
Feedwater Systems Flash Tank Heat Exchangers
Figure H12-3. Flash Tank Exchanger Blowdown System Selection & Payback (Sheet 4 of 4)
H12-9
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specification is provided by Cleaver- Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers requirements.
Model FTE
1.0 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-10
2.0 Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-10
Model AHR
1.0 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-11
2.0 Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-11
3.0 Multiple Boiler Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12-11
Model FTE
1.0 General
Provide Cleaver-Brooks Model FTE-_____________ packaged flash tank heat exchanger system designed to handle a maximum
blowdown rate of 10 to 20 gpm, and a maximum makeup rate of 100 to 200 gpm.
The heat recovery system shall be designed for boilers of 300-3600 hp operating at 25 to 250 psig. The unit shall be designed to
cool the blowdown to within 25 F of the makeup water temperature. The tank shall have a 100 psig rating at 300 F.
The heat recovery systems flash tank shall have an ASME Code design pressure at 100 psig and an internal flash tank pressure of
_____ psig (5 to 15). The flash tank shall be 18" diameter x 30" high, and shall be complete with a blowdown inlet manifold, stain-
less steel wear plate, centrifugal entrainment baffle, steam outlet, Armstrong 3LD level control flat and drain valve, 1/2" drain con-
nections, gauge glass assembly, and a 1/2" Consolidated # 1543H safety valve.
The system shall also have a plate and frame heat exchanger, consisting of plates manufactured of AISI 316 stainless steel. These
plates shall be assembled in packs and bolted in a frame, with each adjacent pair of plates forming a channel with the liquid flowing
in alternate channels. Between the plates shall be a one piece gasket made of EPDM. The exchanger shall have a maximum temper-
ature limitation of 100 psig at 300 F. The system shall have interconnecting piping of steel and stainless steel.
A flow control assembly shall be furnished for each boiler. The assembly shall consist of a _____" Hancock #4595 flow control
valve rated at 300 psig, bronze construction, and a ______" cast steel strainer with a stainless steel screen, and have a 250 psig pres-
sure rating.
A 0-100 psig flash tank pressure gauge shall be furnished.
The entire system shall be supported by steel channel legs with 3/4" diameter holes for customer-supplied 5/8" diameter anchor
bolts.
A high level alarm switch Mercoid # 123, rated at 125 psig, shall be furnished. The switch shall be mounted and piped on the unit,
and shall include two (2) isolation valves.
The system shall be painted with Cleaver-Brooks finish paint.
H12-10
02-02
Feedwater Systems Flash Tank Heat Exchangers
Model AHR
1.0 General
Furnish Cleaver-Brooks Model ACC-AHR ____ packaged flash tank coil type heat exchanger system, designed to handle a maxi-
mum blowdown rate of ____ gpm (3 to 30) and a maximum makeup rate of _____ gpm (9 to 150).
The system shall be designed for boilers of (130-2200) hp operating at (0-600) psig. The unit shall be designed to cool the blow-
down to within 30 F of the makeup water temperature. The unit shall have a 150 psig rating at 365 F.
The systems flash tank shall have an ASME code design pressure of 150 psig and an internal flash pressure of ____ psig (5 to 15).
The flash tank shall be ____" diameter and ____" high and shall be complete with a ______" tangential blowdown inlet, stainless
steel wear plate, steam outlet, ball type float trap with all working parts constructed of stainless steel, tank stand, brass-bodied
Michigan site glass, and a safety relief valve set at 150 psig. The flash tank shall have a flanged bottom section for quick access to
the sludge area and to the coil.
The system shall also have a vertical coil-type heat exchanger. The exchanger shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be
integral with the flash tank. The coil shall be complete with ______" threaded connections for the makeup water inlet and outlet.
A gauge panel shall be furnished and shall include dial thermometers for indicating makeup inlet temperature, makeup outlet tem-
perature and blowdown outlet temperature. The gauge panel shall be prepiped and mounted on the unit.
The entire system shall be supported by steel legs with 3/4" diameter holes for customer-supplied 1/2" diameter bolts. The system
will be painted with Cleaver-Brooks blue finish paint.
H12-
02-02
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers Feedwater Systems
NOTES
H12-12
02-02
Section H13
SAMPLE COOLERS
CONTENTS
FEATURES AND BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
PRODUCT OFFERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
ENGINEERING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-6
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure H13-1. Sample Cooler (SC-22) Dimensions 4
Figure H13-2. Performance Curves for Hot Water Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-4
Figure H13-3. Sample Cooler (SC-42) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-5
Figure H13-4. Performance Curves for Steam Samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-5
TABLES
Table H13-1. Sample Cooler Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
H13-1
02-02
Sample Coolers Feedwater Systems
This section contains information on Cleaver-Brooks sample coolers. The Model SC22 and SC42 Sample Coolers are used to cool
boiler water samples under pressure so that an accurate sampling can be made. When boiler water samples are taken without being
properly cooled (while under boiler pressure), as much as 20% of the sample can flash to steam, causing inaccurate measurement
of boiler water quality.
H13-2
02-02
Feedwater Systems Sample Coolers
FEATURES AND BENEFITS tem. The Model SC-22 sample cooler is simple, compact and
designed to cool boiler samples with minimum disturbance to
system pressure. The 316 stainless steel tubing is a continuous,
Heavy Duty All Stainless Steel Wetted Parts:
jointless, coil arrangement. The tubing is maintenance-free,
SC-22 cools hot water samples up to 850 F and 2000 psig. rated for 850 F at 2000 psig. The shell is also 316 stainless
steel, rated at 450 F, 250 psig.
SC-42 cools steam or water samples up to 1000 F and 5000
psig. The design has baffling on the shell side to achieve high cool-
ing water flow which minimizes pressure drop, vibration and
True Counterflow Cooling: scaling. The shell can be easily removed for inspection and/or
cleaning without disconnecting sample or water lines.
Effective baffling on the shell side produces full counter flow
with high cooling water flow and minimum pressure drop,
vibration and scaling.
NOTICE
Proper temperature achieved.
The Model SC-22 Sample Cooler is not generally rec-
Compact Design: ommended for steam samples. Use SC-42 for steam
sample cooler information.
SC-22 3-1/2" square x 5-1/2" long compact size. Easily
mounted in cooling water piping without using brackets or
special supports. DIMENSIONS AND RATINGS
SC-42 3-1/2 square x 11-1/4 long mounted in cooling Dimensions for Model SC-22 are shown in Figure H13-1, and
water piping without using brackets or special supports. in Figure H13-3 for Model SC-42. Ratings are shown in Table
H13-1.
Stainless Steel Coil:
Single continuous tube with no joints assures long, ENGINEERING DATA
maintenance free operation. Refer to Figures H13-2 (hot water) and H13-4 (steam) for per-
formance curves. For example, the hot water samples show the
Removable Shell: relationship of outgoing sample temperature to incoming cool-
ing water temperature for various sample temperatures (diago-
Shell can be easily removed for inspection and/or cleaning
nal lines) and flow rates (Scale at left). Example: If the water
without disconnecting sample water lines.
sample is 1/4 gpm (946 cc/min) at 400 F and is to be cooled
to less than 100 F and the cooling water is 95 F. Follow the
Lowest Cost: dotted line at 0.25 gpm to 400 F inlet temperature. Read 18 F
Largest heat transfer surface per unit of cost of any sample temperature approach. Sample pressure drop will be approxi-
coolers. mately 6.5 psig. Sample will cool to 88 F, (70 F coolant + 18
F approach).
PRODUCT OFFERING
The sample cooler is a low-pressure-drop system for monitor-
ing boiler water quality without shutting down the boiler sys-
SC-22 250 psig @ 2000 psig @ 1/4" OD SSA 304 Stainless 1.2 sq-ft 9 lbs
450oF 850oF
SC-42 450 psig @ 5000 psig @ 1/4 OD 304 SS 2.4 sq-ft 12 lbs
650oF 1000oF 316 SS
A. Tubing is 300 series stainless steel with chemical and physical properties equal to, or better
than T304.
H13-3
Sample Coolers Feedwater Systems
APPROACH TEMPERATURE F
H13-4
Feedwater Systems Sample Coolers
APPROACH TEMPERATURE F
H13-5
Sample Coolers Feedwater Systems
SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
The following sample specifications are provided by Cleaver-Brooks to assist you in specifying your customers requirements.
Furnish _______ Cleaver-Brooks Model SC-22 sample cooler(s) consisting of 304 stainless steel head and shell, jointless coiled
T304 stainless steel tubing, and a carbon steel mounting bracket.
The sample cooler shall be of compact bolted design and shall require no larger space than 3-1/2" square x 5-1/2". The tubing and
shell shall be removable for cleaning without disturbing connections. The cooling water connections shall be 3/8" FPT and the
sample tube connections shall be
1/4" OD.
The tubing shall be rated at 2000 psig at 635 F. The surface area shall be 1.2 sq-ft.
Furnish _______ Cleaver-Brooks Model SC-42 sample cooler(s) consisting of 304 stainless steel head and shell, jointless coiled
T304 stainless steel tubing, and a carbon steel mounting bracket.
The sample cooler shall be of compact bolted design and shall require no larger space than 3-1/2" square x 11". The tubing and
shell shall be removable for cleaning without disturbing connections. The cooling water connections shall be 3/8" FPT and the
sample tube connections shall be
1/4" OD.
The tubing shall be rated at 5000 psig at 1000 F. The surface area shall be 2.4 sq-ft.
H13-6
02-02
Section I
SYSTEM FUNDAMENTALS
Steam Systems I3
Ia
02-02
General System Fundamentals
Notes
Ib
Section I1
BOILER SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS
CONTENTS
BOILER TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1- 3
Scotch Marine - The Classic Firetube Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-3
Firebox boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Commercial Watertube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Industrial Watertube Boilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Flexible Watertube (Bent Tube) Boilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Membrane Watertube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Cast Iron Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Electric Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
BOILER SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-4
Codes and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-5
Steam or Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-6
System Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-6
Heating Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-6
Process Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-6
Combination Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-7
Defining Load Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-7
System Load Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-7
Load Tracking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-7
Number of Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-8
Back-Up Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-8
Type of Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-8
Downtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-8
Boiler Turndown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-8
Performance Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Combustion Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Thermal Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Boiler Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Fuel-to-Steam Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Stack Temperature and Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Excess Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-9
Radiation and Convection Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Heating Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Flue Gas Passes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Integral Boiler/Burner Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Special Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Replacement Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
PAYBACK ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-10
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-12
I1-1
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure I1-1. Annual Gas Cost as a Function of Gas Use and Unit Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-14
Figure I1-2. Annual Gas Cost as a Function of Gas Use and Unit Price (Expansion of Figure I1-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-15
Figure I1-3. Annual Fuel Oil Cost as a Function of Fuel Oil Use and Unit Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-16
Figure I1-4. Annual Fuel Oil Cost as a Function of Fuel Oil Use and Unit Price (Expansion of Figure I1-3) . . . . . . . . . . I1-17
Figure I1-5. System Efficiency Improvement as a Function of Incremental Component Efficiency Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-18
Figure I1-6. Annual Savings as a Function of Annual Fuel Cost and System Efficiency Improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-19
Figure I1-7. Annual Savings as a Function of Annual Fuel Cost and System Efficiency Improvement
(Expansion of Figure I1-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-20
TABLES
Table I1-1.Common Boiler Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-3
Table I1-2. Considerations for Selecting a Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-5
Table I1-3. Load Demand Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-7
Table I1-4.Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - Natural Gas (MM/Btu/hr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-11
Table I1-5. Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - No. 6 Oil (gal/hr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-12
Table I1-6. Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - No. 2 Oil (gal/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I1-13
Perhaps no other piece of equipment is more important to a facility than the boiler. Proper boiler selection, to meet the needs of the
application, is a critical factor in the design of any steam or hot water system.
This section provides information to consider when selecting a boiler. This information is divided into three main subsections:
1. Boiler Types
Typical boiler types are defined, including: firetube, firebox, industrial watertube, and commercial watertube boilers. General
information is provided on the differences in boiler types (sizes, ranges, pressures, etc.). For more detailed information on boiler
products, refer to the specific boiler product section.
2. Boiler Selection
Provides information on codes and standards; when to use steam or hot water boilers; defines load requirements; defines the num-
ber of boilers needed; discusses performance issues; and addresses special requirements.
3. Payback Analysis
There are many factors that affect the decision to purchase a particular piece of boiler room equipment. This section addresses
economic considerations only, and provides a procedure that can be applied to individual equipment selection or evaluation of
alternative systems.
Definitions
To assist with understanding information in this section, it will be necessary to understand the following definitions.
Boiler horsepower(BHP) is a measure of boiler energy output. One boiler horsepower (from and at 212 F):
BHP = 34.5 lbs/hr
BHP = 33,472 Btu/hr
BHP = 9.8 kW
BHP should not be confused with other horsepower measurements.
Boiler Trim: Accessories added to the boiler, such as auxiliary low water cutoff, special tappings, special gas trains, etc.
Btu: Amount of energy required to raise one pound of water one F.
Input: Total amount of fuel input to the burner in Btu/hr.
Output: Total amount of energy released from a steam or hot water boiler measured in boiler horsepower, lbs/hr of steam, or Btu/
hr.
For additional definitions, refer to the glossary at the end of The Boiler Book.
I1-2
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
I1-3
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
BOILER TYPES be necessary to use very thick shell and tube sheet material.
For this reason, a watertube boiler is generally used if pressure
The boilers discussed in this book are packaged boilers. This above 350 psig design is needed.
concept has been around for more than 60 years. The packaged
boiler originated with Cleaver-Brooks, when a pre-engineered Firetube boilers are usually built similar to a shell and tube
assembly was supplied to a customer to eliminate his need to heat exchanger. A large quantity of tubes results in more heat-
purchase separate components, and then try to make them ing surface per boiler horsepower, which greatly improves heat
work together. The packaged boiler has proven to be a suc- transfer and efficiency.
cessful concept - with more than 150,000 Cleaver-Brooks Firetube boilers are rated in boiler horsepower (BHP), which
units around the world. should not be confused with other horsepower measurements.
There are many types of packaged boilers available. Table I1-1 The furnace and the banks of tubes are used to transfer heat to
compares common boiler types and their features. the water. Combustion occurs within the furnace and the flue
The following is an overview of different types of boilers. gases are routed through the tubes to the stack outlet. Firetube
boilers are available in two, three and four pass designs. A sin-
Scotch Marine - The Classic Firetube Boiler gle pass is defined as the area where combustion gases travel
the length of the boiler. Generally, boiler efficiencies increase
The Scotch Marine style of boiler has become so popular in with the number of passes.
the last 40 years that it frequently is referred to simply as a
firetube boiler. Firetube boilers are available for low or high Firetube boilers are available in either dryback or wetback
pressure steam, or for hot water applications. Firetube boilers design. In the dryback boiler, a refractory-lined chamber, out-
are typically used for applications ranging from 15 to 1500 side of the vessel, is used to direct the combustion gases from
horsepower. A firetube boiler is a cylindrical vessel, with the the furnace to the tube banks. Easy access to all internal areas
flame in the furnace and the combustion gases inside the tubes. of the boiler including tubes, burner, furnace, and refractory, is
The furnace and tubes are within a larger vessel, which con- available from either end of the boiler. This makes mainte-
tains the water and steam. nance easier and reduces associated costs.
The firetube construction provides some characteristics that The wetback boiler design has a water cooled turn around
differentiate it from other boiler types. Because of its vessel chamber used to direct the flue gases from the furnace to the
size, the firetube contains a large amount of water, allowing it tube banks. The wetback design requires less refractory main-
to respond to load changes with minimum variation in steam tenance; however, internal pressure vessel maintenance, such
pressure. as cleaning, is more difficult and costly. In addition, the wet-
back design is more prone to water side sludge buildup,
Steam pressure in a firetube boiler is generally limited to because of the restricted flow areas near the turn around cham-
approximately 350 psig. To achieve higher pressure, it would ber.
I1-4
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
For more information on specific firetube boiler products, refer shock. Flexible watertube boilers are available in size ranges
to Section A. from 2 to 9 MMBtu/hr input. Flexible watertube boilers are
available for low pressure steam or hot water applications.
Firebox boilers Field erectable packages are also available.
The firebox boiler uses similar tube attachment techniques as For more information on flexible watertube boilers, refer to
the firetube boiler. Its combustion chamber is not round, like Section B.
the firetubes cylindrical furnace. The firebox boiler is typi-
cally manufactured to low pressure steam or hot water applica- Membrane Watertube Boilers
tions. The firebox boiler is a compact, economical unit and
The membrane watertube boiler is available for low or high
serves as a good fit for seasonal use and when efficiency is not
pressure steam or hot water applications. High outputs are
the driving factor. Sizes range from 12 to 337 horsepower.
available in a compact design and should be considered where
space is limited. Sizes range from 34 to 143 horsepower.
Commercial Watertube Boilers
For more information on membrane type commercial water-
Commercial watertube boilers typically produce steam or hot tube boilers, refer to Section B.
water for commercial, or modest-size applications. There are a
wide variety of types, sizes, capacities, and design pressures
Cast Iron Boilers
available. Commercial watertube boilers can be membrane
type, straight tube, modular, etc. They can be either atmo- Cast iron boilers are limited to low-pressure steam or hot water
spherically fired or utilize power burners. applications, and typically range in size from 25 to 200 horse-
power. One advantage of the cast iron boiler is its modular
For more information on commercial watertube boilers, refer
design, which includes sections for field erection.
to Section B.
For more information on cast iron boiler products, contact your
Industrial Watertube Boilers local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
The industrial watertube boiler typically produces steam or
Electric Boilers
hot water primarily for industrial process applications, and is
used less frequently for heating applications. In the watertube Electric boilers are noted for being clean, quiet, easy to install,
design, tubes contain steam and/or water and the products of and compact. Because there are no combustion considerations,
combustion pass around the tubes. Typically, watertube an electric boiler has minimal complexity (no fuels or fuel han-
designs consist of multiple drums. A steam drum (upper) and dling equipment) with easily replaceable heating elements.
mud drums (lower) are connected by the tubes, which form
An electric boiler may be the perfect alternative to supply low
both the convection section and the furnace area.
or high pressure steam or hot water where the customer is
Packaged industrial watertube boilers are typically rated in restricted by emission regulations. In areas where the cost of
pounds of steam per hour output at operating conditions and electric power is minimal, the electric boiler could be the best
range from 10,000 to 134,000 lbs/hr. choice. Sizes range from 9 kW to 3,375 kW output.
Industrial watertube boilers are noted for their fast steaming For more information on electric boilers, refer to Section B.
capability. Steam is generated very rapidly because of the rela-
tively low water content. This allows them to respond quickly BOILER SELECTION
to changing load demands.
Six criteria should be considered when selecting a boiler to
The industrial watertube boiler design makes it capable of meet the application needs. The criteria are:
generating either saturated or superheated steam. When appli-
cations dictate superheated steam usage, large or fluctuating 1. Codes and standards requirements
steam loads, or high pressures (greater than 350 psig), an 2. Steam or Hot Water
industrial watertube boiler should be considered.
3. Boiler load
For more information on industrial watertube boilers, refer to
Section C. 4. Number of boilers
5. Performance considerations
Flexible Watertube (Bent Tube) Boilers
6. Special considerations
Flexible watertube boilers are a common type of boiler used
for heating applications because of their resistance to thermal
I1-5
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
CAST IRON
FLEXTUBE
FIRETUBE
ELECTRIC
VERTICAL
FIREBOX
SPECIAL
REQUIREMENT OR
OHIO
APPLICATION
High Efficiency X X
Space Factor X X X
Emissions Factor X A
X A X
Low Cost X X X X
Low Operating Cost X X X
Boiler Operator Factor X
Low Maintenance X X X X
High Turndown X X X
Field Erectable X X
Fuel Limitations X X X
Low Usage, No Stack X
High Pressure, Over 350 X X
psig, or Superheat
A. With Flue Gas Recirculation/ Model CB (LE) Option.
I1-6
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
I1-7
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
example, based on its size, a heating coil can consume a large Daily Variation. Daily variation can occur due to variations in
amount of steam simply to fill and pressurize the coil. When the work hours, or the heat required at various times of the day
designing a boiler room for a process load with instantaneous or weekend. Minimum and maximum seasonal variations
demand, a more careful boiler selection process should take mentioned earlier may already reflect these changes if they
place. occur daily. If not, the minimum and maximum daily loads
should be included.
Combination Load The seasonal and daily variations define the size of the load
Many facilities have a mixture of loads - different types of pro- that the boiler(s) must handle. Seasonal and daily variations
cess loads and combinations of heating and process loads. The also help define the number of boilers and turndown require-
information just given on heating and process loads should be ments.
taken into consideration when dealing with a combination Instantaneous Demand. Instantaneous demand is a sudden
load. peak load change that is usually of short duration. These types
of loads are sometimes hidden. Many machines or processes
Defining Load Variations are rated in pounds of steam per hour or Btu/hr as running
Loads vary and a power plant must be capable of handling the loads, under balanced operating conditions, and there is no
minimum load, the maximum load, and any load variations. recognition given to cold startup, peak or pickup loads.
Boiler selection is often dictated by the variation in load The instantaneous load demand is important to consider when
demand, rather than by the total quantity of steam or hot water selecting a boiler to ensure that these load variations are taken
required. into account. If the instantaneous demand is not included in
the system load calculations, the boiler(s) may be undersized.
There are three basic types of load variations: seasonal, daily,
and instantaneous.
System Load Summary
Seasonal Variations. For a heating system, seasonal variations The load demand matrix shown in Table I1-3 can be used as a
can mean no demand in the summer, light demand in the fall work sheet in determining the minimum, maximum, and aver-
and spring, and heavy demand in the winter. Manufacturing age system loads.
operations often have seasonal variations, because the demand
for production may vary. When selecting boiler equipment, the
Load Tracking
minimum and maximum load for each season should be deter-
mined. Load tracking is the ability of a boiler to respond to changes in
steam or hot water demand. Most often associated with pro-
Heating Load 1
Heating Load 2
Heating Load 3
Process Load 1
Process Load 2
Process Load 3
Instantaneous Load
Total Load
Utilize a load demand matrix to analyze each load and determine minimum, average, and maximum load require-
ments.
I1-8
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
cess loads, load tracking focuses on the boilers ability to sup- Downtime
ply a constant volume of steam at the required pressure. Another way to determine whether a backup boiler is a wise
The ability of the boiler to track a variable load depends on the decision is to compute the cost of downtime to the owner or the
boiler type, burner turndown capability, feedwater valve con- user, as shown in the following three examples:
trol, and combustion control design. If the analysis of the load A chemical company manufactures dry cell battery com-
shows highly variable load conditions, a more complex control pound in a batch process. The process temperature must be
package may be necessary. This type of control is achieved maintained within 2 degrees. The boiler shuts down on a
with sophisticated boiler management systems. For more flame failure. They have 20 minutes to recover steam or
information on these types of systems, refer to Controls, Sec- the batch is scrap. The value of the product is $250,000.
tion D, or contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized repre-
sentative. A Midwestern insurance company building has comfort
heat supplied by one boiler. There are over 2000 workers
If the application has instantaneous load demands, whereby a in the building. The boiler shuts down due to a failed gas
large volume of steam is required for a short period of time, a valve. Outside, its 11F. Inside, the temperature continues
boiler with a large energy storage reserve, such as a firetube, to drop and, at 1:30 in the afternoon, all 2,000 workers are
should be considered. If the application dictates large vari- sent home.
ances in load demand, where the load swings frequently for
long periods of time, the best choice is probably a watertube A meat processing company makes its entire packaged
type boiler, because it contains less water and can respond to ham line in a Southern plant. It operates 24 hours a day,
the variances more rapidly. every day. A single boiler provides heat for curing, steriliz-
ing, and cleaning. The boiler goes down due to a lack of
In all cases, operation of the burner should be taken into feedwater. Each hour of steam loss results in four hours of
account in selecting a boiler(s) to meet system demand. The lost production.
burner will require proper operating controls that can accu-
rately sense the varying demands and be capable of the turn-
Boiler Turndown
down requirements. The boiler feedwater valve and control
design are also critical if load swings are expected. Boiler turndown is the ratio between full boiler output and the
boiler output when operating at low fire. Typical boiler turn-
Number of Boilers down is 4:1. For example, a 400 horsepower boiler, with a 4:1
turndown burner, will modulate down to 100 horsepower
before cycling off. The same boiler with a 10:1 turndown
Back-Up Boilers
burner will modulate down to 40 horsepower.
When selecting the boiler(s), consideration should be given to
The ability of the burner to turn down reduces frequent on and
back-up equipment to accommodate future expansion, emer-
off cycling. Fully modulating burners are typically designed to
gency repairs, and maintenance. There are a number of consid-
operate down to 25% of rated capacity. At a load that is 20% of
erations for a backup boiler.
the rated capacity, the boiler will turn off and cycle frequently.
Type of Load A boiler operating at low load conditions can cycle as fre-
quently as 12 times per hour, or 288 times per day. With each
Heating systems and non-critical loads that do not result in a
cycle, pre- and post-purge air flow removes heat from the
sudden loss of production generally have little or no backup.
boiler and sends it out the stack. The energy loss can be elimi-
While this is not recommended, it is still common practice.
nated by keeping the boiler on at low firing rates. Every time
These types of applications rely on the ability to make repairs
the boiler cycles off, it must go through a specific start-up
quickly to reduce downtime. The risk involved in having no
sequence for safety assurance. It requires about one to two
backup is a total loss of heat when the boiler is not in service.
minutes to place the boiler back on line. And, if theres a sud-
When process or heating loads use multiple boilers during den load demand, the start-up sequence cannot be accelerated.
peak times, and one boiler during most other times, the avail- Keeping the boiler on line assures the quickest response to load
ability of an additional boiler to provide full backup during changes. Frequent cycling also accelerates wear of boiler com-
maximum demand should be considered. ponents. Maintenance increases and, more importantly, the
chance of component failure increases.
In applications with critical steam or hot water requirements,
laws or codes may require a backup. Even if laws or codes do As discussed earlier, boiler(s) capacity requirement determined
not require a backup, there are many cases where the operation by many different types of load variations in the system. Boiler
cannot tolerate downtime. For example, a hotel uses hot water over-sizing occurs when future expansion and safety factors
24 hours a day, seven days a week. During periods of mainte- are added to assure that the boiler is large enough for the appli-
nance or in an emergency, a backup boiler is required. cation. If the boiler is oversized, the ability of the boiler to han-
I1-9
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
dle minimum loads without cycling is reduced. Therefore, has little bearing on combustion efficiency. A well- designed
capacity and turndown should be considered together for burner will operate with as little as 15 to 20% excess air, while
proper boiler selection to meet overall system load require- converting all combustibles in the fuel to thermal energy.
ments.
Thermal Efficiency
Performance Considerations Thermal efficiency is the effectiveness of the heat transfer in a
Three important considerations pertain to fuels, emissions, and boiler. It does not take into account boiler radiation and con-
efficiency. All three have important impact on boiler perfor- vection losses - for example, from the boiler shell, water col-
mance, and can affect long-term boiler operating costs. umn piping, etc.
I1-10
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
I1-11
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
Having defined a basic system configuration, and having iden- cost ($/MMBtu). Figure I1-2 provides a more detailed graph
tified equipment that would yield incremental performance for lower gas usage applications. Save the annual fuel cost
improvement (and investment), the payback analysis sequence value for Step 5.
is straight forward and can be summarized as follows:
(Note that the figures referenced in this discussion are located
1. Estimate boiler fuel consumption rate. at the end of this section.)
2. Estimate annual fuel use. Figures I1-3 and I1-4 are used to determine annual fuel cost
for oil fuels based on annual oil use (thousand gal/yr) and oil
3. Estimate annual fuel cost.
cost ($/gal). Figure I1-4 provides a more detailed graph for
4. Determine potential incremental efficiency improvement. lower oil usage application. Save the annual fuel cost value for
Step 5.
5. Estimate potential annual fuel savings.
Step 4: Incremental Efficiency Improvement
6. Determine the payback period for the investment.
If an improvement is being added to a boiler (economizer, oxy-
7. Refine the analysis.
gen trim, etc.) that is designed to improve the efficiency of the
The remainder of this section outlines the step-by-step proce- boiler by x percent (incremental efficiency gain). Use Figure
dure to be used in conjunction with the figures and tables. I1-4 to take the base system efficiency (bottom) and the incre-
mental efficiency gain (right side) to determine the actual
Remember, the lowest cost product is not necessarily the most
improvement in the system efficiency to be used for the cost
economic choice. In fact, most often it is not the best choice!
savings in Step 5.
Step 1: Boiler Fuel Consumption Rate
Step 5: Annual Fuel Savings
Use Tables 11-4, I1-5, and I1-6 to compare the fuel consump-
Use Figure I1-6 to determine the annual fuel savings based on
tion rates of two boiler configurations with different fuel-to-
the annual fuel cost and system efficiency improvement (right
steam efficiency or, as a base fuel rate for a given boiler config-
side of graph). Figure I1-7 provides for a more detailed graph
uration. Find the appropriate boiler size and the efficiency on
for lower fuel cost applications.
the table to find the associated fuel consumption.
Step 6: Payback Period
Step 2: Annual Fuel Usage
The payback period is the years required to recover the capital
Multiply the hourly fuel consumption rates by the annual
investment. To determine payback simply divide the capital
hours of operation to determine the annual fuel usage rate.
cost of the equipment by the annual savings.
Step 3: Annual Fuel Cost
To determine the amount of capital available based on a known
Figures I1-1 and I1-2 are used to determine annual fuel cost payback period, multiply the annual savings by the payback
for natural gas based on annual gas use (billion Btu/yr) and gas period required.
Table I1-4. Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - Natural Gas (MM/Btu/hr)
AVERAGE
BOILER EFFICIENCY
OUTPUT
I1-12
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
Table I1-5. Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - No. 6 Oil (gal/hr) A
AVERAGE
BOILER EFFICIENCY
OUTPUT
BHP
100 26 27 27 28 29 29
200 52 53 54 56 57 59
300 78 80 82 84 86 88
400 104 106 109 112 114 117
500 130 133 136 140 143 147
600 156 159 163 168 172 176
700 182 186 191 196 200 206
800 208 213 218 224 229 235
900 234 239 245 252 257 264
1000 260 266 272 280 286 294
A. Based on 150,000 Btu/gallon.
Table I1-6. Typical Firetube Boiler Fuel Consumption Rates - No. 2 Oil (gal/hr) A
AVERAGE
BOILER EFFICIENCY
OUTPUT
I1-13
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
I1-14
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
Figure I1-1. Annual Gas Cost as a Function of Gas Use and Unit Price
I1-15
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
Figure I1-2. Annual Gas Cost as a Function of Gas Use and Unit Price (Expansion of Figure I1-1)
I1-16
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
Figure I1-3. Annual Fuel Oil Cost as a Function of Fuel Oil Use and Unit Price
I1-17
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
Figure I1-4. Annual Fuel Oil Cost as a Function of Fuel Oil Use and Unit Price (Expansion of Figure I1-3)
I1-18
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
Figure I1-5. System Efficiency Improvement as a Function of Incremental Component Efficiency Gain
I1-19
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
Figure I1-6. Annual Savings as a Function of Annual Fuel Cost and System Efficiency Improvement
I1-20
02-02
System Fundamentals Boiler Selection Considerations
Figure I1-7. Annual Savings as a Function of Annual Fuel Cost and System Efficiency Improvement (Expansion of Figure I1-6)
I1-21
02-02
Boiler Selection Considerations System Fundamentals
Notes
I1-22
02-02
Section I2
HOT WATER SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-3
Code Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-3
Boiler Selection Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-3
Air Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-3
Expansion Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-4
Pumping Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-4
Circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-4
Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-6
Domestic Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-6
Heating/Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-7
Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-7
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-8
High Temperature Water Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2- 8
CONTROL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-8
Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-8
Lead/Lag Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-9
Temperature Setbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
Heat Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
WATER CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Water Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Chemical Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Make-up Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Ethylene Glycol as Heat Transfer Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-14
SYSTEM DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-14
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure I2-1.Typical Expansion Tank Piping Arrangement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-5
Figure I2-2. Typical Pump Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-6
Figure I2-3. Pressure Temperature Chart for Firetube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-6
Figure I2-4. Plug Cock or Gate Valve (Manual Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11
Figure I2-5. Two-Position Valve (Electric or Pneumatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11
Figure I2-6. Throttling or Modulating Valve (Electric or Pneumatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11
Figure I2-7. Three-Way Mixing Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11
Figure I2-8. Three-Way Mixing Valve (Bypass Arrangement) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Figure I2-9. Three-Way Diverting Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Figure I2-10. Intermittent Secondary Pump Operation (On-Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Figure I2-11. Water Temperature Constant Thru Zone By-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Figure I2-12. Continuous Secondary Pump Operation with Two-Position Valve (Valve Open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Figure I2-13. Continuous Pump Operation with Two -Position Valve (Valve Closed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Figure I2-14. Primary Loop Circuit, Constant Speed Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-16
I2-1
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
TABLES
Table I2-1.Circulation Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-5
This section provides design considerations for boiler applications in hot water systems. The information provided is intended to
create an awareness of the various considerations that should be evaluated to ensure a successful installation and long boiler life.
I2-2
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS Specific load mix, often caused by early fall or late spring heat-
ing loads, can require additional considerations. When the
minimum heating load is 10% of the maximum heating load,
Code Considerations the heating load is: 9,300,900Btu/hr.
Boilers constructed in accordance with Section IV, Heating
Heating Load @ 10% = 930,090Btu/hr
Boilers, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code can be
operated with water temperature up to 250 F with a maximum Domestic Water = 1,000,000Btu/hr
design pressure of 160 psig.
TOTAL LOAD = 1,930,090Btu/hr
Boilers for operation over 250 F or 160 psig must be con-
When the light heating load only is imposed, the demand on
structed in accordance with Section I, Power Boilers, of the
the boiler is only 14% of its rated capacity. A third, smaller
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
unit should be considered for light load conditions, unless
Due to limitations of control and safety settings, desired oper- the boiler has a burner with a 10:1 turndown ratio.
ating temperatures between 240 F and 250 F may require the
When multiple boilers are used, care must be taken to assure
use of a Section I boiler. System operating pressure must not
proper proportional flow through each of the units. If flow is
exceed 90% of the relief valve pressure setting.
not properly balanced, wide variations in boiler firing rates can
Consideration should be given to system piping to ensure it occur and, in extreme cases, the resulting outlet water tempera-
meets all applicable codes. For example, when Section I boil- tures may not be at the desired point.
ers are used, the piping must be in accordance with B31.1
In summary, the seasonal and daily variations define the size of
ASME Power Piping Code.
the load that the boilers must handle. The maximum load will
be used, along with backup requirements, to set the plant
Boiler Selection Considerations capacity. Seasonal and daily variations are used to help select
When a hot water system is laid out, all of the components the number of boilers and turndown requirements. In some
must be selected to work together to achieve the design intent. applications, there is a mixture of loads. These may be differ-
The design intent could include criteria such as: system flexi- ent types of process loads or combinations of heating and pro-
bility, maximum efficiency, heating/cooling, domestic hot cess loads. It is usually best to analyze them individually, and
water, heat storage, fuel capability, etc. Selection and opera- then combine them for each season.
tion of the boiler(s) in relation to the other system compo-
nents, and in support of the design intent, are important Air Removal
considerations.
Air removal in a hot water boiler is important for two main rea-
Selection of a boiler to support the design intent of the hot sons. Air contains oxygen, which can cause corrosion of metal
water system is dependent on several site-specific variables, surfaces. And, air acts as an insulator and can affect heat trans-
such as those just listed. In addition, one of the most important fer as well the operation of temperature controls.
selection factors is the maximum continuous rating of the boil-
All Cleaver-Brooks hot water outlet connections include a dip
ers, which is dependent on the load imposed by the heat
tube, which extends 2 to 3 inches into the boiler. The dip tube
users and the nature of the load. For example, consider an
does not allow any air, which may be trapped at the top of the
installation with a maximum load of 10,300,900 Btu/hr. Of
drum, to get back into the system.
this, 9,300,900 Btu/hr are the peak winter heating load and
1,000,000 Btu/hr are domestic hot water load, which are pro- Because any oxygen or air which is released in the boiler will
vided through means of a heat exchanger. collect or be trapped at the top of the boiler drum, the air vent
tapping on the top center line of the boiler should be piped into
Based on the maximum load conditions just described, consid-
the expansion or compression tank or fitted with an automatic
eration might be given to a 310 horsepower firetube boiler (1
air vent valve. Any air that is trapped at the top of the boiler
boiler horsepower = 33,472 Btu/hr). However, to ensure sys-
will find its way out of the boiler through this tapping.
tem flexibility, and to provide some degree of stand-by for
unscheduled outage, common practice would dictate the Dip tube assemblies furnished for external mounting into the
installation of two units, each with a capacity of 65% of the boiler return connection, or system air separators, may also be
maximum load. That is; two 200 horsepower units, or equipped with an air vent tapping. These devices will remove
6,695,000 Btu/hr each. air from the system, however, they do not remove air from the
top of the boiler. To avoid trapped air at the top of the boiler
Based on the example just mentioned, it is apparent that boiler
drum, it is still necessary to pipe the boiler air vent into the
capacity selection, based on peak loading, is fairly straight for-
expansion or compression tank or into an automatic air vent
ward.
valve.
I2-3
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
Expansion Tank Select a pump that meets both the flow and feet of head
requirements for the system. The operating or design point of
An expansion tank serves one primary function in a hot water the pump is the point at which the vertical and horizontal lines
system. It provides a means for the system water to expand, as intersect the pump curve. This point is also commonly referred
it is heated, without significantly increasing system pressure. to as the duty point.
Expansion tanks are also often used as the receiver for the air
removed from the boiler. This is convenient if the expansion Pump Location
tank does not have a bladder or diaphragm. If the expansion
It is recommended that the system circulating pumps take suc-
tank has a bladder or diaphragm, the air from the boiler must
tion from the outlet connection on the boiler and that they dis-
be removed by an automatic type air vent piped directly to the
charge to the system load in order to put the boiler and the
air vent tapping on the top of the boiler.
expansion tank on the suction side of the pump. This location is
Proper expansion tank design will account for the desired sys- preferred because it decreases potential for air entry into the
tem pressure and changes in the specific volume of water from system and does not impose the system head on the boiler.
60 F (ambient temperature) to the maximum operating tem-
It is common practice to install a standby system circulating
perature of the boiler and related system. To design the expan-
pump, to accommodate scheduled pump maintenance without
sion tank, you must first know the total volume of water in the
shutting the system down. Usually, both the main and standby
flooded boiler and system. For flooded values for a Cleaver-
circulating pumps are located adjacent to the boilers in the
Brooks boiler, refer to the boiler products section. You will
boiler room.
need to estimate the water volume in the system by consider-
ing the diameter and length of system piping and including the
volume of water contained in system heat exchangers. Pump Operation
Pumps are normally started and stopped by manual switches. It
Expansion tanks are usually charged with air or an inert gas
is also desirable to interlock the pump with the burner so that
such as nitrogen. Nitrogen is often used in high temperature
the burner cannot operate unless the circulating pump is run-
water applications due to its low corrosive nature. Regardless
ning.
of the charging media, expansion tanks are charged at a pres-
sure slightly higher than the static pressure on the tank with
the system at ambient temperature. As the water in the system Pump Capacity
is heated, the air or gas cushion in the expansion tank com- Table I2-1 can be used to determine the maximum gpm circu-
presses, allowing the water to expand without significant vari- lating rate in relation to full boiler output and system tempera-
ations to the system pressure. ture drop. Knowing the boiler size and expected system
For more information on sizing expansion tanks, refer to the temperature drop, the maximum circulation rate can be
ASHRAE Guide Book, or contact your local Cleaver-Brooks selected.
authorized representative.
Circulation
A typical expansion tank piping arrangement is shown in Fig-
ure I2-1. The system should be piped and the controls configured to
ensure continuous flow of system water through the boiler
Pumping Equipment under all operating conditions. Constant circulation through
the boiler results in a more even water temperature and elimi-
nates the possibility of stratification within the boiler and sys-
Pump Type tem. Constant circulation reduces the possibility of thermal
Centrifugal type pumps are typically used for system circulat- stresses to the boiler and subsequent pressure vessel failure.
ing pumps, because of their proven durability, efficiency, and
ability to pump the required flow and pressure. Minimum Circulation
Although there are many types of centrifugal pumps available As a rule of thumb, the minimum continuous circulation rate
with varying characteristics, most applications use a pump through the boiler under operating conditions is one gallon per
with a curve similar to Figure I2-2. minute per boiler horsepower.
When using this type of pump curve, draw a horizontal line at
the feet-of-head requirement for the system (2.31 feet of water Maximum Circulation
at 60 F = 1 psig). At the point where the line intersects the The maximum circulation in gallons per minute through the
pump curve, draw a vertical line to determine the gallon per boiler is based on system design temperature drop, and maxi-
minute flow the pump will pump at the given feet-of-head. mum Btu output rating of the boiler. Table I2-1 shows the max-
I2-4
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
15 500 100 50 33 25 20 17 14 12 11 10
20 670 134 67 45 33 27 22 19 17 15 13
30 1005 200 100 67 50 40 33 29 25 22 20
40 1340 268 134 89 67 54 45 38 33 30 27
50 1675 335 168 112 84 67 56 48 42 37 33
60 2010 402 201 134 101 80 67 58 50 45 40
70 2345 470 235 157 118 94 78 67 59 52 47
80 2680 536 268 179 134 107 90 77 67 60 54
100 3350 670 335 223 168 134 112 96 84 75 67
125 4185 836 418 279 209 168 140 120 105 93 84
150 5025 1005 503 335 251 201 168 144 126 112 100
200 6695 1340 670 447 335 268 224 192 168 149 134
250 8370 1675 838 558 419 335 280 240 210 186 167
300 10045 2010 1005 670 503 402 335 287 251 223 201
350 11720 2350 1175 784 587 470 392 336 294 261 236
400 13400 2680 1340 895 670 535 447 383 335 298 268
500 16740 3350 1675 1120 838 670 558 479 419 372 335
600 20080 4020 2010 1340 1005 805 670 575 502 448 402
700 23450 4690 2345 1565 1175 940 785 670 585 520 470
800 26780 5360 2680 1785 1340 1075 895 765 670 595 535
I2-5
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
Pressure Requirements
In a hot water boiler, the pressure/temperature relationship is
critical. Unlike a steam boiler, where the pressure and tempera-
ture relationship corresponds to the laws of nature, a hot water
boiler design purposely prevents the water from turning to
steam. To prevent steaming, a certain amount of over pressure
is required to keep the water from flashing to steam. Figure I2-
3 shows a typical pressure/temperature relationship for Fire-
tube and Model 4 hot water boilers. Similar charts are provided
Figure I2-2. Typical Pump Curve in the specific boiler product sections. To use the chart, locate
the maximum system operating temperature (High Limit Con-
imum circulation rates for firetube boilers. For information on trol Setting) on the bottom line. Draw a straight line to the min-
specific boiler circulation rates, refer to the boiler products imum recommended boiler operating pressure curve. At the
section. point where the lines intersect, draw a horizontal line to the left
of the chart and find the necessary pressure.
Pressure Drop
Domestic Hot Water
When sizing the system circulating pump, it is necessary to
account for the system line losses. Proper sizing will allow the Hot water systems are often used as the energy source to pro-
pump to overcome the system pressures in order to deliver the vide domestic hot water. The hot water for personal washing
proper flow through the system. The boiler is part of the sys- (showers, laundry, etc.) and, in some cases, light industrial pro-
I2-6
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
cess, is often provided through the incorporation of a heat are critical issues of design consideration that will dictate suc-
exchanger in the system. cess or failure of the installation.
Physically, the heat exchanger provides a separation of the hot The overall system design intent must be the comfort heating,
water system water from the domestic water which, in turn, or cooling, of the individuals who occupy the building. How-
allows the fluids to be of different chemical make-up. This ever, if either the boiler or chiller cannot be used because they
provides integrity and proper water treatment for the hot water are being repaired, the system intent has failed.
system, and proper water treatment, while providing potable
Why would a boiler or chiller fail? With respect to the boiler,
water in the secondary loop.
consider a scenario where heating is required in the early
Space requirements for the domestic water heat exchanger morning and early evening. During the day, cooling is
vary considerably based on specific application. However, typ- required. To meet the demand, the boiler is maintained in a hot
ically, the required space is quite small. For example, Cleaver- stand-by mode. When the system demands heat, the pumps and
Brooks can provide domestic water coils integral to the boiler control valves shift to send boiler water to the system. What
that require no additional floor space, and only need room for comes back to the boiler is the chilled water (relatively cold)
the associated domestic water loop piping. In this type of sys- from the system. The result - THERMAL SHOCK. It is
tem, typically, there is a low volume of domestic water stored. assumed that a similar, but opposite, phenomenon exists within
The heat exchanger system must be sized to maintain mini- the chiller.
mum desired temperature at maximum load conditions. This is
What can the system designer do to minimize the potential
an excellent application for fairly continuous domestic water
problem when single pipe systems are designed?
loads.
Provide slow acting valves that slowly bleed the system
In many cases, domestic hot water can, and should, be pro-
water into the boiler during the cooling/heating mode
vided by including a shell and tube (or plate and frame) heat
changeover.
exchanger as part of the hot water system. Isolation and ser-
vices of the heat exchanger can be performed without remov- Specify boilers that minimize problems resulting from
ing the hot water heating system from service. Thermal Shock. Refer to the Cleaver-Brooks Flextube Boiler
product section, Section B1.
When it is apparent that large domestic water demands are
required for a short period of time, consideration should be Select and specify boiler operating controls and system
given to incorporating a storage tank in the domestic water controls that maximize equipment protection without
loop. In most applications of this type, the heat exchanger is sacrificing the heating/cooling comfort needs of the
incorporated into the storage tank and the hot water system individuals.
fluid is pumped through the tube side of the exchanger and
Possibly include accumulator tanks into the system.
the domestic hot water is on the shell side.
Domestic water heat exchangers provide physical separation Accumulators
of the two media and, therefore, considerable flexibility with
respect to flow and temperature. Such systems, however, are Hot water systems inherently have considerable energy capac-
not trouble free. Scaling or fouling of the heat exchanger sur- ity. Once the heating system is on-line, the flywheel affect
face can occur, process controls can fail, etc. To maintain opti- has a tendency to smooth out the minor spikes and valleys that
mum operating efficiency of the domestic water circuit, occur during the typical heating load. However, some systems
serviceability of the equipment should always be considered dictate the requirement for load, or heat shedding, to maximize
during system design. operating efficiency or the availability of additional heat to sat-
isfy load demand peaks. When load shedding or heat storage
needs exist within the same system, an accumulator tank or
Heating/Cooling
heat accumulator, is an ideal fit.
Heating/cooling systems are often called single pipe sys-
When hot water systems include large demand heat users that
tems. In a single pipe system, the water is either heated by a
are brought into service quickly through controls and valving,
boiler or cooled by a chiller to meet the comfort demand.
the increased load demand is immediately realized by the
Special care and consideration must be given to system design boiler. To minimize the impact of the condition and to add to
when the heating (hot water) and cooling (chilled water) sys- the total available energy for the system, accumulators or stor-
tems share common distribution piping. The type of boilers age tanks can be used. Proper sizing of accumulator tanks
selected; control systems for both heating and cooling; and requires careful analysis of the load peaks that are to be
type of load - heat in the morning, cooling in the afternoon - addressed and the minimum/maximum temperature swings
that can be tolerated in the system.
I2-7
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
I2-8
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
of a cold boiler. To prevent damage to the pressure vessel and to ensure that the minimum flow requirements for the boiler
refractory, a warm-up from a cold (ambient) boiler to operat- will be met at all times. These valves must be slow moving to
ing temperature is normally accomplished through manual ensure that rapid temperature changes are not taking place in
operation at the low-fire rate. Automatic operation from a cold the boiler return water temperature.
start is not recommended without proper control sequencing,
Temperature control at the heat users is normally accom-
as is available with the CB-HAWK control.
plished through diverting or two-position valves controlled by
In multiple boiler installations when a second cold boiler is a room or duct thermostat. Temperature control of heat users
being brought into the system, a means should be provided to will be discussed in more detail later in this section.
slowly introduce flow of system water into the return. The
boilers temperature should not be increased any quicker than Lead/Lag Systems
1 F per minute. Even when the boiler has reached return water
temperature, a means must be provided for a slow warm-up of A Lead/Lag system sequences the on-off firing and modula-
the boiler from a stand-by to an operational condition. This tion of multiple boilers to meet the system load demand.
will provide proper warm-up of the refractory within the boiler The key to the design of a lead/lag control in a hot water sys-
as well as ensure that the pressure vessel is at operating tem- tem is the realization that temperature changes in a hot water
perature. Under these conditions, a means should be provided system are inherently slow. This also means that a change in
to hold the burner in the low-fire position a minimum of 30 boiler output does not result in immediate changes in overall
minutes if the burner has not operated within the last 4 hours. system temperature. The control system must be designed to
5. Rapid Replacement of Boiler Water take into account the lag times and allow for fine tuning.
The most common causes of cold water slugs returning to a Lead/lag systems are available in two basic types. Lead/lag
boiler are: 1) cycling of individual zone pumps and, 2) the start - unison modulation and lead/lag start - lead/lag modula-
main circulating pump cycling off, allowing the boiler to con- tion. Please refer to Controls, Section 8, for a more detailed
tinue to operate. These situations cause a boiler that is operat- description of these two systems.
ing between 170 and 250 F to experience high flow rates of In general, with hot water systems, lead/lag start - unison mod-
possibly ambient temperature water, thus causing excessive ulation would be the most practical system. This is due to the
thermal stress. To determine the rate at which cold water can fact that with hot water boilers, the load imposed on a particu-
be introduced into an operating boiler, refer to the specific lar boiler is directly related to the rate of water flow through it.
boilers temperature drop/flow rate charts. If the flow rate through two boilers is equal, they must have the
6. One additional item that must be considered when deciding same Btu output to maintain a constant supply header tempera-
upon boiler outlet water temperatures is boiler auxiliaries, ture. The following example illustrates the problem associated
which may require certain temperatures. For example, a hot with not having unison modulation with two equally sized
water boiler firing a No. 6 fuel oil may require temperatures in boilers in a lead/lag sequence.
excess of 200 F, when heating the oil in an oil preheater with Boiler #1 Boiler #2
boiler water. The operating temperatures needed will depend
upon the fuel oil temperatures required for proper atomization 200hp 200hp
of the fuel. If water temperatures cannot be maintained at the Flow = 500gpm Flow = 500gpm
required levels, an electric preheater must be sized accordingly
to provide the additional heat. Firing rate = 100% Firing rate = 25%
Return temperature = 160 F
System Temperature Control Required header temperature = 190 F
Since the minimum outlet temperature for a boiler is limited, it The Btu output of a 200hp boiler at 100% firing rate is
is sometimes desirable to regulate the water temperature going 6,695,000 Btu/hr. The same boilers output at 25% is
to the heat users. This is normally done by regulating the tem- 1,673,750 Btu/hr. Each boiler has a flow of 500 gpm or 4071
perature of the main supply and/or the water temperature at the lb/min. Since it takes 1 Btu to change 1 pound of water 1 F,
heat users. we can determine the outlet temperature of each boiler.
The most common way to vary the system supply temperature Boiler #1
is through the use of a three- or four-way control valve. These
control valves will blend a portion of return water with boiler 6,695,000 Btu/hr 60 min/hr = 111,583 Btu/min
supply water to maintain the desired system supply tempera- 111,583 Btu/min output divided by the 4071 lbs/min flow rate
ture. When applying these types of valves, care must be taken yields a temperature rise of 27.4 F.
I2-9
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
Boiler #2 system after being off for a period of time (standby hot condi-
tion), that it be operated at its lowest firing rate for a minimum
1,673,750 Btu/hr 60 min/hr = 27,895 Btu/min
of 30 minutes.
27,895 Btu/min output divided by the 4071 lbs/min flow rate
yields a temperature rise of 6.9 F. Temperature Setbacks
With a return temperature to both boilers at 160 F, it can be In the interest of conserving energy, it is sometimes desirable
seen that the outlet temperature of boiler #1 would be approxi- to set back the system supply temperatures based on time of
mately 187 F and the outlet temperature of boiler #2 would be day, day of week, or outdoor air temperature. Since the boiler
almost 167 F. Since the flow through both boilers is equal, the water temperature requires that a minimum outlet temperature
mixed temperature to the header would be approximately be maintained, resetting the boiler temperature is normally not
177 F. practical. Resetting the supply water temperature is normally
This scenario becomes even further complicated when more accomplished through a three- or four-way control valve. One
than two boilers are in a system, and when they are of varying important item to keep in mind when setting back tempera-
sizes. When the boilers are different sizes, the flow through the tures, is how the control valve reacts when returning the system
boilers must be proportional to the capacity and firing rate of to the higher temperature. Control valve operation should not
the boilers. For example, the load on a smaller boiler may be instantaneous. It is extremely important to ensure that the
exceed rated capacity while the larger boiler is cycling off, valve does not travel from a fully closed to a fully open posi-
resulting in inefficiencies and potential thermal shock damage tion instantaneously. This would cause high flow rates of rela-
to the pressure vessel and refractory. To ensure the flow tively cold water to return to the boiler, causing thermal stress
through a particular boiler is proportional to its size and firing and possible pressure vessel damage.
rate, controls and motorized valves should be incorporated. Individual zones should not normally be set back by turning off
The control system required to perform this can become quite individual circulating pumps. In determining whether or not
sophisticated; however, reliable operation and a savings in this practice would be acceptable, the flow rate of the zone ver-
repair and maintenance costs will be realized. sus the entire system flow rate must be considered. If the zone
The stand-by boiler must be kept in mind when designing a has a high flow rate compared to other zones, cycling of pumps
system with lead/lag operation. If there is continuous flow can cause serious problems with cold slugs of water being
through all boilers, regardless of whether or not they are firing, returned to the boiler, resulting in thermal stress and subse-
the stand-by boiler will have an outlet temperature equal to the quent pressure vessel failure.
return temperature. This, again, will create a situation where a
blended temperature is getting to the common supply header. Heat Users
This is normally avoided by installing a motorized valve at the
Selection of the type, size, quantity and location of heat users is
outlet or return to each boiler. The position of the valve is dic-
job specific, and is usually determined by the project design
tated by the status of the boiler. The valve will generally have
engineer.
two positions. When the boiler is at header temperature and
supplying hot water to the system, the valve would be at its Typical load groupings are shown on the hot water system lay-
position for maximum design flow through the boiler. When outs shown in Figures I2-14 thru 12-19. The groupings will
the boiler is in stand-by, the valve would be positioned for the naturally be varied, depending on actual job layout and the
minimum flow rate required by the boiler. Maintaining the individual load and temperature requirements.
minimum flow rate will prevent stratification of temperatures
The following heat users are most commonly used in hot water
within the boiler. The valve positions become more compli-
heating systems:
cated and numerous when boilers of unequal sizes are applied
in the same system. Keep in mind, flow through the boilers 1. Radiators
must be proportional to the output of the boilers.
2. Convectors
Provisions should be made in the lead/lag control system to
3. Coils in Ducts
maintain a boiler in a hot standby condition. This normally
requires intermittent firing at low fire to maintain a set point 4. Fin Coils
slightly lower than the main supply set point.
5. Blast Coils
To ensure that refractory as well as the pressure vessel are at a
6. Unit Heaters
proper operating temperature, all lead/lag controls must ensure
that the burners return to low fire prior to turning the burners 7. Unit Ventilators
off. It is recommended that once a boiler is brought into the
8. Unit Ventilators with Face and Bypass Dampers
I2-10
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
Figure I2-4. Plug Cock or Gate Valve Figure I2-6. Throttling or Modulating Valve (Electric or
(Manual Operation) Pneumatic)
I2-11
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
I2-12
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
In Figure I2-11, the 5 gpm at 250 degrees entering the zone by-
pass leaves the zone by-pass at approximately the same tem-
perature. If desired, the supply water temperature could be var-
ied with an indoor-outdoor system.
2. Continuous Secondary Pump Operation (with 2-position
valve)
In Figure I2-12, when the 2-position valve is open (admits 250
F water), the 5 gpm at 250 F mixes with the 10 gpm at 190
F to supply 15 gpm at 210 F to the pump and the heat users.
NOTICE
There is 0 gpm in the common piping and the return
water (5 gpm) is at 190 F. Thus, there is a 60 degree
Figure I2-12. Continuous Secondary Pump Operation with drop from supply to return, and a 20 degree drop
Two-Position Valve (Valve Open) across the heat user.
Chemical Treatment
Figure I2-13. Continuous Pump Operation with Two -Position It is recommended that chemical treatment be provided for the
Valve (Valve Closed) initial fill of the system. Generally, chemicals will be required
I2-13
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
to prevent scale formation, promote elimination of dissolved ene glycol and water is commonly used.
gases and control pH.
When using ethylene glycol certain design limitations are
Most hot water boilers operate in a closed system and are con- important, due to the characteristics of the fluid versus the
sidered to require little attention for water treatment. Experi- characteristics of water. These characteristics are: Elevated sat-
ence has shown, however, few systems can be considered uration temperature, decreased thermal conductivity and spe-
completely closed. Loss of water can occur from pump pack- cific heat, and increased viscosity and density. In addition,
ing, glands, air venting devices, and threaded or flanged pipe ethylene glycol degrades when it is heated above the manufac-
connections. A means must be provided to chemically treat the turers specified maximum film temperature.
raw water make-up. This is generally accomplished through
The following design parameters must be considered when
the use of a shot-type chemical feeder. For information on shot
operating with ethylene glycol solutions. For industrial water-
type chemical feeders refer to Section 19.
tube boiler parameters, or for conditions not covered in the fol-
lowing, contact your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized
Make-up Water representative.
It has been generally accepted in system design that hot water 1. Maximum Glycol Concentration
boilers are in a closed system and, therefore, no make-up
water is needed. This is not always the case. Untreated make- Firetube:60%
up water is a leading cause for failures of hot water boilers. In Flexible Watertube: 60%
the design stage of a hot water system, provisions must be Model 4 Watertube: 50%
made for properly introducing, metering, and treating make-up 2. Maximum Outlet Temperature
water.
Firetube: up to 300 F
Flexible Watertube: 200 F
Introducing Make-up Water
Model 4 Watertube: 200 F
A recommended means for introducing make-up water to a hot
water system is shown in Figure I2-1. This method ensures all 3. Internal Circulation
air is removed from the make-up water. It also ensures the A. For firetube boilers, the size of the supply and return con-
water temperature is tempered prior to being introduced to the nections are decreased based on the design temperature drop
boiler, thus reducing the risk of thermal shock. and the system pump gpm.
B. A minimum continuous gpm flow rate through the boiler
Metering Make-up Water
corresponding to a 40 F system drop is recommended. For
The purpose of metering the make-up water to a hot water sys- firetube boilers operating between 250 -
tem is to prevent potential problems that can tend to damage 300 F, use a flow rate based on a 30 F system drop.
an otherwise well planned installation. Figure I2-1 shows the
4. Expansion Tank
recommended location for a water meter, which is used to
measure the amount of make-up water used by the system. The a. An inert gas pressurizing blanket is preferred due to the over-
meter is necessary, as it may be the only means to identify a pressure requirements.
system loss of water. Knowledge of make-up water usage will
5. Over-Pressure Required:
alert the operator to investigate the cause of the system water
loss. This allows the operator to fix the problem and properly A. Firetube
treat the make-up water prior to experiencing any additional
170 - 250 F operating temperature - recommend 40 psig
problems.
minimum operating pressure.
In some cases, depending on the preference of the customer,
250 - 300 F operating temperature - recommend 100 psig
no automatic means for make-up water is provided. Instead, a
minimum operating pressure.
low water alarm is used in the expansion tank to alert the oper-
ator of a loss in system water and a need for system make-up. B. Flexible Watertube - recommend 50 psig minimum operat-
The operator can then diagnose the system loss and properly ing pressure.
treat the make-up water. A low water alarm is only practical
C. Model 4 Watertube - recommend 50 psig minimum operat-
where full- time operators are employed.
ing pressure.
Ethylene Glycol as Heat Transfer Medium 6. Depending upon the application, process boilers may need to
be sized to limit continuous duty to 80% of maximum boiler
On applications requiring freeze protection, a mixture of ethyl- rating.
I2-14
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
Hot Water System Layout Schematics:
The system layouts (Figures I2-14 through 12-19) are
intended to be used as a general guide for use with Cleaver-
Brooks products. Many system layout combinations have
not been shown.
Typical load groupings have been shown and will naturally
vary, depending on actual job layout and individual load
temperature requirements.
Reverse returns are shown, since they help equalize the paths
of water flow and simplify balancing of the circuits.
Centrifugal system circulating pumps are shown. It is
assumed that these pumps are manually started and stopped
and that they are electrically interlocked with the burner
control circuit. The boiler cannot fire unless the circulating
pumps are running.
Balancing cocks are shown in the supply lines from each
boiler to the pumps in order to help equalize or proportion
flow through the boilers.
The number and location of balancing cocks, shutoff valves,
etc., to be used in the system will vary with the particular
application.
A make-up water meter must be installed in any raw water
feed to the system.
A means for introducing chemicals to the system water must
be provided.
I2-15
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
I2-16
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
I2-17
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
I2-18
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
I2-19
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
I2-20
04-02
System Fundamentals Hot Water Systems
I2-21
04-02
Hot Water Systems System Fundamentals
NOTES
I2-22
04-02
Section I3
STEAM SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-3
THE STEAM-GENERATING FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-3
Type of Application/Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-3
Operating Conditions, Requirements and Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-3
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-3
Condensate Return/Make-up Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Water Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Stack Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Facility Requirements and Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Codes and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Other Federal, State, Provincial and Local Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-6
EQUIPMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND HARDWARE DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-6
Steam Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-6
Boiler Piping and Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-8
Low Pressure Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-8
High Pressure Boilers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-8
Boiler Feed Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-10
Boiler Feed System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-10
Surge Tanks (Condensate Receiver Tanks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-11
Deaerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-11
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-11
Water Treatment Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-13
The Objectives of Feedwater Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-13
Raw Water Make-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-14
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-14
Water Softeners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-15
Dealkalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-15
Chemical Feed Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-15
Economizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-15
Blowdown Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-15
Types of Blowdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-16
SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-16
EXAMPLE - STEAM SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-17
Boiler Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-18
Condensate Return and Feedwater System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-19
Water Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-19
Blowdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-19
Efficiency Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-20
System Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-20
I3-1
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure I3-1. Typical Steam System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-4
Figure I3-2. Schematic Diagram of a Generic Steam-Generating Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-4
Figure I3-3. Summary of Application/Energy-Use Audit Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-6
Figure I3-4. Recommended Safety Valve Discharge Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-9
Figure I3-5. Example of System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-20
TABLES
Table I3-1. Removal of Harmful Elements with Various Types of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-14
Table I3-2. Makeup Water Impurities, Limits and Treatment Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-14
Table I3-3. Recommended Limits for Total Suspended Solids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-16
Table I3-4. Water Test Results and Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-19
I3-2
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
The steam-generating facility, located in the boiler room, con- At this juncture, a determination is made whether the
sists of boilers, feedwater systems, heat exchangers (e.g., boiler should be steam- or hot water-generating (see Sec-
economizers), boiler and system controls, fuel and gas han- tion I1). For the remainder of this section, it is assumed
dling equipment (e.g., fuel trains, stacks), and steam/water that a steam- generating facility is appropriately chosen.
treatment equipment and piping (Figure I3-2). The purpose of (For more information on application considerations for
the steam-generating facility is to provide energy (in the form hot water boilers and hot water systems, please refer to
of thermal energy of the steam) to drive other processes in the Section I2, Hot Water Systems.)
steam-use facility. In turn, typical steam-use facilities are
designed to meet various industrial and commercial needs Operating Conditions, Requirements and
such as comfort heating, food processing, paper corrugation, Constraints
etc.
Steam-generating facility design is unique to the specific Steam
application and it is dictated by good engineering practice, the 2. Determine the desired operating pressure. For existing
ASME code, applicable national, state, provincial and local steam-use facilities, the operating pressure has typically
codes, and utility and insurance requirements. System design been set in the past and now acts as a constraint on the
and selection depend on job specific operating requirements, system design at hand. For new facilities, slightly more
boiler room structure and venting, fuel storage, and utility ser- flexibility exists and yet operating characteristics of
vice considerations. There is therefore no simple mathemati- equipment in the steam-use facility either set or limit the
cal expression to correlate steam boiler room design and range of operating pressure of the boiler.
application. However, there are several characteristics which
help define the application and its relevant requirements. For a 3. Determine the steam load characteristics and ultimately
steam-generating facility, these characteristics include: the profile of the steam-use facility in its entirety (see
Section I1). It is important to understand both the steady-
1. Type of Application/Load state load profile as well as the transient and instantaneous
2. Operating Conditions, Requirements and Constraints demands.
3. Facility Requirements and Limitations 4. Determine the desired or necessary steam quality (dryness)
or degree of superheat. Steam quality ranges from 0 to
4. Codes and Standards 100% and is defined as the ratio of the amount of saturated
5. Other Federal, State, Provincial and Local Requirements steam vapor to the total steam amount (which may consist
of both saturated steam vapor and liquid). A 100% steam
Many of these characteristics have been thoroughly discussed quality translates to zero amount of saturated steam liquid
in other sections of The Boiler Book. The objective here is to and, in this condition, the steam is termed to be dry.
I3-3
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
STACK GASES
MAKE-UP WATER
STACK GAS
MAKE-UP WATER
ECONOMIZER
STEAM STEAM-USE
WATER
TREATMENT FACILITY
SYSTEM
FEEDWATER BOILER(S)
SYSTEM
BLOWDOWN
SYSTEM
BOILER FEEDWATER
CONTROLS
I3-4
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
The degree of superheat refers to the amount of thermal 16. Determine the physical lengths and flow areas of stack/
energy (heat) added to the steam relative to the saturated breeching, most importantly any constraints imposed in
steam vapor point of reference, typically expressed in this area. These physical attributes will affect the stack gas
units of degrees Fahrenheit. For example, a degree of pressure which can, in turn, have an impact on combustion
superheat of 50 oF means that an additional amount of characteristics and firing rates.
heat has been added to the steam so that the final steam
temperature is 50 oF greater than the saturation tempera- Electrical Power
ture of the steam at the given operating pressure.
17. Understand the electrical power overall demand and
seasonal profiles.
Condensate Return/Make-up Water
18. Determine the electrical power costs for the facility. A
5. Determine the condensate return conditions, primarily
review of 2-3 year historical data of electric power billing
focusing on temperature, pressure and flow rate (% return).
from the local power company will assist in this area. It is
6. Calculate the make-up water requirement based on the % important to understand the demand charges separate from
condensate return. the actual electrical energy charges.
7. Determine the water charges for the specific facility under
analysis. Facility Requirements and Limitations
19. In regard to boiler room design, understand the physical
Water Discharge limitations of the facility. This understanding should
include floor space or footprint for both installation and
8. Determine the maximum temperature for water discharge,
maintenance considerations as well as height limitations
which is usually mandated by the local environmental
for equipment sizing.
governing authorities.
20. Determine noise level requirements.
9. Determine the sewer charges for the specific facility under
analysis. These twenty audit items are summarized in Figure I3-3.
I3-5
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
STACK GAS
14. TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS
15. EMISSION REQUIREMENTS
16. STACK/BREECHING PHYSICAL ATTRIBUTES
Other Federal, State, Provincial and Local to each subsection of the overall system, categorized as: steam
Requirements boilers, boiler piping and valves, feedwater systems, water
treatment systems, heat exchangers and economizers, and
There are many other Codes and Standards which apply to blowdown systems. Stacks and controls are not discussed
other aspects of the design and installation of steam room since the intention here is to concentrate on the steam side of
equipment. For a listing of standards organizations of rele- the system. For information concerning controls and stacks,
vance to the design of steam systems, please refer to Section please refer to sections D and F, respectively. Considerations
I4. Local jurisdictions, insurance companies and individual concerning sizing of piping, steam traps, etc. are also not cov-
contracts often impose special requirements above and beyond ered in this section; those items are considered as a part of the
Code requirements, or may require compliance with special steam/condensate return handling and piping system design
Codes and Standards. It is essential that those responsible for and many references concerning these issues are available.
the planning of a boiler room installation be familiar with such
requirements.
Steam Boilers
EQUIPMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND The boiler selection process is based on an evaluation of the
system and load requirements as described above, and a com-
HARDWARE DESIGN parison with the different boiler types that are available. This
Having defined the application and obtained an understanding section defines a process and the considerations that can be
of the requirements and constraints of the steam system, it is used to select a boiler for a steam system application, based on
now important to consider basic equipment needs and hard- the requirements discussed in Section I1.
ware design. Here the concern deals with potential equipment The steam-use facility will have certain operating requirements
problems of the steam-generating facility in terms of perfor- that are used to establish the boiler design pressure. For exam-
mance and life. Specifically, the issues to be addressed when ple, heating systems often operate at low pressure (a steam
designing and integrating equipment into a workable system pressure of 8 - 10 psig), and would use a boiler that is designed
are: (1) equipment capacity, (2) operating characteristics and for 15 psig. The boiler design pressure must be higher than the
constraints of equipment, (3) maintenance issues and the operating pressure, and is usually based on common design
tradeoff with design/initial cost, and (4) the operational effects pressures. Steam quality, or the moisture content in the steam,
of each piece of hardware on the overall system operation. may also be a requirement of the facility.
The following is a discussion concerning considerations given The first step in determining the required boiler size is to deter-
I3-6
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
mine the number of boilers. Multiple boilers can be used to Watertube boilers are the preferred choice for pressures
divide a seasonal load into more manageable segments, even above 350 psig.
using different boiler sizes to better match the load. Additional
Higher turndown rates improve the boiler load response
boilers can be used to provide backup and minimize potential
because the boiler remains on line at low loads.
down time. Hospitals usually require a substantial amount of
backup capability. Increasing the number of boilers also adds Bent tube and electric boilers can provide quick warm-up
to the initial cost, on-going maintenance costs and complexity without thermal shock.
of the system.
Steam superheat is generally only available on the IWT
Once the number of boilers have been selected, the capacity of boiler.
the boilers can be determined. This task should not be limited
There are numerous regulatory requirements in the boiler
to matching the peak load and the total capacity of the boilers.
industry. Many boilers are listed by Underwriters Laboratories
For example, the base capacity or number of boilers should be
or a similar agency, which has tested the product to ensure that
increased if there can be a high instantaneous demand. Some
it meets their minimum standards for safety and performance.
consideration should also be given to how multiple boilers are
Emission regulations have become more common in recent
cycled to minimize the cycling and number of units in use at
years. Finally, there may be other organizations that will man-
any one time.
date requirements for an installation, such as the city, state or
Increasing the number of boilers will: insurance carrier. These requirements may prevent the use of
some boiler types.
Minimize down time and maximize reliability.
Check insurance carrier for requirements.
Provide the highest efficiency by matching load to boiler
capacity. A Package listing helps insure boiler/burner compatibility.
Increase the total installed cost of the boiler room. Construction and operating permits are usually required by
local authorities.
Allow the use of smaller boilers and support
components. Federal NSPS regulations, permits and recording applies
over 200 hp.
Increase maintenance cost.
The final stage in the selection process will be the consider-
Increase the size and complexity of the boiler room.
ation of the operating features and efficiency of the boilers.
Minimizing the number of boilers will: Initial cost is always a factor, but it should not be the only fac-
tor. For example, the boiler efficiency, turndown and mainte-
Decrease total installed cost.
nance requirements can result in much higher or lower
Reduce overall efficiency because of low-load operating costs, and can easily change the cost analysis. Some
operation. common considerations that impact overall efficiency and fuel
costs are:
Minimize maintenance costs.
Multiple fuel capabilities, including future conversions.
Provide a less complex and smaller boiler room.
More flue gas passes in a firetube boiler will increase heat
Different sized boilers can be used for the large variation in
transfer.
seasonal loads.
Heating surface area, usually 5 square feet per boiler hp in a
Total boiler capacity should include future expansion
firetube boiler.
considerations.
Higher turndown increases boiler efficiency and provides
Emission regulations may require special controls above a
quicker load response.
certain total capacity.
Lower excess air operation increases boiler efficiency.
At this stage of the selection process, some boiler types can be
eliminated based on the operating pressure and capacity Economizers can be added to most boilers, which will
requirements. (Table I1-1 in Section I1 can be used as a guide increase efficiency.
in this process). In addition, the load type may also impact the
Maintenance and down time can be important considerations
selection process. For example, watertube boilers are better
in the boiler selection. Using multiple boilers helps reduce the
suited to swing loads while firetube boilers are better for loads
potential for loss of steam generating capability.
with upset conditions. Also, bent tube boilers can be used
when quick warm up is required. Higher turndown reduces component wear and failure due to
on-off cycling.
I3-7
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
Critical operations should include controls to keep the Relevant highlights of the ASME Code are included. However,
standby boiler hot. for complete details, the reader should review the applicable
section of the ASME Code. In addition to the ASME Code, the
Always use duplex pumps and filters to allow maintenance
reader should determine whether there are any special, local
without shut down.
insurance or regulatory requirements.
Consider rental boilers as potential backup, and include
required piping in the plant. Low Pressure Boilers
Generally boilers with large water volumes and surface areas The ASME Code contains many recommendations for low
are more tolerant of feedwater treatment variations and load pressure steam systems. Here are excerpts that apply to design
surges. consideration.
The moisture content in steam from a steam generator is nor- Steam Line Expansion - Provisions shall be made for the
mally very small. There are conditions that can upset the nor- expansion and contraction of steam and hot water mains con-
mal operation and result in some relatively high amounts of nected to boilers by providing substantial anchorage at suitable
water carry-over. In addition, there are some applications points, and by providing swing joints when boilers are installed
which require extremely dry steam for proper operation. in batteries, so there will be no undue strain transmitted to the
There are some guidelines for maintaining high quality steam, boilers. para. HG-703.1
and methods to improve the steam quality.
Stop Valves for Single, Multiple, and Steam Boilers
Feedwater quality is the single most important element in
Steam Boilers - When a stop valve is used in the supply pipe
steam quality. General feedwater guidelines are given in this
connection of a single steam boiler, there shall be one used in
book and others. Special considerations need to be given to
the return pipe connection.para. HG-710.1
the type of boiler. There may be additional requirements based
on the boiler type and the conditions of the local water supply. Multiple Boiler Installations - A stop valve shall be used in
A water specialist should be consulted for specific require- each supply and return pipe connection of two or more boilers
ments of an installation. connected to a common system. para. HG-710.3
The steam quality from a boiler can be improved by adding an Shutoff Valves - No shutoff of any description shall be placed
external separator or an equalizing line similar to a Hartford between the safety relief valve and the boiler, nor on discharge
Loop. Such special steam piping arrangements are sometimes pipes between such valves and the atmosphere. para. HG-
used on low pressure steam boilers with small steam cham- 701.5
bers.
Safety and Safety Relief Valves - Safety and safety relief
The industrial watertube boiler offers some additional options valves shall not be connected to an internal pipe in the boiler.
for improving the steam quality. One option uses special drum para. HG-701.4
components to further remove solids, resulting in higher steam
Safety Valve Discharge Piping - A discharge pipe shall be
quality. The other option is to add a superheater to provide
used. Its internal cross-sectional area shall be not less than the
superheated steam.
full area of the valve outlet or of the total of the valve outlets
Water maintenance programs can help insure reliable steam discharging there into and shall be as short and straight as pos-
quality. sible and so arranged as to avoid undue stress on the valve or
valves. When an elbow is placed on a safety or safety-relief
Boiler concentrations may need to be adjusted for best steam
valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the valve out-
quality.
let. The discharge from safety or safety-relief valves shall be so
Special steam piping can be used with some boilers (such as arranged that there will be no danger of scalding attendants.
the cast iron boiler) to reduce carry-over. Para. HG-701.6 Refer to Figure I3-4.
An external separator will typically remove 90% of the Bottom Blowoff - Each boiler shall have a bottom blowoff or
moisture in a steam line. drain pipe connection fitted with a valve or cock connected
with the lowest water space practicable. The discharge piping
Superheated steam and special steam dryers are available on
shall be full size to the point of discharge. para. HG-715
industrial watertube boilers.
I3-8
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
Steam Line Expansion - Provisions shall be made for the preferably of one automatic non-return valve (set next to the
expansion and contraction of steam mains connected to boil- boiler) and a second valve of the outside-screw-and-yoke type
ers, by providing substantial anchorage at suitable points, so or two valves of the outside-screw-and-yoke type shall be
that there shall be no undue strain transmitted to the boiler. used. Para. 122.1.7 (A.2) (ASME B31.1)
para. PG-59.1.2
Stop-Check Valves (Non-Code Recommendations) - A prob-
Steam Stop Valves - Each boiler discharge outlet, except lem confronting the power piping designer is the selection of
safety valves or safety relief valves, or preheater inlet and out- the best size of stop check valve for his service conditions.
let connections, shall be fitted with a stop valve located at an This type valve usually has a floating disc member, hence it is
accessible point in the steam-delivery line and as near the important that the valve be sized to provide full disc lift under
boiler nozzle as is convenient and practicable. When such out- flow conditions prevailing during the major portion of the ser-
lets are over NPS2, the valve or valves used on the connection vice life of the installation. If the valve is too large for flow
shall be of the outside-screw-and-yoke rising-stem type so as conditions, the disc will float in a partially open position; this
to indicate from a distance, by the position of its stem whether may result in fluttering of the disc and rapid wear of valve
it is closed or open, and the wheel may be carried either on the parts. Conversely, if the valve is too small for flow conditions
yoke or attached to the stem. para. 122.1.7 (A.1) (ASME encountered, pressure drop will be excessive.
B31.1)
Safety Valves - No valve of any description shall be placed
When boilers are connected to a common header, the connec- between the required safety valve or valves and the boiler, nor
tion from each boiler having a manhole opening, shall be fitted the discharge pipe between the safety valve and the atmo-
with two stop valves having an ample free-blow drain between sphere. When a discharge pipe is used, the cross-sectional area
them. The discharge of this drain shall be visible to the opera- shall be not less than the full area of the valve outlet or the total
tor while manipulating the valve. The stop valves shall consist
I3-9
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
of the areas of the valve outlets discharging there into and shall An important factor in the condensate return and water make-
be as short and straight as possible and so arranged as to avoid up system is to ensure that contaminated condensate does not
undue stresses on the valve or valves. All safety valve or relief return to the boiler room and its associated equipment. Con-
valve discharges shall be so located or piped as to be carried densate contaminated with oil, dye, soap, etc. must be disposed
clear from running boards or platforms. Ample provision for of in a safe manner. Contaminated condensate will cause prob-
gravity drain shall be made in the discharge pipe at or near lems such as foaming, priming, unstable water level, and it will
each safety valve or safety relief valve, and where water of increase blowdown requirements.
condensation may collect. Each valve shall have an opening
The collection of clean steam condensate is desirable for sev-
gravity drain through the casing below the level of the valve
eral economic reasons. Condensate generally is capable of
seat. For iron-and-steel bodied valves exceeding 2-1/2 inch
being collected at temperatures higher than the temperature of
size, the drain hole shall be tapped not less than 3/8 inch pipe
raw water make-up. This results in significant fuel cost savings
size. Para PG-71.3 Refer to Figure I3-4, Recommended
and improved overall system efficiency. Since condensate is
Safety Valve Discharge Piping.
formed from steam, it contains little or no dissolved solids.
Safety Valve Mounting - When a boiler is fitted with two or Therefore, using collected condensate reduces chemical usage
more safety valves or safety relief valves on one connection, and associated costs as well.
this connection to the boiler shall have a cross-sectional area
Additionally, the cost of raw water make-up will be reduced by
not less than the combined area of inlet connections of all the
collecting condensate because the demand for raw water is lim-
safety valves with which it connects and shall also meet the
ited. When considering installation costs, the expected conden-
requirements of Paragraph PG-71.3. Para. PG-71.5
sate return may allow for down-sizing of the raw water make-
Blowoff Valves - The blowoff valve or valves, the pipe up supply system and other components.
between them, and the boiler connection shall be of the same
Unfortunately, condensate flow from the system may be unpre-
size except that a larger pipe for the return of condensate may
dictable. Unpredictability of returning condensate causes a
be used.
problem for the boiler, since it should have a continuous and
For all boilers . . . with allowable working pressure in excess immediately available supply of water. However, there are sev-
of 100 psig, each bottom blowoff pipe shall have two slow- eral ways to collect and store condensate so it is readily avail-
opening valves, or one quick-opening valve or cock; at the able.
boiler nozzle followed by a slow-opening valve. A slow-open-
A collection or storage tank can be incorporated to act as a res-
ing valve is a valve which requires at least five 360 degree
ervoir. Products which serve this purpose include boiler feed-
turns of the operating mechanism from fully closed to fully
water systems, surge tanks, and deaerators.
opened. On a boiler having multiple blowoff pipes, a single
master valve may be placed on the common blowoff pipe from The function of these products in the overall condensate return
the boilers, in which case only one valve on each individual and raw water make-up system is as follows. For further infor-
blowoff is required. In such a case, either the master valve or mation on this equipment, refer to the specific product sections
the individual valves or cocks shall be of the slow-opening in The Boiler Book.
type. Para. 122.1.7 (ASME B31.1)
Feedwater Valves - The feedwater piping for all [steam] Boiler Feed System
boilers . . . shall be provided with a check valve . . . between Boiler feedwater systems help maintain maximum efficiency
the check valve and the boiler. Para 122.1 (B1) (ASME and prolong the life of the boiler, when investment in a deaera-
B31.1) tor cannot be justified. Consisting of one or more feed pumps
and a corrosion resistant receiver tank, the system automati-
When two or more boilers are fed from a common source,
cally supplements condensate with make-up water to replace
there shall also be a globe or regulating valve in the branch to
system losses. When equipped with an automatic preheater,
each boiler located between the check valve and the source of
feedwater temperatures can be maintained at temperatures up
supply. Para. 122.1.7 (B.5) (ASME B31.1)
to 210 F (maximum). At this temperature, substantial amounts
of oxygen and carbon dioxide are released, reducing the
Boiler Feed Systems amount of chemicals required to protect the boiler and system
The transfer of heat from steam, regardless of process usage, from corrosion. Preheating is recommended if the return con-
will create condensate. The quantity of collectable condensate densate constitutes 50% or less of the required feedwater.
varies with the type of application. For instance, with humidi- Boiler feed systems typically combine one or more boiler feed
fication, the steam is released to the environment and the con- pumps with a tank to store condensate and make-up water.
densate is considered uncollectible. In industrial applications, These components are typically furnished as a complete pack-
condensate can typically be collected in large quantity. age with level, temperature, and pressure controls. Additional
I3-10
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
features such as deaeration hardware and more sophisticated water and condensate. Without deaeration, the dissolved gases
controls may be considered. can cause serious corrosion in the boiler and other system
hardware.
The purpose of the boiler feed system is to provide a reservoir
with sufficient surge capacity to accommodate intermittent Deaerators are considered essential for:
condensate flowrates, and to provide stable suction conditions
All boiler plants operating at 75 psig or more.
for the boiler feed pump(s). The selection of a boiler feedwa-
ter system is primarily driven by surge capacity. For this rea- All boiler plants with little or no standby capacity.
son, it is necessary to accurately estimate peak condensate
All boilers plants where production depends on continuous
flowrates from the steam-use facility, considering also factors
operation.
due to transient conditions such as equipment startups, piping
hydraulics, and system interactions. Once this information is All boiler plants operating with makeup water of 25% or
obtained and understood, a boiler feed tank of sufficient size more.
may be selected.
In addition to removing oxygen and carbon dioxide, deaerators
The operating characteristics of the boiler and steam-generat- also heat boiler feedwater. The large storage capacity provides
ing system have an impact on the type of controls and features an effective means for recovering heat from exhaust steam and
included in the boiler feed system. In particular, those factors hot condensate. With a deaerator, further savings result from
influencing pump selection will also have an effect on the the reduced need for oxygen-scavenging chemical treatment.
height of the boiler feedwater system, the level control system, For further information, refer to Sections H1, H2, and H3.
and suction piping design. The characteristics of the returning
condensate should also be considered when selecting feedwa- Pumps
ter system components, corrosion resistant linings, and pres-
There are five design criteria that must be considered before
sure/temperature controls.
the proper boiler feed pump can be selected.
There are many cost/benefit tradeoffs available when configur-
1. Will the pump run continuously or intermittently?
ing a boiler feed system. A partial list includes:
2. What is the temperature of the water being pumped?
Feedwater Preheat reduces thermal shock.
3. What is the pump capacity requirement in gpm?
Premium Lining/Galvanizing reduces corrosion.
4. What is the pump discharge pressure requirement?
Premium Level Control reduces overflow losses.
5. What is the NPSH (net positive suction head) required?
Code Rated Pressure Tank reduces flash steam losses.
Continuous or Intermittent Operation - Continuous or
Deaeration Hardware reduces corrosion and thermal
intermittent operation of a pump is determined by the critical
shock.
nature of the desired water level control. The water level con-
Each of these options has a direct benefit on the long-term trol requirements are primarily based on the type of boiler, but
operating costs of the system. Their increased initial costs are also affected by the load, operating pressure, and feed
must be balanced against the overall capital cost and the water temperature. Continuous operation provides better water
expected life of the system. For more information on boiler level control, but adds cost and components to the system.
feed systems, please refer to Section H5.
Boiler types with a relatively low water volume, such as water-
tube boilers, require more precise water level control than
Surge Tanks (Condensate Receiver Tanks) boiler types with a large water volume, such as firetubes. This
Surge tanks can greatly reduce dependence on cold, untreated is due to the relationship between drum (vessel) size and gal-
raw water to replace boiler system losses by collecting con- lons of water content. For example, a fifty gallon change in a
densate by gravity return for re-use in the boiler feed system. watertube boiler might represent a one inch change in water
Surge tanks are required when no other storage exists or when level, while the same fifty gallon change in a firetube boiler
intermittent peak loads of condensate can exceed the storage might only represent a fraction of an inch change in water
capacity of the deaerator. Integrated control automatically level.
introduces makeup water to supplement condensate only when
Frequent load swings will require more accurate water level
necessary to meet boiler demand. Refer to Section H4 for
control to ensure the feedwater flow matches the steam flow
more detailed information.
requirement. Frequent load swings may require continuous
feedwater control to maintain proper water level.
Deaerators
The relationship between operating pressure and feedwater
Deaeration is widely recognized as the most acceptable temperature can make water level control more critical if the
method for removing oxygen and carbon dioxide from makeup
I3-11
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
temperatures vary or if there is a large differential between sat- tor), plus by-pass flow requirement (in gpm) for the pump. The
uration temperature and feed water temperature. Large tem- by-pass flow is usually regulated through a fixed orifice, and is
perature differentials could result in a reduction in boiler water of sufficient quantity to prevent cavitation within the pump
level when feed water is added. The reduction is caused by a under dead head conditions. The by-pass orifice must be
quenching effect, which lowers the boiler water temperature located between the pump discharge and the modulating feed-
slightly, reducing the steam/water volume, thereby lowering water valve to allow water to recirculate back to the storage
the water level. This type of water level reduction is generally tank.
more common on smaller, low pressure boilers. Pump Discharge Pressure Requirements - Pump discharge
Selection of Pump Type (Centrifugal or Turbine) - Once the pressure requirements are calculated by determining the boiler
criteria for water level control is determined, the type of feed operating pressure and calculating the line losses between the
pump can be selected. pump and the boiler. The pump discharge pressure needs to
overcome the piping line losses, and boiler pressure in order to
Highly accurate water level control can be achieved with a get water into the boiler.
centrifugal type pump, running continuously, in conjunction
with a modulating feed water valve on the boiler. All calculations need to be converted to feet of head for pump
selection purposes. Therefore, convert boiler operating pres-
An effective but less precise means of water level control can sure to feet of head, and add to that value the equivalent length
be provided using a turbine type pump, with intermittent (on- (in feet of head) of the piping and associated valves between
off) operation. With intermittent operation, larger swings in the pump discharge and the boiler.
water level control will result.
Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) - Every pump design has
Although not common, turbine pumps have been used in con- a certain requirement for net positive suction head. This is the
junction with a modulating feedwater valve to provide water amount of liquid in feet that must be above the pump suction
level control. In this application, a relief device must be centerline in order to prevent cavitation and to provide proper
included to discharge water back to the feedwater tank to pro- pump operation.
tect the pump from dead head pressures. Dead head pressures
can cause overheating, cavitation, and subsequent pump dam- Net positive suction head required (NPSH-R) by the pump
age. A concern of this design is the use of a relief device as a must be exceeded by the net positive suction head available
control valve, and the inherent performance and reliability fac- (NPSH-A) from the system.
tors. Calculation: NPSH-A = HP + HZ - HF - HVP
Pump Water Temperature - The temperature of the pumped NPSH-A - Available NPSH expressed in feet of fluid.
water must be specified to ensure proper design and construc-
tion. Pumps use packing or mechanical seals to seal the area HP - Absolute pressure on the surface of the liquid at the pump
between the pump shaft and the pump casing. These seals have suction location, expressed in feet. This could be atmospheric
temperature limitations and, if misapplied, the seals will fail. pressure or vessel pressure (pressurized tank).
Standard pump seals are adequate up to temperatures of HZ - Static elevation of the liquid above, or below the center-
approximately 215 F. Higher temperature seals are available line of the impeller, expressed in feet.
for temperatures up to 250 F and, for temperatures above 250
F, external water cooling is usually employed to protect the HF - Friction and entrance head loss in the suction piping,
seals. For applications above 250 F, contact your local expressed in feet.
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. HVP- Absolute vapor pressure of the fluid at the pumping tem-
Pump Capacity Requirements - Determining pumping perature, expressed in feet.
capacity requirements involves slightly different criteria for Cleaver-Brooks makes selections that are based on pumps hav-
centrifugal and turbine type pumps. For both pump types, the ing the lowest possible NPSH-R. This is done to provide the
maximum boiler capacity must be determined. The maximum lowest stand height and the lowest overall height of the tank.
boiler capacity, or evaporation rate, is usually calculated in There are some sacrifices which must be accepted in order to
pounds of steam per hour, and should be converted to gallons have low NPSH-R. Usually a selection with a low NPSH-R is a
per minute, and have blowdown added to it for pump selection pump that is larger and usually requires a greater horsepower
purposes. For assistance in this calculation, contact your local drive. Generally speaking, however, it is more important to
Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. keep the overall height to a minimum than to select a pump
The pump capacity for turbine pumps, with intermittent opera- with a higher NPSH-R.
tion, should be equal to 2 times the maximum evaporation rate Pumps (General) - The design criteria for transfer pumps
of the boiler. (pumps which pump water to a deaerator) is the same as the
The pump capacity for centrifugal pumps, with continuous criteria just covered for boiler feed pumps.
operation, is equal to: evaporation rate times 1.15 (safety fac-
I3-12
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
Cleaver-Brooks and our authorized representatives provide a gen. Dissolved oxygen is not related to the combined oxygen
full line of pumps, and pump selection services for application contained in the water molecule H2O. All surface and rain
in both steam and hot water systems. For assistance, contact water contain dissolved oxygen, because of their contact with
your local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative. the atmosphere. With enough contact, the dissolved oxygen
content will reach saturation for the corresponding tempera-
Water Treatment Systems ture. The solubility of oxygen is affected by solid content.
Water with a higher solid content will contain less oxygen than
Harmful elements are contained in surface and well water. distilled water. Surface water usually contains more oxygen
Surface and well water are also called raw water. A sample than well water. As the raw water temperature rises, dissolved
of the raw water should be analyzed early in the equipment oxygen is released and can cause corrosion of iron and steel.
planning stage. The analysis provides a clear definition of the Therefore, the problem caused by dissolved oxygen in boiler
particular threats posed by the water source. Your Cleaver- systems is corrosion in the boiler feedwater piping, econo-
Brooks representative can assist you in defining the harmful mizer, boiler, and steam and condensate return piping.
elements, and can help in planning a water treatment program
and in selecting the proper treatment equipment. Hence, the generation of steam from naturally occurring water
sources can be complicated by the presence of various chemi-
The following is a discussion of the elements commonly found cal constituents in the water supply. The American Society of
in raw water. Mechanical Engineers has published guidelines on boiler
Surface water usually has high suspended solids and dissolved water and boiler feedwater quality for steam boilers. Most
gases and low dissolved solids. Well water normally has high boiler installations will require some form of water treatment
dissolved solids and low suspended solids and dissolved gases. in order to conform to these guidelines. A few methods of
treatment are depicted in Tables I3-1 and I3-2.
Suspended solids represent the undissolved matter in water,
including dirt, silt, biological growth, vegetation, and insolu- The Objectives of Feedwater Treatment
ble organic matter.
Proper boiler feedwater treatment is an absolute necessity!
When minerals dissolve in water, ions are formed. The sum of Unless the boiler receives water of proper quality, the boilers
all minerals or ions in the water is the total dissolved solids or life will be shortened. The water supply for a steam system
TDS. may originate from rivers, ponds, underground wells, etc. Each
Iron can be soluble or insoluble. Insoluble iron can clog valves water supply source requires a specific analysis. Depending
and strainers and can cause excessive sludge build up in low upon the analysis, various pretreatment methods may be
lying areas of a water system. It also leads to boiler deposits employed to prepare make-up water for the boiler feedwater
that can cause tube failures. Soluble iron can interfere in many system.
processes, such as printing or the dying of cloth. In domestic The objectives of boiler water treatment in general are as fol-
water systems, porcelain fixtures can be stained by as little as lows:
0.25 ppm of iron.
1. Prevent hard scale deposits or soft sludge type deposits
Water hardness is the measure of calcium and magnesium con- which would, if present, impair the rate of heat transfer and
tent as calcium carbonate equivalents. Water hardness is the possibly result in overheating and damage to the pressure
primary source of scale in boiler equipment. vessel.
Silica in boiler feedwater can also cause hard dense scale with 2. Prevent general corrosion or pitting to assure maximum
a high resistance to heat transfer. life of the boiler at the lowest maintenance cost.
Alkalinity is a measure of the capacity of water to neutralize 3. Prevent intercrystalline cracking or caustic embrittlement
strong acid. In natural waters, the capacity is attributable to of boiler metal.
bases, such as bicarbonates, carbonates, and hydroxides; as
well as silicates, borates, ammonia, phosphates, and organic 4. Prevent carryover to assure high quality steam at an
bases. These bases, especially bicarbonates and carbonates, economical rate of continuous and intermittent blowdown.
break down to form carbon dioxide in steam, which is a major The accomplishment of these objectives will, in all cases,
factor in the corrosion of condensate lines. Alkalinity also con- involve several forms of treatment including:
tributes to foaming and carryover in boilers.
Pretreatment of the make-up water before it enters the boiler
pH is a measure of the degree of acid or base of a solution. The feedwater system.
pH scale is from 0 to 14, with 0 being the most acidic and 14
being the most basic or alkaline. Chemical treatment of the boiler water internally in the
boiler.
Dissolved oxygen is the amount of oxygen gas dissolved in the
raw water and is caused by the solubility of atmospheric oxy-
I3-13
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
Dissolved GasesA No Change Free CO2 Only See Filter To .005 cc/liter of O2
Section
NOTE: All of the above packaged water systems can be readily integrated into existing Cleaver-Brooks boiler rooms. All are designed to
accommodate boilers of any make.
A. Specifically limited by ASME guidelines on boiler feedwater quality.
B. The sum of calcium and magnesium equal the hardness. Hardness has been listed as a separate item for those analyses showing
hardness only.
In addition, the selection of pretreatment methods will depend The following are descriptions of feedwater pretreatment
upon the chemistry of the raw water and the plant operating equipment and a discussion of their functions in the overall
characteristics. In most cases, pretreatment becomes more crit- feedwater pretreatment cycle. For further information on
ical as the percentage of make-up to the system increases. equipment, refer to the specific product sections.
I3-14
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
I3-15
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
tive such as the net present value of overall life costs. Opti- $68.04/month service charge
mized design may offer the steam-user significant savings over
$0.833/ccf consumption charge
the life of the steam-generating facility. It is the design which
maximizes profitability for the owner over time. 8. Water Discharge Max. Temp: 120 F
For a given application, there are many workable designs, but 9. Sewer Charges:
only one optimal design. The discussion in this section entails
$13.72/month service charge
a search method to approaching the optimal design. Com-
ponents/equipment are added arbitrarily and evaluated for $0.573/ccf use charge
effect on system performance and ultimately cost/benefit to
10. Types of Fuel:
the steam system owner. Obtaining the optimum design is
more involved than that presented in this section and is beyond Natural Gas
the scope of this discussion.
Light Oil considered as a back-up
5. Condensate Return Conditions: There are none currently, but requirements are in the
expected future. Site is located in a non-attainment zone.
Temperature: 200 F
16. Stack/Breeching Physical Attributes:
Pressure: 2 psig
A new single stack is to be designed by the boiler supplier.
% Return: 90%
17. Electrical Power Demand: Not applicable in this case
6. Make-up Water Requirement: 10%
7. Water Charges:
______________
1. Boiler room combustion air temperature ranges from 60 F to
100 F.
I3-17
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
8100 kBtu
hour ( 33.475
hp hour
kBtu
) = 241 hp there is no need for back-up in this application. Therefore, the
recommendation is to install a single boiler. However, high-
turndown would be desirable to prevent excessive cycling.
With the necessary capacity calculated, and the number of
tion. Next, approximate fuel costs are calculated using the fol- boilers to be installed decided, several boiler types can be ruled
lowing:2 out immediately. Neither the Vertical Firetube nor the Model 4
Watertube Boilers are available in sufficient size for this sys-
tem. At the opposite extreme, the load is far too small for an
industrial watertube boiler. Remaining boilers include the fire-
total load = (loadi) (hoursi) box, firetube, flextube, electric and cast iron boilers. The cast
iron boiler may be ruled out because of its higher initial cost;
total load = 2160 hrs 650 kBtu/hr + 1440 2500 kBtu/hr the electric may be ruled out because of higher operating costs.
The remaining boilers, the firebox, firetube and flextube all are
= 5,004,000 kBtu
good choices for heating loads requiring low pressure steam.
(total load) ($/MMBtu) Instantaneous load is not an issue with a heating load. Like-
total fuel cost = wise, there are no large load swings to consider.
where = system efficiency (decimal)
An application under federal emission regulations (NSPS)
needs to be submitted because this installation is capable of
$4.50
MMBtu
1
(5,004,000 MBtu) 0.6 ( ) = $37,530 using over 10 MMBTU/hr. There are no federal emissions
requirements for this boiler because of the fuels selected. Local
permits for construction and operation will also be required.
Furthermore, it is desirable that the boiler be UL listed. There
__________ are no current local emission requirements, although they are
2. Efficiency should be set to 80% for process loads and 60% for expected to occur in the near future as the site is located in an
heating loads. In a heating application such as this one, the ozone nonattainment area.
operating efficiency of the system may be much lower than the
stack efficiency of the boiler. The reason for this is that the boiler
To minimize maintenance, a boiler with 5 square feet of heat-
may fire for only a few minutes in the morning. During the long
ing area per horsepower should be selected. The large water
off-cycle, heat is transferred from the boiler to its surroundings,
chamber and surface area reduce the need for cleaning, and
allowing the steam contained within the boiler to cool and con-
minimize upsets caused in water treatment. A turndown capa-
dense. When steam is again required, this lost heat must be
bility increased from the standard 4-1 would further reduce
replaced through several minutes of operation before steam may
maintenance and prolong boiler life. A 10-1 turndown, stan-
be supplied. Typical efficiencies for this type of operation range
dard on the CB and CB (LE) [low emission] Firetube Boilers
from 50 to 75%.
(250-800 hp), would result in significant fuel savings in this
I3-18
02-02
System Fundamentals Steam Systems
application. In a heating system such as this, eight to twelve A rule of thumb for tanks is to have a fifteen minute water sup-
cycles per hour are common. The 10-1 turndown drastically ply for boiler feed systems and a ten minute supply for deaerat-
reduces such excessive cycling and decreases purge energy ing systems. A larger tank may be used for systems with high
losses and cycling wear on components. condensate return, and a smaller tank for systems with a high
percentage of make-up. In this system, a fifteen minute water
Both the CB and CB (LE) Firetube Boilers guarantee steam
supply corresponds to 2100 lb, or 253 gallons. A 270 gallon
quality above the system requirements.
tank will be specified, allowing for the high percentage con-
The certainty of a future tightening of emission regulations densate return.
leads to a decision in favor of the 60 ppm CB (LE) Firetube
In a heating system with a firetube boiler there is neither a
Boiler3. Although both the firebox and flextube boilers may
large load swing nor a necessity for precise boiler water level
be retrofitted with low NOx burners, it is done at considerable
control. Therefore, an intermittent operation turbine style
cost. The CB (LE) Firetube Boilers ability to meet all future
pump will be selected to minimize system cost. As the feed-
emission regulations, along with its fuel savings, 10-1 turn-
water temperature is well below 215 F, there is no need for
down, and low cost for emissions reduction, make it the best
high temperature pump seals. Duplex pumps will be specified
choice.
to minimize maintenance downtime.
The customer currently carries uninterruptable gas service,
paying $4.50/MMBtu. The customer has the opportunity for Water Treatment
savings by switching to a dual fuel burner, which would allow
for interruptible service. With the gas cost reduced to $3.50/ Water treatment options include chemical, deaeration, soften-
MMBtu, and assuming that light oil at $4.20/MMBtu would ing and filtering. A test result yielded the results in Table I3-4
be used 20% of the time, the resultant fuel bill is $30,490, or a The limits for silica, alkalinity and dissolved solids are all lim-
$7,040 savings. its for the boiler water itself. These can be controlled through
The final choice in this example will be a 250 horsepower 60 blowdown (described below). The decision to control oxygen
ppm CB (LE) Firetube Boiler with a dual fuel burner. As this through chemicals has already been made. It will be necessary
is a heating load, and no expansion is foreseen, the 20% over- to include a water softener in the water treatment system to
sizing used in boiler selection for some systems is not neces- remove hardness.
sary here. In this application, the CB (LE) Firetube Boiler was
selected due to high turndown capability and the ability to Blowdown
meet future emissions regulations. These features compensate
Manual bottom blowdown should be specified. The low fuel
for the higher capital costs of other boiler choices which could
bills preclude the option of continuous blowdown with heat
meet demand.
recovery. Additional equipment necessary includes a bottom
blowdown separator and aftercooler. These are necessary to
Condensate Return And Feedwater System reduce the blowdown water temperature to the maximum
This system has 90% condensate return. This yields a make- 120F.
up water requirement of 10%. If we assume a constant spe-
cific heat, and a make-up water temperature of 40 F, a direct
mixing would result in a feedwater temperature of 184 F. Table I3-4. Water Test Results and Limits
It must first be decided whether to use a boiler feed system or a SUBSTANCE TEST RESULT LIMITS
deaerating system. In either case, this system must consist of a
Oxygen 6 ppm <0.007 ppm
water reservoir, a stand (to provide sufficient net positive suc-
tion head for the pump) and a pump. In this system, the per- Hardness 86 ppm <5.0 ppm
centage of make-up water is low, and the feedwater mix
temperature is relatively high. Oxygen in the system may be Suspended Matter 0.1 ppm <0.15 ppm
controlled by chemicals. These conditions, coupled with an pH 6.8 7.0-10.5
already low annual fuel cost, decide against additional spend-
ing for a deaerating system. Silica 10 ppm <150 ppm
I3-19
02-02
Steam Systems System Fundamentals
Efficiency Enhancement
The small annual fuel bills rule out a reasonable return on
investment for efficiency enhancing equipment such as an
economizer, oxygen trim or blowdown heat recovery. On
large systems selecting such options may be the wise eco-
nomic decision.
System Schematic
A schematic of the resulting system in shown in Figure I3-5.
MAKE-UP WATER
90% CONDENSATE RETURN
200
STACK
WATER
SOFTENER STEAM HANDLING, HEATING
10 PSIG STEAM AND CONDENSATE RETURN
SYSTEMS
250 HP
CB (LE) BOILER
PACKAGED
BOILER FEED
SYSTEM BOTTOM BLOWDOWN
STEAM
COLD WATER SEPARATOR/
SUPPLY BLOWDOWN
CHEMICAL
FEED SYSTEM AFTERCOOLER
TO DRAIN
I3-20
02-02
Section I4
General Engineering Data
CONTENTS
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure I4-1. Steam Pipe Chart - Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-4
Figure I4-2. Steam Pipe Chart - Steam Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-5
Figure I4-3. Pressure Drop for Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-6
Figure I4-4. Typical Stack Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-11
Figure I4-5. Typical Stack Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-11
Figure I4-6. Rain Cap Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-15
Figure I4-7. Fuel Oil Viscosity and Temperature Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-15
I4-1
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
TABLES
Table I4-1. Gas Line Capacities, Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-7
Table I4-2. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 40 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-8
Table I4-3. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 100 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.94) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-8
Table I4-4. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 500 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.94) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-8
Table I4-5. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 1000 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.96) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-9
Table I4-6. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 5000 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.96) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-9
Table I4-7. Equivalent Length of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-10
Table I4-8. Single Boiler Vent or Stack Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-12
Table I4-9. Multiple Boilers Common Breeching and Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-12
Table I4-10. Pounds of Dry Saturated Steam per Boiler Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-13
Table I4-11. Typical Units for Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-13
Table I4-12. Detailed Requirements for Fuel Oils - Properties of Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-16
Table I4-13. Detailed Requirements for Fuel Oil Grade of Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-17
Table I4-14. Thermal Properties of Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-18
Table I4-15. Saturated Steam Properties, Temperature Table (Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-19
Table I4-16. Saturated Steam Properties, Pressure Table (Sheet 1 of 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-26
Table I4-17. Temperature Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-31
Table I4-18. Conversion Factors (Sheet 1 of 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-32
Table I4-19. pH Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-40
Table I4-20. Salinity Indicating Readings Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-40
Table I4-21. Useful Physical Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-40
Table I4-22. Conversions Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-41
Table I4-23. Approximate Common Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-42
Table I4-24. Conversions Accurate to Parts per Million . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-42
This section consists of four primary areas. The first includes information to assist in sizing of steam, water, natural gas, and fuel
oil piping. It also provides information on stacks.
The second area, entitled Thermodynamic Properties, contains information on fuel oils, water, and steam, and covers viscosities,
thermal properties of water, and steam tables covering the saturated region.
The third area is Unit Conversion, which includes extensive unit conversion factors as well as an discussion of the difference be-
tween absolute and gauge pressure.
I4-2
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Figure I4-1 allows pressure drop to be calculated given satu- In this example, pressure drop will be calculated for a 500 hp
rated steam pressure, flow rate and pipe diameter. Although hot water boiler with a 20 F temperature differential. This
the example covers calculating pressure drop, it is possible to corresponds to approximately 1700 gpm.
work backwards to calculate pipe size, given pressure drop. Btu
500 hp x 33472 hr x hp x 1 x lb x F x 1 hr x gallon = 1680 gallons
20 F 1 Btu 60 min 8.3 lb m in
Figure I4-2 is similar to Figure I4-1, but gives steam velocity
instead of pressure drop. These illustrations are approxima- The system will use 10" nominal size schedule 40 pipe. These
tions for saturated steam only. two figures are plotted on their respective axis, giving points A
and B. A line is drawn through these two points and the
Example for Steam Pipe Chart, Pounds per Minute to remaining two axis, giving a pressure drop of.57 psig (1.3 ft. of
Pressure Drop water) and a 6.4 feet per second velocity.
A 500 hp boiler at 125 psig has a capacity of 17210 lbs/hr.
Pressure drop will be found through 100 feet of 5" inside Feedwater Example
diameter pipe. Now consider a 500 hp steam boiler. This requires approxi-
First, convert pounds/hr to pounds/min by dividing by 60: mately 40 gallons per minute of feedwater. A 2" nominal
schedule 40 pipe will be used. Plotting these figure yields
17210 60 = 285 points C and D. Drawing a line through the points as before
Next, convert psig to absolute pressure by adding 14.7: gives us a pressure drop of 2 psig, or 4.6 feet of water.
I4-3
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-4
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-5
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-6
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-1. 13
4 water 0.2 23 52 104 230 358 724 1180 2150 4510 8210 13400 27300
5 water 0.25 26 58 117 257 400 811 1320 2410 5050 9190 14900 30600
6 water 0.30 28 64 128 282 439 889 1450 2640 5540 10100 16400 33500
7 water 0.35 31 69 139 305 475 962 1570 2860 5990 10900 17700 36300
8 water 0.40 33 74 148 327 508 1030 1680 3060 6410 11700 19000 38800
9 water 0.45 35 79 158 347 540 1090 1780 3250 6810 12400 20200 41200
10 water 0.50 37 83 166 366 569 1150 1880 3430 7180 13100 21300 43500
11 water 0.55 38 87 175 385 598 1210 1980 3600 7550 13700 22300 45700
12 water 0.6 40 91 183 402 625 1280 2060 3760 7890 14300 23300 47700
1/2 psi .025 psi 43 98 197 433 673 1360 2220 4050 8590 15400 25100 51400
3/4 psi .038 psi 53 121 243 534 831 1680 2750 5000 10500 19100 31100 63500
1 psi .050 psi 62 141 282 622 967 1960 3190 5820 12200 22200 36100 73800
1-1/4 psi .062 psi 70 159 319 702 1090 2210 3600 6570 13800 25000 40800 83300
1-1/2 psi .075 psi 77 175 351 773 1200 2440 3970 7240 15200 27600 44900 91800
1-3/4 psi .088 psi 84 191 382 842 1310 2650 4320 7870 16500 30000 48900 99900
2 psi .100 psi 91 205 412 906 1410 2850 4660 8480 17800 32300 52600 108000
2-1/2 psi .125 psi 103 233 467 1030 1600 3240 5280 9620 20200 36700 59000 122000
3 psi .150 psi 114 259 519 1140 1780 3600 5870 10700 22400 40800 66300 136000
3-1/2 psi .175 psi 125 283 568 1250 1940 3940 6420 11700 24500 44600 72600 148000
4 psi .200 psi 135 307 615 1350 2110 4270 6960 12700 26600 48300 78700 161000
4-1/2 psi .225 psi 146 330 661 1460 2260 4580 7480 13600 28500 51900 84500 173000
5 psi .250 psi 155 352 706 1550 2420 4890 7980 14500 30500 55400 90200 184000
6 psi .300 psi 174 395 792 1740 2710 5490 8960 16300 34200 62200 101000 207000
8 psi .400 psi 211 477 957 2110 3280 6640 10800 19700 41300 75200 122000 250000
10 psi .500 psi 246 556 1120 2460 3820 7730 12600 23000 48200 87600 143000 292000
For total lengths other than 100 ft, multiply the capacity shown in the table by the factor corresponding to the desired length as follows:
Length of pipe in ft 10 15 25 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Multiplier 3.16 2.58 2.00 1.41 1.00 .817 .707 .632 .577 .535 .500 .447
For pressures and diameters not shown, consult you local Cleaver-Brooks authorized representative.
This table shows gas flow capacities of pipes from 1/2 to 8 diameter, based upon a pressure drop of 5% of the initial gas pressure for 100-ft. length of pipe. Turbulent
flow is assumed, hence the non-linear ratio of length to capacity.
I4-7
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-2. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 40 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.9)
Table I4-3. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 100 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.94)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (INCHES)
FUEL OIL FLOW
RATE (GPH)
0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4
25 3.9 1.3 0.5 0.1 0.03 0.02 0.007 0.002
50 7.8 2.5 1.0 0.2 0.06 0.03 0.013 0.004
75 11.6 3.8 1.4 0.3 0.10 0.05 0.020 0.007
100 15.5 5.0 1.9 0.3 0.13 0.06 0.026 0.009
150 23.3 7.6 2.9 0.5 0.19 0.09 0.039 0.013
200 31.1 10.1 3.8 0.7 0.25 0.13 0.052 0.018
250 38.8 12.6 4.8 0.9 0.32 0.16 0.066 0.022
300 46.6 15.1 5.8 1.0 0.38 0.19 0.079 0.027
400 62.1 20.2 7.7 1.4 0.51 0.25 0.10 0.035
500 77.6 25.2 9.6 1.7 0.64 0.31 0.13 0.044
600 93.2 30.2 11.5 2.1 0.76 0.38 0.16 0.053
700 108.7 35.3 13.4 2.4 0.89 0.44 0.18 0.062
NOTE: Pressure Drop (psig) per 100 equivalent ft of pipe for a fuel oil viscosity of 100 SSU, specific gravity of 0.94
Table I4-4. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 500 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.94)
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (INCHES)
FUEL OIL FLOW
RATE (GPH)
0.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 4
25 7.8 2.5 1.0 0.2 0.06 0.03 0.013 0.004
50 15.6 5.1 1.9 0.3 0.13 0.06 0.026 0.009
75 23.5 7.6 2.9 0.5 0.19 0.019 0.040 0.013
100 31.3 10.2 3.9 0.7 0.26 0.13 0.053 0.018
150 46.9 15.2 5.8 1.0 0.38 0.19 0.079 0.027
200 62.6 20.3 7.7 1.4 0.51 0.25 0.106 0.036
250 78.2 25.4 9.7 1.7 0.64 0.32 0.132 0.045
300 93.9 30.5 11.6 2.1 0.77 0.38 0.159 0.053
400 125.1 40.6 15.5 2.8 1.03 0.50 0.21 0.071
500 156.4 50.8 19.3 3.5 1.28 0.63 0.26 0.089
600 187.7 69.9 23.2 4.2 1.54 0.76 0.32 0.107
700 219.0 71.1 27.1 4.9 1.80 0.88 0.37 0.125
NOTE: Pressure Drop (psig) per 100 equivalent ft of pipe for a fuel oil viscosity of 500 SSU, specific gravity of 0.94
I4-8
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-5. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 1000 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.96)
Table I4-6. Oil Piping Pressure Drop (Viscosity = 5000 SSU and Specific Gravity = 0.96)
I4-9
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
1-1/2 4 9 0.9 41 21
breeching and stack combination cause excessive draft, a sim-
ple barometric damper can be located in the breeching close to
2 5 11 1.2 54 27
the stack or chimney. This damper should only be considered
2-/1/2 6 13 1.4 64 32
after burner adjustment problems have been experienced and
3 8 16 1.6 80 40
are serious enough to warrant corrective action.
3-1/2 9 18 2.0 91 45
4 11 21 2.2 110 55 Automatic or special draft controls are not required and are not
5 13 26 2.8 140 70
recommended for use with Cleaver-Brooks boilers.
6 16 32 3.4 155 81
8 20 42 4.5 210 110
Stack Location
10 25 55 5.5 270 140 An off-set type stack connection to the stub vent on the boiler
12 30 65 6.5 320 160 is preferred and recommended. A direct vertical connection can
14 35 75 8.0 370 190 also be made, if required. A typical stack location diagram is
This table contains the number of feet of straight pipe usually allowed for standard shown in Figure I4-4.
fittings and valves.
Stack Condensation
STACKS The amount of condensation in the stack will vary with the
type of fuel and with the stack gas temperature. Normally, the
temperature of the flue gas leaving the boiler is higher than the
temperature of the steam or the water in the boiler.
NOTICE
Stack condensation is most likely to occur on heating boiler
For boilers over 800 hp, consult your local Cleaver- installations where light loads and intermittent firing cause a
Brooks authorized representative. cool stack condition, which results in condensation of the
water vapor in the flue gas. This condensed water accelerates
Why Used corrosion of steel stacks or breechings.
The only purpose of a vent stack on Cleaver-Brooks boilers is The following items should be considered when planning to
to conduct the products of combustion to a point of safe dis- keep stack condensation to a minimum:
charge (atmosphere). Forced draft design eliminates the need
for a stack designed to create a draft. A. The boiler should be sized as close as possible to the
true heat load. Oversized boilers should be avoided.
Stack Draft on CB Boilers B. Masonry stacks have better heat holding characteristics
Depending on the boiler model, draft variations of as much as than steel stacks.
1/2 inch W.C. at the boiler vent outlet will have no appreciable C. When steel stacks are used, stack insulation will help
effect on the Model CB burner operation. This is due to the prevent heat loss.
high pressure drops which are taken from the burner inlet to
the boiler vent outlet. See individual boiler sections for spe- D. An off-set stack (recommended) with bottom clean-out
and drain connection will prevent any condensed water
from draining back into the boiler.
I4-10
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
STACK TIGHT-SEAL
CLEANOUT STACK
CLEANOUT
DRAIN CONNECTION
Stack Weight
RAIN CAP
Boiler vent outlets will withstand a maximum direct vertical
load of 2,000 pounds. This loading must include the effect of
wind and guy wires. 2-0 MIN
AS REQUIRED
BY LOCAL CODE
Stack Construction TOP OR ROOF
B
The stack can be terminated several feel above the top of the
A
roof. (State and local codes may govern the stack height above
the roof.) If down drafts are unavoidable, the stack outlet can STACK DIA.
(Rev 7/97)
I4-11
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-8. Single Boiler Vent or Stack Diameter 3060 30.6 = 100 hp rated boiler should be selected.
STACK DIAMETER
BOILER HP Same as Boiler Vent Outlet THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES
Size (Inches OD)
15-20 6 Fuel Oils
25-40, 50A 8 The purpose of this section is to provide technical information
50-60 10 on the various grades of fuel oils commonly used in the genera-
70-100, 100A, tion of steam and hot water. The American Society for Testing
12 and Materials (ASTM) has established numerous tests to iden-
125A
125-200 16 tify fuel oil properties and specifications that allow the fuel to
be identified by a grade, which can be No. 1, 2, 4, 5, or 6.
250-350 20
400-800 24 Grades No. 1 and No. 2 are considered distillate oil, while
grades No. 4 through No. 6 are considered residual oils. Distil-
late oils have a low viscosity and are relatively easy to burn.
FACTORS OF EVAPORATION Residual oils have a high viscosity and often require heating to
pump and atomize. Residual oils will also have much higher
The factor of evaporation is used to adjust rated boiler output
emission levels, and their use is frequently regulated because of
(from and at 212 F) to actual job or operating conditions.
this.
Available feedwater temperature and expected boiler operating
pressure (psig) affect the boiler output ratings which are based The viscosity ranges of fuel oils are shown in Figure I4-7.
on from and at 212 F.
Example: A boiler is to have an output of 3060 pounds of Fuel Oil Specifications
steam per hour when operating at 10 psig with feedwater at The limits on fuel oil properties are shown in Tables I4-11, I4-
100 F. What should the boiler rating be on the basis of from 12, and I4-13. Definitions of these properties are discussed
and at 212 F. next.
I4-12
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-13
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
point fuels are permissible where heated storage and adequate heavier grades of industrial and bunker fuel oils, viscosity is of
piping facilities are provided. An increase in pour point can major importance, so that adequate preheating facilities can be
occur when residual fuel oils are subjected to cyclic tempera- provided to permit them to be pumped to the burner and to
ture variations that can occur in the course of storage or when provide good atomization. However, it is equally important
the fuel is preheated and returned to storage tanks. To predict that the maximum viscosity under the existing conditions be
these properties, Test Method D 3245 may be required. such that the oil can be pumped satisfactorily from the storage
tank to the preheater.
Water and Sediment - Appreciable amounts of water and sed-
iments in a fuel oil tend to cause fouling of facilities for han- Density - Density alone is of little significance as an indication
dling it, and cause trouble in burner mechanisms. Sediment of the burning characteristics of fuel oil. However, when used
may accumulate in storage tanks and on filter screens or burner in conjunction with other properties, it is of value in mass-vol-
parts, resulting in obstructions to flow of oil from the tank to ume relationships and in calculating the specific energy (heat-
the burner. Water in distillate fuels can cause corrosion of ing value) of an oil.
tanks and equipment, and can cause emulsions in residual
Corrosion - The corrosion test serves to indicate the presence
fuels.
or absence of materials that could corrode copper, brass, and
Carbon Residue - The carbon residue of a fuel is a measure of bronze components of the fuel system. This property is speci-
the carbonaceous material left after all the volatile components fied only for Nos. 1 and 2 distillate fuel oils.
are vaporized in the absence of air. It is a rough approximation
Limited sulfur content of fuel oil can be required to meet fed-
of the tendency of a fuel to form deposits in vaporizing burn-
eral, state, or local legislation or regulations.
ers, such as pot-type and sleeve burners, where the fuel is
vaporized in an air-deficient atmosphere. Nitrogen - Nitrogen oxide emission regulations have been
imposed on certain combustion facilities as a function of fuel
To obtain measurable values of carbon residue in the lighter
nitrogen content. For purposes of these regulations, distillate
distillate fuel oils, it is necessary to distill the oil to remove
fuels, low nitrogen residual fuels, and high nitrogen residual
90% of it in accordance with Section 9 of Test Method D 524,
fuels have been defined by their nitrogen content. Installations
and determine the carbon residue concentrated in the remain-
are required to meet different emission standards according to
ing 10% bottoms.
the classification of the fuel being used. When regulations
Ash - The amount of ash is the quantity of noncombustible require such a distinction to be made, fuel nitrogen specifica-
material in an oil. Excessive amounts can indicate the presence tions can be needed in the contractual agreement between the
of materials that cause high wear of burner pumps and valves, purchaser and the supplier.
and contribute to deposits on boiler heating surfaces.
Distillation - The distillation test shows the volatility of a fuel
and the ease with which it can be vaporized. The test is of
greater significance for oils that are to be burned in vaporizing
type burners than for the atomizing type. For example, the
maximum 10% and 90% distilled temperatures are specified
for grade No. 1 fuel. The limiting10% value assures easy start-
ing in vaporizing type burner and the 90% limit excludes
heavier fractions that would be difficult to vaporize.
The limits specified for grade No. 2 heating oil define a prod-
uct that is acceptable for burners of the atomizing type in
household heating installations. Distillation limits are not
specified for fuel oils of grades No. 4, 5, and 6.
Viscosity Limits for Grades Nos1214 1 and 2 - The viscosity
of an oil is a measure of its resistance to flow. In fuel oil it is
highly significant since it indicates both the relative ease with
which the oil will flow or can be pumped and the case of atom-
ization.
Viscosity limits for No. 1 and No. 2 grades are specified to
help maintain uniform fuel flow in appliances with gravity
flow, and to provide satisfactory atomization and constant flow
rate through the small nozzles of household burners. For the
I4-14
02-02
System Fundamentals
02-02
I4-15
Figure I4-7. Fuel Oil Viscosity and Temperature Curves
General Engineering Data
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-12. Detailed Requirements for Fuel Oils - Properties of Fuel Oil
A It is the intent of these classifications that failure to meet any requirement of a given grade does not automatically place an oil in
the next lower grade unless in fact it meets all requirements of the lower grade. However, to meet special operating conditions mod-
ification of individual limiting requirements may be agreed upon among purchaser, seller, and manufacturer.
B The test methods indicated are the approved referee methods.
C The amount of water by distillation by Test Method D 95 plus the sediment by extraction by Test Method D 473 shall not exceed the
value shown in the table. For Grade No.6 fuel oil, the amount of sediment by extraction shall not exceed 0.50 mass %, and a deduc-
tion in quantity shall be made for all water and sediment in excess of 1.0 mass %.
D Where low sulfur fuel oil is required, fuel oil falling in the viscosity range of a lower numbered grade down to and including No. 4
can be supplied by agreement between the purchaser and supplier. The viscosity range of the initial shipment shall be identified and
advance notice shall be required when changing from one viscosity range and another. This notice shall be in sufficient time to per-
mit the user to make the necessary adjustments.
E Other sulfur limits may apply in selected areas in the United States and in other countries.
F This limit assures a minimum heating value and also prevents misrepresentation and misapplication of this product as Grade
No. 2.
G Lower or higher pour points can be specified whenever required by conditions of storage or use. When a pour point less than
-18 C is specified, the minimum viscosity at 40 C for grade No. 2 shall be 1.7 mm2/s and the minimum 90% recovered temperature
shall be waived.
H Where low sulfur fuel oil is required, Grade No. 6 fuel oil will be classified as Low Pour (+15 C max) or High Pour (no max).
Low Pour fuel oil should be used unless tanks and lines are heated.
I4-16
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-13. Detailed Requirements for Fuel Oil Grade of Fuel Oil
DISTILLATION
CARBON TEMPERATURES, F
FLASH POUR WATER & RESIDUE ON
ASH %
GRADE OF FUEL OIL POINT F POINT F SEDIMENT % 10%
MAX 10% 90% END
MIN MAX MAX RESIDUUM %
MAX POINT POINT POINT
MAX MAX MAX
1. Distillate oil intended for vapor- 100 0 trace 0.15 420 625
izing pot-type burners and other or
burners requiring this grade. legal
I4-17
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Water
The relevant properties of water are shown in Table I4-14.
I4-18
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Steam
Steam properties are shown in Tables I4-15 and I4-16.
I4-19
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-20
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-15. Saturated Steam Properties, Temperature Table (Sheet 3 of 7)
I4-21
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-23
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-24
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-25
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-16. Saturated Steam Properties, Pressure Table (Sheet 1 of 5)
ABS. SPECIFIC
TEMP ENTHALPY (Btu/lb) ENTROPY (Btu/lb,F) INTERNAL ENERGY (Btu/lb)
PRESS VOLUME (ft3/lb)
SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT.
PSIA F LIQUID VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR
p t vf vg hf hfg hg sf sfg sg uf ufg ug
14.696 212.00 0.01672 26.80 180.07 970.3 1150.4 0.3120 1.4446 1.7566 180.02 897.5 1077.5
15 213.03 0.01672 26.29 181.11 969.7 1150.8 0.3135 1.4415 1.7549 181.06 896.7 1077.8
16 216.32 0.01674 24.75 184.42 967.6 1152.0 0.3184 1.4313 1.7497 184.37 894.3 1078.7
17 219.44 0.01677 23.39 187.56 965.5 1153.1 0.3231 1.4218 1.7449 187.51 892.0 1079.5
18 222.41 0.01679 22.17 190.56 963.6 1154.2 0.3275 1.4128 1.7403 190.50 889.9 1080.4
19 225.24 0.01681 21.08 193.42 961.9 1155.3 0.3317 1.4043 1.7360 193.36 887.8 1081.2
20 227.96 0.01683 20.089 196.16 960.1 1156.3 0.3356 1.3962 1.7319 196.10 885.8 1081.9
21 230.57 0.01685 19.192 198.79 958.4 1157.2 0.3395 1.3885 1.7280 198.73 883.9 1082.6
22 233.07 0.01687 18.375 201.33 956.8 1158.1 0.3431 1.3811 1.7242 201.26 882.0 1083.3
23 235.49 0.01689 17.627 203.78 955.2 1159.0 0.3466 1.3740 1.7206 203.71 880.2 1083.9
24 237.82 0.01691 16.938 206.14 953.7 1159.8 0.3500 1.3672 1.7172 206.07 878.5 1084.6
25 240.07 0.01692 16.303 208.42 952.1 1160.6 0.3533 1.3606 1.7139 208.34 876.8 1085.1
26 242.25 0.01694 15.715 210.62 950.7 1161.3 0.3564 1.3544 1.7108 210.54 875.2 1085.7
27 244.36 0.01696 15.170 212.75 949.3 1162.0 0.3594 1.3484 1.7078 212.67 873.6 1086.3
28 246.41 0.01698 14.663 214.83 947.9 1162.7 0.3623 1.3425 1.7048 214.74 872.1 1086.8
29 248.40 0.01699 14.189 216.86 946.5 1163.4 0.3652 1.3368 1.7020 216.77 870.5 1087.3
30 250.33 0.01701 13.746 218.82 945.3 1164.1 0.3680 1.3313 1.6993 218.73 869.1 1087.8
31 252.22 0.01702 13.330 220.73 944.0 1164.7 0.3707 1.3260 1.6967 220.63 867.7 1088.3
32 254.05 0.01704 12.940 222.59 942.8 1165.4 0.3733 1.3209 1.6941 222.49 866.3 1088.7
33 255.84 0.01705 12.572 224.41 941.6 1166.0 0.3758 1.3159 1.6917 224.31 864.9 1089.2
34 257.58 0.01707 12.226 226.18 940.3 1166.5 0.3783 1.3110 1.6893 226.07 863.5 1089.6
35 259.28 0.01708 11.898 227.91 939.2 1167.1 0.3807 1.3063 1.6870 227.80 862.3 1090.1
36 260.95 0.01709 11.588 229.60 938.0 1167.6 0.3831 1.3017 1.6848 229.49 861.0 1090.5
37 262.57 0.01711 11.294 231.26 936.9 1168.2 0.3854 1.2972 1.6826 231.14 859.8 1090.9
38 264.16 0.01712 11.015 232.89 935.8 1168.7 0.3876 1.2929 1.6805 232.77 858.5 1091.3
39 265.72 0.01714 10.750 234.48 934.7 1169.2 0.3898 1.2886 1.6784 234.36 857.2 1091.6
40 267.25 0.01715 10.498 236.03 933.7 1169.7 0.3919 1.2844 1.6763 235.90 856.1 1092.0
41 268.74 0.01716 10.258 237.55 932.6 1170.2 0.3940 1.2803 1.6743 237.42 855.0 1092.4
42 270.21 0.01717 10.029 239.04 931.6 1170.7 0.3960 1.2764 1.6724 238.91 853.8 1092.7
43 271.64 0.01719 9.810 240.51 930.6 1171.1 0.3980 1.2726 1.6706 240.37 852.7 1093.1
44 273.05 0.01720 9.601 241.95 929.6 1171.6 0.4000 1.2687 1.6687 241.81 851.6 1093.4
45 274.44 0.01721 9.401 243.36 928.6 1172.0 0.4019 1.2650 1.6669 243.22 850.5 1093.7
46 275.80 0.01722 9.209 244.75 927.7 1172.4 0.4038 1.2613 1.6652 244.60 849.5 1094.1
47 277.13 0.01723 9.025 246.12 926.7 1172.9 0.4057 1.2577 1.6634 245.97 848.4 1094.4
48 278.45 0.01725 8.848 247.47 925.8 1173.3 0.4075 1.2542 1.6617 247.32 847.4 1094.7
49 279.74 0.01726 8.678 248.79 924.9 1173.7 0.4093 1.2508 1.6601 248.63 846.4 1095.0
50 281.01 0.01727 8.515 250.09 924.0 1174.1 0.4110 1.2474 1.6585 249.93 845.4 1095.3
48 278.45 0.01725 8.848 247.47 925.8 1173.3 0.4075 1.2542 1.6617 247.32 847.4 1094.7
49 279.74 0.01726 8.678 248.79 924.9 1173.7 0.4093 1.2508 1.6601 248.63 846.4 1095.0
50 281.01 0.01727 8.515 250.09 924.0 1174.1 0.4110 1.2474 1.6585 249.93 845.4 1095.3
51 282.26 0.01728 8.359 251.37 923.0 1174.4 0.4127 1.2442 1.6569 251.21 844.3 1095.5
52 283.49 0.01729 8.208 252.63 922.2 1174.8 0.4144 1.2409 1.6553 252.46 843.3 1095.8
53 284.70 0.01730 8.062 253.87 921.3 1175.2 0.4161 1.2377 1.6538 253.70 842.4 1096.1
54 285.90 0.01731 7.922 255.09 920.5 1175.6 0.4177 1.2346 1.6523 254.92 841.5 1096.4
55 287.07 0.01732 7.787 256.30 919.6 1175.9 0.4193 1.2316 1.6509 256.12 840.6 1096.7
56 288.23 0.01733 7.656 257.50 918.8 1176.3 0.4209 1.2285 1.6494 257.32 839.7 1097.0
57 289.37 0.01734 7.529 258.67 917.9 1176.6 0.4225 1.2255 1.6480 258.49 838.7 1097.2
58 290.50 0.01736 7.407 259.82 917.1 1176.9 0.4240 1.2226 1.6466 259.63 837.8 1097.4
59 291.61 0.01737 7.289 260.96 916.3 1177.3 0.4255 1.2197 1.6452 260.77 836.9 1097.7
60 292.71 0.01738 7.175 262.09 915.5 1177.6 0.4270 1.2168 1.6438 261.90 836.0 1097.9
61 293.79 0.01739 7.064 263.20 914.7 1177.9 0.4285 1.2140 1.6425 263.00 835.2 1098.2
I4-26
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-16. Saturated Steam Properties, Pressure Table (Sheet 2 of 5)
ABS. SPECIFIC
TEMP ENTHALPY (Btu/lb) ENTROPY (Btu/lb,F) INTERNAL ENERGY (Btu/lb)
PRESS VOLUME (ft3/lb)
SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT.
PSIA F LIQUID VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR
p t vf vg hf hfg hg sf sfg sg uf ufg ug
62 294.85 0.01740 6.957 264.30 913.9 1178.2 0.4300 1.2112 1.6412 264.10 834.3 1098.4
63 295.90 0.01741 6.853 265.38 913.1 1178.5 0.4314 1.2085 1.6399 265.18 833.4 1098.6
64 296.94 0.01742 6.752 266.45 912.3 1178.8 0.4328 1.2059 1.6387 266.24 832.6 1098.8
65 297.97 0.01743 6.655 267.50 911.6 1179.1 0.4342 1.2032 1.6374 267.29 831.8 1099.1
66 298.99 0.01744 6.560 268.55 910.8 1179.4 0.4356 1.2006 1.6362 268.34 831.0 1099.3
67 299.99 0.01745 6.468 269.58 910.1 1179.7 0.4369 1.1981 1.6350 269.36 830.2 1099.5
68 300.98 0.01746 6.378 270.60 909.4 1180.0 0.4383 1.1955 1.6338 270.38 829.4 1099.8
69 301.96 0.01747 6.291 271.61 908.7 1180.3 0.4396 1.1930 1.6326 271.39 828.6 1100.0
70 302.92 0.01748 6.206 272.61 907.9 1180.6 0.4409 1.1906 1.6315 272.38 827.8 1100.2
71 303.88 0.01749 6.124 273.60 907.2 1180.8 0.4422 1.1881 1.6303 273.37 827.0 1100.4
72 304.83 0.01750 6.044 274.57 906.5 1181.1 0.4435 1.1857 1.6292 274.34 826.3 1100.6
73 305.76 0.01751 5.966 275.54 905.8 1181.3 0.4447 1.1834 1.6281 275.30 825.5 1100.8
74 306.68 0.01752 5.890 276.49 905.1 1181.6 0.4460 1.1810 1.6270 276.25 824.7 1101.0
75 307.60 0.01753 5.816 277.43 904.5 1181.9 0.4472 1.1787 1.6259 277.19 824.0 1101.2
76 308.50 0.01754 5.743 278.37 903.7 1182.1 0.4484 1.1764 1.6248 278.12 823.3 1101.4
77 309.40 0.01754 5.673 279.30 903.1 1182.4 0.4496 1.1742 1.6238 279.05 822.5 1101.6
78 310.29 0.01755 5.604 280.21 902.4 1182.6 0.4508 1.1720 1.6228 279.96 821.7 1101.7
79 311.16 0.01756 5.537 281.12 901.7 1182.8 0.4520 1.1698 1.6217 280.86 821.0 1101.9
80 312.03 0.01757 5.472 282.02 901.1 1183.1 0.4531 1.1676 1.6207 281.76 820.3 1102.1
81 312.89 0.01758 5.408 282.91 900.4 1183.3 0.4543 1.1654 1.6197 282.65 819.6 1102.2
82 313.74 0.01759 5.346 283.79 899.7 1183.5 0.4554 1.1633 1.6187 283.52 818.9 1102.4
83 314.59 0.01760 5.285 284.66 899.1 1183.8 0.4565 1.1612 1.6177 284.39 818.2 1102.6
84 315.42 0.01761 5.226 285.53 898.5 1184.0 0.4576 1.1592 1.6168 285.26 817.5 1102.8
85 316.25 0.01761 5.168 286.39 897.8 1184.2 0.4587 1.1571 1.6158 286.11 816.8 1102.9
86 317.07 0.01762 5.111 287.24 897.2 1184.4 0.4598 1.1551 1.6149 286.96 816.1 1103.1
87 317.88 0.01763 5.055 288.08 896.5 1184.6 0.4609 1.1530 1.6139 287.80 815.4 1103.2
88 318.68 0.01764 5.001 288.91 895.9 1184.8 0.4620 1.1510 1.6130 288.63 814.8 1103.4
89 319.48 0.01765 4.948 289.74 895.3 1185.1 0.4630 1.1491 1.6121 289.45 814.1 1103.6
90 320.27 0.01766 4.896 290.56 894.7 1185.3 0.4641 1.1471 1.6112 290.27 813.4 1103.7
91 321.06 0.01767 4.845 291.38 894.1 1185.5 0.4651 1.1452 1.6103 291.08 812.8 1103.9
92 321.83 0.01768 4.796 292.18 893.5 1185.7 0.4661 1.1433 1.6094 291.88 812.2 1104.1
93 322.60 0.01768 4.747 292.98 892.9 1185.9 0.4672 1.1413 1.6085 292.68 811.5 1104.2
94 323.36 0.01769 4.699 293.78 892.3 1186.1 0.4682 1.1394 1.6076 293.47 810.9 1104.4
95 324.12 0.01770 4.652 294.56 891.7 1186.2 0.4692 1.1376 1.6068 294.25 810.2 1104.5
96 324.87 0.01771 4.606 295.34 891.1 1186.4 0.4702 1.1358 1.6060 295.03 809.6 1104.6
97 325.61 0.01772 4.561 296.12 890.5 1186.6 0.4711 1.1340 1.6051 295.80 808.9 1104.7
98 326.35 0.01772 4.517 296.89 889.9 1186.8 0.4721 1.1322 1.6043 296.57 808.3 1104.9
99 327.08 0.01773 4.474 297.65 889.4 1187.0 0.4731 1.1304 1.6035 297.33 807.7 1105.0
100 327.81 0.01774 4.432 298.40 888.8 1187.2 0.4740 1.1286 1.6026 298.08 807.1 1105.2
101 328.53 0.01775 4.391 299.15 888.2 1187.4 0.4750 1.1268 1.6018 298.82 806.5 1105.3
102 329.25 0.01775 4.350 299.90 887.6 1187.5 0.4759 1.1251 1.6010 299.57 805.9 1105.4
103 329.96 0.01776 4.310 300.64 887.1 1187.7 0.4768 1.1234 1.6002 300.30 805.3 1105.6
104 330.66 0.01777 4.271 301.37 886.5 1187.9 0.4778 1.1216 1.5994 301.03 804.7 1105.7
105 331.36 0.01778 4.232 302.10 886.0 1188.1 0.4787 1.1199 1.5986 301.75 804.1 1105.9
106 332.05 0.01778 4.194 302.82 885.4 1188.2 0.4796 1.1182 1.5978 302.47 803.5 1106.0
107 332.74 0.01779 4.157 303.54 884.9 1188.4 0.4805 1.1166 1.5971 303.19 802.9 1106.1
108 333.42 0.01780 4.120 304.26 884.3 1188.6 0.4814 1.1149 1.5963 303.90 802.4 1106.3
109 334.10 0.01781 4.084 304.97 883.7 1188.7 0.4823 1.1133 1.5956 304.61 801.8 1106.4
110 334.77 0.01782 4.049 305.66 883.2 1188.9 0.4832 1.1117 1.5948 305.30 801.2 1106.5
111 335.44 0.01782 4.015 306.37 882.6 1189.0 0.4840 1.1101 1.5941 306.00 800.6 1106.6
112 336.11 0.01783 3.981 307.06 882.1 1189.2 0.4849 1.1085 1.5934 306.69 800.0 1106.7
I4-27
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-16. Saturated Steam Properties, Pressure Table (Sheet 3 of 5)
ABS. SPECIFIC
TEMP ENTHALPY (Btu/lb) ENTROPY (Btu/lb,F) INTERNAL ENERGY (Btu/lb)
PRESS VOLUME (ft3/lb)
SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT.
PSIA F LIQUID VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR
p t vf vg hf hfg hg sf sfg sg uf ufg ug
113 336.77 0.01784 3.947 307.75 881.6 1189.4 0.4858 1.1069 1.5927 307.38 799.4 1106.8
114 337.42 0.01784 3.914 308.43 881.1 1189.5 0.4866 1.1053 1.5919 308.05 798.9 1106.9
115 338.07 0.01785 3.882 309.11 880.6 1189.7 0.4875 1.1037 1.5912 308.73 798.4 1107.1
116 338.72 0.01786 3.850 309.79 880.0 1189.8 0.4883 1.1022 1.5905 309.41 797.8 1107.2
117 339.36 0.01787 3.819 310.46 879.5 1190.0 0.4891 1.1007 1.5898 310.07 797.2 1107.3
118 339.99 0.01787 3.788 311.12 879.0 1190.1 0.4900 1.0992 1.5891 310.73 796.7 1107.4
119 340.62 0.01788 3.758 311.78 878.4 1190.2 0.4908 1.0977 1.5885 311.39 796.1 1107.5
120 341.25 0.01789 3.728 312.44 877.9 1190.4 0.4916 1.0962 1.5878 312.05 795.6 1107.6
121 341.88 0.01790 3.699 313.10 877.4 1190.5 0.4924 1.0947 1.5871 312.70 795.0 1107.7
122 342.50 0.01791 3.670 313.75 876.9 1190.7 0.4932 1.0933 1.5865 313.35 794.5 1107.8
123 343.11 0.01791 3.642 314.40 876.4 1190.8 0.4940 1.0918 1.5858 313.99 793.9 1107.9
124 343.72 0.01792 3.614 315.04 875.9 1190.9 0.4948 1.0903 1.5851 314.63 793.4 1108.0
125 344.33 0.01792 3.587 315.68 875.4 1191.1 0.4956 1.0888 1.5844 315.26 792.8 1108.1
126 344.94 0.01793 3.560 316.31 874.9 1191.2 0.4964 1.0874 1.5838 315.89 792.3 1108.2
127 345.54 0.01794 3.533 316.94 874.4 1191.3 0.4972 1.0859 1.5832 316.52 791.8 1108.3
128 346.13 0.01794 3.507 317.57 873.9 1191.5 0.4980 1.0845 1.5825 317.15 791.3 1108.4
129 346.73 0.01795 3.481 318.19 873.4 1191.6 0.4987 1.0832 1.5819 317.77 790.7 1108.5
130 347.32 0.01796 3.455 318.81 872.9 1191.7 0.4995 1.0817 1.5812 318.38 790.2 1108.6
131 347.90 0.01797 3.430 319.43 872.5 1191.9 0.5002 1.0804 1.5806 318.99 789.7 1108.7
132 348.48 0.01797 3.405 320.04 872.0 1192.0 0.5010 1.0790 1.5800 319.60 789.2 1108.8
133 349.06 0.01798 3.381 320.65 871.5 1192.1 0.5018 1.0776 1.5793 320.21 788.7 1108.9
134 349.64 0.01799 3.357 321.25 871.0 1192.2 0.5025 1.0762 1.5787 320.80 788.2 1109.0
135 350.21 0.01800 3.333 321.85 870.6 1192.4 0.5032 1.0749 1.5781 321.40 787.7 1109.1
136 350.78 0.01800 3.310 322.45 870.1 1192.5 0.5040 1.0735 1.5775 322.0 787.2 1109.2
137 351.35 0.01801 3.287 323.05 869.6 1192.6 0.5047 1.0722 1.5769 322.59 786.7 1109.3
138 351.91 0.01801 3.264 323.64 869.1 1192.7 0.5054 1.0709 1.5763 323.18 786.2 1109.4
139 352.47 0.01802 3.242 324.23 868.7 1192.9 0.5061 1.0696 1.5757 323.77 785.7 1109.5
140 353.02 0.01802 3.220 324.82 868.2 1193.0 0.5069 1.0682 1.5751 324.35 785.2 1109.6
141 353.57 0.01803 3.198 325.40 867.7 1193.1 0.5076 1.0669 1.5745 324.93 784.8 1109.7
142 354.12 0.01804 3.177 325.98 867.2 1193.2 0.5083 1.0657 1.5740 325.51 784.3 1109.8
143 354.67 0.01804 3.155 326.56 866.7 1193.3 0.5090 1.0644 1.5734 326.08 783.8 1109.8
144 355.21 0.01805 3.134 327.13 866.3 1193.4 0.5097 1.0631 1.5728 326.65 783.3 1109.9
145 355.76 0.01806 3.114 327.70 865.8 1193.5 0.5104 1.0618 1.5722 327.22 782.8 1110.0
146 356.29 0.01806 3.094 328.27 865.3 1193.6 0.5111 1.0605 1.5716 327.78 782.3 1110.1
147 356.83 0.01807 3.074 328.83 864.9 1193.8 0.5118 1.0592 1.5710 328.34 781.9 1110.2
148 357.36 0.01808 3.054 329.39 864.5 1193.9 0.5124 1.0580 1.5705 328.90 781.4 1110.3
149 357.89 0.01808 3.034 329.95 864.0 1194.0 0.5131 1.0568 1.5699 329.45 780.9 1110.4
150 358.42 0.01809 3.015 330.51 863.6 1194.1 0.5138 1.0556 1.5694 330.01 780.5 1110.5
152 359.46 0.01810 2.977 331.61 862.7 1194.3 0.5151 1.0532 1.5683 331.10 779.5 1110.6
154 360.49 0.01812 2.940 332.70 861.8 1194.5 0.5165 1.0507 1.5672 332.18 778.5 1110.7
156 361.52 0.01813 2.904 333.79 860.9 1194.7 0.5178 1.0483 1.5661 333.26 777.6 1110.9
158 362.53 0.01814 2.869 334.86 860.0 1194.9 0.5191 1.0459 1.5650 334.23 776.8 1111.0
160 363.53 0.01815 2.834 335.93 859.2 1195.1 0.5204 1.0436 1.5640 335.39 775.8 1111.2
162 364.53 0.01817 2.801 336.98 858.3 1195.3 0.5216 1.0414 1.5630 336.44 775.0 1111.4
164 365.51 0.01818 2.768 338.02 857.5 1195.5 0.5229 1.0391 1.5620 337.47 774.1 1111.5
166 366.48 0.01819 2.736 339.05 856.6 1195.7 0.5241 1.0369 1.5610 338.49 773.2 1111.7
168 367.45 0.01820 2.705 340.07 855.7 1195.8 0.5254 1.0346 1.5600 339.51 772.3 1111.8
170 368.41 0.01822 2.675 341.09 854.9 1196.0 0.5266 1.0324 1.5590 340.52 771.4 1111.9
172 369.35 0.01823 2.645 342.10 854.1 1196.2 0.5278 1.0302 1.5580 341.52 770.5 1112.0
174 370.29 0.01824 2.616 343.10 853.3 1196.4 0.5290 1.0280 1.5570 342.51 769.7 1112.2
176 371.22 0.01825 2.587 344.09 852.4 1196.5 0.5302 1.0259 1.5561 343.50 768.8 1112.3
178 372.14 0.01826 2.559 345.06 851.6 1196.7 0.5313 1.0238 1.5551 344.46 767.9 1112.4
I4-28
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-16. Saturated Steam Properties, Pressure Table (Sheet 4 of 5)
ABS. SPECIFIC
TEMP ENTHALPY (Btu/lb) ENTROPY (Btu/lb,F) INTERNAL ENERGY (Btu/lb)
PRESS VOLUME (ft3/lb)
SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT. SAT.
PSIA F LIQUID VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR LIQUID EVAP. VAPOR
p t vf vg hf hfg hg sf sfg sg uf ufg ug
180 373.06 0.01827 2.532 346.03 850.8 1196.9 0.5325 1.0217 1.5542 345.42 767.1 1112.5
182 373.96 0.01829 2.505 347.00 850.0 1197.0 0.5336 1.0196 1.5532 346.38 766.2 1112.6
184 374.86 0.01830 2.479 347.96 849.2 1197.2 0.5348 1.0175 1.5523 347.34 765.4 1112.8
186 375.75 0.01831 2.454 348.92 848.4 1197.3 0.5359 1.0155 1.5514 348.29 764.6 1112.9
188 376.64 0.01832 2.429 349.86 847.6 1197.5 0.5370 1.0136 1.5506 349.22 763.8 1113.0
190 377.51 0.01833 2.404 350.79 846.8 1197.6 0.5381 1.0116 1.5497 350.15 763.0 1113.1
192 378.38 0.01834 2.380 351.72 846.1 1197.8 0.5392 1.0096 1.5488 351.07 762.1 1113.2
194 379.24 0.01835 2.356 352.64 845.3 1197.9 0.5403 1.0076 1.5479 351.98 761.3 1113.3
196 380.10 0.01836 2.333 353.55 844.5 1198.1 0.5414 1.0056 1.5470 352.89 760.6 1113.5
198 380.95 0.01838 2.310 354.46 843.7 1198.2 0.5425 1.0037 1.5462 353.79 759.8 1113.6
200 381.79 0.01839 2.288 355.36 843.0 1198.4 0.5435 1.0018 1.5453 354.68 759.0 1113.7
205 383.86 0.01842 2.234 357.58 841.1 1198.7 0.5461 0.9971 1.5432 356.88 757.1 1114.0
210 385.90 0.01844 2.183 359.77 839.2 1199.0 0.5487 0.9925 1.5412 359.05 755.2 1114.2
215 387.89 0.01847 2.134 361.91 837.4 1199.3 0.5512 0.9880 1.5392 361.18 753.2 1114.4
220 389.86 0.01850 2.087 364.02 835.6 1199.6 0.5537 0.9835 1.5372 363.27 751.3 1114.6
225 391.79 0.01852 2.0422 366.09 833.8 1199.9 0.5561 0.9792 1.5353 365.32 749.5 1114.8
230 393.68 0.01854 1.9992 368.13 832.0 1200.1 0.5585 0.9750 1.5334 367.34 747.7 1115.0
235 395.54 0.01857 1.9579 370.14 830.3 1200.4 0.5608 0.9708 1.5316 369.33 745.9 1115.3
240 397.37 0.01860 1.9183 372.12 828.5 1200.6 0.5631 0.9667 1.5298 371.29 744.1 1115.4
245 399.18 0.01863 1.8803 374.08 826.8 1200.9 0.5653 0.9627 1.5280 373.23 742.4 1115.6
250 400.95 0.01865 1.8438 376.00 825.1 1201.1 0.5675 0.9588 1.5263 375.14 740.7 1115.8
255 402.70 0.01868 1.8086 377.89 823.4 1201.3 0.5697 0.9549 1.5246 377.01 739.0 1116.0
260 404.42 0.01870 1.7748 379.76 821.8 1201.5 0.5719 0.9510 1.5229 378.86 737.3 1116.1
265 406.11 0.01873 1.7422 381.60 820.1 1201.7 0.5740 0.9472 1.5212 380.68 735.6 1116.3
270 407.78 0.01875 1.7107 383.42 818.5 1201.9 0.5760 0.9436 1.5196 382.48 733.9 1116.4
275 409.43 0.01878 1.6804 385.21 816.9 1202.1 0.5781 0.9399 1.5180 384.26 732.3 1116.6
280 411.05 0.01880 1.6511 386.98 815.3 1202.3 0.5801 0.9363 1.5164 386.01 730.7 1116.7
285 412.65 0.01883 1.6228 388.73 813.7 1202.4 0.5821 0.9327 1.5149 387.74 729.1 1116.8
290 414.23 0.01885 1.5954 390.46 812.1 1202.6 0.5841 0.9292 1.5133 389.45 727.5 1116.9
295 415.79 0.01887 1.5689 392.16 810.5 1202.7 0.5860 0.9258 1.5118 391.13 725.9 1117.0
300 417.33 0.01890 1.5433 393.84 809.0 1202.8 0.5879 0.9225 1.5104 392.79 724.3 1117.1
310 420.35 0.01894 1.4944 397.15 806.0 1203.1 0.5916 0.9159 1.5075 396.06 721.3 1117.4
320 423.29 0.01899 1.4485 400.39 803.0 1203.4 0.5952 0.9094 1.5046 399.26 718.3 1117.6
330 426.16 0.01904 1.4053 403.56 800.0 1203.6 0.5988 0.9031 1.5019 402.40 715.4 1117.8
340 428.97 0.01908 1.3645 406.66 797.1 1203.7 0.6022 0.8970 1.4992 405.46 712.4 1117.9
350 431.72 0.01913 1.3260 409.69 794.2 1203.9 0.6056 0.8910 1.4966 408.45 709.6 1118.0
360 434.40 0.01917 1.2895 412.67 791.4 1204.1 0.6090 0.8851 1.4941 411.39 706.8 1118.2
370 437.03 0.01921 1.2550 415.59 788.6 1204.2 0.6122 0.8794 1.4916 414.27 704.0 1118.3
380 439.60 0.01925 1.2222 418.45 785.8 1204.3 0.6153 0.8738 1.4891 417.10 701.3 1118.4
390 442.12 0.01930 1.1910 421.27 783.1 1204.4 0.6184 0.8683 1.4867 419.88 698.6 1118.5
400 444.59 0.0193 1.1613 424.0 780.5 1204.5 0.6214 0.8630 1.4844 422.6 695.9 1118.5
410 447.01 0.0194 1.1330 426.8 777.7 1204.5 0.6243 0.8578 1.4821 425.3 693.3 1118.6
420 449.39 0.0194 1.1061 429.4 775.2 1204.6 0.6272 0.8527 1.4799 427.9 690.8 1118.7
430 451.73 0.0194 1.0803 432.1 772.5 1204.6 0.6301 0.8476 1.4777 430.5 688.2 1118.7
440 454.02 0.0195 1.0556 434.6 770.0 1204.6 0.6329 0.8426 1.4755 433.0 685.7 1118.7
450 456.28 0.0195 1.0320 437.2 767.4 1204.6 0.6356 0.8378 1.4734 435.5 683.2 1118.7
460 458.50 0.0196 1.0094 439.7 764.9 1204.6 0.6383 0.8330 1.4713 438.0 680.7 1118.7
470 460.68 0.0196 0.9878 442.2 762.4 1204.6 0.6410 0.8283 1.4693 440.5 678.2 1118.7
480 462.82 0.0197 0.9670 444.6 759.9 1204.5 0.6436 0.8237 1.4673 442.9 675.7 1118.6
490 464.93 0.0197 0.9470 447.0 757.5 1204.5 0.6462 0.8191 1.4653 445.2 673.4 1118.6
I4-29
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Note that pressures are typically given in gauge pressure. This Temperature Conversion
is the difference between the absolute pressure in the boiler and Conversions Factors 2
the absolute pressure of the surroundings. A gauge reads pres-
sure differences (in most cases, the difference between the pH Values
pressure of the substance and that of the atmosphere). There- Salinity Indicating Readings Conversion Table
fore, gauge pressure may be positive or negative (vacuum).
Gauge pressures, in U.S. (English Engineering) units, are Useful Physical Constants
referred to as psig (pounds per square inch gauge, although the Conversions Table
g is frequently omitted).
Approximate Common Equivalents
An absolute pressure is the pressure above zero pressure, which
can only be positive. Most thermodynamic tables are based on Conversions Accurate to Parts per Million
absolute pressure. In U.S. units, absolute pressure is referred to
as psia (pounds per square inch absolute).
Absolute pressure is calculated by adding the absolute pressure
of the surroundings (atmospheric pressure) to the gauge pres-
sure. In general, for U.S. units (psig) to convert gauge pressure
to absolute pressure, add 14.696. Conversely, to convert abso-
lute pressure to gauge pressure, subtract 14.696.
I4-30
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-31
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-32
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-18. Conversions Factors (Sheet 2 of 9)
I4-33
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-34
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-35
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-36
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-37
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-38
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
Table I4-18. Conversions Factors (Sheet 8 of 9)
I4-39
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-18. Conversions Factors (Sheet 9 of 9) Table I4-20. Salinity Indicating Readings
Conversion Table
I4-40
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-41
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
Table I4-23. Approximate Common Equivalents Table I4-24. Conversions Accurate to Parts per Million
I4-42
02-02
System Fundamentals General Engineering Data
I4-43
02-02
General Engineering Data System Fundamentals
I4-44
02-02
Glossary
Section J
GLOSSARY AND INDEX
AIR, SATURATED - Air which contains the maximum amount of water ATOMIZER - A device by means of which a liquid is reduced to a very
vapor that it can hold at its temperature and pressure. fine spray.
AIR VENT - A valved opening in the top of the highest drum of a boiler AVAILABLE DRAFT - The draft which may be utilized to cause the flow
or pressure vessel for venting air. of air for combustion or the flow of products of combustion.
ALARM - A suitable horn, bell, light or other device which when oper- AVAILABILITY FACTOR - The fraction of time during which the unit is
ated will give notice of malfunction or off normal condition. in operable condition.
ALKALINITY - Represents the amount of carbonates, bicarbonates, AXIAL FAN - Consists of a propeller or disc type of wheel within a cylin-
hydroxides and silicates or phosphates in the water and is reported as der that discharges air parallel to the axis of the wheel.
grains per gallon, or ppm as calcium carbonate.
J-1
Glossary
BLOW-OFF VALVE - A specially designed, manually operated, valve CALORIE - The mean calorie is 1/100 of the heat required to raise the
that connects to the boiler for the purpose of reducing the concentration temperature of 1 gram of water from Zero C to 100 C at a constant atmo-
of solids in the boiler or for draining purposes. (Often called bottom spheric pressure. It is about equal to the quantity of heat required to raise
blowdown.) one gram of water 1 C. Another definition is: A calorie is 3600/860
joules.
BLOWER - A fan used to force air under pressure.
CALORIMETER - Apparatus for determining the calorific value of a fuel.
BOILER - A closed vessel in which water is heated, steam is generated,
steam is superheated, or any combination thereof, under pressure or vac- CAPACITY FACTOR - The ratio of the average load carried to the maxi-
uum by the application of heat from combustible fuels, electricity or mum design capacity.
nuclear energy.
CARBON - Element. The principal combustible constituent of all fuels.
BOILER EFFICIENCY - The term boiler efficiency is often substituted
CARRYOVER - The chemical solids and liquid entrained with the steam
for combustion or thermal efficiency. True boiler efficiency is the measure
from a boiler.
of fuel-to-steam efficiency.
CASING - A covering of sheets of metal or other material such as fire
BOILER HORSEPOWER - The evaporation of 34-1/2 lbs of water per
resistant composition board used to enclose all or a portion of a steam gen-
hour from a temperature of 212 F into dry saturated steam at the same
erating unit.
temperature. Equivalent to 33,475 Btu/hr.
CENTRAL STATION - A power plant or steam heating plant that gener-
BOILER RATING - The heating capacity of a boiler expressed in boiler
ates power or steam.
horsepower, Btu/hour, or pounds of steam/hour.
CENTRIFUGAL FAN - Consists of a fan rotor or wheel within a housing
BOILER SHELL- The outer cylindrical portion of a pressure vessel.
that discharges air at a right angle to the axis of the wheel.
BOILER WATER - A term construed to mean a representative sample of
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS - Determination of the principal chemical con-
the circulating boiler water, after the generated steam has been separated
stituents.
and before the incoming feed water or added chemical becomes mixed
with it so that its composition is affected. CHEMICAL FEED PIPE - A pipe inside a boiler drum through which
chemicals for treating the boiler water are introduced.
BOILING - The conversion of a liquid into vapor with the formation of
bubbles. CHIMNEY - A brick, metal or concrete stack.
BOILING OUT - The boiling of highly alkaline water in boiler pressure CIRCULATION - The movement of water and steam within a steam gen-
parts for the removal of oils, greases, etc. erating unit.
J-2
Glossary
CIRCULATION RATIO - The ratio of water entering a circuit to the CONTROL VALVE - A valve used to control the flow of air, gas, water,
steam generated by that passes that circuit in a unit of time. steam or other substance.
CIRCULATOR - A pipe or tube to pass steam or water between upper CONVECTION - The transmission of heat by the circulation of a liquid
boiler drums usually located where the heat absorption is low. Also used or gas. It may be natural, with the circulation caused by buoyancy affects
to apply to tubes connecting headers of horizontal water tube boilers with due to temperature differences, or forced with circulation caused by a
drums. mechanical device such as a fan or pump.
CLEANOUT DOOR - A door placed so that accumulated refuse may be CORROSION - The wasting away of metal due to chemical action. In a
removed room a boiler setting. boiler, usually caused by the presence of O2, CO2, or an acid.
CO - Carbon monoxide. CROWN SHEET - In a firebox boiler, the plate forming the top of the fur-
nace.
CO2 - Carbon dioxide.
CRUDE OIL - Unrefined petroleum.
COLLECTOR - A device used for removing gas borne solids from flue
gas. CSD-1 - Abbreviation for the ASME standard for Controls and Safety
Devices.
COLLOID - A finely divided organic substance which tends to inhibit the
formation of dense scale and results in the deposition of sludge, or causes D
it to remain in suspension, so that it may be blown from the boiler.
DAMPER - A device for introducing a variable pressure drop in a system
COMBUSTIBLE LOSS - The loss representing the unliberated thermal used for regulating the volumetric flow of a gas, such as air.
energy occasioned by failure to oxidize completely some of the combusti-
ble matter in the fuel. DAVIT - The structure on large firetube boilers from which the front and
rear doors are suspended when opened.
COMBUSTIBLES - The heat producing constituents of a fuel.
DEAERATION - Removal of air and gases from boiler feed water prior to
COMBUSTION - The rapid chemical combination of oxygen with the its introduction to a boiler.
combustible elements of a fuel resulting in the release of heat.
DEGASIFICATION - Removal of gases from samples of steam taken for
COMBUSTION AIR - Air used in the combustion process. Air contains purity test. Removal of CO2 from water as in the ion exchange method of
oxygen which is required to combust fuel. softening.
COMBUSTION CHAMBER - See Furnace. DELAYED COMBUSTION - A continuation of combustion beyond the
COMBUSTION EFFICIENCY - The effectiveness of the burner to com- furnace. (See also Secondary Combustion.)
pletely burn the fuel. A well designed burner will operate with as little as DESIGN LOAD - The load for which a steam generating unit is designed,
10 to 20% excess air, while converting all combustibles in the fuel to use- considered the maximum load to be carried.
ful energy.
DESIGN PRESSURE - The pressure used in the design of a boiler for the
COMPLETE COMBUSTION - The complete oxidation of all the com- purpose of calculating the minimum permissible thickness or physical
bustible constituents of a fuel. characteristics of the different parts of the boiler.
CONCENTRATION - (1) The weight of solids contained in a unit weight DESIGN STEAM TEMPERATURE - The temperature of steam for
of boiler or feed water. (2) The number of times that the dissolved solids which a boiler is designed.
have increased from the original amount in the feedwater to that in the
boiler water due to evaporation in generating steam. DEW POINT - The temperature at which condensation starts.
CONDENSATE Condensed water resulting from the removal of latent DISENGAGING SURFACE - The surface of the boiler water from which
heat from steam. steam is released.
CONDUCTION - The transmission of heat through and by means of mat- DISSOCIATION - The process by which a chemical compound breaks
ter unaccompanied by any obvious motion of the matter. down into simpler constituents, as do CO2 and H2O at high temperature.
CONDUCTIVITY - (1) A material property relating heat flux (heat trans- DISSOLVED SOLID - Those solids in water which are in solution.
ferred per unit area per unit time) to a temperature difference. In Ameri-
DISTILLATE FUELS - Liquid fuels distilled usually from crude petro-
can units, it is typically defined as the amount of heat (Btu) transmitted in
leum.
one hour through one square foot of material 1 inch thick, with a temper-
ature difference of 1F between the two surfaces of the material. DISTILLATION - Vaporization of a substance with subsequent recovery
of the vapor by condensation. Often used in less precise sense to refer to
(2) The property of a water sample to transmit electric current under a set
vaporization of volatile constituents of a fuel without subsequent conden-
of standard conditions. Usually expressed as microhms conductance.
sation.
CONTINUOUS BLOWDOWN - The uninterrupted removal of concen-
DISTILLED WATER - Water produced by vaporization and condensation
trated boiler water from a boiler to control total solids concentration in
with a resulting higher purity.
the remaining water.
DOWNCOMER - A tube or pipe in a boiler or waterwall circulating sys-
CONTROL - Any manual or automatic device for the regulation of a
tem through which fluid flows downward.
machine to keep it at normal operation. If automatic, the device is moti-
vated by variations in temperature, pressure, water level, time, light, or DOWNTIME - Amount of time a piece of equipment is not operational.
other influences.
J-3
Glossary
DRAFT - The difference between atmospheric pressure and some lower EXCESS AIR - Air supplied for combustion in excess of that theoretically
pressure existing in the furnace stack or gas passages of a steam generat- required for complete oxidation.
ing unit.
EXPANSION JOINT - The joint to permit movement due to expansion
DRAFT DIFFERENTIAL - The difference in static pressure between two without undue stress.
points in a system.
EXPLOSION DOOR - A door in a furnace or boiler setting that is
DRAFT GAUGE -A device for measuring draft, usually in inches of designed to be opened by a pre-determined gas pressure.
water.
EXTERNAL TREATMENT - Treatment of boiler feed water prior to its
DRAIN - A valved connection at the lowest point for the removal of all introduction into the boiler.
water from the pressure parts.
F
DRUM - A cylindrical shell closed at both ends designed to withstand
internal pressure. FAN - A machine consisting of a rotor and housing for moving air or gases
at relatively low pressure differentials.
DRY AIR - Air with which no water vapor is mixed. This term is used
comparatively, since in nature there is always some water vapor included FAN PERFORMANCE - A measure of fan operation in terms of volume,
in air, and such water vapor, being a gas, is dry. total pressures, static pressures, speed, power input, mechanical and static
efficiency, at a stated air density.
DRYBACK BOILER - Firetube boiler with a refractory lined back door.
Door opens to allow maintenance and/or inspection. FAN PERFORMANCE CURVES - The graphical presentation of total
pressure, static pressure, power input, mechanical and static efficiency as
DRY GAS - Gas containing no water vapor.
ordinates and the range of volumes as abscissa, all at constant speed and
DRY-GAS LOSS - The loss representing the difference between the heat air density.
content of the dry exhaust gases and their heat content at the temperature
FEED PUMP - A pump that supplies water to a boiler.
of ambient air.
FEEDWATER - Water introduced into a boiler during operation. It
DRY STEAM - Steam containing no moisture. Commercially dry steam
includes make-up and return condensate.
containing not more than one half of one percent moisture.
FEEDWATER TREATMENT - The treatment of boiler feed water by the
DUCT - A passage for air or gas flow.
addition of chemicals to prevent the formation of scale or to eliminate
E other objectionable characteristics.
FGR - Flue Gas Recirculation or the recirculation of flue gas with com-
ECONOMIZER - Utilizes waste heat by transferring heat from flue gases bustion air to reduce NOx emissions.
to warm incoming feedwater.
FILTER - Porous material through which fluids or fluid - and solid mix-
EDR - Equivalent direct radiation is the rate of heat transfer from a radia- tures are passed to separate matter held in suspension.
tor or convector. It is equivalent to the square feet of surface area neces-
sary to transfer heat at the same rate at which it is produced by a FIN - A fin is an extended surface, a solid, experiencing energy transfer by
generator. A single boiler horsepower equals 140 ft2 EDR. conduction within its boundaries, as well as energy transfer with its sur-
roundings by convection and/or radiation, used to enhance heat transfer by
EFFICIENCY - The ratio of output to input. See also Combustion, Fuel- increasing surface area.
to-Steam and Thermal Efficiency.
FIN TUBE - A tube with one or more fins.
EJECTOR - A device which utilizes the kinetic energy in a jet of water or
other fluid to remove a fluid or fluent material from tanks or hoppers. FIRED PRESSURE VESSEL - A vessel containing a fluid under pressure
exposed to heat from the combustion of fuel.
ELECTRIC BOILER - A boiler in which electric energy is used as the
source of heat. FIRETUBE - A type of boiler design in which combustion gases flow
inside the tubes and water flows outside the tubes.
ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR - A device for collecting dust, mist
or fume from a gas stream, by placing an electrical charge on the particle FIRING RATE CONTROL - A pressure temperature or flow controller
and removing that particle onto a collecting electrode. which controls the firing rate of a burner according to the deviation from
pressure or temperature set point. The system may be arranged to operate
ENTRAINMENT - The conveying of particles of water or solids from the the burner on-off, high-low or in proportion to load demand.
boiler water by the steam.
FIXED CARBON - The carbonaceous residue less the ash remaining in
EQUALIZER - Connections between parts of a boiler to equalize pres- the test container after the volatile matter has been driven off in making
sures. the proximate analysis of a solid fuel.
EQUIVALENT EVAPORATION - Evaporation expressed in pounds of FLAME - A luminous body of burning gas or vapor.
water evaporated from a temperature of 212 F to dry saturated steam at
212 F. FLAME DETECTOR - A device which indicates if a fuel (liquid, gaseous,
or pulverized) is burning, or if ignition has been lost. The indication may
EVAPORATION - The change of state from a liquid to a vapor. be transmitted to a signal or to a control system.
EVAPORATION RATE - The number of pounds of water that is evapo- FLAME PROPAGATION RATE - Speed of travel of ignition through a
rated in a unit of time. combustible mixture.
J-4
Glossary
FLAME SAFEGUARD - A control that sequences the burner through GAUGE GLASS - The transparent part of a water gauge assembly con-
several stages of operation to provide proper air purge, ignition, normal nected directly or through a water column to the boiler, below and above
operation, and shutdown for safe operation. the water line, to indicate the water level in a boiler.
FLAMMABILITY - Susceptibility to combustion. GAUGE PRESSURE - The pressure above atmospheric pressure.
FLASHING - The process of producing steam by discharging water into a GRADE - Oil classification according to quality, generally based on
region of pressure lower than the saturation pressure that corresponds to ASTM specifications.
the water temperature
GRAINS PER CU-FT - The term for expressing dust loading in weight
FLASH POINT - The lowest temperature at which, under specified con- per unit of gas volume (7000 grains equals one pound).
ditions, fuel oil gives off enough vapor to flash into a momentary flame
when ignited. GRAINS (WATER) - A unit of measure commonly used in water analysis
for the measurement of impurities in water (17.1 grains = 1 part per mil-
FLUE - A passage for products of combustion. lion - ppm).
FLUE GAS - The gaseous product of combustion in the flue to the stack. GRAVITY - Weight index of fuels: liquid, petroleum products expressed
either as specific, Baume or A.P.I. (American Petroleum Institute) gravity;
FOAMING - The continuous formation of bubbles which have suffi-
weight index of gaseous fuels as specific gravity related to air under spec-
ciently high surface tension to remain as bubbles beyond the disengaging
ified conditions; or weight index of solid fuels as specific gravity related
surface.
to water under specified conditions.
FORCED CIRCULATION - The circulation of water in a boiler by
mechanical means external to the boiler. H
FORCED-DRAFT FAN - A fan supplying air under pressure to the fuel HANDHOLE - An access opening in a pressure part usually not exceed-
burning equipment. ing 6" in its longest dimension.
FOULING - The accumulation of refuse in gas passages or on heat HANDHOLE COVER - A handhole closure.
absorbing surfaces which results in undesirable restriction to the flow of
HARDNESS - A measure of the amount of calcium and magnesium salts
gas or heat.
in water. Usually expressed as grains per gallon or ppm as CaCO3.
FM - Factory Mutual.
HARD WATER - Water which contains calcium or magnesium in an
FREE ASH - Ash which is not included in the fixed ash. amount which require an excessive amount of soap to form a lather.
FUEL - A substance containing combustible used for generating heat. HEAT AVAILABLE - The thermal energy above a fixed datum that is
capable of being absorbed for useful work.
FUEL-AIR MIXTURE - Mixture of fuel and air.
HEAT BALANCE - An accounting of the distribution of the heat input,
FUEL-AIR RATIO - The ratio of the weight, or volume, of fuel to air.
output and losses.
FUEL OIL - A liquid fuel derived from petroleum or coal.
HEAT EXCHANGER - A vessel in which heat is transferred from one
FUEL-TO-STEAM EFFICIENCY - The ratio of heat added to boiler medium to another.
feedwater to produce the output steam to the amount of energy inputted
HEAT RELEASE RATE - Rate that describes the heat available per
with fuel.
square foot of heat-absorbing surface in the furnace or per cubic foot of
FURNACE - An enclosed space provided for the combustion of fuel. volume.
FURNACE PRESSURE - Pressure occurring inside the combustion HEATING SURFACE - Those surfaces which are exposed to products of
chamber; positive if greater than atmospheric, negative if less than atmo- combustion on one side and water on the other. This surface is measured
spheric, and neutral if equal to atmospheric. on the side receiving the heat.
FURNACE VOLUME - The cubic contents of the furnace or combustion HEATING VALUE - The quantity of heat released by a fuel through com-
chamber. plete combustion. It is commonly expressed in Btu per lb, per gallon, or
cu-ft.
FUSIBLE PLUG - A hollowed threaded plug having the hollowed portion
filled with a low melting point material. HIGH GAS PRESSURE CONTROL - A control to stop the burner if the
gas pressure is too high.
G
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CONTROL - A control to stop the burner if
GAS ANALYSIS - The determination of the constituents of a gaseous the oil temperature is too high.
mixture. HYDROCARBON - A chemical compound of hydrogen and carbon.
GAS BURNER - A burner that uses gas or fuel. HYDROSTATIC TEST - A strength and tightness test of a closed pressure
GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR - A spring loaded, dead weighted or vessel by water pressure.
pressure balanced device which will maintain the gas pressure to the
burner supply line.
I
GAUGE COCK - A valve attached to a water column or drum for check- IGNITION - The initiation of combustion.
ing water level.
IGNITION TEMPERATURE - Lowest temperature of a fuel at which
combustion becomes self-sustaining.
J-5
Glossary
ILLUMINANTS - Light oil or coal compounds that readily burn with a LUG - Any projection, like an ear, used for supporting or grasping.
luminous flame, such as ethylene, propylene and benzene.
M
INCOMPLETE COMBUSTION - The partial oxidation of the combusti-
ble constituents of a fuel. MAKE-UP - The water added to boiler feed to compensate for that lost
through exhaust, blowdown, leakage, etc.
INDUCED DRAFT FAN- A fan exhausting hot gases from the heat
absorbing equipment. MANHOLE - The opening in a pressure vessel of sufficient size to permit
a man to enter.
INERT GASEOUS CONSTITUENTS - Incombustible gases such as
nitrogen which may be present in a fuel. MANIFOLD - A pipe or header for collection of a fluid from, or the distri-
bution of a fluid to a number of pipes or tubes.
INHIBITOR - A substance which selectively retards a chemical action.
An example in boiler work is the use of an inhibitor, when using acid to MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE - A manually operated valve in a gas
remove scale, to prevent the acid from attacking the boiler metal. line for the purpose of completely turning on or shutting off the gas sup-
ply.
INJECTOR - A device utilizing a steam jet to entrain and deliver feed
water into a boiler. MANUFACTURED GAS - Fuel gas manufactured from coal, oil, etc., as
differentiated from natural gas.
INSULATION - A material of low thermal conductivity used to reduce
heat losses. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE - The maximum
gauge pressure permissible in a completed boiler. The MAWP of the com-
INTEGRAL BLOWER - A blower built as an integral part of a device to
pleted boiler shall be less than or equal to the lowest design pressure deter-
supply air thereto.
mined for any of its parts. This pressure is based upon either proof tests or
INTEGRAL-BLOWER BURNER - A burner of which the blower is an calculations for every pressure part of the boiler using nominal thickness
integral part. exclusive of allowances for corrosion and thickness required for loadings
other than pressure. It is the basis for the pressure setting of the pressure
INTERLOCK - A device to prove the physical state of a required condi- relieving devices protecting the boiler.
tion, and to furnish that proof to the primary safety control circuit.
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS LOAD - The maximum load which can be
INTERMITTENT BLOWDOWN - the blowing down of boiler water at maintained for a specified period.
intervals.
MAXIMUM INSTANTANEOUS DEMAND - The sudden load demand
INTERNAL TREATMENT - The treatment of boiler water by introduc- on a boiler beyond which an unbalanced condition may be established in
ing chemicals directly into the boiler. the boiler's internal flow pattern and/or surface release conditions.
ION - A charged atom or radical which may be positive or negative. MECHANICAL ATOMIZING OIL BURNER - A burner which uses the
IRI - Industrial Risk Insurers. pressure of the oil for atomization.
MECHANICAL DRAFT - The negative pressure created by mechanical
L
means.
LAGGING - A light gauge steel covering used over a boiler, usually com- MICRON - One millionth of a meter, or 0.000039 in. or 1/25400 in. The
bined with insulation, to provide a low temperature outer surface. diameter of dust particles is often expressed in microns.
LEAKAGE - The uncontrolled quantity of fluid which enters or leaves MINIATURE BOILER - Fire pressure vessels which do not exceed the
through the enclosure of air or gas passages. following limits:
LIBERATION - See Heat Release. 16 in. inside diameter of shell; 42 in., overall length to outside of heads at
LIMIT CONTROL - A switching device that completes or breaks an elec- center; 20 sq ft water heating surface; or 100 psi maximum allowable
trical circuit at predetermined pressures or temperatures. Also known as working pressure.
an interlock. See interlock. MMBtu - Millions of Btus (British Thermal Units).
LINING - The material used on the furnace side of a furnace wall. It is MOISTURE - Water in the liquid or vapor phase.
usually of high grade refractory tile or brick or plastic refractory material.
MOISTURE IN STEAM - Particles of water carried in steam, expressed
LOAD - The rate of output required; also the weight carried. as the percentage by weight.
LOAD FACTOR - The ratio of the average load in a given period to the MOISTURE LOSS - The boiler flue gas loss representing the difference in
maximum load carried during that period. the heat content of the moisture in the exit gases and that at the tempera-
LOW GAS PRESSURE CONTROL - A control to stop the burner if gas ture of the ambient air.
pressure is too low. MULTIFUEL BURNER - A burner by means of which more than one fuel
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE CONTROL - (Cold Oil Switch) A control to can be burned.
prevent burner operation if the temperature of the oil is too low. MULTIPORT BURNER - A burner having a number of nozzles from
LOW WATER CUTOFF - Safety device that shuts off the boiler/burner in which fuel and air are discharged.
the event of low water, preventing pressure vessel failure.
J-6
Glossary
OIL HEATING AND PUMPING SET - A group of apparatus consisting ppm - Abbreviation for parts per million. Used in chemical determinations
of a heater for raising the temperature of the oil to produce the desired as one part per million parts by weight.
viscosity, and a pump for delivering the oil at the desired pressure.
PRECIPITATE - To separate materials from a solution by the formation of
OPERATING CONTROL - A control to start and stop the burner - must insoluble matter by chemical reaction. The material which is removed.
be in addition to the high limit control.
PRECIPITATION - The removal of solid or liquid particles from a fluid.
OPERATING PRESSURE - The pressure at which a boiler is operated.
PREHEATED AIR - Air at a temperature exceeding that of the ambient
ORGANIC MATTER - Compounds containing carbon often derived air.
from living organisms.
PRESSURE - Force per unit of area.
ORIFICE - (1) The opening from the whirling chamber of a mechanical
PRESSURE DROP - The difference in pressure between two points in a
atomizer or the mixing chamber of a steam atomizer through which the
system, caused by resistance to flow.
liquid fuel is discharged. (2) A calibrated opening in a plate, inserted in a
gas stream for measure velocity of flow. PRESSURE VESSEL - A closed vessel or container designed to confine a
fluid at a pressure above atmospheric.
ORSAT - a gas-analysis apparatus in which certain gaseous constituents
are measured by absorption in separate chemical solution. PRIMARY AIR - Air introduced with the fuel at the burner.
OVERPRESSURE - Minimum operating pressure of a hot water boiler PRIMING - The discharge of steam containing excessive quantities of
sufficient to prevent the water from steaming. water in suspension from a boiler, due to violent ebullition.
OXIDATION - chemical combination with oxygen. PROCESS STEAM - Steam used for industrial purposes other than for
producing power.
OXIDIZING ATMOSPHERE - An atmosphere which tends to promote
the oxidation of immersed materials. PRODUCTS OF COMBUSTION - The gases, vapors, and solids result-
ing form the combustion of fuel.
OXYGEN ATTACK - Corrosion or pitting in a boiler caused by oxygen.
PULSATION - Rapid fluctuations in pressure.
P
PURGE - To introduce air into the furnace and the boiler flue passages in
PACKAGED BOILER - A boiler supplied with all of its components - such volume and manner as to completely replace the air or gas-air mix-
burner, controls and auxiliary equipment, designed as a single engineered ture contained therein.
package, and ready for on-site installation.
R
PACKAGED STEAM GENERATOR - See Packaged Boiler.
RADIATION LOSS - A comprehensive term used in a boiler-unit heat
PARTICLE SIZE - A measure of dust size, expressed in microns or per
balance to account for the conduction, radiation, and convection heat
cent passing through a standard mesh screen.
losses from the boiler to the ambient air.
PASS - A confined passageway, containing heating surface, through
RATED CAPACITY - The manufacturers stated capacity rating for
which a fluid flows in essentially one direction.
mechanical equipment; for instance, the maximum continuous capacity in
PERFECT COMBUSTION - The complete oxidation of all the combusti- pounds of steam per hour for which a boiler is designed.
ble constituents of a fuel, utilizing all the oxygen supplied.
RATE OF BLOWDOWN - A rate normally expressed as a percentage of
PETROLEUM - Naturally occurring mineral oil consisting predomi- the water fed.
nately of hydrocarbons.
RATING - See Load.
J-7
Glossary
RAW WATER - Water supplied to the plant before any treatment. SATURATED TEMPERATURE - The temperature at which evaporation
occurs at a particular pressure.
REACTION - A chemical transformation or change brought about by the
interaction of two substances. SATURATED WATER - Water at its boiling point.
REASSOCIATION - The recombination of the products of dissociation. SCALE - A hard coating or layer of materials on surfaces of boiler pres-
sure parts.
RECIRCULATION - The reintroduction of part of the flowing fluid to
repeat the cycle of circulation. SECONDARY AIR - Air for combustion supplied to the furnace to sup-
plement the primary air.
REDUCING ATMOSPHERE - An atmosphere which tends to 1) promote
the removal of oxygen from a chemical compound; 2) promote the reduc- SECONDARY TREATMENT - Treatment of boiler feed water or internal
tion of immersed materials. treatment of boiler-water after primary treatment.
REDUCTION - Removal of oxygen from a chemical compound. SEDIMENT - (1) Matter in water which can be removed from suspension
by gravity or mechanical means. (2) A non-combustible solid matter
REFRACTORY - Brickwork or castable used in boilers to protect metal
which settles out at bottom of a liquid; a small percentage is present in
surfaces and for boiler baffles.
residual fuel oils.
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - The ratio of the mass of water vapor present in
SEGREGATION - The tendency of refuse of varying compositions to
a unit volume of gas to the maximum possible mass of water vapor in unit
deposit selectively in difference parts of the unit.
volume of the same gas at the same temperature and pressure.
SELF-SUPPORTING STEEL STACK - A steel stack of sufficient strength
RELIEF VALVE (Safety Relief Valve) - An automatic pressure relieving
to require no lateral support.
device actuated by the pressure upstream of the valve and characterized
by opening pop action with further increase in lift with an increase in SERVICE WATER - General purpose water which may or may not have
pressure over popping pressure. been treated for a special purpose.
RESIDUAL FUELS - Products remaining from crude petroleum by SHELL - The cylindrical portion of a pressure vessel.
removal of some of the water and an appreciable percentage of the more
SLUDGE - A soft water-formed sedimentary deposit which normally can
volatile hydrocarbons.
be removed by blowing down.
RESIN - A bead-like material used in chemical exchange for softeners
SLUG - A large dose of chemical treatment applied internally to a steam
and dealkalizers.
boiler intermittently. Also used sometimes instead of priming to denote
RESISTANCE - Impediment to gas flow, such as pressure drop or draft a discharge of water out through a boiler steam outlet in relatively large
loss through a dust collector. Usually measured in inches water column intermittent amounts.
(wc).
SMOKE - Small gas borne particles of carbon or soot, less than 1 micron
RETURN FLOW OIL BURNER - A mechanical atomizing oil burner in in size, resulting from incomplete combustion of carbonaceous materials
which part of the oil supplied to the atomizer is withdrawn and returned and of sufficient number to be observable.
to storage or to the oil line supplying the atomizer.
SOFTENING - The act of reducing scale forming calcium and magnesium
RINGELMANN CHART - A series of four rectangular grids of black impurities from water.
lines of varying widths printed on a white background, and used as a cri-
SOFT WATER - Water which contains little or no calcium or magnesium
terion of blackness for determining smoke density in stack gas streams.
salts, or water from which scale forming impurities have been removed or
ROTARY OIL BURNER - A burner in which atomization is accom- reduced.
plished by feeding oil to the inside of a rapidly rotating cup.
SOLUTION - A liquid, such as boiler water, containing dissolved sub-
S stances.
SOOT - Unburned particles of carbon derived from hydrocarbons.
SADDLE - A casting, fabricated chair, or member used for the purpose of
support. SOOT BLOWER - A mechanical device for discharging steam or air to
clean heat absorbing surfaces.
SAFE WORKING PRESSURE - See Design Pressure.
SPALLING - The breaking off of the surface of refractory material as a
SAFETY VALVE - A spring loaded valve that automatically opens when
result of internal stresses.
pressure attains the valve setting. Used to prevent excessive pressure from
building up in a boiler. SPECIFIC HEAT - The quantity of heat, expressed in Btu, required to
raise the temperature of 1 lb of a substance 1oF.
SAFETY SHUT-OFF VALVE - A manually opened, electrically latched,
electrically operated safety shut-off valve designed to automatically shut SPECIFIC HUMIDITY - The weight of water vapor in a gas water-vapor
off fuel when de-energized. mixture per unit weight of dry gas.
SAMPLING - The removal of a portion of a material for examination or SPRAY ANGLE - The angle included between the sides of the cone
analysis. formed by liquid fuel discharged from mechanical, rotary atomizers and
by some forms of steam or air atomizers.
SATURATED AIR - Air which contains the maximum amount of water
vapor that it can hold at its temperature and pressure. SPRAY NOZZLE - A nozzle from which a liquid fuel is discharged in the
form of a spray.
SATURATED STEAM - Steam at the temperature and pressure at which
evaporation occurs.
J-8
Glossary
STACK - A vertical conduit, which due to the difference in density THEORETICAL AIR - The quantity of air required for perfect combus-
between internal and external gases, creates a draft at its base. tion.
STACK DRAFT - The magnitude of the draft measured at the inlet to the THEORETICAL DRAFT - The draft which would be available at the
stack. base of a stack if there were no friction or acceleration losses in the stack.
STACK EFFECT - That portion of a pressure differential resulting from THEORETICAL FLAME TEMPERATURE - See Adiabatic Flame
difference in elevation of the points of measurement. Temperature.
STACK EFFLUENT - Gas and solid products discharged from stacks. THERM - A unit of heat applied especially to gas. One therm = 100,000
Btu.
STAGNATION - The condition of being free from movement or lacking
circulation. THERMAL EFFICIENCY - The efficiency of a boiler, based on the ratio
of heat absorbed to total heat input. This does not include heat loss from
STANDARD AIR - Dry air weighing 0.075 lb per cu ft at sea level
the boiler shell.
(29.92" Barometric Pressure) and 70 oF.
THERMAL SHOCK - A cycle of temperature swings that result in failure
STANDARD FLUE GAS - Gas weighing 0.078 lb per cu ft at sea level
of metal due to expansion and contraction.
(29.92" Barometric Pressure) and 70 oF.
THERMOCOUPLE - A temperature measuring instrument.
STATIC PRESSURE - The measure of potential energy of a fluid.
TILE - A preformed refractory, usually applied to shapes other than stan-
STEAM - The vapor phase of water, unmixed with other gases.
dard brick.
STEAM ATOMIZING OIL BURNER - A burner for firing oil which is
TOTAL AIR - The total quantity of air supplied to the fuel and products of
atomized by steam. It may be of the inside or outside mixing type.
combustion. Percent total air is the ratio of total air to theoretical air,
STEAM BINDING - A restriction in circulation due to a steam pocket or expressed as percent.
a rapid steam formation.
TOTAL PRESSURE - The sum of the static and velocity pressures.
STEAM GAUGE - A gauge for indicating the pressure of steam.
TOTAL SOLIDS CONCENTRATION - The weight of dissolved and sus-
STEAM GENERATING UNIT - A unit to which water, fuel, and air are pended impurities in a unit weight of boiler water, usually expressed in
supplied and in which steam is generated. It consists of a boiler furnace, ppm.
and fuel burning equipment, and may include as component parts water
TRAP - A receptacle for the collection of undesirable material.
walls, superheater, reheater, economizer, air heater, or any combination
thereof. TREATED WATER - Water which has been chemically treated to make it
suitable for boiler feed.
STEAM PURITY- The degree of contamination. Contamination is
expressed in ppm. TRIM - Ancillary boiler components, like water level controls, pressure
controls, and temperature controls.
STEAM QUALITY - The percent by weight of vapor in a steam and
water mixture. TUBE - A hollow cylinder for conveying fluids.
STEAM SEPARATOR - A device for removing the entrained water from TUBE HOLE - A hole in a drum, heater, or tube sheet to accommodate a
steam. tube.
STRAINER - A device, such as a filter, to retain solid particles allowing a TURBULENT BURNER - A burner in which fuel and air are mixed and
liquid to pass. discharged into the furnace in such a manner as to produce turbulent flow
from the burner.
STRATIFICATION - Non-homogeneity existing transversely in a gas
stream. TURNDOWN RATIO - Ratio of maximum to minimum fuel or steam
input or boiler output.
STUD - A projecting pin serving as a support or means of attachment.
SUPERHEATED STEAM - Steam with its temperature raised above that U
of saturation. The temperature in excess of its saturation temperature is
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS - See Analysis Ultimate.
referred to as superheat.
UL LISTED - Product certification that indicates the product meets safety
SURFACE BLOWOFF - Removal of water, foam, etc. from the surface at
standards determined by Underwriters Laboratories. (ULC and cUL indi-
the water level in a boiler. The equipment for such removal.
cate Canadian requirements.)
SURGE - The sudden displacement or movement of water in a closed
UNACCOUNTED-FOR LOSS - That portion of a boiler heat balance
vessel or drum.
which represents the difference between 100 per cent and the sum of the
SUSPENDED SOLIDS - Undissolved solids in boiler water. heat absorbed by the unit and all the classified losses expressed as per
cent.
SWINGING LOAD - A load that changes at relatively short intervals.
UNBURNED COMBUSTIBLE - The combustible portion of the fuel
T which is not completely oxidized.
TERTIARY AIR - Air for combustion supplied to the furnace to supple- UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL - A vessel designed to withstand inter-
ment the primary and secondary air. nal pressure, neither subjected to heat from products of combustion nor an
integral part of a fired pressure vessel system.
J-9
Glossary
USE FACTOR - The ratio of hours in operation to the total hours in that WET STEAM - Steam containing moisture.
period.
WINDBOX - A chamber below the grate or surrounding a burner, through
V which air under pressure is supplied for combustion of the fuel.
WINDBOX PRESSURE - The static pressure in the windbox of a burner
VA - Volt amperes.
or stoker.
VAPOR - The gaseous product of evaporation.
VAPORIZATION - The change from liquid or solid phase to the vapor
phase.
VELOCITY PRESSURE - The measure of the kinetic energy of a fluid.
VENT - An opening in a vessel or other enclosed space for the removal of
gas or vapor.
VERTICAL FIRING - An arrangement of a burner such that air and fuel
are discharged into the furnace in practically a vertical direction.
VISCOSITY - Measure of the internal friction of a fluid or its resistance
to flow.
VOLATILE MATTER Those products given off by a material as gas or
vapor, determined by definite prescribed methods.
VOLUME OF AIR - The number of cu ft of air per min expressed at fan
outlet conditions.
W
WASTE HEAT - Sensible heat in non-combustible gases discharged to
the environment.
WATER - A liquid composed of two parts of hydrogen and sixteen parts
oxygen by weight.
WATER COLUMN - A vertical tubular member connected at its top and
bottom to the steam and water space respectively of a boiler, to which the
water gauge, water level controls, and fuel cutoff may be connected.
WATER GAUGE - The gauge glass and its fittings for attachment.
WATER HAMMER - A sudden increase in pressure of water due to an
instantaneous conversion of momentum to pressure.
WATER LEVEL - The elevation of the surface of the water in a boiler.
WATER SOFTENER - Removes hardness (CaCO3) from water through
an ion exchange of sodium with calcium and magnesium.
WATER TUBE - A tube in a boiler having the water and steam on the
inside and heat applied to the outside.
WATER VAPOR - A synonym for steam, usually used to denote steam of
low absolute pressure.
WEEP - A term usually applied to a minute leak in a boiler joint which
forms droplets (or tears) of water very slowly.
WETBACK BOILER - Firetube boiler design wherein the back portion of
the boiler has a water jacket.
WET-BULB TEMPERATURE - The lowest temperature which a water
wetted body will attain when exposed to an air current. This is the tem-
perature of adiabatic saturation, and can be used to measure humidity.
WETNESS - A term used to designate the percentage of water in steam.
Also used to describe the presence of a water film on heating surface inte-
riors.
J-10
Index
INDEX
-A-
Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-7
Activated Carbon Media Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-6 H7-10
Air Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-3
Application and Energy Use Audit, See Steam Systems Section
Application/Load, See Boiler Selection Consideration Section, also see Steam Systems Section
ASCII Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-21
ASME Code, see Boiler Selection Consideration Section, also see specific boiler product section
Associations, List of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-43 I4-44
Assured Low Fire Cut Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-30
Automatic Fuel Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-32
also see specific boiler products section
-B-
Bent Tube Boiler, see Commercial Boilers, then see Flexible Watertube Boiler Section
BLOWDOWN HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS (Section H-11)
Dimensions
Model BHR-M (Multiple Boiler) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-10
Model BHR-S (Single Boiler) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-8
Dimensions and Ratings
Model BHR-LPS (Low Pressure) (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-12
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3
Product Offering
Models BHR-S and BHR-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-3 H11-4
Model BHR-LPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-4
Ratings/Capacities
Model BHR-M (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-11
Model BHR-S (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-9
Sample Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-13 H11-14
Selection, Model BHR-LPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-4
Selection and Payback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11-5 H11-7
BLOWDOWN SEPARATOR (Section H-10)
Dimensions
5D Model Aftercooler (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-7
Automatic Drain Water (18DF) Aftercooler (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-5
Automatic Drain Water (20AO) Aftercooler (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-6
Blowdown Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-4
Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-5
Floor Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-8
Sizing
Boiler Blowdown Separators (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-4
Cooling Water Line and Valve (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-6
Wall Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-9
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-3
Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-3
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-2
Sample Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10-10
Blowdown Systems, discussed, See Steam Systems Section
Blowdown, Types of I3-16
Blowdown Water Requirements, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
BOILER FEED SYSTEMS (Section H5), See also Steam Systems Section
Dimensions and Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-5 H5-8
Dual System Selection (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-7
Internal Steam Heater Assemblies
High Pressure Systems (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-9
Low Pressure Systems (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5-10
J-11
Index
J-12
Index
J-13
Index
Breechings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-13
Burner Characteristics (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-10
Circulating Rates, Hot Water (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-10
Clearance Requirements (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-14
Combustion Air Requirements (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-15
Flow Rates and Pressure Drop (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9 B1-10
Fuel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11 B1-12
Heat Release (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-10
Heating Surface (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9
Oil Burner Supply Pump Installation (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-13
Outdoor Reset Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-13
Over Pressure Requirements (Minimum) (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-10
Pressure Drops and Flow Rates (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9 B1-10
Pressure, Minimum Gas Required (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-12
Sound Levels (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-14
Tube Attachment (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-11
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-3
Performance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9 B1-10
Efficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9
Emissions (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-9
Product Offering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-3 B1-5
Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4 B1-5
Sizes (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-4
Ratings
Hot Water (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-6
Steam (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-6
Sample Specifications
Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-16
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-20
BOILERS, COMMERCIAL (Continued)
MODEL 4 (Section B2)
Dimensions
Hot Water (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-8 B2-9
Steam (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-10 B2-11
Efficiency (see Performance Data)
Emissions (see Performance Data)
Fuels (see Performance Data)
Engineering Data
Flow Rates
Fuel, Air, Flue Gas (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-14
Hot Water (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-15
Gas Fuel Requirements (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-13
Gas Train, Standard (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-7
Over Pressure Requirements (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
Pressure Drop, Hot Water (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-15
Pressure Vessel Thickness, Minimum (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-14
Sound Levels (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
Stack Breeching Size Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Stack Support Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Steam Nozzle Size, Recommended at Reduced Pressure (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-16
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-3
Fuel Requirements, Gas (see Engineering Data)
Performance Data
Efficiency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Emissions
Natural Gas (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
No. 2 Oil (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-12
Product Offering
Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-4 B2-5
Sizes (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-3
J-14
Index
J-15
Index
J-16
Index
J-17
Index
Sample Specifications
Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-25 A2-29
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A2-20 A2-24
BOILERS, FIRETUBE (Continued)
MODEL CBH (Section A-5)
Dimensions, General
Lifting Lug Locations (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-11
Mounting Piers (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-12
Space Required to Open Rear Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-10
Dimensions and Weights (25-100 Hp)
Hot Water (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-8 A5-9
Steam (15 and 150 psig Design Pressure) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-6 A5-7
Engineering Data
Burners, Gas Fired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-12 A5-14
Gas Consumption (CFH), Maximum for Natural Gas and Propane Vapor (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-13
Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-13
Gas Pressure, Minimum Required at Entrance to Gas Trains Equipped With IRI Requirements (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-12
Gas Pressure, Minimum Required at Entrance to Standard and FM Gas Trains (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-13
Gas Trains Components (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-13
Fuel Requirements (see Dimensions and Ratings)
Relief Valve Openings (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-10
Safety Valve Openings (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-10
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A5-3
Performance Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A5-4
Product Offering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A5-3 A5-4
Ratings, Hot Water
(25-100 Hp), (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
Ratings, Steam
(25-100 Hp), (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5
Sample Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-20 A5-23
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A5-15 A5-19
BOILERS, FIRETUBE (continued)
MODEL CB-LE (Section A3)
Dimensions, General
Lifting Lug Locations (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-22
Mounting Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60 and 78 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-20
96 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-21
Space Required to Open Rear Head (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-20
Weights (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-6
Dimensions, Hot Water, 125-800 Hp, 30 and 125 psig Design Pressure)
60 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-14 A3-15
78 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-16 A3-17
96 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-18 A3-19
Dimensions, Steam, 125-800 Hp, 15-150 psig Design Pressure)
60 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-8 A3-9
78 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-10 A3-11
96 (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-12 A3-13
Engineering Data
Boiler Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33
Blowdown Tank Sizing Information (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-34
Heating Surface (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-34
Non-Return Valve Sizes (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Steam Nozzle Sizes (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Steam Volume and Disengaging Area (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-35
Boiler Room Information
Breeching Arrangements (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-37
Combustion Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-33 A3-34
Room Length (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-36
Room Width (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3-36
J-18
Index
J-19
Index
J-20
Index
J-21
Index
J-22
Index
-C-
CB-HAWK Control, see Controls Section
CB-HAWK Enhancer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D16 D22
CB70 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D9
CB100 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D7
CB110 Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
CB780 Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D5-D6
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E8-E9
Cast Iron Boiler, see Boiler Selection Considerations, under Common Boiler Types
CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEMS AND METERING PUMPS (Section H6)
Dimensions
Automatic System (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-5
By-Pass Feeders (Manual System) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-4
Shot Feeders (Manual System) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-4
Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
Manual System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
Ratings
Automatic Chemical Feed System Pump (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-3
Sample Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6-6
Circulating Rates, Hot Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-5
see also specific boiler product section
Circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-4 I2-5
Codes and Standards, see Boiler Selection Consideration Section, also see specific boiler product section, Hot Water
Systems Section, Steam Systems Section
Combustion Air Requirements, see specific boiler product section, under Engineering Data, also see Steam Systems Section
Communications Module, see Controls Section
Condensate Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-5
Condensate Receiver Tanks, See Surge Tank Section, also see Steam Systems Section
CONTROLS (Section D)
Assured Low Fire Cutoff
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-30
J-23
Index
J-24
Index
-D-
Deaerators, see specific deaerator product section, also see Steam Systems Section,
DEAERATORS, BOILERMATE (Section H3)
Dimensions and Ratings (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-6 H3-7
Tank Supports and Saddles (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-8
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-3
Product Offering
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-4
Selection Guide (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-5
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-4
Return on Investment
Chemical Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3-9
J-25
Index
-E-
ECONOMIZERS (Section G) See Also Steam Systems Section
Dimensions and Weights
Cylindrical Economizers for Firetube Boiler (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Rectangular Economizers for Industrial Watertube Boiler (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4
Efficiencies (See Performance Data)
Engineering Data
Installation
Firetube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6 G-7
Industrial Watertube Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Piping
Above Industrial Boiler (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Feedwater Piping (See Engineering Data)
Mounting to Firetube Boiler (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
On Side of Industrial Watertube Boiler (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Typical Feedwater Piping (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-9 G-11
Performance Data
Efficiencies
Cylindrical Economizer for Firetube Boiler (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Rectangular Economizer for Industrial Watertube Boiler (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
J-26
Index
Performance
Cylindrical Economizer for Firetube Boiler (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
Rectangular Economizer for Industrial Watertube Boiler (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Product Offering
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3
Sample Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G12 G-13
Efficiency, see Boiler Selection Considerations under Performance, see specific boiler product section under Performance Data,
see also Economizers Section
Electric Boilers, see under Boilers, Commercial
EMISSIONS (Section E)
See also Boiler Selection Consideration Section and specific product section
Carbon Monoxide (CO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
Emission Conversion Curve (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Emissions Conversion Curves
CO (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
NOx (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
SOx (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
VOC (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11
Industrial Boilers, Calculating Annual Emissions (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11 E-13
Nitrogen Compounds (NOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Choosing the Best NOx Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Combustion Control Techniques
Burner Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Flue Gas Recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 E-6
Low Excess Air Firing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Low Nitrogen Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Water/Steam Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
Control Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Correcting Emissions to 3% Oxygen (15% Excess Air) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Converting NOx Emissions Between PPM & LB/MMBTU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9
Effects of Fuel-Bound Nitrogen on NOx Emissions for Fuel Oils (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Emission Conversion Curves, 3% Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
New Source Performance Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-13
Summary of Federal EPA Rules (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-14
Post Combustion Control Methods for NOx, Selective Reduction
Catalytic (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 E-5
Non-Catalytic (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
Particulate Matter (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
Pollutants and Control Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Sulfur Compounds (SOx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
Emission Conversion Curve, 3% Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10
Sulfur Content, Effects of on SOx Emissions (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7
Units of Emission Levels, Volume or Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 E-9
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) /Hydrocarbons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
Emission Conversion Curve, 3% Oxygen (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11
ENGINEERING DATA, GENERAL (Section I4)
Associations, Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-43 I4-44
Conversion of Units (See Unit Conversions)
Equivalent Lengths, Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-10
Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-10
Factors of Evaporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-12
Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-13
Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-3 I4-10
Equivalent Lengths (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-10
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-3
Pressure Drop (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I4-8 I4-9
Natural Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-3
Line Capacities (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-7
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-3
Pressure Drop (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I4-4
J-27
Index
-F-
Feedwater Systems, see under specific product section
Blowdown Heat Recovery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H11
Blowdown Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10
Boiler Feed Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H5
Chemical Feed Systems and Metering Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H6
Deaerators, Boilermate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H3
Deaerators, Duo Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H2
Deaerators, Single Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H1
Dealkalizers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H9
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7
Flash Tank Heat Exchangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H12
Sample Coolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13
Softeners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8
Surge Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H4
FILTERS (Section H7)
Chlorine, Organics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-5
Dimensions
Filters without Regenerant Tanks (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-4
Engineering Data (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-9/H7-10
Activated Carbon Media Filter (Model CF) (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-6/ H7-10
Iron Filter (Model IF) (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-8/H7-10
Multi-Layered Filter (Model MF) (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-7/H7-9
Sand Filter (Model SF) (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-8/H7-9
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-3
Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-5
Particles Down to 10-Micron Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-5
Product Offering
Optional Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-3
J-28
Index
-G-
Gas Consumption (Maximum CFH), see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
Gas Pressure Altitude Conversion, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
Gas Pressure, Minimum Required at Gas Train Entrance, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
Gas Pressure Regulator, see specific boiler product under Engineering Data
Gas Train, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
General Engineering Data, see under Engineering Data, General
Generator, Hot Water, see Boilers, Industrial Watertube
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J1 J10
-H-
Heat Release, see specific Boiler Product Section
Heat Users, see Hot Water Systems Section
Heating Surface, see specific boiler product section
Hot Water Boilers, see specific boiler product section
HOT WATER SYSTEMS (Section 12)
Control Considerations
Heat Users
Common Heat Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
Control of water flow through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
Pumps
Primary-Secondary Pumping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12 I2-13
Continuous Pump Operation with two-position valve (valve closed) (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Continuous Secondary Pump Operation with two position valve (valve open) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-13
Intermittent Secondary Pump Operation (On-Off) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Water Temperature Constant through Zone Bypass (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Valves
Plug Cock or Gate (Manual Operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
Three Way Diverting (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12
Three Way Mixing (By Pass Arrangement) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11 I2-12
Throttling or Modulating (Electric or Pneumatic) (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-11
Two Position (Electric or Pneumatic) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-10
Lead/Lag Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-9 I2-10
Temperature Control
Boiler Water Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-8
System Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-9
J-29
Index
-I-J-K-L
Iron Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H7-8/H7-10
Lead/Lag Systems, see Controls Section, see Hot Water Systems Section, and see under specific boiler products section
Lifting Lug Locations, see specific boiler product section under Dimensions
Low Fire Hold Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-28
Low Fire Hold Control, Minimum Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-29
-M-N-O
Makeup Water, see under specific product section, see Hot Water System section, see Steam System section
Models, see under specific product section
Model 4 Commercial Boiler
Model 5 Commercial Boiler
Model 5D Blowdown Separator
Model 18 DF Blowdown Separator
Model 20AO Blowdown Separator
Model 34 Blowdown Separator
Model 56 Blowdown Separator
Model ACC-CFB Activated Carbon Filter
Model ACC-DAB Dealkalizer
Model ACC-IFB Iron Filter
J-30
Index
J-31
Index
-N-
Non-Return Valve Size, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
NOx, see Emissions Section
-O-
Ohio Special Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A6-1 A6-36
Oxygen Trim Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-33 D-35
-P-Q
Particulate Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
Payback Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 I1-20
Performance, see under Boiler Selection Considerations
Performance Data, see specific product section
Product Offering, see specific product section
Piping, see specific boiler product section, also see Economizers Section, General Engineering Data Section,
Hot Water Section, Steam Systems Section
Pollutants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3
Preheater, see under specific product section
Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-6
see also specific product section
Pumping Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-2 I2-4
Pumps, See specific product section, also see Hot Water Systems Section and Steam Systems Section
-R-
Ratings, see specific product section
Rear Head, Space Required to Open, see specific boiler product section under Dimensions, General
Relief Valve Openings, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
Remote Modulation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-31
Resin Tank Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8 H10
Return on Investment, see Deaerator product sections
-S-
Safety Valve Openings, see specific boiler product section under Engineering Data
SAMPLE COOLERS (Section H13)
Dimensions
Model SC22 (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-4
Model SC42 (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-5
Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H13-3
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H13-3
Performance Curves
Model SC22 (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-4
Model SC42 (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-5
Product Offering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H13-3
Ratings
Models SC22 and SC42 (Temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H13-3
Sample Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H13-6
Sand Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H7-8 H7-9
Shot Feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H6-4
SOFTENERS (Section H8) See also Steam Systems Section
Dimensions
Model SAB (Size 30-900) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-6
Model SAB (Size 1050 - 2100) (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-7
Model TAB (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-5
J-32
Index
Engineering Data
Brine Maker Data (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-11
Flow Rates and Resin Tank Data (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-10
Resin Tank and Brine Maker Data (Tank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-10 H8-12
Softener Pressure Drop Charts (Figure)
Size 30-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-14
Size 150-450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-15
Size 600-900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-16
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-3
Product Offering
Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-4
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-4
Sizing
Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-8
Charts (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-13
Standard Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H8-4
Ratings (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-8 H8-9
Sample Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H8-17 H8-20
Sound Levels, see specific product section
Specifications, see specific product section
STACKS (Section F)
see also under specific boiler product section and under General Engineering Data Section
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Engineering Data
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Special Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Component Names and Part Numbers (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Arrangements, Typical Stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F-12/F-14
Clearance to Combustibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5/F-11 F-12
Construction and Joint Details
Model CBS-II (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Model CBS-III (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Model ICBS (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
(Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13
Clearances for Non-Combustible Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
System Extension Above Boiler Room (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Connecting to the Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Weights (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
Expansion and Installation Concerns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 F-11
Calculating Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Graphs (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Expansion Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Thermal Expansion Between Two Fixed Points (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
Guide Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Cable Guying Specification for Room Level Guide (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10
Guide and Support Assemblies, Maximum for Vertical, Horizontal, and Sloping Stack Runs (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10
Support Assemblies
Stack Height, Maximum Supported (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
Support and Guide Assembly, Maximum for Vertical, Horizontal, and Sloping Stack Runs (Figure) F-1
Unsupported Distance, Maximum, Between Elbows, Tees, or Wyes (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
Roof
Cable Guying Installation Details (Figure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
Framing and Curb Details (Figure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
Opening Size for Penetration of Roof Support Assemblies (Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
Safety Specifications and Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Use of Non-Combustible Enclosure or Chase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
(Table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
Product Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Application Information (Table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
Selection Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
J-33
Index
-T-U
Tank Capacity, see under specific product section
Tank Support and Saddles, see specific deaerator product section
J-34
Index
-V-
Valves, see Hot Water Systems under Control Considerations
Vent Capacities, see under specific product section
VOCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E-8
-W-X-Y-Z
Water Considerations, Hot Water Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I2-12 I2-14
Water Heaters, Instantaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B4
Water Treatment Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I3-13
also see specific water treatment product sections
J-35